Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 7, 2010.

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.*

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Nevada   7310   20-2232023

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

200 East Basse Road

San Antonio, Texas 78209

Telephone: (210) 832-3700

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Robert H. Walls, Jr.

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.

200 East Basse Road

San Antonio, Texas 78209

Telephone: (210) 832-3700

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

James S. Rowe

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle

Chicago, Illinois 60654

Telephone: (312) 862-2000

 

 

 

* The co-registrants listed on the next page are also included in this Form S-4 Registration Statement as additional registrants.

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public : The exchange will occur as soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer:   ¨    Accelerated filer:   ¨
Non-accelerated filer:   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company:   ¨

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)   ¨

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Amount

to be registered

 

Proposed

maximum

offering price

per unit (1)

  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price (1)
  Amount of
registration fee

9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017

  $500,000,000   100%   $500,000,000   $35,650 (1)

Guarantees of 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (2)

  N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A (3)

9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017

  $2,000,000,000   100%   $2,000,000,000   $142,600 (1)

Guarantees of 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (2)

  N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A (3)
 
 
(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) See the following page for a table setting forth the guarantors, all of which are additional registrants.
(3) No separate consideration will be received for the guarantees, and no separate fee is payable, pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act.

The registrants hereby amend this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

 

Exact Name of Additional Registrants*

   Primary Standard
Industrial
Classification
Number
   Jurisdiction of
Formation
   I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.

Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.

   7310    Delaware    86-0812139

Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.

   7310    Delaware    86-0801051

Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.

   7310    Delaware    13-3935813

1567 Media LLC

   7310    Delaware    74-2980035

Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC

   7310    Delaware    74-2951415

Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada

   7310    Delaware    74-2951063

Outdoor Management Services, Inc.

   7310    Nevada    16-1643708

In-ter-space Services, Inc.

   7310    Pennsylvania    23-1940160

 

* The address and agent for service of process for each of the additional registrants are the same as for Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These notes may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor is it an offer to buy these notes in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 7, 2010

 

PROSPECTUS   LOGO

CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.

Exchange Offers for

$500,000,000 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 and

$2,000,000,000 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017

 

 

We are offering to exchange up to $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our new 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 and up to $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our new 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017, which will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for up to $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (the “A note exchange offer”) and up to $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (the “B note exchange offer” and together with the A note exchange offer, the “exchange offers”), respectively. We refer to the outstanding 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 as the “outstanding A notes” and the outstanding 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 as the “outstanding B notes” (collectively, the “outstanding notes”). We refer to the new 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 as the “Series A exchange notes” and the new 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 as the “Series B exchange notes” (collectively, the “exchange notes”). We sometimes refer to the outstanding notes and the exchange notes collectively as the “notes.”

M ATERIAL T ERMS OF THE E XCHANGE O FFERS

 

   

The exchange offers expire at 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on                      , 2010, unless extended.

 

   

We will exchange all outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration or termination of the applicable exchange offer. You may withdraw your tender of outstanding notes at any time before the expiration of the applicable exchange offer.

 

   

The terms of the exchange notes to be issued in each exchange offer are substantially identical to the same series of outstanding notes, except that the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the applicable outstanding notes will not apply to the exchange notes.

 

   

The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes should not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but you should see the discussion under the caption “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” for more information.

 

   

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offers.

 

   

We issued the outstanding notes in transactions not requiring registration under the Securities Act and, as a result, their transfer is restricted. We are making the exchange offers to satisfy your registration rights as a holder of the outstanding notes.



Table of Contents

We are not asking you for a proxy and you are not requested to send us a proxy.

For a discussion of certain factors that you should consider before participating in this exchange offer, see “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 15 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the exchange notes to be distributed in the exchange offer, nor have any of these organizations determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

You should rely only on the information contained in, or incorporated by reference in, this prospectus. We have not authorized any other person to provide you with different or additional information. If anyone provides you with different or additional information, you should not rely on it. You should assume that the information contained in, or incorporated by reference in, this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus or the date of the document incorporated by reference. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since then. We are not making an offer to sell the exchange notes offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-4 to register with the SEC the exchange notes to be issued in exchange for the outstanding notes. This prospectus is part of that registration statement.

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offers must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, starting on the expiration date (as defined herein) and ending on the close of business 180 days after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

T HE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS             , 2010.

 

i


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

   iii

INDUSTRY DATA

   iv

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

   iv

SUMMARY

   1

RISK FACTORS

   15

USE OF PROCEEDS

   34

RATIO TO EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

   35

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

   36

EXCHANGE OFFERS

   39

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES

   47
     Page

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

   161

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

   162

LEGAL MATTERS

   163

EXPERTS

   163

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

   164

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   F-1

 

 

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., the issuer of the notes, is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. Unless otherwise specified, in this prospectus, (i) “Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings,” “we,” “our,” “us” and the “Company” refer to Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., (ii) “Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings” and the “issuer” refer to Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries; (iii) “CCOI” refers to Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings and a guarantor of the notes; (iv) “Clear Channel Communications” refers to Clear Channel Communications, Inc., the indirect holder of approximately 89% of the common stock of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings; and (v) “CC Media Holdings” refers to CC Media Holdings, Inc., the indirect parent company of Clear Channel Communications. Clear Channel Communications merged with a subsidiary of CC Media Holdings, a company formed by private equity funds sponsored by Bain Capital, LLC (“Bain Capital”) and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL”), in July 2008.

Unless otherwise specified or the context requires, references to “dollars” and “$” are to United States dollars.

 

ii


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements contained in, and incorporated by reference in, this prospectus that are not historical in nature may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. These statements are often identified by the words “will,” “should,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” “hope,” or similar expressions. These statements reflect management’s current views with respect to future events and are subject to risks and uncertainties. There are important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements, many of which are beyond our control. These factors, risks and uncertainties include the following:

 

   

risks associated with the global economic downturn and its impact on capital markets;

 

   

other general economic and political conditions in the United States and in other countries in which we currently do business, including those resulting from recessions, political events and acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts;

 

   

the risk that our restructuring program may not be entirely successful;

 

   

the impact of the geopolitical environment;

 

   

access to capital markets and borrowed indebtedness;

 

   

shifts in population and other demographics;

 

   

industry conditions, including competition;

 

   

fluctuations in operating costs;

 

   

technological changes and innovations;

 

   

changes in labor conditions;

 

   

fluctuations in exchange rates and currency values;

 

   

capital expenditure requirements;

 

   

the outcome of pending and future litigation;

 

   

legislative or regulatory requirements;

 

   

changes in interest rates;

 

   

taxes;

 

   

the risk that we may not be able to integrate the operations of recently acquired companies successfully;

 

   

the impact of the above and similar factors on Clear Channel Communications; and

 

   

certain other factors set forth in our filings with the SEC, including the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings for the year ended December 31, 2009.

There may be other factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements. Our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements. We can give no assurances that any of the events anticipated by the forward-looking statements will occur or, if any of them does, what impact they will have on our results of operations and financial condition. You should carefully read the factors described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a description of certain risks that could, among other things, cause our actual results to differ from these forward-looking statements.

All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus, or as of the date of the date of the document incorporated by reference, and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements which may be made to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

iii


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus includes industry data that we obtained from industry publications and surveys and internal company sources. Industry publications and surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of included information. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein and cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any such data or the related forecasts contained in this prospectus.

While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding our industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “Forward-looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

This prospectus incorporates by reference important business and financial information about us that is not included in or delivered with this document. We have elected to incorporate by reference information into this prospectus by referring to another document that we have filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is deemed to be part of this prospectus, except as described in the following sentence. Any statement in this prospectus or in any document which is incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in this prospectus will be deemed to have been modified or superseded to the extent that a statement contained in this prospectus or any document that we subsequently file with the SEC that is incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in this prospectus modifies or supersedes that statement. Any statement so modified or superseded will not be deemed to be a part of this prospectus except as so modified or superseded.

This prospectus incorporates by reference the following documents that we have previously filed with the SEC:

 

   

the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings for the year ended December 31, 2009;

 

   

the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings for the quarter ended March 31, 2010;

 

   

the Definitive Proxy Statement of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings dated April 26, 2010; and

 

   

the Current Reports on Form 8-K of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings dated January 5, 2010, March 11, 2010, April 30, 2010, May 10, 2010, May 26, 2010 and June 24, 2010 (excluding portions of such Form 8-Ks which were furnished and not filed with the SEC).

We are also incorporating by reference all other reports that we file on behalf of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of this prospectus and continuing until the close of business 180 days after consummation of the exchange offers.

Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus do not purport to be complete, and where reference is made to the particular provisions of such contract or other document, such provisions are qualified in all respects by reference to all of the provisions of such contract or other document.

We will provide without charge to each person to whom a copy of this prospectus has been delivered, on the written or oral request of such person, a copy of any or all of the documents which have been or may be incorporated in this prospectus by reference (other than exhibits to such documents unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in any such documents). Requests for such copies should be directed to:

Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.

200 East Basse Road

San Antonio, Texas 78209

Telephone: (210) 832-3700

 

iv


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, the issuer of the notes, is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings. The outstanding notes are and the exchange notes will be guaranteed by Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings and certain of its existing and future domestic subsidiaries. The financial statements incorporated by reference in this prospectus, as well as the financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, are those of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings.

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings is a holding company that owns 100% of our International segment through the indirect ownership of numerous international subsidiaries. Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings also owns certain other immaterial subsidiaries that are included in our Americas segment. Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings has no direct operations or operating assets.

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the consolidated and combined financial statements and related notes, contained elsewhere in, or incorporated by reference in, this prospectus. Because this is a summary, it may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus and the other documents to which we have referred you before deciding whether to invest in the exchange offers.

Overview

We are one of the largest outdoor media companies in the world, with one of the leading market positions, based on revenue, in each of our operating segments: Americas Outdoor Advertising and International Outdoor Advertising.

 

   

Americas Outdoor Advertising . We are one of the largest outdoor media companies in the Americas, which includes the United States, Canada and Latin America. As of December 31, 2009, we owned or operated approximately 195,000 displays in our Americas Outdoor Advertising segment. Our Americas outdoor assets consist of billboards, street furniture displays, transit displays and other out-of-home advertising displays which we believe are in premier real estate locations in each of our markets throughout the Americas. As of December 31, 2009, we had operations in 49 of the 50 largest markets in the United States, including all of the 20 largest markets. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, Americas Outdoor Advertising generated revenue of $1,238.2 million and $ 271.0 million, respectively.

 

   

International Outdoor Advertising . We are one of the leading outdoor media companies internationally with operations in Asia, Australia and Europe. As of December 31, 2009, we owned or operated approximately 639,000 displays in approximately 32 countries, including key positions in attractive international markets. Our International outdoor assets consist of billboards, street furniture displays, transit displays and other out-of-home advertising displays. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, International Outdoor Advertising generated revenue of $1,459.9 million and $337.8 million, respectively.

Within each of these segments, we generate revenue through the sale of advertising copy placed on our display inventory, which consists of billboards, street furniture and transit displays, airport displays, mall displays, and wallscapes and other spectaculars, which we own or operate under lease management agreements. Our advertising business is focused on urban markets with dense populations. Billboards, street furniture, transit displays, and other displays comprised approximately 66%, 5%, 17% and 12% of our revenue in the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, we generated consolidated revenue of approximately $2,698.0 million and $608.8 million, respectively.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Our Strengths

Global Scale and Local Market Leadership. We are one of the largest outdoor media companies in the world. As of December 31, 2009, we operated approximately 834,000 outdoor advertising displays worldwide in urban and densely-populated real estate locations, providing advertisers with both a global and a local reach. Our global scale enables productive and cost-effective investment across our portfolio, which supports our competitive position.

 

   

Our business is focused on urban markets with dense populations. Our real estate locations in these markets provide reach to a broad audience and therefore a compelling opportunity for our advertisers to reach a mass audience at a relatively low cost. We believe that the buying decision for our customers is based on the strength of the network of locations for outdoor advertising that we can offer. The strength of our network is reflected in the value of our permits and site-leases. In the United States, we have operations in 49 of the top 50 markets, and our International division currently has a presence in 32 countries, including one of the leading positions in China, France, Italy, Spain and the United Kingdom.

 

   

Our scale has enabled cost-effective investment in new display technologies, such as digital billboards, which we believe will support future growth. This technology will enable us to transition from selling space on a display to a single advertiser to selling time on that display to multiple advertisers, creating new revenue opportunities from both new and existing clients.

Strong Collection of Assets. Through acquisitions and organic growth, we have aggregated a sizable portfolio of assets. The domestic outdoor industry is regulated by the Federal government as well as state and municipal governments. Statutes and regulations govern the construction, repair, maintenance, lighting, spacing, location, replacement and content of outdoor advertising structures. Due to such regulation, it has become increasingly difficult to construct new outdoor advertising structures. Further, for many of our existing billboards, a permit for replacement cannot be sought by our competitors or landlords. Internationally, regulations vary by country and region but generally provide for limitations on the number, placement, size, nature and density of outdoor displays. As a result, our existing billboards in top demographic areas have significant value.

Attractive Outdoor Industry Fundamentals. We believe outdoor advertising offers a compelling value proposition to advertisers, broad reach, valuable out-of-home positions and low cost per thousand persons reached relative to other media. We also believe the outdoor industry is well-positioned to benefit from the fragmentation of audiences of other media as it is able to reach mass audiences on a local market basis.

 

   

Compelling Value Proposition. Outdoor media provides advertisers with highly cost-effective media advertising as measured by cost per thousand persons reached compared to other traditional media.

 

   

Broad Audience Reach . According to the Arbitron 2009 In-Car Study, the average American spends about 20 hours in a car per week, a 31% increase since 2003. The captive in-car audience is subject to increasing out-of-home advertiser exposures as time and distance of commutes increase.

 

   

Valuable Out-of-Home Position. Outdoor media reaches potential consumers outside the home, where they are closer to purchase decisions. Many of our billboards are located along major roadways that are highly trafficked and have the potential to direct consumers to nearby businesses.

 

   

Fragmentation of Other Media. We believe that the proliferation of content and distribution models provides a means for the continued fragmentation of audiences of most traditional media, rendering outdoor advertising more attractive for its mass reach capabilities.

Attractive Long-Term Business Model. While spending on outdoor advertising is, like most media, correlated with the overall economy, we believe the industry holds attractive long term prospects and is well positioned to benefit from a macroeconomic recovery and has historically generated strong cash flows.

 

   

Cyclical Recovery. Prior to 2008, the advertising industry experienced two significant downturns since 1970, and after each, the outdoor advertising industry experienced higher growth than the overall advertising market over the three-year period following the end of the decline.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
   

Strong Cash Flow Generation. We generated $441.3 million, $603.6 million and $694.4 million in operating cash flow for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, driven by our significant scale and a leading position in outdoor advertising.

 

   

Geographic and Customer Diversity. In 2009, approximately 46% and 54% of our revenue was generated from our Americas and our International segments, respectively. No single market in the United States and no ad category represented greater than 8% and 10%, respectively, of our revenue during the year ended December 31, 2009.

Our Strategy

Americas Outdoor Advertising

We believe outdoor advertising has attractive industry fundamentals, including a broad audience reach and is a highly cost-effective media for advertisers as measured by cost per thousand persons reached compared to other traditional media. Our Americas strategy focuses on our competitive strengths to position the Company through the following approaches:

Promote Overall Outdoor Media Spending . Outdoor advertising represented 5% of total dollars spent on advertising in the United States in 2009. Our goal is to drive growth in outdoor advertising’s share of total media spending and leverage such growth with our national scale and local reach. We are focusing on developing and implementing better and improved outdoor audience delivery measurement systems to provide advertisers with tools to determine how effectively their message is reaching the desired audience. As a result of the implementation strategies above, we believe advertisers will shift their budgets towards the outdoor advertising medium.

Significant Cost Reductions and Capital Discipline . To address the softness in advertising demand resulting from the global economic downturn, we have taken steps to reduce our fixed costs. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we commenced a restructuring plan to reduce our cost base through renegotiations of lease agreements, workforce reductions, the elimination of overlapping functions and other cost savings initiatives. In order to achieve these cost savings, we incurred a total of $17.4 million in costs in 2008 and 2009. We estimate the benefit of the restructuring program was an approximate $50.5 million aggregate reduction to fixed operating expenses in 2009 and that the benefit of these initiatives will be fully realized in 2010.

We plan to continue controlling costs to achieve operating efficiencies, sharing best practices across our markets and focusing our capital expenditures on opportunities that we expect to yield higher returns, leveraging our flexibility to make capital outlays based on the environment.

Continue to Deploy Digital Billboards . Digital outdoor advertising provides significant advantages over traditional outdoor media. Our electronic displays may be linked through centralized computer systems to instantaneously and simultaneously change advertising copy on a large number of displays. The ability to change copy by time-of-day and quickly change messaging based on advertisers’ needs creates additional flexibility for our customers. The advantages of digital allow us to penetrate new accounts and categories of advertisers as well as serve a broader set of needs for existing advertisers. We expect this to continue as we increase our quantity of digital inventory. We have deployed a total of approximately 485 digital displays in 34 markets as of March 31, 2010.

International Outdoor Advertising

Similar to our Americas outdoor advertising, we believe International outdoor advertising has attractive industry fundamentals, including a broad audience reach and is a highly cost-effective media for advertisers as

 

 

3


Table of Contents

measured by cost per thousand persons reached compared to other traditional media. Our International strategy focuses on our competitive strengths to position the Company through the following approaches:

Promote Overall Outdoor Media Spending . Our goal is to continue to drive growth in outdoor advertising’s share of total media spending and leverage such growth with our international scale and local reach. We are focusing on developing and implementing better and improved outdoor audience delivery measurement systems to provide advertisers with tools to determine how effectively their message is reaching the desired audience. As a result of the implementation strategies above, we believe advertisers will shift their budgets towards the outdoor advertising medium.

Significant Cost Reductions and Capital Discipline . To address the softness in advertising demand resulting from the global economic downturn, we have taken steps to reduce our fixed costs. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we commenced a restructuring plan to reduce our cost base through renegotiations of lease agreements, workforce reductions, elimination of overlapping functions, takedown of unprofitable advertising structures and other cost savings initiatives. In order to achieve these cost savings, we incurred a total of $65.0 million in costs in 2008 and 2009. We estimate the benefit of the restructuring program was an approximate $120.1 million aggregate reduction to our 2008 fixed operating expense base in 2009 and that the benefit of these initiatives will be fully realized by 2011.

We plan to continue controlling costs to achieve operating efficiencies, sharing best practices across our markets and focusing our capital expenditures on opportunities that we expect to yield higher returns, leveraging our flexibility to make capital outlays based on the environment.

Capitalize on Product and Geographic Opportunities . We are also focused on growing our business internationally through new product offerings, optimization of our current display portfolio and selective investments targeting promising growth markets. We have continued to innovate and introduce new products, such as our Smartbike programs, in international markets based on local demands.

Corporate Information

Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings was incorporated in Delaware in 1995. Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings was incorporated in Nevada in 2004. The principal executive offices of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings and Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings are located at 200 East Basse Road, San Antonio, Texas 78209, telephone: (210) 832-3700. Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings’ web site is http://www.clearchanneloutdoor.com. The information contained in or connected to our web site is not part of this prospectus and is not incorporated into this prospectus by reference unless expressly provided otherwise herein.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Corporate Structure

The following chart summarizes our corporate structure and principal indebtedness as of March 31, 2010:

LOGO

 

(1) Secured indebtedness includes senior secured credit facilities of $13.9 billion and secured indebtedness of $6.2 million held at various subsidiaries.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
(2) The $69.9 million of other indebtedness includes (a) $42.3 million held at various subsidiaries within the International Outdoor Advertising Segment, (b) $27.6 million held at a subsidiary within the Americas Outdoor Advertising Segment and (c) $2 thousand held at a Radio Broadcasting subsidiary.

 

(3) As part of the day-to-day cash management services provided by Clear Channel Communications, we maintain accounts that represent net amounts due to or from Clear Channel Communications, which is recorded as “Due from/to Clear Channel Communications” on the consolidated balance sheet. These amounts are represented by the CCU Cash Management Note and the CCOH Cash Management Note. The Cash Management Notes are scheduled to mature on December 15, 2017.

 

(4) Includes substantially all of the operations of the Americas Outdoor Advertising segment. The remaining operations of the Americas Outdoor Advertising segment, including those in Mexico, Canada and Peru, are operated through various subsidiaries of CCOI.

 

(5) Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings loaned an amount equal to the proceeds of the outstanding notes to CCOI pursuant to two intercompany notes that will be due and payable in the same amounts and at the same times as the aggregate payments under the notes.

Equity Sponsors

Bain Capital, LLC

Founded in 1984, Bain Capital, LLC is a leading global investment firm whose affiliates manage approximately $75 billion in assets across private equity, venture capital, high-yield debt and public equity asset classes, and has more than 300 investment professionals. Headquartered in Boston, Bain Capital, LLC has offices in Chicago, New York, London, Munich, Mumbai, Hong Kong, Shanghai and Tokyo and has one of the largest in-country private equity investment teams in Europe and Asia. Bain Capital, LLC has raised fourteen private equity funds, including ten in North America, which have made investments and add-on acquisitions in more than 300 companies. Bain Capital, LLC has deep experience in a variety of industries and its group of dedicated operating professionals provide its portfolio companies and management partners with significant strategic and operational support. Funds sponsored by Bain Capital, LLC have invested in a variety of media businesses including The Weather Channel, Warner Music Group, Cumulus Media Partners, Houghton Mifflin, ProSiebenSat.1, SuperPages Canada and DoubleClick.

Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.

Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. is one of the oldest and most successful private equity investment firms in the United States. Since its establishment in 1974, THL has become the preeminent growth buyout firm, raising approximately $22 billion of equity capital, investing in more than 100 businesses with an aggregate purchase price of more than $125 billion, completing over 200 add-on acquisitions for portfolio companies and generating superior returns for its investors. Notable recent transactions sponsored by the firm include Aramark, Ceridian, Dunkin’ Brands, Fidelity Information Services, Grupo ONO, Houghton Mifflin, Michael Foods, The Nielsen Company, Nortek, ProSiebenSat.1, Simmons, Univision, Warner Chilcott, Warner Music Group and West Corporation.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Summary of the Exchange Offers

 

The Initial Offerings of Outstanding Notes

We sold the outstanding notes on December 23, 2009 to Goldman, Sachs & Co, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Moelis & Company LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. We refer to these parties in this prospectus collectively as the “initial purchasers.” The initial purchasers subsequently resold the outstanding notes to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

Registration Rights Agreements

Simultaneously with the initial sale of the outstanding notes, we entered into two registration rights agreements, one with respect to each of the outstanding A and B notes, pursuant to which we have agreed, among other things, to use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC and cause to become effective a registration statement relating to offers to exchange the outstanding notes for an issue of SEC-registered notes with terms identical to the outstanding notes. The exchange offers are intended to satisfy your rights under the applicable registration rights agreement. After the exchange offers are complete, you will no longer be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to your outstanding notes.

 

The Exchange Offers

We are offering to exchange the Series A and Series B exchange notes, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for your outstanding A and B notes, respectively, which were issued in the private offering. In order to be exchanged, an outstanding note must be properly tendered and accepted. All outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged. We will issue exchange notes promptly after the expiration of the exchange offers.

 

Resales

Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to unrelated parties, we believe that the exchange notes issued in the exchange offers may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act provided that:

 

   

the exchange notes are being acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

 

   

you are not participating, do not intend to participate, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the exchange notes issued to you in the applicable exchange offer; and

 

   

you are not an affiliate of ours.

If any of these conditions are not satisfied and you transfer any exchange notes issued to you in the applicable exchange offer without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act

 

 

7


Table of Contents
 

or without an exemption from registration of your exchange notes from these requirements, you may incur liability under the Securities Act. We will not assume, nor will we indemnify you against, any such liability.

Each broker-dealer that is issued exchange notes in the applicable exchange offer for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired by that broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. A broker-dealer may use this prospectus for an offer to resell, resale or other retransfer of the exchange notes issued to it in the applicable exchange offer.

 

Expiration Date

The exchange offers will expire at 11:59 p.m., New York City time,                     , 2010, unless we decide to extend the expiration date.

 

Conditions to the Exchange Offers

Neither exchange offer is subject to any condition, other than that the exchange offer does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC.

 

Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes

If you wish to tender your outstanding notes for exchange in the applicable exchange offer, you must transmit to the exchange agent on or before the expiration date either:

 

   

an original or a facsimile of a properly completed and duly executed copy of the letter of transmittal, which accompanies this prospectus, together with your outstanding notes and any other documentation required by the letter of transmittal, at the address provided on the cover page of the letter of transmittal; or

 

   

if the outstanding notes you own are held of record by The Depository Trust Company, or “DTC,” in book-entry form and you are making delivery by book-entry transfer, a computer-generated message transmitted by means of the Automated Tender Offer Program System of DTC, or “ATOP,” in which you acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal and which, when received by the exchange agent, forms a part of a confirmation of book-entry transfer. As part of the book-entry transfer, DTC will facilitate the exchange of your notes and update your account to reflect the issuance of the exchange notes to you. ATOP allows you to electronically transmit your acceptance of the exchange offer to DTC instead of physically completing and delivering a letter of transmittal to the notes exchange agent.

In addition, you must deliver to the exchange agent on or before the expiration date:

 

   

a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of your outstanding notes into the account of the notes exchange agent at DTC if you are effecting delivery of book-entry transfer, or

 

 

8


Table of Contents
   

if necessary, the documents required for compliance with the guaranteed delivery procedures.

 

Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners

If you are the beneficial owner of book-entry interests and your name does not appear on a security position listing of DTC as the holder of the book-entry interests or if you are a beneficial owner of outstanding notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender the book-entry interest or outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the person in whose name your book-entry interests or outstanding notes are registered promptly and instruct that person to tender on your behalf.

 

Withdrawal Rights

You may withdraw the tender of your outstanding notes from the applicable exchange offer at any time prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2010.

 

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

We believe that the exchange of outstanding notes should not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

Use of Proceeds; Fees and Expenses

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offers. We will pay all of our expenses incident to the exchange offers.

 

Exchange Agent

U.S. Bank National Association is serving as the exchange agent in connection with the exchange offers.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Summary of Terms of the Exchange Notes

The form and terms of the Series A and Series B exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding A and B notes, respectively, except that the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act. As a result, the exchange notes will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not contain the registration rights and liquidated damage provisions contained in the outstanding notes.

 

Issuer

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation.

Notes Offered:

 

Series A Exchange Notes

$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series A senior notes due 2017.

 

Series B Exchange Notes

$2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series B senior notes due 2017.

The indentures under which the outstanding notes were issued, as amended or supplemented, will govern the exchange notes, as applicable. Accordingly, they will be treated as separate obligations for all purposes, including with respect to any amendment, consent or waiver.

Maturity:

 

Series A Exchange Notes

December 15, 2017.

 

Series B Exchange Notes

December 15, 2017.

Interest:

 

Series A Exchange Notes

The Series A exchange notes will bear interest at 9.25% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on December 15, 2010.

 

Series B Exchange Notes

The Series B exchange notes will bear interest at 9.25% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on December 15, 2010.

Interest on the exchange notes will be payable by or on behalf of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings on a daily basis into an account established by the Trustee for the benefit of holders of exchange notes.

 

Guarantees

The exchange notes will be guaranteed, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally, on an unsecured senior basis, by Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, CCOI and certain of the existing and future domestic subsidiaries of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings. See “Description of the Exchange Notes.” The guarantee of each guarantor:

 

   

will be a senior unsecured obligation of such guarantor;

 

   

will rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsubordinated indebtedness of such guarantor, including under any credit facilities of such guarantor and, in the case of the

 

 

10


Table of Contents
 

Company, the Company’s obligations under the CCOH Cash Management Note; and

 

   

will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future secured indebtedness of such guarantor to the extent of the value of such assets securing such indebtedness.

 

Ranking

The exchange notes will be:

 

   

the senior unsecured obligations of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings;

 

   

pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsubordinated indebtedness of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, including under any credit facilities of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings;

 

   

effectively subordinated to all existing and future secured indebtedness of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings to the extent of the value of such assets securing such indebtedness;

 

   

senior in right of payment to all subordinated indebtedness of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings; and

 

   

structurally subordinated to all existing and future obligations of any existing or future subsidiaries of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings that do not guarantee the exchange notes.

Optional Redemption:

 

Series A Exchange Notes

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings may redeem some or all of the Series A exchange notes at any time and from time to time on or after December 15, 2012, at the redemption prices described in this prospectus. Prior to December 15, 2012, the issuer may redeem some or all of the Series A exchange notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Series A exchange notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date plus the applicable “make-whole” premium described in this prospectus. In addition, at any time prior to December 15, 2012, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Series A exchange notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 109.250%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date. See “Description of the Exchange Notes—Description of the A Notes—Optional Redemption.”

 

Series B Exchange Notes

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings may redeem some or all of the Series B exchange notes at any time and from time to time on or after December 15, 2012, at the redemption prices described in this prospectus. Prior to December 15, 2012, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings may redeem some or all of the Series B exchange notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Series B exchange notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date plus the applicable “make-whole” premium described in this prospectus. In addition, at any time prior to

 

 

11


Table of Contents
 

December 15, 2012, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Series B exchange notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 109.250%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date. See “Description of the Exchange Notes—Description of the B Notes—Optional Redemption.”

 

Change of Control

If a change of control occurs, we will be required to make an offer to purchase the exchange notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of such notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. This term includes important limitations and exceptions. For more information, see, including the definition of “Change of Control”, see “Description of the Exchange Notes—Description of the A Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and “Description of the Exchange Notes—Description of the B Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control.”

 

Certain Covenants

The indenture governing the Series A exchange notes and the indenture governing the Series B exchange notes have different covenants and definitions of the same term may be different in each indenture.

 

Series A Exchange Notes

The indenture governing the Series A exchange notes contains covenants that limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt to persons other than Clear Channel Communications and its subsidiaries (other than the Company) or issue certain preferred stock;

 

   

create liens on our or our restricted subsidiaries’ assets to secure debt;

 

   

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

   

merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

 

   

sell certain assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries, to persons other than Clear Channel Communications and its subsidiaries (other than the Company).

The indenture governing the Series A exchange notes does not include limitations on dividends, distributions, investments or asset sales. In addition, the covenants in the indenture governing the Series A exchange notes are subject to important exceptions and qualifications, which are described under “Description of the Exchange Notes—Description of the A Notes—Certain Covenants in the A Note Indenture” and “—Certain Definitions.”

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Series B Exchange Notes

The indenture governing the Series B exchange notes contains covenants that limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt or issue certain preferred stock;

 

   

redeem, repurchase or retire our subordinated debt;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

create liens on our or our restricted subsidiaries’ assets to secure debt;

 

   

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

   

merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

sell certain assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries;

 

   

designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and

 

   

pay dividends, redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other restricted payments.

The covenants in the indenture governing the Series B exchange notes are subject to important exceptions and qualifications, which are described under “Description of the Exchange Notes—Description of the B Notes—Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture” and “—Certain Definitions.”

 

Repurchase Ratio

Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings and its subsidiaries are prohibited from making any purchase of, or otherwise effectively cancelling or retiring any B notes if, after giving effect thereto and, if applicable, any concurrent purchase of or other action with respect to any A notes, the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the B notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the A notes is less than 0.250, subject to certain exceptions. See “Description of the Exchange Notes—Description of the A Notes—Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases” and “Description of the Exchange Notes—Description of the B Notes—Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases.”

 

Liquidity Amount.

Each of (a) Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings and the guarantors and (b) the restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors are required to maintain $50.0 million designated as a liquidity amount. The requirement may be satisfied with cash, other liquid assets and availability under certain credit facilities. The requirement for a liquidity amount is reduced during certain bankruptcy events at Clear Channel Communications. See “Description of the Exchange Notes—Description of the A Notes—Certain Covenants in the A Note

 

 

13


Table of Contents
 

Indenture—Liquidity Amount” and “Description of the Exchange Notes—Description of the B Notes—Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture—Liquidity Amount.”

 

Absence of a Public Market

There is currently no existing market for the exchange notes. Accordingly, there can be no assurances as to the development of an active trading market for the exchange notes. We do not intend to apply for listing of the exchange notes on any national exchange or quotation on an automated dealer quotation system.

 

Risk Factors.

In evaluating whether to participate in the applicable exchange offer, you should carefully consider, along with the other information set forth in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, the specific factors set forth under “Risk Factors.”

 

 

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risk factors as well as the other information and data included in, and incorporated by reference in, this prospectus prior to participating in the applicable exchange offer. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition or results of operations. In such case, you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to the Exchange Offers

Because there is no public market for the notes, you may not be able to resell your notes.

The exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act, but will constitute a new issue of securities with no established trading market, and there can be no assurance as to:

 

   

the liquidity of any trading market that may develop;

 

   

the ability of holders to sell their exchange notes; or

 

   

the price at which the holders would be able to sell their exchange notes.

If a trading market were to develop, the exchange notes might trade at higher or lower prices than their principal amount or purchase price, depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities and our financial performance.

In addition, any holder of outstanding notes who tenders in the applicable exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the applicable exchange notes may be deemed to have received restricted securities, and if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. For a description of these requirements, see “Exchange Offer.”

Your outstanding notes will not be accepted for exchange if you fail to follow the exchange offer procedures and, as a result, your outstanding notes will continue to be subject to existing transfer restrictions and you may not be able to sell your outstanding notes.

We will not accept your outstanding notes for exchange if you do not follow the exchange offer procedures. We will issue exchange notes as part of the exchange offers only after a timely receipt of your outstanding notes and all other required documents. Therefore, if you want to tender your outstanding notes, please allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. If we do not receive your outstanding notes and other required documents by the expiration date of the exchange offers, we will not accept your outstanding notes for exchange. We are under no duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to the tenders of outstanding notes for exchange. If there are defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of outstanding notes, we may not accept your outstanding notes for exchange. For more information, see “Exchange Offers.”

If you do not exchange your outstanding notes, your outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions and you may not be able to sell your outstanding notes.

We did not register the outstanding notes, nor do we intend to do so following the exchange offers. Outstanding notes that are not tendered will therefore continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions and may be transferred only in limited circumstances under the securities laws. If you do not exchange your outstanding notes, you will lose your right to have your outstanding notes registered under the federal securities laws. As a result, if you hold outstanding notes after the applicable exchange offer, you may not be able to sell your outstanding notes.

 

15


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Exchange Notes

We have substantial indebtedness that could restrict our operations and impair our financial condition and your investment in the exchange notes.

At March 31, 2010, our total indebtedness for borrowed money was approximately $2.6 billion, of which $2.5 billion represented the outstanding notes. Our other debt consists primarily of loans with international banks. At March 31, 2010, approximately $72.1 million was outstanding as other debt. We may also incur additional substantial indebtedness in the future.

Our substantial level of indebtedness and other financial obligations increase the possibility that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay, when due, the principal of, interest on or other amounts due, in respect of our indebtedness, including the notes in the event we are required to make such payments on the notes pursuant to our guarantee.

Our substantial indebtedness could have other adverse consequences, including:

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, competitive, regulatory and industry conditions, including those currently present;

 

   

limiting our ability to compete and our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, current changes in our business and the industry;

 

   

requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of our indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available to us for working capital, capital expenditures and any future business opportunities;

 

   

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our indebtedness is at variable rates of interest;

 

   

restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

   

limiting our planning flexibility for, or ability to react to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;

 

   

placing us at a competitive disadvantage with competitors who may have less indebtedness and other obligations or greater access to financing; and

 

   

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate purposes or other purposes on satisfactory terms, or at all.

If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to service our debt obligations, we may be forced to sell assets, seek additional equity or debt capital or restructure our indebtedness. However, given the current economic climate, these measures might be unsuccessful or inadequate in permitting us to meet scheduled debt service obligations. In light of the current credit crisis or any future crisis, we may be unable to restructure or refinance our obligations and obtain additional equity financing or sell assets on satisfactory terms or at all. As a result, the inability to meet our debt obligations could cause us to default on those obligations. A default under any debt instrument could, in turn, result in defaults under other debt instruments.

To service our debt obligations and to fund capital expenditures, we will require a significant amount of cash to meet our needs, which depend on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to service our debt obligations and to fund capital expenditures for display construction or renovation will require a significant amount of cash, which depends on many factors beyond our control. This is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control, which may prevent us from securing sufficient cash to meet these needs. Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness will also depend on our ability to generate cash in the future.

 

16


Table of Contents

We cannot ensure that our business will generate sufficient cash flow or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, earnings were not sufficient to cover our fixed charges by $987.0 million and $3,140.4 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, earnings were not sufficient to cover our fixed charges by $57.5 million and $68.1 million, respectively. If our future cash flow from operations, cash on hand and other capital resources are insufficient to pay our obligations as they mature or to fund our liquidity needs, we may be forced to reduce or delay our business activities and capital expenditures, sell assets, or attempt to obtain additional equity capital or restructure or refinance all or a portion of indebtedness debt on or before maturity. We cannot ensure that we will be able to refinance any of our debt on a timely basis or on satisfactory terms, if at all. In addition, the terms of our existing indebtedness and other future indebtedness may limit our ability to pursue these alternatives.

Despite current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the indentures governing the notes contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. For example, our subsidiaries that are not guarantors, which include all of our foreign subsidiaries, may be able to incur substantially more indebtedness under the indentures than our subsidiaries that are guarantors. Accordingly, any indebtedness incurred by our foreign subsidiaries would be structurally senior to the notes. Moreover, the indentures governing the notes do not impose any limitation on our incurrence of liabilities that are not considered “indebtedness” under the indentures, and do not impose any limitation on liabilities incurred by our subsidiaries that might be designated as “unrestricted subsidiaries.” If we incur additional debt above our current levels, the risks associated with our substantial leverage would increase.

Our ability to generate the significant amount of cash needed to pay interest and principal on the notes and service our other debt and financial obligations and our ability to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on and refinance our debt, including the notes (in the event we are required to make such payments on the notes pursuant to our guarantee) and to fund our operations will depend on our ability to generate substantial operating cash flow. Our cash flow generation will depend on our future performance, which will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations and future borrowings may not be available to us in amounts sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness, including the notes (in the event we are required to make such payments on the notes pursuant to our guarantee), or to fund our other liquidity needs. If we cannot service our debt, we will have to take actions such as reducing or delaying capital investments, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt, or seeking additional equity capital. Any of these remedies may not, if necessary, be effected on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Also, the indentures governing the notes will restrict us from adopting certain of these alternatives. Because of these and other factors beyond our control, we may be unable to pay the principal, premium, if any, interest, or other amounts on the notes (in the event we are required to make such payments on the notes pursuant to our guarantee). In addition, our liquidity could be negatively impacted by the financial condition of Clear Channel Communications. See “—Risks Related to Our Relationship with Clear Channel Communications—Any deterioration in the financial condition of Clear Channel Communications could adversely affect our access to the credit markets and increase our borrowing costs.”

 

17


Table of Contents

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings is a holding company that has no revenue-generating operations and will depend on payments received under the proceeds loans to make payments on the notes.

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings is a holding company which holds the stock of the first tier foreign subsidiaries representing all of the total assets and revenue of the International segment. Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings will not be permitted to engage in any activities other than the ownership of all the outstanding equity interests in its subsidiaries and activities incidental thereto. Upon receipt of the proceeds from the outstanding notes offered pursuant to the private offering, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings loaned, on a senior unsecured basis, amounts equal to the proceeds of the outstanding notes to CCOI which will be due and payable at the same times and in the same amounts as payments under the notes and which we refer to as the “proceeds loans.” Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings’ ability to make payments on the notes is therefore dependent on the payments received under the proceeds loans and other funds that may be received from its subsidiaries. However, there is no obligation on the part of its subsidiaries to provide funds to Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings. If payments on the proceeds loans are not made by CCOI, for whatever reason, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings may not have funds available to it that would permit it to make payments on the notes. In such circumstances, the holders of the notes would have to rely upon claims for payment under the guarantees, which claims would be subject to a number of risks described elsewhere under “Risk Factors.”

The notes are effectively subordinated to our total secured indebtedness.

The indentures governing the notes permit us to incur certain secured indebtedness. Accordingly, if we are involved in a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, or similar proceeding, or upon a default in payment on, or the acceleration of, any indebtedness under any secured credit facilities or our other secured indebtedness, our assets would be available to pay obligations on the notes only after all indebtedness under any secured credit facilities or other secured indebtedness have been paid in full from such assets. In addition, a default under the indentures governing the notes may cause an event of default under any secured credit facilities and the acceleration of debt under any secured credit facilities or the failure to pay such debt when due would, in certain circumstances, cause an event of default under the indentures governing the notes. See “Description of the Exchange Notes—Description of the A Notes—Events of Default and Remedies” and “Description of the Exchange Notes—Description of the B Notes—Events of Default and Remedies.” The lenders under any secured credit facilities would also be expected to have the right upon an event of default thereunder to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings. If the debt under any secured credit facilities or the notes offered hereby were to be accelerated, our assets may not be sufficient to repay in full that debt, or any other debt that may become due as a result of that acceleration.

The notes are structurally subordinated to the liabilities of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes. Your right to receive payments on the notes could be adversely affected if any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries or non-wholly-owned subsidiaries declare bankruptcy, liquidate or reorganize.

Our non-wholly-owned (and certain wholly-owned) domestic subsidiaries and our foreign subsidiaries will not guarantee the notes. As a result, the notes will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future obligations, including indebtedness, of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes, and the claims of creditors of these subsidiaries, including trade creditors, will have priority as to the assets of these subsidiaries. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, holders of their indebtedness and their trade and other creditors will generally be entitled to payment of their claims from the assets of those subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to us and, in turn, to our creditors.

We may not have access to the cash flow and assets that may be needed to make payments on the notes in the event that we are required to make such payments pursuant to our guarantee.

In November 2005, we entered into a cash management arrangement with Clear Channel Communications whereby Clear Channel Communications provides us day-to-day cash management services. As part of this

 

18


Table of Contents

arrangement, substantially all of the cash generated from our domestic operations is transferred daily into Clear Channel Communications accounts and, in return, Clear Channel Communications funds certain of our operations. This arrangement is evidenced by the CCU Cash Management Note and the CCOH Cash Management Note. Each of the Cash Management Notes is a demand obligation; however, Clear Channel Communications is not under any contractual commitment to advance funds to us beyond the amounts outstanding under the note issued by Clear Channel Communications. Clear Channel Communications may continue to use the cash flows of our domestic operations for its own general corporate purposes pursuant to the terms of the existing cash management and intercompany arrangements between Clear Channel Communications and us.

In December 2009, Clear Channel Communications prepaid $500.0 million of the CCU Cash Management Note. If Clear Channel Communications becomes the subject of bankruptcy proceedings within one year after such repayment of the CCU Cash Management Note, all or a portion of such repayment could be recovered from us if a bankruptcy court determines that Clear Channel Communications was insolvent at the time of the repayment and that such repayment was a preferential transfer that allowed us to receive a greater recovery than we would have realized in a hypothetical liquidation.

In addition, we derive substantially all of our operating income from our subsidiaries. We are dependent on the earnings and cash flow of our subsidiaries to meet our obligations with respect to our guarantee of the notes. We cannot assure you that our subsidiaries will be able to, or be permitted to, pay to us the amounts necessary to service the notes (in the event we are required to make such payments on the notes pursuant to our guarantee). Provisions of law, such as those requiring that dividends be paid only out of surplus, will also limit the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions, loans, or other payments to us. In the event we do not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, including the notes (in the event we are required to make such payments on the notes pursuant to our guarantee). For more information regarding our relationship with Clear Channel Communications, see “—Risks Related to Our Relationship with Clear Channel Communications.”

The indentures governing the notes, the indentures governing the Clear Channel Communications senior notes, Clear Channel Communications’ Bank Credit Facility (of which Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings is a Restricted Subsidiary) and the Master Agreement with Clear Channel Communications impose restrictions on our ability to finance operations and capital needs, make acquisitions or engage in other business activities.

The notes, the Clear Channel Communications senior notes, Clear Channel Communications’ Bank Credit Facility and the Master Agreement with Clear Channel Communications include restrictive covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to:

 

   

issue any shares of capital stock or securities convertible into capital stock;

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt;

 

   

redeem, repurchase or retire our subordinated debt or our stock;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

create liens on our or our restricted subsidiaries’ assets to secure debt;

 

   

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

enter into sale leaseback transactions;

 

   

merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

19


Table of Contents
   

sell certain assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries;

 

   

alter the business that we conduct; and

 

   

designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

In addition, the indentures governing the notes require us to prepay the notes in full upon a change in control (as defined in the notes), and, upon asset sales, subject to certain exceptions, to prepay the notes in the amount of excess proceeds received from such asset sales. Our failure to comply with the terms and covenants in our indebtedness could lead to a default under the terms of those documents, which would entitle the holders to accelerate the indebtedness and declare all amounts owed due and payable.

The existence of these restrictions limits our ability to finance operations and capital needs, make acquisitions or engage in other business activities, including our ability to grow and increase our revenue or respond to competitive changes. The following is a discussion of our sources of capital:

 

   

Certain of our International subsidiaries may borrow against a $150.0 million sub-limit included in Clear Channel Communications’ $2.0 billion revolving credit facility, to the extent Clear Channel Communications has not already borrowed against this capacity and is in compliance with its covenants under the credit facility. As of March 31, 2010, the outstanding balance on the sub-limit was approximately $150.0 million, of which $5.0 million was drawn by us and the remaining amount was drawn by Clear Channel Communications.

 

   

As part of the day-to-day cash management services provided by Clear Channel Communications, we maintain accounts that represent net amounts due to or from Clear Channel Communications, which is recorded as “Due from/to Clear Channel Communications” on the consolidated balance sheet. The accounts represent the net of the balances on our revolving promissory note issued by us to Clear Channel Communications and the revolving promissory note issued by Clear Channel Communications to us, each in the face amount of $1.0 billion, or if more or less than such amount, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all advances. Clear Channel Communications is not required to provide us with funds to finance our working capital or other cash requirements. Our claim in relation to cash transferred from our concentration account is on an unsecured basis and is limited to the balance of the “Due from Clear Channel Communications” account. If Clear Channel Communications were to become insolvent, we would be an unsecured creditor of Clear Channel Communications with respect to the revolving promissory note issued by Clear Channel Communications to us. At March 31, 2010, the asset recorded in “Due from Clear Channel Communications” on the consolidated balance sheet was $160.5 million.

The calculation of Adjusted EBITDA pursuant to the indentures governing the notes permits certain estimates and assumptions that may differ materially from actual results but which would nonetheless permit us to incur indebtedness on the basis of those assumptions.

Although Adjusted EBITDA is derived from our financial statements (pro forma or historical, as the case may be), the calculation of “EBITDA” pursuant to the indentures governing the notes, permits certain estimates and assumptions that may differ materially from actual results. For example, the determination of the adjustment attributable to cost savings permits an estimate as to amount of cost savings which will be realized as a result of actions which either have been taken or are then expected to be taken. Although our management believes these estimates and assumptions are reasonable, investors should not place undue reliance upon the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA given how it is calculated and the possibility that the underlying estimates and assumptions may ultimately not reflect actual results. In addition, the indentures governing the notes permit us to adjust EBITDA for items that would not meet the standards for inclusion in pro forma financial statements under Regulation S-X and other SEC rules. Some of these adjustments may be too speculative to merit adjustment under Regulation S-X; however, the indentures governing the notes would permit such adjustments for purposes of determining Adjusted EBITDA. As a result of these adjustments, we may be able to incur more debt or pay dividends or make other restricted payments in greater amounts than would otherwise be permitted without such adjustments.

 

20


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP, is not a measure of financial condition, liquidity or profitability and should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss) determined in accordance with GAAP or operating cash flows determined in accordance with GAAP. Additionally, Adjusted EBITDA is not intended to be a measure of free cash flow for management’s discretionary use, as it does not take into account certain items such as interest and principal payments on our indebtedness, depreciation and amortization expense, working capital needs, tax payments, non-recurring expenses and capital expenditures.

Certain transactions that may result in a change of ownership of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings may not constitute a change of control. In addition, in the event of a change of control, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings may not be able to fulfill its repurchase obligations under the indentures governing the notes.

Under the indentures governing the notes, upon the occurrence of any change of control, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings will be required to make a change of control offer to repurchase the notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. The definition of change of control in the indentures governing the notes includes, among other things, (i) the issuer ceasing to be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. or Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of Clear Channel Communications, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.’s assets to persons other than Permitted Holders (as defined under “Description of the Exchange Notes—Description of the A Notes—Certain Definitions” and “Description of the Exchange Notes—Description of the B Notes—Certain Definitions”), (iii) the acquisition of more than 50% of the voting power of the voting stock of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. or any of its parent companies by persons other than Permitted Holders and (iv) certain changes in the board of directors of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. However, a change of control under clause (iii) would not be triggered by (a) any restructuring of all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of indebtedness of any parent of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., (b) any debt workout and similar transactions involving all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of indebtedness of any parent of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., including any restructuring of indebtedness in connection with any consensual or negotiated arrangement or any court approved or ordered arrangement or plan, (c) any exchange or conversion of all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of indebtedness for or to any equity interests or any issuance of equity interests for cash or other consideration (other than any public offering of capital stock and any offering of capital stock that is underwritten for resale pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S of the Securities Act) as result of which all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of indebtedness of such parent is repaid, retired, exchanged for equity, cancelled, extinguished or otherwise discharged or (d) any other transactions that have substantially the effect of any of the foregoing; provided, however, that in each case, such restructuring, debt workout, exchange, conversion or other transaction does not involve the consensual sale for cash consideration of capital stock of any such parent of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. owned by the Investors (as defined under “Description of the Exchange Notes—Description of the A Notes—Certain Definitions” and “Description of the Exchange Notes—Description of the B Notes—Certain Definitions”).

Any change of control would be expected to constitute a default under any secured credit facilities. Therefore, upon the occurrence of a change of control, the lenders under any secured credit facilities would be expected to have the right to accelerate their loans, and if so accelerated, we would be required to repay all of our outstanding obligations under any secured credit facilities. Also, any secured credit facilities generally would be expected to prohibit us from purchasing any notes if we do not repay all borrowings under such facilities first or obtain the consent of the lenders under such facilities. Accordingly, unless we first repay all such borrowings or obtain the consent of such lenders, we would be expected to be prohibited from purchasing the notes upon a change of control.

In addition, if a change of control occurs, there can be no assurance that Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings will have available funds sufficient to pay the change of control purchase price for any of the notes that might be delivered by holders of the notes seeking to accept the change of control offer and, accordingly, none of the holders of the notes may receive the change of control purchase price for their notes. Clear Channel Worldwide

 

21


Table of Contents

Holdings’ failure to make the change of control offer or to pay the change of control purchase price with respect to the notes when due would result in a default under the indentures governing the notes. See “Description of the Exchange Notes—Description of the A Notes—Events of Default and Remedies” and “Description of the Exchange Notes—Description of the B Notes—Events of Default and Remedies.”

Federal and state statutes may allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the notes and the guarantees, subordinate claims in respect of the notes and the guarantees and require noteholders to return payments received.

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings’ issuance of the notes and the issuance of the guarantees by the guarantors, as well as other components of the offering may be subject to review under state and Federal laws if a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization case or a lawsuit, including in circumstances in which bankruptcy is not involved, were commenced at some future date by us, by the guarantors or on behalf of our unpaid creditors or the unpaid creditors of a guarantor. Under the Federal bankruptcy laws and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer and fraudulent conveyance laws, a court may void or otherwise decline to enforce the notes and a guarantor’s guarantee, or a court may subordinate the notes and such guarantee to our or the applicable guarantor’s existing and future indebtedness.

While the relevant laws may vary from state to state, a court might void or otherwise decline to enforce the notes if it found that when Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings issued the notes, when the applicable guarantor entered into its guarantee or, in some states, when payments became due under the notes or such guarantee, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings or the applicable guarantor received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration and either:

 

   

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings or the applicable guarantor was insolvent, or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence; or

 

   

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings or the applicable guarantor was engaged in a business or transaction for which Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings’ or the applicable guarantor’s remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or

 

   

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings or the applicable guarantor intended to incur, or believed or reasonably should have believed that Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings or the applicable guarantor would incur, debts beyond Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings’ or such guarantor’s ability to pay such debts as they mature; or

 

   

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings or the applicable guarantor was, a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a judgment for money damages docketed against Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings or such guarantor if, in either case, after final judgment, the judgment is unsatisfied.

The court might also void the notes or a guarantee without regard to the above factors, if the court found that we issued the notes or the applicable guarantor entered into its guarantee with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud our or its creditors.

A court would likely find that we or a guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the notes or such guarantee if we or such guarantor did not substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the notes or the applicable guarantee. As a general matter, value is given for a note or guarantee if, in exchange for the note or guarantee, property is transferred or an antecedent debt is satisfied. A debtor will generally not be considered to have received value in connection with a debt offering if the debtor uses the proceeds of that offering to make a dividend payment or otherwise retire or redeem equity securities issued by the debtor. For example, in a transaction such as this offering, there is increased risk of a determination that Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings incurred debt obligations for less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration as a court may find that the benefit of the transaction went to Clear Channel Communications, while neither Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings nor the guarantors benefited substantially or directly from the notes or the guarantees.

 

22


Table of Contents

The measures of insolvency applied by courts will vary depending upon the particular fraudulent transfer law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, an entity would be considered insolvent if:

 

   

the sum of its debts, including subordinated and contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of its assets; or

 

   

if the present fair saleable value of its assets were less than the amount that would be required to pay the probable liability on its existing debts, including subordinated and contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

   

it cannot pay its debts as they become due.

In the event of a finding that a fraudulent conveyance or transfer has occurred, the court may void, or hold unenforceable, the notes or any of the guarantees, which could mean that you may not receive any payments on the notes and the court may direct you to repay any amounts that you have already received from Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings or any guarantor to Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, such guarantor or a fund for the benefit of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings’ or such guarantor’s creditors. Furthermore, the holders of voided notes would cease to have any direct claim against Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings or the applicable guarantor. Consequently, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings’ or the applicable guarantor’s assets would be applied first to satisfy Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings’ or the applicable guarantor’s other liabilities, before any portion of its assets could be applied to the payment of the notes. Sufficient funds to repay the notes may not be available from other sources, including the remaining guarantors, if any. Moreover, the voidance of the notes or a guarantee could result in an event of default with respect to Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings’ and its guarantors’ other debt that could result in acceleration of such debt (if not otherwise accelerated due to Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings’ or its guarantors’ insolvency or other proceeding).

Although each guarantee will contain a provision intended to limit that guarantor’s liability to the maximum amount that it could incur without causing the incurrence of obligations under its guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer, this provision may not be effective to protect those guarantees from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may reduce that guarantor’s obligation to an amount that effectively makes its guarantee worthless.

In the event of a bankruptcy proceeding, the claims of noteholders may be reduced.

Because the terms of the proceeds loans mirror the terms of the notes and because the same obligations underlie CCOI’s guarantee and the proceeds loans, in the event of a bankruptcy proceeding, the claim of the noteholders with respect to CCOI’s guarantee and of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings with respect to the proceeds loans might not be treated by the court administrating such bankruptcy proceeding as separate claims. In any event, the existence of the proceeds loans will not allow the noteholders to recover in excess of the amount they would otherwise be entitled to recover were the proceeds loans not to have been executed.

Risks Related to our Business

We may be adversely affected by a general deterioration in economic conditions.

The risks associated with our businesses become more acute in periods of a slowing economy or recession, which may be accompanied by a decrease in advertising. Expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical, reflecting overall economic conditions and budgeting and buying patterns. The global economic downturn resulted in a decline in advertising and marketing by our customers, resulting in a decline in advertising revenues across our businesses. This reduction in advertising revenues has had an adverse effect on our revenue, profit margins, cash flow and liquidity. The continuation of the global economic downturn may continue to adversely impact our revenue, profit margins, cash flow and liquidity.

 

23


Table of Contents

Primarily as a result of the global economic downturn, revenue decreased by $591.3 million during 2009 as compared to 2008. Our Americas revenue declined $192.1 million during 2009 compared to 2008, attributable to decreases in poster and bulletin revenues associated with cancellations and non-renewals from major national advertisers. Our International outdoor revenue also declined $399.2 million primarily as a result of challenging advertising markets and the negative impact of foreign exchange. While revenue increased by $26.6 million during the first quarter of 2010 as compared to the first quarter of 2009, $27.0 million of this increase was due to movements in foreign exchange and therefore is not indicative of a change in advertising and marketing by our customers.

Additionally, we performed an interim impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2008, and again in the second quarter of 2009, primarily on our indefinite-lived assets and goodwill and recorded non-cash impairment charges of $3,217.6 million and $812.4 million, respectively. While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and utilized appropriate assumptions to calculate the fair value of our licenses, billboard permits and reporting units, it is possible a material change could occur. If future results are not consistent with our assumptions and estimates, we may be exposed to further impairment charges in the future.

Our restructuring program may not be entirely successful.

In the fourth quarter of 2008, we commenced a restructuring program (the “restructuring program”) targeting a reduction in fixed costs through renegotiations of lease agreements, workforce reductions, the elimination of overlapping functions and other cost savings initiatives. The program has resulted in restructuring and other expenses, and we may incur additional costs pursuant to the program in the future. No assurance can be given that the restructuring program will achieve the anticipated cost savings in the timeframe expected or at all, or for how long any cost savings will persist. In addition, the restructuring program may be modified or terminated in response to economic conditions or otherwise.

Our financial performance may be adversely affected by certain variables which are not in our control.

Certain variables that could adversely affect our financial performance by, among other things, leading to decreases in overall revenue, the numbers of advertising customers, advertising fees, or profit margins include:

 

   

unfavorable economic conditions, both general and relative to the outdoor advertising and all related industries, which may cause companies to reduce their expenditures on advertising;

 

   

unfavorable shifts in population and other demographics which may cause us to lose advertising customers as people migrate to markets where we have a smaller presence, or which may cause advertisers to be willing to pay less in advertising fees if the general population shifts into a less desirable age, geographic or other demographic from an advertising perspective;

 

   

an increased level of competition for advertising dollars, which may lead to lower advertising rates as we attempt to retain customers or which may cause us to lose customers to our competitors who offer lower rates that we are unable or unwilling to match;

 

   

unfavorable fluctuations in operating costs which we may be unwilling or unable to pass through to our customers;

 

   

technological changes and innovations that we are unable to adopt or are late in adopting that offer more attractive advertising alternatives than what we currently offer, which may lead to a loss of advertising customers or to lower advertising rates; and

 

   

unfavorable changes in labor conditions which may require us to spend more to retain and attract key employees; and changes in governmental regulations and policies and actions of regulatory bodies, including changes to restrictions on rebuilding non-conforming structures, which could restrict the advertising media which we employ, or changes that restrict some or all of our customers that operate in regulated areas from using certain advertising media, or from advertising at all.

 

24


Table of Contents

We are dependent on our ability to attract, motivate and retain management and key employees.

Our business is dependent on our ability to attract, motivate and retain members of our senior management group and other key employees, including local market managers. Many members of our management team have been with the Company for a significant period of time. Certain members of our senior management have recently left the Company or changed their role within the Company. Most recently, on June 23, 2010, we announced that Mark P. Mays will transition from his role as our Chief Executive Officer to Chairman of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, effective upon the hiring of a new Chief Executive Officer for Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings. Although we have hired new executive officers, if we are unable to hire new employees to replace these senior managers or are not successful in attracting, motivating and retaining other key employees, our business could be adversely affected.

We face intense competition in the outdoor advertising industry.

We operate in a highly competitive industry, and we may not be able to maintain or increase our current advertising and sales revenues. Our advertising properties compete for audiences and advertising revenue with other outdoor advertising companies, as well as with other media, such as radio, newspapers, magazines, television, direct mail, satellite radio and Internet based media, within their respective markets. Market shares are subject to change, which could have the effect of reducing our revenue in that market. Our competitors may develop services or advertising media that are equal or superior to those we provide or that achieve greater market acceptance and brand recognition than we achieve. It is possible that new competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share in any of our business segments. An increased level of competition for advertising dollars may lead to lower advertising rates as we attempt to retain customers or may cause us to lose customers to our competitors who offer lower rates that we are unable or unwilling to match.

Environmental, health, safety and land use laws and regulations may limit or restrict some of our operations.

As the owner or operator of various real properties and facilities, we must comply with various foreign, Federal, state and local environmental, health, safety and land use laws and regulations. We and our properties are subject to such laws and regulations relating to the use, storage, disposal, emission and release of hazardous and non-hazardous substances and employee health and safety as well as zoning restrictions. Historically, we have not incurred significant expenditures to comply with these laws. However, additional laws which may be passed in the future, or a finding of a violation of or liability under existing laws, could require us to make significant expenditures and otherwise limit or restrict some of our operations.

Government regulation of outdoor advertising may restrict our outdoor advertising operations.

United States Federal, state and local regulations have a significant impact on the outdoor advertising industry and our business. One of the seminal laws is the HBA, which regulates outdoor advertising on the 306,000 miles of Federal-Aid Primary, Interstate and National Highway Systems. The HBA regulates the size and location of billboards, mandates a state compliance program, requires the development of state standards, promotes the expeditious removal of illegal signs, and requires just compensation for takings. Construction, repair, maintenance, lighting, upgrading, height, size, spacing, the location and permitting of billboards and the use of new technologies for changing displays, such as digital displays, are regulated by Federal, state and local governments. From time to time, states and municipalities have prohibited or significantly limited the construction of new outdoor advertising structures, and also permitted non-conforming structures to be rebuilt by third parties. Changes in laws and regulations affecting outdoor advertising at any level of government, including laws of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate, could have a significant financial impact on us by requiring us to make significant expenditures or otherwise limiting or restricting some of our operations.

From time to time, certain state and local governments and third parties have attempted to force the removal of our displays under various state and local laws, including zoning ordinances, permit enforcement, condemnation and amortization. Amortization is the attempted forced removal after a period of years of legal but non-conforming

 

25


Table of Contents

billboards (billboards which conformed with applicable zoning regulations when built, but which do not conform to current zoning regulations) or the commercial advertising placed on such billboards. Pursuant to this concept, the governmental body asserts that just compensation is earned by continued operation of the billboard over time. Amortization is prohibited along all controlled roads and generally prohibited along non-controlled roads. Amortization has, however, been upheld along non-controlled roads in limited instances where provided by state and local law. Other regulations limit our ability to rebuild, replace, repair, maintain and upgrade non-conforming displays. In addition, from time to time third parties or local governments assert that we own or operate displays that either are not properly permitted or otherwise are not in strict compliance with applicable law. For example, recent court rulings have upheld regulations in the City of New York that may impact the number of displays we have in certain areas within the city. Although we believe that the number of our billboards that may be subject to removal based on alleged noncompliance is immaterial, from time to time we have been required to remove billboards for alleged noncompliance. Such regulations and allegations have not had a material impact on our results of operations to date, but if we are increasingly unable to resolve such allegations or obtain acceptable arrangements in circumstances in which our displays are subject to removal, modification, or amortization, or if there occurs an increase in such regulations or their enforcement, our operating results could suffer.

A number of state and local governments have implemented or initiated legislative billboard controls, including taxes, fees and registration requirements in an effort to decrease or restrict the number of outdoor signs and/or to raise revenue. In addition, a number of jurisdictions, including the City of Los Angeles, have implemented legislation or interpreted existing legislation to restrict or prohibit the installation of new digital billboards. While these controls have not had a material impact on our business and financial results to date, we expect states and local governments to continue these efforts. The increased imposition of these controls and our inability to overcome any such regulations could reduce our operating income if those outcomes require removal or restrictions on the use of preexisting displays. In addition, if we are unable to pass on the cost of these items to our clients, our operating income could be adversely affected.

International regulation of the outdoor advertising industry varies by region and country, but generally limits the size, placement, nature and density of out-of-home displays. Other regulations limit the subject matter and language of out-of-home displays. For instance, the United States and most European Union countries, among other nations, have banned outdoor advertisements for tobacco products. Our failure to comply with these or any future international regulations could have an adverse impact on the effectiveness of our displays or their attractiveness to clients as an advertising medium and may require us to make significant expenditures to ensure compliance. As a result, we may experience a significant impact on our operations, revenue, International client base and overall financial condition.

Capital requirements necessary to implement strategic initiatives could pose risks.

The purchase price of possible acquisitions, capital expenditures for deployment of digital billboards and/or other strategic initiatives could require additional indebtedness or equity financing on our part. Since the terms and availability of this financing depend to a large degree upon general economic conditions and third parties over which we have no control, we can give no assurance that we will obtain the needed financing or that we will obtain such financing on attractive terms. In addition, our ability to obtain financing depends on a number of other factors, many of which are also beyond our control, such as interest rates and national and local business conditions. If the cost of obtaining needed financing is too high or the terms of such financing are otherwise unacceptable in relation to the strategic opportunity we are presented with, we may decide to forego that opportunity. Additional indebtedness could increase our leverage and make us more vulnerable to economic downturns and may limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures.

Additional restrictions on outdoor advertising of tobacco, alcohol and other products may further restrict the categories of clients that can advertise using our products.

Out-of-court settlements between the major United States tobacco companies and all 50 states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and four other United States territories include a ban on the

 

26


Table of Contents

outdoor advertising of tobacco products. Other products and services may be targeted in the future, including alcohol products. Any significant reduction in alcohol-related advertising due to content-related restrictions could cause a reduction in our direct revenue from such advertisements and an increase in the available space on the existing inventory of billboards in the outdoor advertising industry.

Doing business in foreign countries creates certain risks not found in doing business in the United States.

Doing business in foreign countries carries with it certain risks that are not found in doing business in the United States. The risks of doing business in foreign countries that could result in losses against which we are not insured include:

 

   

exposure to local economic conditions;

 

   

potential adverse changes in the diplomatic relations of foreign countries with the United States;

 

   

hostility from local populations;

 

   

the adverse effect of currency exchange controls;

 

   

restrictions on the withdrawal of foreign investment and earnings;

 

   

government policies against businesses owned by foreigners;

 

   

investment restrictions or requirements;

 

   

expropriations of property;

 

   

the potential instability of foreign governments;

 

   

the risk of insurrections;

 

   

risks of renegotiation or modification of existing agreements with governmental authorities;

 

   

foreign exchange restrictions;

 

   

withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries;

 

   

changes in taxation structure; and

 

   

changes in laws or regulations or the interpretation or application of laws or regulations.

In addition, because we own assets overseas and derive revenue from our International operations, we may incur currency translation losses due to changes in the values of foreign currencies and in the value of the United States dollar. We cannot predict the effect of exchange rate fluctuations upon future operating results.

The success of our street furniture and transit products is dependent on our obtaining key municipal concessions, which we may not be able to obtain on favorable terms.

Our street furniture and transit products businesses require us to obtain and renew contracts with municipalities and other governmental entities. Many of these contracts, which require us to participate in competitive bidding processes at each renewal, typically have terms ranging from three to 20 years and have revenue share and/or fixed payment components. Our inability to successfully negotiate, renew or complete these contracts due to governmental demands and delay and the highly competitive bidding processes for these contracts could affect our ability to offer these products to our clients, or to offer them to our clients at rates that are competitive to other forms of advertising, without adversely affecting our financial results.

The lack of availability of potential acquisitions at reasonable prices could harm our growth strategy.

Our strategy is to pursue strategic opportunities and to optimize our portfolio of assets. We face competition from other outdoor advertising companies for acquisition opportunities. The purchase price of possible acquisitions could require the incurrence of additional debt or equity financing on our part. Since the terms and

 

27


Table of Contents

availability of this financing depend to a large degree upon general economic conditions and third parties over which we have no control, we can give no assurance that we will obtain the needed financing at all, or that we will obtain such financing on attractive terms. In addition, our ability to obtain financing depends on a number of other factors, many of which are also beyond our control, such as interest rates and national and local business conditions. If the cost of obtaining needed financing is too high or the terms of such financing are otherwise unacceptable in relation to the acquisition opportunity we are presented with, we may decide to forgo that opportunity. Additional indebtedness could increase our leverage and make us more vulnerable in economic downturns, including in the current downturn, and may limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures. Additional equity financing could result in dilution to our shareholders.

Future transactions could pose risks.

We frequently evaluate strategic opportunities both within and outside our existing lines of business. We expect from time to time to pursue additional acquisitions and may decide to dispose of certain businesses. These acquisitions or dispositions could be material. Our acquisition strategy involves numerous risks, including:

 

   

certain of our acquisitions may prove unprofitable and fail to generate anticipated cash flows;

 

   

to successfully manage our large portfolio of outdoor advertising and other properties, we may need to:

 

   

recruit additional senior management as we cannot be assured that senior management of acquired companies will continue to work for us and we cannot be certain that any of our recruiting efforts will succeed, and

 

   

expand corporate infrastructure to facilitate the integration of our operations with those of acquired properties, because failure to do so may cause us to lose the benefits of any expansion that we decide to undertake by leading to disruptions in our ongoing businesses or by distracting our management;

 

   

entry into markets and geographic areas where we have limited or no experience;

 

   

we may encounter difficulties in the integration of operations and systems;

 

   

our management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns; and

 

   

we may lose key employees of acquired companies.

Additional acquisitions by us may require antitrust review by Federal antitrust agencies and may require review by foreign antitrust agencies under the antitrust laws of foreign jurisdictions. We can give no assurances the United States Department of Justice (“DOJ”), the Federal Trade Commission or foreign antitrust agencies will not seek to bar us from acquiring additional outdoor advertising properties in any market where we already have a significant position. The DOJ actively reviews proposed acquisitions of outdoor advertising properties. In addition, the antitrust laws of foreign jurisdictions will apply if we acquire international outdoor advertising properties.

We may be adversely affected by the occurrence of extraordinary events, such as terrorist attacks.

The occurrence of extraordinary events, such as terrorist attacks, intentional or unintentional mass casualty incidents, or similar events may substantially decrease the use of and demand for advertising, which may decrease our revenue or expose us to substantial liability. The September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, for example, caused a nationwide disruption of commercial activities. The occurrence of future terrorist attacks, military actions by the United States, contagious disease outbreaks, or similar events cannot be predicted, and their occurrence can be expected to further negatively affect the economies of the United States and other foreign countries where we do business generally, specifically the market for advertising.

 

28


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Relationship with Clear Channel Communications

Our historical financial information prior to our initial public offering in November 2005 (the “IPO”) is not necessarily representative of the results we would have achieved as an independent publicly traded company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.

The historical combined financial information prior to the IPO included in this prospectus does not reflect the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows we would have achieved as an independent publicly traded company during the periods presented or those results we will achieve in the future. This is primarily a result of the following factors:

 

   

Our historical combined financial results reflect allocations of corporate expenses from Clear Channel Communications.

 

   

Our working capital requirements and capital for our general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and capital expenditures, historically have been satisfied as part of the corporate-wide cash management policies of Clear Channel Communications. Subsequent to the IPO, Clear Channel Communications is not required to provide us with funds to finance our working capital or other cash requirements. Without the opportunity to obtain financing from Clear Channel Communications, we may in the future need to obtain additional financing from banks, or through public offerings or private placements of debt or equity securities, strategic relationships or other arrangements. We may incur debt on terms and at interest rates that will not be as favorable as those generally enjoyed by Clear Channel Communications.

 

   

We are obligated to continue to use the services of Clear Channel Communications under the Corporate Services Agreement until such time as Clear Channel Communications owns less than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock, or longer for certain information technology services, and, in the event our Corporate Services Agreement with Clear Channel Communications terminates, we may not be able to replace the services Clear Channel Communications provides us until such time or in a timely manner or on comparable terms.

 

   

Pursuant to a cash management arrangement, substantially all of the cash generated from our domestic Americas operations is transferred daily into accounts of our parent company, Clear Channel Communications (after satisfying the funding requirements of the Trustee Account), where funds of ours and of Clear Channel Communications may be commingled. These amounts are evidenced by a revolving promissory note issued by Clear Channel Communications to us. We do not have a commitment from Clear Channel Communications to advance funds to us, and we have no access to the cash transferred from us to Clear Channel Communications. If Clear Channel Communications were to become insolvent, we would be an unsecured creditor of Clear Channel Communications. In such event, we would be treated the same as other unsecured creditors of Clear Channel Communications and, if we were not entitled to the cash previously transferred to Clear Channel Communications, or could not obtain such cash on a timely basis, we could experience a liquidity shortfall.

Because Clear Channel Communications controls substantially all of the total voting power of our common stock, investors will not be able to affect the outcome of any shareholder vote.

As of December 31, 2009, Clear Channel Communications indirectly owned all of our outstanding shares of Class B common stock, representing approximately 89% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to 20 votes and each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to 1 vote on all matters on which shareholders are entitled to vote. As a result, Clear Channel Communications controlled approximately 99% of the total voting power of our common stock.

For so long as Clear Channel Communications continues to own shares of our common stock representing more than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock, it will have the ability to direct the election of all members of our Board of Directors and to exercise a controlling influence over our business and affairs,

 

29


Table of Contents

including any determinations with respect to mergers or other business combinations, our acquisition or disposition of assets, our incurrence of indebtedness, our issuance of any additional common stock or other equity securities, our repurchase or redemption of common stock or preferred stock, if applicable, and our payment of dividends. Similarly, Clear Channel Communications will have the power to determine or significantly influence the outcome of matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, including the power to prevent an acquisition or any other change in control. Because Clear Channel Communications’ interests as our controlling shareholder may differ from other shareholders’ interests, actions taken by Clear Channel Communications with respect to us may not be favorable to all shareholders.

We have entered into a Master Agreement, a Corporate Services Agreement, a Trademark License Agreement and a number of other agreements with Clear Channel Communications setting forth various matters governing our relationship with Clear Channel Communications while it remains a significant shareholder in us. These agreements govern our relationship with Clear Channel Communications and allow Clear Channel Communications to retain control over, among other things, our continued use of the trademark “Clear Channel,” the provision of corporate services to us, our cash management and our ability to make certain acquisitions or to merge or consolidate or to sell all or substantially all our assets. The rights of Clear Channel Communications under these agreements may allow Clear Channel Communications to delay or prevent an acquisition of us that our other shareholders may consider favorable. We are not able to terminate these agreements or amend them in a manner we deem more favorable so long as Clear Channel Communications continues to own shares of our common stock representing more than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock.

Conflicts of interest may arise between Clear Channel Communications and us that could be resolved in a manner unfavorable to us.

Questions relating to conflicts of interest may arise between Clear Channel Communications and us in a number of areas relating to our past and ongoing relationships. Clear Channel Communications is now owned indirectly by CC Media Holdings. Three of our directors serve as directors of CC Media Holdings. Three of our other directors are affiliated with CC Media Holdings and its shareholders. In addition, four of our executive officers serve as executive officers of CC Media Holdings. For as long as Clear Channel Communications continues to own shares of our common stock representing more than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock, it has the ability to direct the election of all the members of our Board of Directors and to exercise a controlling influence over our business and affairs.

Areas in which conflicts of interest between Clear Channel Communications and us could arise include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

Cross officerships, directorships and stock ownership . The ownership interests of our directors or executive officers in the common stock of CC Media Holdings or service as a director or officer of both CC Media Holdings and us could create, or appear to create, conflicts of interest when directors and executive officers are faced with decisions that could have different implications for the two companies. For example, these decisions could relate to (i) the nature, quality and cost of services rendered to us by Clear Channel Communications, (ii) disagreement over the desirability of a potential acquisition opportunity, (iii) employee retention or recruiting or (iv) our dividend policy.

 

   

Intercompany transactions . From time to time, Clear Channel Communications or its affiliates may enter into transactions with us or our subsidiaries or other affiliates. Although the terms of any such transactions will be established based upon negotiations between employees of Clear Channel Communications and us and, when appropriate, subject to the approval of the independent directors on our Board or a committee of disinterested directors, there can be no assurance the terms of any such transactions will be as favorable to us or our subsidiaries or affiliates as may otherwise be obtained in arm’s length negotiations.

 

   

Intercompany agreements . We have entered into certain agreements with Clear Channel Communications pursuant to which it provides us certain management, administrative, accounting, tax,

 

30


Table of Contents
 

legal and other services, for which we reimburse Clear Channel Communications on a cost basis. In addition, we entered into a number of intercompany agreements covering matters such as tax sharing and our responsibility for certain liabilities previously undertaken by Clear Channel Communications for certain of our businesses. Pursuant to the Corporate Services Agreement between Clear Channel Communications and us, we are contractually obligated to utilize the services of the chief executive officer of Clear Channel Communications as our Chief Executive Officer and the chief financial officer of Clear Channel Communications as our Chief Financial Officer until Clear Channel Communications owns shares of our common stock representing less than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock, or we provide Clear Channel Communications with six months prior written notice of termination. The terms of these agreements were established while we were a wholly owned subsidiary of Clear Channel Communications and were not the result of arm’s length negotiations. In addition, conflicts could arise in the interpretation or any extension or renegotiation of these existing agreements.

If Clear Channel Communications engages in the same type of business we conduct or takes advantage of business opportunities that might be attractive to us, our ability to successfully operate and expand our business may be hampered.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to any contractual provision to the contrary, Clear Channel Communications will have no obligation to refrain from:

 

   

engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; or

 

   

doing business with any of our clients, customers or vendors.

In addition, the corporate opportunity policy set forth in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation addresses potential conflicts of interest between our company, on the one hand, and Clear Channel Communications or CC Media Holdings and its officers and directors who are officers or directors of our company, on the other hand. The policy provides that if Clear Channel Communications or CC Media Holdings acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both Clear Channel Communications and us, we will have renounced our interest in the corporate opportunity. It also provides that if one of our directors or officers who is also a director or officer of Clear Channel Communications or CC Media Holdings learns of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for both Clear Channel Communications and us, we will have renounced our interest in the corporate opportunity, unless that opportunity is expressly offered to that person in writing solely in his or her capacity as our director or officer.

If one of our officers or directors, who also serves as a director or officer of Clear Channel Communications or CC Media Holdings, learns of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for both Clear Channel Communications and us, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the director or officer will have no duty to communicate or present that corporate opportunity to us and will not be liable to us or our shareholders for breach of fiduciary duty by reason of Clear Channel Communications’ actions with respect to that corporate opportunity.

This policy could result in Clear Channel Communications having rights to corporate opportunities in which both we and Clear Channel Communications have an interest.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that may not provide as many protections as those afforded to shareholders of other companies.

Clear Channel Communications owns shares of our common stock representing more than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock, and we are a “controlled company” under the NYSE corporate governance

 

31


Table of Contents

standards. As a controlled company, we may elect to utilize certain exemptions under the NYSE standards that free us from the obligation to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including the requirements (i) that a majority of the Board of Directors consists of independent directors, (ii) that we have a Nominating and Governance Committee, and that such Committee be composed entirely of independent directors and governed by a written charter addressing the Committee’s purpose and responsibilities, (iii) that we have a Compensation Committee composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the Committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (iv) for an annual performance evaluation of the Compensation Committee. We intend to continue to utilize certain of these exemptions and, as a result, we may not create or maintain a Nominating and Governance Committee, and the Nominating and Governance Committee, if created, and the Compensation Committee may not consist entirely of independent directors, and our Board of Directors may not consist of a majority of independent directors. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

We do not have control over our tax decisions and could be liable for income taxes owed by Clear Channel Communications.

For so long as Clear Channel Communications continues to own shares of our common stock representing at least 80% of the total voting power and value of our common stock, we and certain of our subsidiaries will be included in Clear Channel Communications’ consolidated group for U.S. Federal income tax purposes for all pre-merger periods and CC Media Holdings’ consolidated group for post-merger periods. In addition, we or one or more of our subsidiaries may be included in the combined, consolidated or unitary tax returns of Clear Channel Communications for pre-merger periods and CC Media Holdings for post-merger periods or one or more of its subsidiaries for foreign, state and local income tax purposes. Under the Tax Matters Agreement, we pay to Clear Channel Communications the amount of Federal, foreign, state and local income taxes which we would be required to pay to the relevant taxing authorities if we and our subsidiaries filed combined, consolidated or unitary tax returns and were not included in the consolidated, combined or unitary tax returns of Clear Channel Communications or its subsidiaries. In addition, by virtue of its controlling ownership and the Tax Matters Agreement, Clear Channel Communications effectively controls all of our tax decisions. The Tax Matters Agreement provides that Clear Channel Communications has the sole authority to respond to and conduct all tax proceedings (including tax audits) relating to us, to file all income tax returns on our behalf and to determine the amount of our liability to (or entitlement to payment from) Clear Channel Communications under the Tax Matters Agreement. This arrangement may result in conflicts of interest between Clear Channel Communications and us. For example, under the Tax Matters Agreement, Clear Channel Communications is able to choose to contest, compromise, or settle any adjustment or deficiency proposed by the relevant taxing authority in a manner that may be beneficial to Clear Channel Communications and detrimental to us.

Moreover, notwithstanding the Tax Matters Agreement, Federal law provides that each member of a consolidated group is liable for the group’s entire tax obligation. Thus, to the extent Clear Channel Communications or other members of the group fail to make any United States Federal income tax payments required by law, we would be liable for the shortfall. Similar principles may apply for foreign, state and local income tax purposes where we file combined, consolidated or unitary returns with Clear Channel Communications or its subsidiaries for Federal, foreign, state and local income tax purposes.

If Clear Channel Communications spins off our Class B common stock to the CC Media Holdings stockholders, we have agreed in the Tax Matters Agreement to indemnify Clear Channel Communications for its tax-related liabilities in certain circumstances.

If Clear Channel Communications spins off our Class B common stock to the CC Media Holdings shareholders in a distribution intended to be tax-free under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), we have agreed in the Tax Matters Agreement to indemnify Clear Channel Communications and its affiliates against any and all tax-related liabilities if such a spin-off fails to qualify as a tax-free distribution (including as a result of Section 355(e) of the Code) due to actions, events or transactions relating to our stock, assets or business, or a breach of the relevant representations or covenants made by us in the

 

32


Table of Contents

Tax Matters Agreement. If neither we nor Clear Channel Communications is responsible under the Tax Matters Agreement for any such spin-off not being tax-free under Section 355 of the Code, we and Clear Channel Communications have agreed to each be responsible for 50% of the tax-related liabilities arising from the failure of such a spin-off to so qualify.

Future sales or distributions of our shares by Clear Channel Communications could depress the market price for shares of our Class A common stock.

Clear Channel Communications may sell all or part of the shares of our common stock it owns or distribute those shares to the CC Media Holdings shareholders, including pursuant to demand registration rights described in a registration rights agreement between us and Clear Channel Communications. Sales or distributions by Clear Channel Communications of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market or to the CC Media Holdings shareholders could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Class A common stock. Clear Channel Communications has advised us it currently intends to continue to hold all of our common stock it owns. However, Clear Channel Communications is not subject to any contractual obligation that would prohibit it from selling, spinning off, splitting off or otherwise disposing of any shares of our common stock. Consequently, we cannot assure you Clear Channel Communications will maintain its ownership of our common stock

The terms of our arrangements with Clear Channel Communications may be more favorable than we will be able to obtain from an unaffiliated third party, and we may be unable to replace the services Clear Channel Communications provides us in a timely manner or on comparable terms.

We and Clear Channel Communications entered into a Corporate Services Agreement. Pursuant to the Corporate Services Agreement, Clear Channel Communications and its affiliates agree to provide us with corporate services, including treasury, payroll and other financial services, executive officer services, human resources and employee benefit services, legal services, information systems and network services and procurement and sourcing support.

We negotiated these arrangements with Clear Channel Communications in the context of a parent-subsidiary relationship. Although Clear Channel Communications is contractually obligated to provide us with services during the term of the Corporate Services Agreement, we cannot assure you these services will be sustained at the same level after the expiration of that agreement, or that we will be able to replace these services in a timely manner or on comparable terms. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that the amount we pay Clear Channel Communications for the services will be as favorable to us as that which may be available for comparable services provided by unrelated third parties. Other agreements with Clear Channel Communications also govern our relationship with Clear Channel Communications and provide for the allocation of employee benefit, tax and other liabilities and obligations attributable to our operations. The agreements also contain terms and provisions that may be more favorable than terms and provisions we might have obtained in arm’s length negotiations with unaffiliated third parties. If Clear Channel Communications ceases to provide services to us pursuant to those agreements, our costs of procuring those services from third parties may increase.

Any deterioration in the financial condition of Clear Channel Communications could adversely affect our access to the credit markets and increase our borrowing costs.

For so long as Clear Channel Communications maintains significant control over us, a deterioration in the financial condition of Clear Channel Communications, could have the effect of increasing our borrowing costs or impairing our access to the capital markets because of our reliance on Clear Channel Communications for availability under our “Due from Clear Channel Communications” account and its revolving credit facility. To the extent we do not pass on our increased borrowing costs to our clients, our profitability, and potentially our ability to raise capital, could be materially affected. Also, until the first date Clear Channel Communications owns shares of our common stock representing less than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock, pursuant to the Master Agreement between us and Clear Channel Communications, Clear Channel Communications will have the ability to limit our ability to incur debt or issue equity securities, among other limitations, which could adversely affect our ability to meet our liquidity needs or to grow our business.

 

33


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

Each of the A and B note exchange offers is intended to satisfy certain of our obligations under the applicable registration rights agreement. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive outstanding notes in like principal amount, the form and terms of which are the same as the form and terms of the exchange notes, except as otherwise described in this prospectus. The outstanding notes surrendered in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and cancelled. Accordingly, no additional debt will result from the exchange. We have agreed to bear the expenses of the exchange offers.

 

34


Table of Contents

RATIO TO EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 

Year Ended December 31,

   Three Months Ended March 31,

2009

Post-Merger

   2008
Combined
   2007
Pre-Merger
   2006
Pre-Merger
   2005
Pre-Merger
   2010
Post-Merger
   2009
Post-Merger

      1.76x    1.57x    1.22x      

For the purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represent income from continuing operations before income taxes less equity in undistributed net income (loss) of unconsolidated affiliates plus fixed charges. Fixed charges represent interest, amortization of debt discount and expense and the estimated interest portion of rental charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense on all indebtedness (including amortization of deferred financing costs) and the portion of operating lease rental expense that is representative of the interest factor. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, earnings were not sufficient to cover our fixed charges by $987.0 million and $3,140.4 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, earnings were not sufficient to cover our fixed charges by $57.5 million and $68.1 million, respectively.

 

35


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

We have prepared our consolidated and combined financial statements as if Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. had been in existence as a separate company throughout all relevant periods. The historical financial and other data prior to the IPO, which occurred on November 11, 2005, have been prepared on a combined basis from Clear Channel Communications’ consolidated financial statements using the historical results of operations and bases of the assets and liabilities of Clear Channel Communications’ Americas outdoor and International outdoor advertising businesses and give effect to allocations of expenses from Clear Channel Communications. Our historical financial data prior to the IPO may not necessarily be indicative of our future performance nor will such data reflect what our financial position and results of operations would have been had we operated as an independent publicly traded company during the periods shown.

The following tables set forth our summary historical consolidated financial and other data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical financial data are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods. Acquisitions and dispositions impact the comparability of the historical consolidated financial data reflected in this schedule of Selected Financial Data.

We adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51, codified in ASC 810-10-45 on January 1, 2009. Adoption of this standard requires retrospective application in the financial statements of earlier periods on January 1, 2009. In connection with Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings’ offering of $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding A notes and $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the outstanding B notes, we filed a Form 8-K on December 11, 2009 to retrospectively recast the historical financial statements and certain disclosures included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 for the adoption of ASC 810-10-45.

The summary historical consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements contained in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings for the three months ended March 31, 2010, each of which is incorporated by reference in this prospectus, as well as the financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 is comprised of two periods: post-merger and pre-merger. We applied purchase accounting adjustments to the opening balance sheet on July 31, 2008 as the merger occurred at the close of business on July 30, 2008. The merger resulted in a new basis of accounting beginning on July 31, 2008. For additional discussion regarding the pre-merger and post-merger periods, please refer to the consolidated financial statements contained in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings for the year ended December 31, 2009, incorporated by reference in this prospectus, as well as the financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

36


Table of Contents
(In thousands, except per share data)   Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
  2009
Post-Merger
    2008 (1)
Combined
    2007 (2)
Pre-Merger
    2006 (3)
Pre-Merger
    2005
Pre-Merger
    2010
Post-Merger
    2009
Post-Merger
 
                                  (unaudited)  

Results of Operations Data:

             

Revenue

  $ 2,698,024      $ 3,289,287      $ 3,281,836      $ 2,897,721      $ 2,666,078      $ 608,768      $ 582,216   

Operating expenses:

             

Direct operating expenses

    1,625,083        1,882,136        1,734,845        1,514,842        1,405,758        378,886        379,608   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    484,404        606,370        537,994        486,994        478,343        111,357        117,764   

Depreciation and amortization

    439,647        472,350        399,483        407,730        400,639        101,709        101,908   

Corporate expenses

    65,247        71,045        66,080        65,542        61,096        20,772        14,246   

Impairment charges (4)

    890,737        3,217,649                                      

Other operating income (expense) — net

    (8,231     15,848        11,824        22,846        3,488        1,018        4,612   
                                                       

Operating income (loss)

    (815,325     (2,944,415     555,258        445,459        323,730        (2,938     (26,698

Interest expense — net

(including interest on debt with Clear Channel Communications)

    154,195        161,650        157,881        162,583        198,354        54,905        38,773   

Loss on marketable securities

    11,315        59,842                                      

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

    (31,442     68,733        4,402        7,460        9,844        (803     (2,293

Other income (expense) — net

    (9,368     25,479        10,113        331        (12,291     (837     (3,168
                                                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (1,021,645     (3,071,695     411,892        290,667        122,929        (59,483     (70,932

Income tax benefit (expense)

    149,110        220,319        (146,641     (122,080     (45,484     10,704        (20,423
                                                       

Consolidated net income (loss)

    (872,535     (2,851,376     265,251        168,587        77,445        (48,779     (91,355

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (4,346     (293     19,261        15,515        15,872        (997     (3,475
                                                       

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

  $ (868,189   $ (2,851,083   $ 245,990      $ 153,072      $ 61,573      $ (47,782   $ (87,880
                                                       

Net income (loss) per common share:

             

Basic:

             

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

  $ (2.46   $ (8.03   $ 0.69      $ 0.43      $ 0.19      $ (.14   $ (.25
                                                       

Weighted average common shares

    355,377        355,233        354,838        352,155        319,890        355,461        355,331   

Diluted:

             

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

  $ (2.46   $ (8.03   $ 0.69      $ 0.43      $ 0.19      $ (.14   $ (.25
                                                       

Weighted average common shares

    355,377        355,233        355,806        352,262        319,921        355,461        355,331   

 

37


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,    As of March 31,
(In thousands)    2009
Post-Merger
   2008
Post-Merger
   2007 (2)
Pre-Merger
   2006 (3)
Pre-Merger
   2005
Pre-Merger
   2010
Post-Merger
   2009
Post-Merger
                              (unaudited)

Balance Sheet Data:

                    

Current assets

   $ 1,640,545    $ 1,554,652    $ 1,607,109    $ 1,189,915    $ 1,050,180    $ 1,554,330    $ 1,069,696

Property, plant and equipment — net

     2,440,638      2,586,720      2,244,108      2,191,839      2,153,428      2,384,957      2,516,887

Total assets

     7,192,422      8,050,761      5,935,604      5,421,891      4,918,345      7,051,710      7,825,374

Current liabilities

     771,093      791,865      921,292      841,509      793,812      766,175      745,074

Long-term debt, including current maturities

     2,608,878      2,601,854      2,682,021      2,684,176      2,727,786      2,577,134      2,598,888

Shareholders’ equity

     2,761,377      3,543,823      2,198,594      1,768,279      1,376,714      2,673,246      3,394,021

 

(1) The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented for two periods: post-merger and pre-merger, which relate to the period succeeding Clear Channel Communications’ merger and the period preceding the merger, respectively. The post-merger and pre-merger results of operations are presented as follows:

 

     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Combined  
(In thousands)    Period from
July 31 through
December 31,
2008
    Period from
January 1 through
July 30,

2008
    Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Revenue

   $ 1,327,224      $ 1,962,063      $ 3,289,287   

Operating expenses:

      

Direct operating expenses

     762,704        1,119,432        1,882,136   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     261,524        344,846        606,370   

Depreciation and amortization

     224,713        247,637        472,350   

Corporate expenses

     31,681        39,364        71,045   

Impairment charges

     3,217,649               3,217,649   

Other operating income — net

     4,870        10,978        15,848   
                        

Operating income (loss)

     (3,166,177     221,762        (2,944,415

Interest expense (including interest on debt with Clear Channel Communications)

     72,863        88,787        161,650   

Loss on marketable securities

     59,842               59,842   

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

     (2,109     70,842        68,733   

Other income — net

     12,114        13,365        25,479   
                        

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (3,288,877     217,182        (3,071,695

Income tax (expense) benefit

     271,895        (51,576     220,319   
                        

Consolidated net income (loss)

     (3,016,982     165,606        (2,851,376

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     1,655        (1,948     (293
                        

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

   $ (3,018,637   $ 167,554      $ (2,851,083
                        
(2) Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, codified in ASC 740-10. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 740-10, the effects of adoption were accounted for as a cumulative-effect adjustment recorded to the balance of retained earnings on the date of adoption.

 

(3) Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted FASB Statement No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, codified in ASC 718-10. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 718-10, the Company elected to adopt the standard using the modified prospective method.

 

(4) We recorded non-cash impairment charges of $890.7 million in 2009 and $3,217.6 million in 2008 as a result of the global economic downturn which adversely affected advertising revenues across our businesses.

 

38


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE OFFERS

Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offers

Simultaneously with the initial sale of the outstanding notes, we entered into two registration rights agreements, one with respect to each of the outstanding A and B notes, pursuant to which we have agreed that we will use commercially reasonable efforts to take the following actions, at our expense, for the benefit of the holders of the outstanding notes:

 

   

no later than 210 days after the closing date of the offering of the outstanding notes, file exchange offer registration statement with the SEC with respect to registered offers to exchange each series of outstanding notes for the same series of exchange notes, which will have terms identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes, except that additional interest, as liquidated damages, will not be payable in respect of the exchange notes and the exchange notes will not be entitled to registration rights under the registration rights agreements and will not be subject to the transfer restrictions,

 

   

cause the exchange offer registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC no later than 270 days after the closing date of the outstanding notes offering (the “effectiveness deadline”),

 

   

commence the exchange offers promptly (but no later than 10 business days) after the registration statement is declared effective, and

 

   

keep the exchange offers open for at least 20 business days after the date Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings mails notice of such exchange offers to holders.

For each outstanding note surrendered to us pursuant to the applicable exchange offer, the holder of such outstanding note will receive an exchange note of the same series, having a principal amount at maturity equal to that of the surrendered note.

Under existing SEC interpretations set forth in no-action letters to third parties, the exchange notes would in general be freely transferable after the applicable exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act; provided that, in the case of broker-dealers, a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act is delivered as required. We have agreed for a period of 180 days after consummation of the exchange offers to make available a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any such exchange notes acquired as described below. A broker-dealer which delivers such a prospectus to purchasers in connection with such resales will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act, and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreements, including certain indemnification rights and obligations.

If you wish to participate in the applicable exchange offer, you will be required to represent to us, among other things, that, at the time of the consummation of the applicable exchange offer:

 

   

any exchange notes received by you will be acquired in the ordinary course of business,

 

   

you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes within the meaning of the Securities Act,

 

   

you are not our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act,

 

   

if you are not a broker-dealer, you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, the distribution of the exchange notes within the meaning of the Securities Act, and

 

   

if you are a broker-dealer, you will receive exchange notes in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired for your own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that you will be required to acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.

 

39


Table of Contents

Any holder that is not able to make these representations or certain similar representations will not be entitled to participate in the applicable exchange offer or to exchange their outstanding notes for applicable exchange notes.

If (i) applicable law or the interpretations of the staff of the SEC do not permit us to effect an exchange offer with respect to a particular series of outstanding notes, (ii) an exchange offer with respect to a particular series of outstanding notes for any other reason is not completed within the time frame described above or (iii) any holder notifies Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings within 20 business days following the applicable exchange offer that, for certain reasons, it was unable to participate in such exchange offer, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings will, no later than 30 days after such event (but in no event less than 210 days after the closing date of the outstanding notes), file a shelf registration statement relating to resales of the applicable series of outstanding notes and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause it to become effective within 90 days after filing (but in no event less than 270 days after the closing date of the outstanding notes) and keep that shelf registration statement effective until the expiration of two years from the closing date of the outstanding notes, or such shorter time period that will terminate when all notes covered by the shelf registration statement have been sold pursuant to the shelf registration statement. Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings will, in the event of such a shelf registration, provide to each holder of the applicable notes copies of a prospectus, notify each such holder of notes when the shelf registration statement has become effective and take certain other actions to permit resales of the notes. A holder of notes that sells notes under a shelf registration statement generally will be required to be named as a selling securityholder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with those sales and will be bound by the provisions of the applicable registration rights agreement that are applicable to such a holder (including certain indemnification obligations).

If we fail to comply in a timely fashion with the requirements outlined above regarding the completion of the exchange offers (or, if required, a shelf registration statement), and in certain other limited circumstances, the annual interest rate borne by the applicable notes will be increased by 0.25% per annum and an additional 0.25% per annum every 90 days thereafter, up to a maximum additional cash interest of 0.50% per annum, until the exchange offers are completed, the shelf registration statement is declared effective or, with respect to any particular note, such note ceases to be outstanding or is actually sold by the holder thereof pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such note relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings or pursuant to the indenture.

Terms of the Exchange Offers

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept any and all outstanding notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offers. You may tender all or any portion of your outstanding notes; however, exchange notes will only be issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.

The form and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding notes of the same series, except that:

 

  (1) the exchange notes each bear a different CUSIP Number from the outstanding notes;

 

  (2) the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act and hence will not bear legends restricting the transfer thereof; and

 

  (3) the holders of the exchange notes will not be entitled to certain rights under the registration rights agreements, including the provisions providing for an increase in the interest rate on the outstanding notes in certain circumstances relating to the timing of the exchange offer, all of which rights will terminate when the applicable exchange offer is terminated.

 

40


Table of Contents

As of the date of this prospectus, $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the outstanding A notes were outstanding and $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the outstanding B notes were outstanding. The Series A exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding A notes and will be entitled to the benefits of the A note indenture. The Series B exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding B notes and will be entitled to the benefits of the B Note Indenture.

We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered outstanding notes when, as and if we have given oral or written notice thereof to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the exchange notes from us.

If any tendered outstanding notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of specified other events set forth in this prospectus or otherwise, the certificates for any unaccepted outstanding notes will be returned, without expense, to the tendering holder thereof as promptly as practicable after the expiration date of the exchange offers.

Holders who tender outstanding notes in the applicable exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of outstanding notes pursuant to the applicable exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than transfer taxes in certain circumstances, in connection with the exchange offers. See “—Fees and Expenses.”

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments

The term “expiration date” will mean 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2010, unless we, in our sole discretion, extend the exchange offers, in which case the term “expiration date” will mean the latest date and time to which the exchange offers are extended.

In order to extend the exchange offers, we will make a press release or other public announcement, notify the exchange agent of any extension by oral or written notice and will mail to the registered holders an announcement thereof, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion, (1) to delay accepting any outstanding notes, to extend the exchange offers or to terminate the exchange offers if any of the conditions set forth below under “—Conditions” have not been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice of any delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent or (2) to amend the terms of the exchange offers in any manner. Such decision will also be communicated in a press release or other public announcement prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time on the next business day following such decision. Any announcement of delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice thereof to the registered holders.

Interest on the Exchange Notes

Each exchange note will bear interest from its issuance date. The holders of outstanding notes that are accepted for exchange will receive, in cash, accrued interest on those outstanding notes through, but not including, the issuance date of the exchange notes. This interest will be paid with the first interest payment on the exchange notes. Interest on the outstanding notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue upon issuance of the exchange notes.

Interest on the exchange notes is payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year.

Procedures for Tendering

Only a holder of outstanding notes may tender outstanding notes in the applicable exchange offer. To tender in the applicable exchange offer, a holder must complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile

 

41


Table of Contents

thereof, have the signatures thereon guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal or transmit an agent’s message in connection with a book-entry transfer, and mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal or the facsimile, together with the outstanding notes and any other required documents, to the exchange agent prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. To be tendered effectively, the outstanding notes, letter of transmittal or an agent’s message and other required documents must be completed and received by the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “Exchange Agent” prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. Delivery of the outstanding notes may be made by book-entry transfer in accordance with the procedures described below. Confirmation of the book-entry transfer must be received by the exchange agent prior to the expiration date.

The term “agent’s message” means a message, transmitted by a book-entry transfer facility to, and received by, the exchange agent forming a part of a confirmation of a book-entry, which states that the book-entry transfer facility has received an express acknowledgement from the participant in the book-entry transfer facility tendering the outstanding notes that the participant has received and agrees: (1) to participate in ATOP; (2) to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal; and (3) that we may enforce the agreement against the participant.

By executing the letter of transmittal, each holder will make to us the representations set forth above in the fourth paragraph under the heading “—Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offers.”

The tender by a holder and our acceptance thereof will constitute agreement between the holder and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal or agent’s message.

The method of delivery of outstanding notes and the letter of transmittal or agent’s message and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at the election and sole risk of the holder. As an alternative to delivery by mail, holders may wish to consider overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. No letter of transmittal or outstanding notes should be sent to us. Holders may request their respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or nominees to effect the above transactions for them.

Any beneficial owner whose outstanding notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on the beneficial owner’s behalf. See “Instructions to Letter of Transmittal” included with the letter of transmittal.

Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member of the Medallion System unless the outstanding notes tendered pursuant to the letter of transmittal are tendered (1) by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” on the letter of transmittal or (2) for the account of a member firm of the Medallion System. In the event that signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, the guarantee must be by a member firm of the Medallion System.

If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any outstanding notes listed in this prospectus, the outstanding notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, signed by the registered holder as the registered holder’s name appears on the outstanding notes with the signature thereon guaranteed by a member firm of the Medallion System.

If the letter of transmittal or any outstanding notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, offices of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, the person signing should so indicate when signing, and evidence satisfactory to us of its authority to so act must be submitted with the letter of transmittal.

We understand that the exchange agent will make a request promptly after the date of this prospectus to establish accounts with respect to the outstanding notes at DTC for the purpose of facilitating the exchange offer,

 

42


Table of Contents

and subject to the establishment thereof, any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may make book-entry delivery of outstanding notes by causing DTC to transfer the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account with respect to the outstanding notes in accordance with DTC’s procedures for the transfer. Although delivery of the outstanding notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, unless an agent’s message is received by the exchange agent in compliance with ATOP, an appropriate letter of transmittal properly completed and duly executed with any required signature guarantee and all other required documents must in each case be transmitted to and received or confirmed by the exchange agent at its address set forth below on or prior to the expiration date, or, if the guaranteed delivery procedures described below are complied with, within the time period provided under the procedures. Delivery of documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of the acceptance of tendered outstanding notes and the withdrawal of tendered outstanding notes will be determined by us in our sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding on all parties. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all outstanding notes not properly tendered or any outstanding notes our acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right in our sole discretion to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular outstanding notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offers, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes must be cured within the time we determine. Although we intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of outstanding notes, neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will incur any liability for failure to give the notification. Tenders of outstanding notes will not be deemed to have been made until the defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, as soon as practicable following the expiration date.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

Holders who wish to tender their outstanding notes and (1) whose outstanding notes are not immediately available, (2) who cannot deliver their outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent or (3) who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer, prior to the expiration date, may effect a tender if:

 

  (A) the tender is made through a member firm of the Medallion System;

 

  (B) prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from a member firm of the Medallion System a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery setting forth the name and address of the holder, the certificate number(s) of the outstanding notes and the principal amount of outstanding notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof together with the certificate(s) representing the outstanding notes or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will be deposited by the member firm of the Medallion System with the exchange agent; and

 

  (C) the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof, as well as the certificate(s) representing all tendered outstanding notes in proper form for transfer or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal are received by the exchange agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.

Upon request to the exchange agent, a notice of guaranteed delivery will be sent to holders who wish to tender their outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

 

43


Table of Contents

Withdrawal of Tenders

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

To withdraw a tender of outstanding notes in the applicable exchange offer, a letter or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth in this prospectus prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. Any notice of withdrawal must:

 

  (1) specify the name of the person having deposited the outstanding notes to be withdrawn;

 

  (2) identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number(s) and principal amount of the outstanding notes, or, in the case of outstanding notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited;

 

  (3) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which the outstanding notes were tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the trustee with respect to the outstanding notes register the transfer of the outstanding notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender; and

 

  (4) specify the name in which any outstanding notes are to be registered, if different from that of the person depositing the outstanding notes to be withdrawn.

All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of the notices will be determined by us in our sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any outstanding notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the applicable exchange offer and no exchange notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the outstanding notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Any outstanding notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted for exchange will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to the holder as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the applicable exchange offer. Properly withdrawn outstanding notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described above under “—Procedures for Tendering” at any time prior to the expiration date.

Conditions

We intend to conduct the exchange offers in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder. Notwithstanding any other term of the exchange offers, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange notes for, any outstanding notes, and may, prior to the expiration of the exchange offers, terminate or amend the exchange offers as provided in this prospectus before the acceptance of the outstanding notes, if:

 

  (1) any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to an exchange offer which we reasonably believe might materially impair our ability to proceed with an exchange offer or any material adverse development has occurred in any existing action or proceeding with respect to us or any of our subsidiaries; or

 

  (2) any law, statute, rule, regulation or interpretation by the staff of the SEC is proposed, adopted or enacted, which we reasonably believe might materially impair our ability to proceed with an exchange offer or materially impair the contemplated benefits of such exchange offer to us; or

 

  (3) any governmental approval has not been obtained, which approval we reasonably believe to be necessary for the consummation of an exchange offer as contemplated by this prospectus.

If we determine in our sole discretion that any of the conditions are not satisfied with respect to either exchange offer, we may (1) refuse to accept any outstanding notes and return all tendered outstanding notes to the tendering holders, (2) extend the exchange offer and retain all outstanding notes tendered prior to the

 

44


Table of Contents

expiration of the exchange offer, subject, however, to the rights of holders to withdraw the outstanding notes (see “—Withdrawal of Tenders”), or (3) waive the unsatisfied conditions with respect to the exchange offer and accept all properly tendered outstanding notes which have not been withdrawn.

Exchange Agent

U.S. Bank National Association has been appointed as exchange agent for the exchange offers. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus, the letter of transmittal or the notice of guaranteed delivery should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

 

By Overnight Courier or Registered/Certified Mail:

   Facsimile Transmission:
U.S. Bank National Association    (651) 495-8138
Corporate Trust Services   
Specialized Finance Department   

For Information or to Confirm Receipt of

Facsimile by Telephone:

60 Livingston Avenue   
St. Paul, Minnesota 55107    (651) 495-4738
Attention: Brandi Steward   

Delivery to an address other than set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

Fees and Expenses

We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal solicitation is being made through DTC by U.S. Bank National Association; however, additional solicitation may be made by electronic mail, facsimile, telephone or in person by our and our affiliates’ officers and regular employees.

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offers and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offers. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with these services.

We will pay the cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offers. Such expenses include fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.

Accounting Treatment

The exchange notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the outstanding notes, which is face value, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes as a result of the exchange offers. The expenses of the exchange offers will be expensed as incurred.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

The outstanding notes that are not exchanged for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offers will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, the outstanding notes may be resold only:

 

  (1) to us upon redemption thereof or otherwise;

 

  (2) so long as the outstanding notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person inside the United States whom the seller reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, which other exemption is based upon an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to us;

 

45


Table of Contents
  (3) outside the United States to a foreign person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 904 under the Securities Act; or

 

  (4) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.

Resale of the Exchange Notes

With respect to resales of exchange notes, based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that a holder or other person who receives exchange notes, whether or not the person is the holder, other than a person that is our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, in exchange for outstanding notes in the ordinary course of business and who is not participating, does not intend to participate, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the exchange notes, will be allowed to resell the exchange notes to the public without further registration under the Securities Act and without delivering to the purchasers of the exchange notes a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act. However, if any holder acquires exchange notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing or participating in a distribution of the exchange notes, the holder cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC expressed in the no-action letters or any similar interpretive letters, and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction, unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available. Further, each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where the outstanding notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution” for more information.

 

46


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES

The outstanding A notes were issued under an indenture dated as of December 23, 2009, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, paying agent and registrar and transfer agent (the “Trustee”), as subsequently amended or supplemented (the “A Note Indenture”). The Series A exchange notes will also be issued under the A Note Indenture. The outstanding B notes were issued under an indenture dated as of December 23, 2009, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, as subsequently amended or supplemented (the “B Note Indenture”). The Series B exchange notes will also be issued under the B Note Indenture. Any outstanding A note that remains outstanding after completion of the A Note exchange offer, together with the Series A exchange notes issued in connection with the A Note exchange offer, will be treated as a single class of securities under the A Note Indenture. Any outstanding B note that remains outstanding after completion of the B Note exchange offer, together with the Series B exchange notes issued in connection with the B Note exchange offer, will be treated as a single class of securities under the B Note Indenture.

The following is a summary of certain provisions of the A Note Indenture, the B Note Indenture and the notes. It does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of each applicable Indenture, including the definitions of certain terms therein and those terms to be made a part thereof by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes except that, upon completion of the exchange offers, the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act and free of any covenants regarding exchange registration rights.

Description of the A Notes

General

Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading “Certain Definitions.” For purposes of this description only, (i) the term “Issuer” refers to Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., and not to any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) the term “Company” refers to Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., and not to any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) the terms “we,” “our” and “us” each refer to the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, (iv) the term “CCO” refers to Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., and not to any of its Subsidiaries, (v) the term “A Notes” refers to the notes issued under the A Note Indenture and (vi) the term “A Note Registration Rights Agreement” refers to the registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers regarding registration of the outstanding A Notes. The Issuer is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company. The Company, as a Guarantor of the A Notes, and any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that Guarantees the A Notes are each referred to as a “Restricted Guarantor.”

The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the A Note Indenture and does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of that agreement, including the definitions therein of certain terms used in this “Description of the A Notes.” We urge you to read the A Note Indenture, the A Notes and the A Note Registration Rights Agreement because those agreements, not this description, define your rights as Holders of the A Notes. Copies of the A Note Indenture and the A Note Registration Rights Agreement have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of which this prospectus is a part.

Brief Description of the A Notes

The A Notes:

 

   

are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer;

 

   

are pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer, including the B Notes (as defined below) and under any Credit Facilities of the Issuer;

 

47


Table of Contents
   

are effectively subordinated to all existing and future Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer to the extent of the value of such assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

   

are senior in right of payment to all Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer;

 

   

are guaranteed by each of the Company, CCO and substantially all of the Company’s other domestic Restricted Subsidiaries other than the Excluded Subsidiaries; and

 

   

are structurally subordinated to all existing and future obligations of any existing or future Subsidiaries of the Company that do not guarantee the A Notes.

The Guarantee of each Guarantor of the A Notes:

 

   

is a senior unsecured obligation of such Guarantor;

 

   

ranks pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsubordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor, including such Guarantor’s guarantee of the B Notes and under any Credit Facilities of such Guarantor and, in the case of the Company, the Company’s obligations under the CCOH Mirror Note; and

 

   

is effectively subordinated to all existing and future Secured Indebtedness of such Guarantor to the extent of the value of such assets securing such Indebtedness.

Guarantees

The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, jointly and severally irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, on an unsecured senior basis, in each case, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under the A Note Indenture and the A Notes, whether for payment of principal of or interest on the A Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in the A Note Indenture by executing the A Note Indenture or a supplemental indenture.

Each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) guarantee the A Notes, subject to release as provided below. The A Notes are structurally subordinated to Indebtedness and other liabilities of Subsidiaries of the Company that do not guarantee the A Notes.

Not all of the Company’s Subsidiaries guarantee the A Notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute or contribute, as the case may be, any of their assets to a Guarantor. None of the Company’s Excluded Subsidiaries guarantee the A Notes. As of the Issue Date, our Excluded Subsidiaries included all Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the Company.

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee are limited as necessary to prevent such Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.

Any Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee is entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the A Note Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment (such net assets determined in accordance with GAAP).

If a Guarantee was rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantor’s liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero.

 

48


Table of Contents

Each Guarantee by a Restricted Guarantor shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

 

(1)    (a)

any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Restricted Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Restricted Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of such Restricted Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in a manner in compliance with the applicable provisions of the A Note Indenture;

 

  (b) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

  (c) the Issuer exercising its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or the Issuer’s obligations under the A Note Indenture being discharged in a manner not in violation of the terms of the A Note Indenture; or

 

  (d) such Restricted Guarantor ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder; provided, however, if such Restricted Guarantor, immediately prior thereto, was a guarantor of other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or a Guarantor and continues to be a guarantor of such other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or a Guarantor, no such release shall be permitted; and

 

(2) such Restricted Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the A Note Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

The Guarantee by the Company provides by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the Issuer exercising its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or the Issuer’s obligations under the A Note Indenture being discharged in a manner in accordance with the terms of the A Note Indenture.

Ranking

The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the A Notes by the Issuer will rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer, including the B Notes.

The payment of any Guarantee of the A Notes will rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor, including, the guarantee by such Guarantor of the B Notes and, in the case of the Company, the Company’s Obligations under the CCOH Mirror Note.

Each Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee of the A Notes is effectively subordinated to the obligations of the Guarantor under its Secured Indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness.

The A Notes are effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer and each Guarantor to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness.

Although the A Note Indenture limits the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock by the Restricted Subsidiaries, such limitations are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions. Under certain circumstances, the Company and its Subsidiaries is able to incur substantial amounts of Indebtedness and such Indebtedness may be Secured Indebtedness. See “Certain Covenants in the A Note Indenture—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants in the A Note Indenture—Liens.”

 

49


Table of Contents

Substantially all of the operations of the Issuer are conducted through its Subsidiaries, most of which are Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer who do not Guarantee the A Notes. In addition, substantially all of the operations of the Company are conducted through its Subsidiaries. Unless a Subsidiary is a Guarantor, claims of creditors of such Subsidiary, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred stockholders (if any) of such Subsidiary generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such Subsidiary over the claims of creditors of the Issuer, including Holders. The A Notes, therefore, are effectively subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred stockholders (if any) of Subsidiaries of the Company that are not Guarantors.

See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Exchange Offers” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Exchange Notes.”

Paying Agent and Registrar for the A Notes

The Issuer will maintain one or more Paying Agents for the A Notes. The initial Paying Agent for the A Notes is U.S. Bank National Association.

The Issuer will also maintain a registrar in respect of the A Notes, initially U.S. Bank National Association. If the Issuer fails to appoint a registrar, the Trustee will act as such. The registrar for the A Notes will maintain a register reflecting ownership of the A Notes outstanding from time to time and will make payments on and facilitate transfer of the A Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

The Issuer may change the Paying Agents or the registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Company, the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Subsidiaries of a Restricted Subsidiary may not act as a Paying Agent or registrar.

Transfer and Exchange

A Holder may transfer or exchange A Notes in accordance with the terms set forth in the A Note Indenture pursuant to which such A Notes have been issued. Any registrar or the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of A Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any A Note selected for redemption.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The Issuer issued $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding A Notes on the Issue Date and will issue the same amount of Series A Exchange Notes pursuant to the A Note exchange offer. The A Notes will mature on December 15, 2017. Subject to compliance with the covenant described below under the caption “Certain Covenants in the A Note Indenture—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” the Issuer may issue additional A Notes from time to time after this offering (such additional A Notes, the “ Additional A Notes ”). The A Notes offered by the Issuer and any Additional A Notes subsequently issued under the A Note Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the A Note Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, for all purposes of the A Note Indenture and this “Description of the A Notes”, references to “ A Notes ” include any Additional A Notes that are actually issued and references to “ B Notes ” include any Additional B Notes that are actually issued.

Interest will accrue and be payable daily by the Issuer on the A Notes from the Issue Date, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for. Interest is payable by the Trustee semiannually using a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months to Holders of record at the close of business on the June 1 or

 

50


Table of Contents

December 1 immediately preceding the interest payment date, on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing June 15, 2010. If a payment date is not on a Business Day at the place of payment, payment may be made at the place on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest will accrue for the intervening period.

The Issuer will pay interest on overdue principal at 1% per annum in excess of the interest otherwise payable by the Issuer and will pay interest on overdue installments due from the Issuer at such higher rate to the extent lawful.

The Issuer has caused the Trustee to establish an account (the “ Trustee Account ”) to be maintained by the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders with respect to payments of interest on the A Notes, over which the Trustee shall have sole control and dominion. Interest on the A Notes will accrue, and be payable by or on behalf of the Issuer to the Trustee, daily; provided that the failure by the Issuer to make or have made any such daily payment to the Trustee on any day will not constitute a Default so long as (a) (x) no payment or other transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been made on such day under the Cash Management Arrangements or (y) the amount of funds on deposit in the Trustee Account on such day is equal to the amount of interest which has accrued up to and including such day and (b) on each semiannual interest payment date the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the A Notes that is payable by the Trustee to the Noteholders on such semiannual interest payment date; provided further , however , that payments of interest shall only be deemed to be overdue to the extent that the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is not sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the A Notes that is payable by the Trustee to Holders on the applicable semiannual interest payment data. The Issuer or any Guarantor will not be the legal owners of the funds on deposit in the Trustee Account. Such amounts may be in cash in U.S. dollars, in Government Securities or in a combination thereof. Any interest earned on Government Securities held in the Trustee Account will be applied to pay fees and expenses of the Trustee and, to the extent of any excess, returned to the Company. Upon the making by or on behalf of the Issuer of any payment into the Trustee Account, the Issuer’s obligation to pay accrued interest shall be discharged to the extent of the amount so paid. If the Trustee fails to make an interest payment on the A Notes but the Issuer has deposited the funds with the Trustee, it will not be a Default.

Special Interest may accrue on the A Notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the A Note Registration Rights Agreement. All references in the A Note Indenture and this “Description of the A Notes”, in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the A Notes shall be deemed to include any Special Interest pursuant to the A Note Registration Rights Agreement for the A Notes. References to “accrued and unpaid interest” refer to interest that may be payable by the Issuer or the Trustee, as applicable.

Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the A Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Issuer, may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the A Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the A Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. The Issuer’s office or agency will be the office of the Paying Agent maintained for such purpose.

Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases

We are not required to make any sinking fund payments with respect to the A Notes. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to offer to purchase A Notes as described under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders” and “Offer to Purchase A Notes In Certain Circumstances”. We and our affiliates may at any time and from time to time purchase A Notes in the open market or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall make any purchase of, or otherwise effectively cancel or retire any A Notes (whether through open market purchases, tender offers, defeasance, offers to purchase required by the A Notes or otherwise) if, after giving effect thereto and, if applicable, any concurrent

 

51


Table of Contents

purchase of or other action with respect to any B Notes, the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the A Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the B Notes shall be greater than 0.250; provided , however , that the foregoing restriction shall not be applicable in the case of any Change of Control Offer, an A Notes Purchase Offer or offer to purchase the B Notes required to be made under the B Note Indenture at the price specified with respect thereto to all holders of the B Notes, where a violation of the foregoing restriction would occur solely as a result of different offer acceptance rates by the holders of the B Notes and the A Notes. References to the B Notes and the A Notes in this paragraph do not include any Additional B Notes or any Additional A Notes, as applicable.

Optional Redemption

Except as set forth below, the Issuer shall not be permitted to redeem the A Notes. The A Notes will be payable at par at maturity.

At any time prior to December 15, 2012, the A Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as described under “Selection and Notice,” at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of A Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person.

On and after December 15, 2012, the A Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under “Selection and Notice,” at any time and from time to time at the redemption prices set forth below. The Issuer may provide in such notice that the payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. The A Notes will be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the A Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of A Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2012

   106.93750

2013

   104.62500

2014

   102.31250

2015 and thereafter

   100.00000

In addition, until December 15, 2012, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of A Notes at a redemption price equal to 109.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 65% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of A Notes originally issued under the A Note Indenture and any Additional A Notes issued under the A Note Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further , that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect thereto may be performed by another Person. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.

 

52


Table of Contents

The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall select the A Notes to be purchased in the manner described under “Selection and Notice.”

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

The A Notes provide that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding A Notes as described under “Optional Redemption,” the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the A Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the A Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of A Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee, or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:

 

  (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control,” and that all A Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

 

  (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

 

  (3) that any A Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

  (4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all A Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

  (5) that Holders electing to have any A Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such A Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such A Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

  (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered A Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such A Notes, provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the A Notes, the principal amount of A Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered A Notes and its election to have such A Notes purchased;

 

  (7) that the Holders whose A Notes are being repurchased only in part will be issued new A Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the A Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the A Notes must be equal to a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in principal amount;

 

  (8) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and

 

  (9) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow.

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of A Notes by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions

 

53


Table of Contents

of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the A Note Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the A Note Indenture by virtue thereof.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law,

 

  (1) accept for payment all A Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

 

  (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all A Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

 

  (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation (and delivery to the Paying Agent) the A Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such A Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

Future credit agreements or other agreements to which the Company or the Issuer become a party may provide that certain change of control events with respect to the Company would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control under the A Note Indenture). If we experience a change of control that triggers a default under any Credit Facilities, we could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance our Credit Facilities. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the Credit Facilities, such default could result in amounts outstanding under our Credit Facilities being declared due and payable.

Our ability to pay cash to the Holders of A Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Exchange Notes—Certain transactions that may result in a change of ownership of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings may not constitute a change of control. In addition, in the event of a change of control, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings may not be able to fulfill its repurchase obligations under the indentures governing the notes.”

The Change of Control purchase feature of the A Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers and us. As of the Issue Date, we had no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, dispositions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the A Note Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness (including Secured Indebtedness) are contained in the covenants described under “Certain Covenants in the A Note Indenture—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants in the A Note Indenture—Liens.” In addition, a Change of Control could be triggered by changes in ownership resulting from an insolvency of CCU or a restructuring of its Indebtedness. Accordingly, events relating to CCU and over which we and they do not have control could trigger a Change of Control. Such restrictions in the A Note Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the A Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the A Note Indenture does not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the A Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction. Such limitations are subject to a number of important exceptions, baskets and qualifications.

We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the A Note Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all A Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything

 

54


Table of Contents

to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of A Notes may require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the A Notes as described above. In addition, Holders may not be entitled to require us to purchase their A Notes in certain circumstances involving a significant change in the composition of our Board of Directors, including in connection with a proxy contest where our Board of Directors does not endorse a dissident slate of directors but approves them as “Continuing Directors.”

Except as described in clause (11) of the second paragraph under “Amendment, Supplement and Waiver,” the provisions in the A Note Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the A Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified at any time with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding A Notes under the A Note Indenture.

Asset Sales

The A Notes does not contain any limitation on (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (each, an “ Asset Sale ”).

Offer to Purchase A Notes In Certain Circumstances

If the Issuer makes (1) any optional redemption of the B Notes, purchase of B Notes through open-market purchases at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof or offer to purchase the B Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest pursuant to clause (2) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Asset Sales” in the “Description of the B Notes”, the Issuer shall, substantially concurrently therewith, apply a pro rata amount to make an optional redemption of the A Notes, purchase A Notes through open-market purchases at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof or offer to purchase the A Notes (in accordance with procedures similar to those applicable to the B Notes) to all Holders of A Notes, in each case, to purchase a pro rata amount of A Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest (an “ A Notes Purchase Offer ”), or (2) any B Notes Asset Sale Offer under the B Notes Indenture, the Issuer shall, substantially concurrently therewith, apply a pro rata amount to make an A Notes Purchase Offer to purchase a pro rata amount of A Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest. For purposes of this paragraph, “pro rata amount” with respect to the A Notes shall be calculated taking into account all B Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness subject to the applicable redemption, purchase or offer. Any purchase or redemption of the B Notes pursuant to clause (2) of the second paragraph under “Description of the Exchange Notes—Description of the B Notes—Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture— Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets” shall be deemed to be a purchase of B Notes covered by clause (1) of this paragraph.

Selection and Notice

If the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the A Notes at any time, the Trustee or the Paying Agent will select the A Notes to be redeemed (a) if such A Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such A Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable, or, if the pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall deem appropriate.

 

55


Table of Contents

Notices of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to (x) each Holder of A Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, (y) to the Trustee to forward to each Holder of A Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, or (z) otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the A Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the A Note Indenture. If any A Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such A Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.

The Issuer will issue a new A Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original A Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original A Note. A Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on A Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Certain Covenants in the A Note Indenture

Set forth below are summaries of the principal covenants that are contained in the A Note Indenture

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The A Note Indenture does not contain any limit on the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s ability to, directly or indirectly:

 

  (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution or any payment having the effect thereof on account of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests (in such Person’s capacity as holder of such Equity Interests), including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation including:

 

  (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or

 

  (b) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

 

  (2) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

 

  (3) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness including:

 

  (a) Indebtedness permitted under clause (8) of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

 

  (b) the payment of principal on or the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment of principal or such purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or acquisition; or

 

  (4) make any Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”).

 

56


Table of Contents

As of the Issue Date, all of the Subsidiaries of the Company were Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless it is also an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the B Notes and the Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary unless it is also a Restricted Subsidiary for purposes of the B Notes. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the A Note Indenture.

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer and the Guarantors will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and the Company will not permit the Issuer to, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that (1) the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock (other than Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary), and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if in each case (a) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 6.5 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available and (b) the Senior Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 3.25 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available; provided further, however , that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $30.0 million of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors is outstanding pursuant to this paragraph at such time; provided further, however , that the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur Subordinated Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness that is Subordinated Indebtedness) if, in each case, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Subordinated Indebtedness is incurred would have been no greater than 6.5 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Subordinated Indebtedness had been incurred and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available.

The foregoing limitations will not apply to:

 

  (1) [Reserved]

 

  (2) the incurrence by (a) the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (i) the B Notes (including any Guarantee, but excluding any Additional B Notes) and (ii) the A Notes (including any guarantee of the A Notes, but excluding any Additional A Notes), and (b) CCO of Indebtedness represented by the Proceeds Loans;

 

  (3)

the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (i) the Series B Exchange Notes and related guarantees of the Series B Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the outstanding B Notes (excluding any Additional B Notes) and guarantees of the Series B Exchange Notes pursuant to the B Note Registration Rights Agreement and (ii) the Series A Exchange Notes and

 

57


Table of Contents
 

related guarantees of the Series A Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the outstanding A Notes (excluding any Additional A Notes) and Guarantees pursuant to the A Note Registration Rights Agreement;

 

  (4) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date, including $150.0 million under the Senior Credit Facilities (other than Indebtedness described in clause (2)), and Indebtedness incurred by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any revolving or other line of credit pursuant to which there is an unfunded commitment in effect as of the Issue Date;

 

  (5) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred or Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary), to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Equity Interests of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness incurred and Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued and outstanding under this clause (5), not to exceed $25.0 million at any time outstanding; so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement, or is created within 270 days thereafter;

 

  (6) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

 

  (7) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of ASC 460-10 or in respect of acquired contingencies and contingent consideration recorded under ASC 805-10) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (7));

 

  (8) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing by the Issuer or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of the Notes, as applicable; provided further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company, the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8);

 

  (9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or pursuant to any pledge of such Preferred Stock constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9);

 

58


Table of Contents
  (10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this covenant, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

 

  (11) obligations in respect of self-insurance, customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company owed or issued to CCU or any of its Subsidiaries that is a direct or indirect parent company in connection with the Cash Management Arrangements and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock of a parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, other than the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $65.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (12)(b), with such automatic reclassification subject to the $30.0 million limitation in the first paragraph of this covenant that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom) the availability as of such date of determination under the $30.0 million sublimit would be exceeded);

 

  (13) the incurrence by (1) the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness or the issuance of shares of Disqualified Stock by the Guarantors (other than Disqualified Stock of any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary), and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of Indebtedness or the issuance of shares of Disqualified Stock or shares of Preferred Stock, in each case, that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease:

 

  (a) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3), (4), (5) and (12)(a) above and clause (14) below (including with respect to (x) the first paragraph of this covenant, any unfunded commitment for which an Officer’s Certificate has been delivered to the Trustee as provided in the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio or Senior Leverage Ratio, and (y) clause (4) above, any revolving or other line of credit pursuant to which there is an unfunded commitment in effect as of the Issue Date), or

 

  (b) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clause (a) above (including unfunded commitments that serve to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any unfunded commitments under Indebtedness described in such clause (a)); provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) and (b), any unfunded commitment shall continue to be treated as outstanding for purposes of the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio and Senior Leverage Ratio, as applicable, to the extent such unfunded commitment was outstanding for purposes thereof prior to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance under this clause (13),

 

59


Table of Contents

including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith or incurred as a result of original issue discount, accreted value in excess of the proceeds thereof or the stated principal amount thereof being in excess of the fair value thereof at issuance, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Company (collectively, the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

 

  (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (except by virtue of prepayment of such Indebtedness),

 

  (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases (i) Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment or pari passu to the A Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment or pari passu to the A Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively,

 

  (C) in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock outstanding under clause (5) above, such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been incurred and to be outstanding under such clause (5), and not this clause (13) for purposes of determining amounts outstanding under such clauses; and

 

  (D) shall not include:

(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor; or

(ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

and provided further, however , that subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (13) will not apply to any extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any Indebtedness under any Credit Facilities;

 

  (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, other than the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the A Note Indenture; provided, however, that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either:

 

  (i) (A) with respect to Subordinated Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (14), the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant, and (B) with respect to any other Indebtedness, the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to each of the ratio tests set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant, or

 

  (ii) (A) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger, and (B) other than with respect to the incurrence of Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (14), the Senior Leverage Ratio is less than the Senior Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

provided , however , that in each case, such determination is made on a pro forma basis taking into account such acquisition or merger;

 

60


Table of Contents
  (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;

 

  (16) [Reserved]

 

(17)  (a)

any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Guarantor so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Guarantor is permitted under the terms of the A Note Indenture;

 

  (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company; or

 

  (c) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor), the Company or CCO of obligations of any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or a Guarantor);

provided that , in each case, such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with the covenant described below under “Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries”;

 

  (18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) $30.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (18), with such automatic reclassification subject to the $30.0 million limitation in the first paragraph of this covenant that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the availability as of such date of determination under the $30.0 million sublimit would be exceeded;

 

  (19) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, employees and consultants thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, heirs, family members, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement;

 

  (20) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, employee credit card programs and similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; and

 

  (21) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

 

  (1)

in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (21) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above

 

61


Table of Contents
 

clauses or under the first paragraph of this covenant; provided that (x) all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (4) of the preceding paragraph, (y) any Secured Indebtedness being reclassified shall only be reclassified to the extent that the Lien is also permitted with respect to such Secured Indebtedness as so reclassified and (z) Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may be reclassified only to the extent that, after giving effect to such reclassification (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor would be permitted to incur the Indebtedness or issue the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as so reclassified on the date; and

 

  (2) at the time of incurrence or any reclassification thereafter, the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in more than one of the types of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in the first and second paragraphs above; provided , however , that (x) with respect to Secured Indebtedness, such Secured Indebtedness may only be classified or reclassified as a type of Indebtedness to the extent such Indebtedness may also be secured by a Lien under the A Note Indenture and (y) with respect to such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock may only be classified or reclassified as a type of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may so incur such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the A Note Indenture on the date of classification or reclassification.

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not (i) exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing. The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Company dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP. The Company will not, and will not permit the Issuer or any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the A Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be. Subordination shall refer to contractual payment subordination and not to structural subordination. The A Note Indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured,

 

62


Table of Contents

(2) unsubordinated Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other unsubordinated Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or (3) Indebtedness as subordinated or junior Indebtedness merely because it is structurally subordinated to other Indebtedness.

Liens

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

 

  (1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the A Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

 

  (2) in all other cases, the A Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured.

The foregoing shall not apply to Liens securing the outstanding A Notes and the related Guarantees thereof or the Series A Exchange Notes and the related guarantees thereof. Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the A Notes pursuant to this covenant shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the applicable Lien described in clauses (1) and (2) above.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

Neither the Company nor the Issuer may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, is the surviving corporation), nor may the Company or the Issuer sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any Person (other than CCU or its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of the Existing Senior Notes Indentures)) unless:

 

  (1) the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Company, the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”); provided that in the case where the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the A Notes is a corporation;

 

  (2) the Successor Company, if other than the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, under the Company’s Guarantee or the A Notes, as applicable, pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

  (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

 

  (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to each of the ratio tests set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” or (b) (x) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger, and (y) the Senior Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such Senior Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

 

63


Table of Contents
  (5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1)(b) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the A Note Indenture and the A Notes; and

 

  (6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the A Note Indenture.

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, under the A Note Indenture and the A Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4),

 

  (1) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer) may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or a Guarantor; and

 

  (2) the Company or the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

Notwithstanding the preceding two paragraphs, other than clause (3) above which shall be applicable, any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that are not Guarantors may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into, and the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of, or Equity Interests in, its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to any Person (such disposition, a “ Foreign Disposition ”); provided, however, that (1) such Foreign Disposition is a Qualified Asset Sale and (2) if, on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than 6.0 to 1.0 or the Senior Leverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than 3.0 to 1.0, then the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all the outstanding A Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof in a manner and timeframe as would be required if such offer were a Change of Control Offer. If a Foreign Disposition does not constitute a disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer, this paragraph shall not be applicable.

Subject to certain limitations described in the A Note Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a guarantor, no Guarantor will, and the Company will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company or such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person (other than CCU or its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of the Existing Senior Notes Indentures)) unless:

 

(1)    (a)

such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

 

  (b) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the A Note Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

  (c) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

 

64


Table of Contents
  (d) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the A Note Indenture; or

 

  (2) the transaction is a Qualified Asset Sale.

In the case of clause (1) of the immediately preceding paragraph, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under the A Note Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor (other than the Company, which is covered by the third preceding paragraph) may (1) merge or consolidate with or into or wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (2) merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (3) convert into (which may be effected by merger with a Restricted Subsidiary that has substantially no assets and liabilities) a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor (which may be effected by merger so long as the survivor thereof is a Guarantor).

Transactions with Affiliates

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless:

 

  (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

 

  (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.

The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

 

  (1) (a) transactions between or among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) any Affiliate Transaction, directly or indirectly, (i) constituting the payment of dividends or making any other distributions to CCU or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of the Existing Senior Notes Indentures) or payment of any Indebtedness owed to CCU or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of the Existing Senior Notes Indentures), (ii) making loans or advances to CCU or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of the Senior Notes Indentures), or (iii) selling, leasing or transferring any of properties or assets to CCU or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of the Existing Senior Notes Indentures);

 

  (2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the B Note Indenture described under the covenant “Description of the B Notes—Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture— Limitation on Restricted Payments” and Investments constituting Permitted Investments;

 

  (3)

for so long as the Company is a member of a group filing a consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar group tax return with any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (regardless of whether the Company is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such parent company), payments in respect of the hypothetical consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar group tax liabilities of the Company and its

 

65


Table of Contents
 

Subsidiaries, determined as if the Company were the common parent of a group of a separate affiliated group of corporations filing a consolidated federal income tax return (or the common parent of the applicable comparable group filing a consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar group tax return under state, local, or foreign law);

 

  (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation consistent with past practice or industry practices paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (5) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

 

  (6) any agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby with an affiliate as in effect as of the Issue Date and any extension, amendment, restatement, modification or other supplement to, or replacement of, any of the foregoing and so long as any such extension, amendment, restatement, modification or other supplement is not materially adverse in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

  (7) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise materially adverse in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole;

 

  (8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including Transaction Expenses;

 

  (9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the A Note Indenture which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

  (10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (11) agreements and transactions between the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and CCU or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of the Existing Senior Notes Indentures), on the other hand;

 

  (12) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith or as otherwise permitted by the A Note Indenture;

 

  (13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith; and

 

66


Table of Contents
  (14) (a) Investments by the Investors in debt securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any payments in respect thereof so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities, and (b) payments in respect of any Public Debt or Notes held by Affiliates.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

  (1) pay (a) dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (b) any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

  (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

  (a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Senior Notes Indentures;

 

  (b) (x) the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation and (y) the Indentures, the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees and the guarantees of the B Notes;

 

  (c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;

 

  (d) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

  (e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in existence at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries or the property or assets so assumed;

 

  (f) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of (i) the Company or (ii) a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary that impose restrictions on the assets to be sold;

 

  (g) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

  (h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (i) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

  (j) customary provisions in any joint venture agreement or other similar agreement relating solely to such joint venture;

 

67


Table of Contents
  (k) customary provisions contained in any lease, sublease, license, sublicense or similar agreement, including with respect to intellectual property, and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (l) customary provisions contained in any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Credit Facilities as permitted pursuant to the covenants described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” and an Officer reasonably and in good faith determines at the time such Indebtedness is incurred (and at the time of any modification of the terms of any such encumbrance or restriction) that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially adversely affect the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s ability to make any payments, when due, with respect to the A Notes or its Guarantee thereof and any other Indebtedness that is an obligation of the Issuer or such Guarantor and such determination is set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and

 

  (m) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (l) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than a Guarantor or an Immaterial Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness in excess of $10.0 million of the Issuer or any Guarantor unless:

 

  (1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the A Note Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the A Notes or a related Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the A Notes or such Guarantor’s related Guarantee; and

 

  (2) such Restricted Subsidiary shall within 30 days deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

provided , that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. The Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 30 day periods described above.

Reports and Other Information

Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the A Note Indenture will require the Company to file with the SEC from and after the Issue Date no later than 15 days after the periods set forth below,

 

  (1)

within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal

 

68


Table of Contents
 

year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;

 

  (2) within 45 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-Q by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;

 

  (3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and

 

  (4) any other information, documents and other reports which the Company would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Company will make available such information to prospective purchasers of A Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the A Notes, in each case within 5 days after the time the Company would have been required to file such information with the SEC as required pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph. To the extent any such information is not furnished within the time periods specified above and such information is subsequently furnished (including upon becoming publicly available, by filing such information with the SEC), the Company will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided , that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under “Events of Default and Remedies” if Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding A Notes have declared the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding A Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Company will agree that, for so long as any A Notes are outstanding, it will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Company becomes a guarantor of the A Notes, the A Note Indenture permits the Company to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

In connection with the filings with the SEC required pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) above, in connection therewith, the Company shall provide notice of, and host, a conference call open to the public to discuss the results for the applicable period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement in accordance with the terms of the A Note Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.

Liquidity Amount

On the Issue Date, (1) the Issuer and the Guarantors shall have $50.0 million in any combination of cash, other liquid assets under their sole dominion and control on an unrestricted basis and not subject to any Lien (such cash and liquid assets, the “ Guarantor Liquidity Assets ”) and cash available to be borrowed by the Issuer or

 

69


Table of Contents

the Guarantors in U.S. dollars under any Credit Facility to which the Company is a party (but to which none of its Affiliates (other than the Issuer and Restricted Guarantors) is a party) (the “ Guarantor Liquidity Facility ”) for which all conditions to borrowing have been and remain satisfied (such $50.0 million amount, the “ Guarantor Liquidity Amount ”) and the Company shall maintain such Liquidity Amount at all times and (2) the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall have, and the Company shall cause the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to have, $50.0 million (or an equivalent amount in other currencies) in any combination of cash, other liquid assets under their sole dominion and control on an unrestricted basis and not subject to any Lien (such cash and liquid assets, the “ Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets ”) and cash available to be borrowed by any one or more of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors under any Credit Facility to which none of the Company’s Affiliates (other than the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries) is a party (the “ Non-Guarantor Liquidity Facility ” and, together with the Guarantor Liquidity Facility, the “ Liquidity Facilities ”) for which all conditions to borrowing have been and remain satisfied (such $50.0 million amount (or an equivalent amount in other currencies), the “ Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount ”) and the Company shall cause the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount to be maintained at all times. The Liquidity Facilities shall only constitute Liquidity Facilities to the extent all conditions to borrowing thereunder are satisfied (other than any notice of borrowing that may be required) and the amount available under any Liquidity Facility shall be part of the Guarantor Liquidity Amount or the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount without duplication. Assets that constitute Guarantor Liquidity Assets shall not also constitute Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets and vice versa. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guarantor Liquidity Assets and the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets may be subject to Permitted Liquidity Liens.

Events of Default and Remedies

The A Note Indenture provides that each of the following is an Event of Default with respect to the A Notes:

 

  (1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the A Notes;

 

  (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the A Notes;

 

  (3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding A Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above and clause (9) below) contained in the A Note Indenture or the A Notes;

 

  (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the A Notes, if both:

 

  (a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated final maturity; and

 

  (b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $35.0 million or more at any one time outstanding,

in each case, other than as a result of an Excluded Event

 

  (5)

failure by the Company, the Issuer or any other Significant Party to pay final non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $35.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and

 

70


Table of Contents
 

unstayed for a period of more than 90 days after such judgments become final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

 

  (6) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, the Issuer or any other Significant Party;

 

  (7) failure of any Person required by the terms of the A Note Indenture to be a Guarantor as of the Issue Date to execute a supplemental indenture to the A Note Indenture within five Business Days following the Issue Date;

 

  (8) the Guarantee of any Significant Party shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Party, as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the A Note Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the A Note Indenture; and

 

  (9) failure to maintain the Guarantor Liquidity Amount or the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount which failure continues for more than fifteen (15) consecutive business days; provided, however, that upon the event of a CCU Credit Event and during the continuance thereof, for the period that is the shorter of the continuance of the CCU Credit Event and 60 days after the occurrence of such CCU Credit Event, it shall not be an Event of Default if the Guarantor Liquidity Amount and the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount shall each be at least $25.0 million during such period.

If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above with respect to the Company or the Issuer) occurs and is continuing under the A Note Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding A Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding A Notes to be due and payable immediately.

Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section with respect to the Company or the Issuer, all outstanding A Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The A Note Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the A Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the A Notes.

The A Note Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding A Notes under the A Note Indenture by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all such A Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under such Indenture (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any A Note held by a non-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration with respect to such A Notes and its consequences (except if such rescission would conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the A Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

 

  (1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

 

  (2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

 

  (3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Subject to the provisions of the A Note Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or

 

71


Table of Contents

powers under the A Note Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the A Notes outstanding thereunder unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of an A Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the A Note Indenture or the A Notes unless:

 

  (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

  (2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding A Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

  (3) Holders of the A Notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

 

  (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

  (5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding A Notes thereunder have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

Subject to certain restrictions, under the A Note Indenture the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding A Notes thereunder are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the A Note Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of an A Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the A Note Indenture, and the Company is required, within five Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the A Notes, the Guarantees or the A Note Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting A Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the A Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the A Note Indenture will terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full of all of the A Notes issued thereunder. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the A Notes and have each Guarantor’s obligations discharged with respect to its Guarantee (“ Legal Defeasance ”) and cure all then existing Events of Default except for:

 

  (1) the rights of Holders of A Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the A Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the A Note Indenture for those A Notes;

 

  (2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to A Notes concerning issuing temporary A Notes, registration of such A Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen A Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

 

72


Table of Contents
  (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 

  (4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the A Note Indenture.

In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and those of each Guarantor released with respect to substantially all of the restrictive covenants in the A Note Indenture (“ Covenant Defeasance ”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the A Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Company or the Issuer) described under “Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to those A Notes.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the A Notes:

 

  (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the A Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest due on the A Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal amount, premium, if any, or interest on such A Notes, and the Issuer must specify whether such A Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

  (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

 

  (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

 

  (b) since the issuance of the A Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the A Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

  (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

  (4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to such other Indebtedness, and in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

  (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than the A Note Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

73


Table of Contents
  (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and

 

  (7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The A Note Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all A Notes issued thereunder, when either:

 

  (1) all A Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed A Notes which have been replaced or paid and A Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

  (2)   (a) all A Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption and redeemed within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the A Notes cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the A Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be;

 

  (b) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the A Note Indenture or the A Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than the A Note Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

  (c) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the A Note Indenture; and

 

  (d) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the A Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the A Note Indenture, any Guarantee and the A Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes issued thereunder then outstanding, other than A Notes issued thereunder beneficially owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, A Notes issued thereunder, and any existing Default or Event of Default or

 

74


Table of Contents

compliance with any provision of the A Note Indenture or the A Notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding A Notes issued thereunder, other than A Notes issued thereunder beneficially owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for such A Notes).

The A Note Indenture provides that, without the consent of each affected Holder of A Notes issued thereunder, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any A Notes issued thereunder held by a non-consenting Holder:

 

  (1) reduce the principal amount of such A Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

  (2) reduce the principal amount of or change the fixed final maturity of any such A Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such A Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

 

  (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any A Note;

 

  (4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the A Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the A Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the A Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration) or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the A Note Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all affected Holders;

 

  (5) make any A Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

 

  (6) make any change in the provisions of the A Note Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the A Notes;

 

  (7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

 

  (8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s A Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s A Notes;

 

  (9) make any change to the ranking of the A Notes that would adversely affect the Holders;

 

  (10) except as expressly permitted by the A Note Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Party in any manner adverse to the Holders of the A Notes; or

 

  (11) after the Issuer’s obligation to purchase A Notes arises thereunder, amend, change or modify in any respect materially adverse to the Holders of the A Notes the obligations of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate an A Notes Purchase Offer required to be made or, after such Change or Control has occurred or such requirement has arisen, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto in a manner that is materially adverse to the Holders of the A Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement the A Note Indenture and the A Notes and the Issuer, the Trustee and the Guarantors may amend or supplement any Guarantee issued under the A Note Indenture, in each case, without the consent of any Holder:

 

  (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

 

  (2) to provide for uncertificated A Notes in addition to or in place of certificated A Notes;

 

  (3) to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;

 

  (4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;

 

75


Table of Contents
  (5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the A Note Indenture of any such Holder;

 

  (6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

  (7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the A Note Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

  (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the A Note Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

 

  (9) to add a Guarantor under the A Note Indenture;

 

  (10) to conform the text of the A Note Indenture or the Guarantees or the A Notes issued thereunder to any provision of this “Description of the A Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of the A Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the A Note Indenture, Guarantee or A Notes;

 

  (11) to provide for the issuance of Series A Exchange Notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to Series A Exchange Notes except that they are not freely transferable; or

 

  (12) to make any amendment to the provisions of the A Note Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of A Notes as permitted by the A Note Indenture, including to facilitate the issuance and administration of the A Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with the A Note Indenture as so amended would not result in A Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer A Notes.

However, no amendment or supplement to the A Note Indenture or the A Notes that modifies or waives the specific rights or obligations of the Paying Agent, registrar or transfer agent may be made without the consent of such agent (it being understood that the Trustee’s execution of any such amendment or supplement will constitute such consent if the Trustee is then also acting as such agent).

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the A Note Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

Notices

Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

Concerning the Trustee

The A Note Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

The A Note Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding A Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The A Note Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the

 

76


Table of Contents

Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the A Note Indenture at the request of any Holder of A Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Governing Law

The A Note Indenture, the A Notes and any Guarantee will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used for purposes of the A Note Indenture. For purposes of the A Note Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,

 

  (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, consolidating or amalgamating with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 

  (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional B Notes ” means additional B Notes from time to time issued by the Issuer after this offering under the B Note Indenture.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any A Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

 

  (a) 1.0% of the principal amount of such A Note on such Redemption Date; and

 

  (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value at such Redemption Date of (A) the redemption price of such Note at December 15, 2012 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under “Optional Redemption”), plus (B) all required remaining interest payments (calculated based on the cash interest rate) due on such A Note through December 15, 2012 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (ii) the principal amount of such A Note on such Redemption Date.

B Notes Asset Sale Offer ” means an Asset Sale Offer (as defined in the B Note Indenture).

B Note Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, with respect to the B Notes.

 

77


Table of Contents

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

Capital Stock ” means:

 

  (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares in the capital of such corporation;

 

  (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;

 

  (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

  (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Software Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

  (1) United States dollars;

 

(2)    (a)

Canadian dollars, pounds sterling, euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

 

  (b) in the case of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

  (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

 

  (5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

 

  (6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

78


Table of Contents
  (7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

  (8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

  (9) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

  (10) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s; and

 

  (11) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (10) above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Cash Management Arrangements ” means the treasury and cash management services pursuant to the Corporate Services Agreement, including any amounts advanced and repaid under the CCOH Mirror Note and the CCU Mirror Note, in each case, solely with respect to the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ cash from operations.

CCO ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under “General.”

CCOH Mirror Note ” means the Revolving Promissory Note dated as of November 10, 2005 between the Company, as maker, and CCU, as payee, as amended by the first amendment dated as of December 23, 2009, as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

CCU ” means Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation, together with its successors.

CCU Credit Event ” means (a) pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law, CCU (i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law, (iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property, (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due or (b) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that (i) is for relief against CCU in a proceeding in which CCU is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of CCU, or for all or substantially all of the property of CCU or (iii) orders the liquidation of CCU and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

CCU Intercompany Note ” means the Senior Unsecured Term Promissory Note dated August 2, 2005, between CCO, as maker, and CCU, as payee, as amended through the Issue Date.

CCU Mirror Note ” means the Revolving Promissory Note dated as of November 10, 2005 between CCU, as maker, and the Company, as payee, as amended by the first amendment dated December 23, 2009, as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

79


Table of Contents

“Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date:

 

  (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions (other than by merger, consolidation or amalgamation), of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;

 

  (2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than any Permitted Holder) or (B) Persons (other than any Permitted Holder) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (other than as a result of a Permitted Debt Restructuring);

 

  (3) at any time during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors then in office;

 

  (4) the Company becoming at any time a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of CCU or merging with and into CCU whether or not it is the surviving entity; or

 

  (5) the Issuer ceasing to be at any time a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, including because of having merged with and into CCU, the Company or CCO.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under “General.”

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (1) the total amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries set forth on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet (excluding any letters of credit except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts drawn thereunder), plus (2) the greater of the aggregate liquidation value and maximum fixed repurchase price without regard to any change of control or redemption premiums of all Disqualified Stock of the Company and the Restricted Guarantors and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

  (1)

consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less

 

80


Table of Contents
 

than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (u) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (v) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (w) any Special Interest with respect to other securities and any liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, discounted liabilities, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities); plus

 

  (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

 

  (3) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made (the “Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided , however , that the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee not later than 30 days after entering into any commitment providing for the incurrence of Consolidated Indebtedness, that all or any portion of the Consolidated Indebtedness that could be incurred under such commitment at the time such commitment is entered into shall be treated as incurred and outstanding in such amount for all purposes of this calculation (whether or not such Consolidated Indebtedness is outstanding at the time such commitment is entered into) and any subsequent incurrence of such Consolidated Indebtedness under such commitment (including upon repayment and reborrowing) shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be the incurrence of Consolidated Indebtedness at such subsequent time.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated

 

81


Table of Contents

Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (and may include cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided , that actions to realize such cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided , that no cost savings, synergies or operating expense reductions shall be included pursuant to this paragraph to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period. For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

 

  (1) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses related thereto) or expenses and Transaction Expenses incurred within 180 days of the Issue Date shall be excluded,

 

  (2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded,

 

  (3) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

  (4) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded,

 

  (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period,

 

  (6) [Reserved]

 

  (7) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

82


Table of Contents
  (8) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (a) Indebtedness, (b) Hedging Obligations or (c) other derivative instruments shall be excluded;

 

  (9) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP, shall be excluded;

 

  (10) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grant of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration, or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transactions, shall be excluded;

 

  (11) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies, shall be excluded; and

 

  (12) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days, expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.

“Contingent Obligations means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

 

  (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

 

  (2) to advance or supply funds

 

  (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

 

  (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

 

  (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Corporate Services Agreement ” means the Corporate Services Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2005, by and between Clear Channel Management Services, L.P., and the Company, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date and as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time; provided , that such amendments, supplements, restatements or other modifications are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially adverse to the Holders.

Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt or credit facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments

 

83


Table of Contents

thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants in the A Note Indenture—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means (1) the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, less (2) the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, on the issuance date thereof.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the A Notes or the date the A Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided further that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Immediate Family Members), of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any distributor equity plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof.

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period

 

  (1) increased (without duplication) by:

 

  (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including federal, state, franchise and similar taxes, foreign withholding taxes and foreign unreimbursed value added taxes of such Person and such Subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period, including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; provided that the aggregate amount of unreimbursed value added taxes to be added back for any four consecutive quarter period shall not exceed $2.0 million; plus

 

84


Table of Contents
  (b) Fixed Charges of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (y) fees payable in respect of letters of credit and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (d) any fees, expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition, asset sale, disposition, recapitalization, the incurrence, repayment or refinancing of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the A Note Indenture (including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with ASC 805-10 and gains or losses associated with ASC 460-10)), or the offering, amendment or modification of any debt instrument, including the offering, any amendment or other modification of the A Notes, the B Notes, the Exchange Notes or the Senior Credit Facilities; plus

 

  (e) (w) Transaction Expenses to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, (x) the amount of any severance, relocation costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, (y) any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date, and (z) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs, conversion costs and excess pension charges and consulting fees incurred in connection with any of the foregoing; provided , that the aggregate amount added back pursuant to subclause (z) of this clause (e) shall not exceed 10% of the LTM Cost Base in any four consecutive four quarter period; plus

 

  (f) any other non-cash charges, including any (i) write-offs or write-downs, (ii) equity-based awards compensation expense, (iii) losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any impairment charges or asset write-off related to, intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in debt and equity securities, (iv) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method and (v) other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

 

  (g) [Reserved]

 

  (h) [Reserved]

 

  (i)

solely for purposes of determining the amount of EBITDA in connection with calculating the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and the Senior Leverage Ratio, the amount of cost savings projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions identified and taken on or prior to June 30, 2011; provided , that (A) such actions and amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions have an ongoing (and other than temporary) impact on the Company’s direct operating expenses, selling, general and administrative expenses or corporate expenses, as determined in good faith by the Company, (C) no cost savings shall be

 

85


Table of Contents
 

added pursuant to this clause (i) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period and (D) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed in any four-quarter period ended after September 30, 2009, an amount equal to $58,800,000; plus

 

  (j) to the extent no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under “Transactions with Affiliates” deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (k) any costs or expense deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income by such Person or any such Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or a Restricted Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of a Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock);

 

  (2) decreased by (without duplication) any non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; and

 

  (3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

 

  (a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus, as applicable, and

 

  (b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

“Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or of a direct or indirect parent of the Company (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than: (1) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8; (2) issuances to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; and (3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Notes ” means both the Series A Exchange Notes and the Series B Exchange Notes.

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by or contributed to the Company from, (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be.

 

86


Table of Contents

“Excluded Event ” means any default or acceleration under the Credit Agreement described in the definition of Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date pursuant to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a borrower or guarantor thereunder subject to a $150.0 million sublimit thereunder (and any amendments, extensions, modifications, refinancings, refundings, renewals, restatements or supplements thereof so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a borrower or guarantor thereunder and is subject to the $150.0 million sublimit thereunder), if such default or acceleration results from, or is attributable to, any event, condition or circumstance (including a CCU Credit Event) attributable to CCU and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries so long as, to the extent legally permitted to do so (including pursuant to any suit or other legal proceeding in a court of competent jurisdiction related to a CCU Credit Event), the Company and its Subsidiaries have repaid (or reserved or set aside cash for repayment in a restricted account) the principal amount equal to the Indebtedness and other Obligations owed by the Company and its Subsidiaries under such Credit Agreement.

Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (b) any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company and (c) any Domestic Subsidiary (i) that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code or (ii) that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes if substantially all of its assets consist of the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

Existing Senior Notes ” means CCU’s 4.5% Senior Notes Due 2010, 6.25% Senior Notes Due 2011, 4.4% Senior Notes Due 2011, 5.0% Senior Notes Due 2012, 5.75% Senior Notes Due 2013, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2014, 4.9% Senior Notes Due 2015, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2016, 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016, 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016, 6.875% Senior Debentures Due 2018 and 7.25% Debentures Due 2027.

Existing Senior Notes Indentures ” means (a) the Senior Indenture dated as of October 1, 1997 between CCU and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date and (b) the Indenture dated as of July 30, 2008 between among CCU, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

  (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus

 

  (2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period; plus

 

  (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, and any Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.

Government Securities ” means securities that are:

 

  (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 

  (2)

obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable

 

87


Table of Contents
 

at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under the A Note Indenture and the A Notes (including Series A Exchange Notes).

Guarantor ” means, each Person that Guarantees the A Notes (including Series A Exchange Notes) in accordance with the terms of the A Note Indenture.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar’s books.

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, any Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Foreign Subsidiary or a Subsidiary that meets the criteria of clause (c) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary) that is a Restricted Subsidiary and not a Restricted Guarantor, whose total assets, together with the total assets of all such Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Guarantors, at the last day of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements are publicly available did not exceed 3.5% of Total Assets at such date or (b) whose gross revenues, together with the gross revenues of all such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Guarantors (other than a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company that meets the criteria of clause (c) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary), for the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company for which financial statements are publicly available did not exceed 3.5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.

Immediate Family Member ” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

 

  (1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

  (a) in respect of borrowed money;

 

  (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

88


Table of Contents
  (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes an obligation in respect of a commercial letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (ii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business and (iii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or

 

  (d) representing any Hedging Obligations; if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit (other than commercial letters of credit) and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business.

Indentures ” means the A Note Indenture and the B Note Indenture.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Initial Purchasers ” means Goldman, Sachs & Co, Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Moelis & Company LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

 

  (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

 

  (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company;

 

  (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

 

  (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to directors, officers, employees and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.

 

89


Table of Contents

Investors ” means Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P. and Bain Capital LLC, each of their respective Affiliates and any investment funds advised or managed by any of the foregoing, but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

Issue Date ” means December 23, 2009.

Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under “General.”

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

LTM Cost Base ” means, for any consecutive four quarter period, the sum of (a) direct operating expenses, (b) selling, general and administrative expenses and (c) corporate expenses, in each case excluding depreciation and amortization, of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Notes ” means both the B Notes and the A Notes.

Obligations ” means any principal (including any accretion), interest (including any interest accruing on or subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal (including any accretion), interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, by an Officer of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements set forth in the A Note Indenture.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, or the Trustee.

Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means: (1) with respect to the Issuer, the B Notes, the A Notes and any other Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to the A Notes; and (2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee, its guarantee of the B Notes and any other Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee.

 

90


Table of Contents

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.

Permitted Debt Restructuring ” means

 

  (1) any restructuring of all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent companies of the Company,

 

  (2) any debt workout and similar transactions involving all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent companies of the Company, including in connection with any consensual or negotiated arrangement or any court approved or ordered arrangement or plan,

 

  (3) any exchange or conversion of all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness for or to any Equity Interests or any issuance of Equity Interests for cash or other consideration (other than any public offering of Capital Stock and any offering of Capital Stock that is underwritten for resale pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S of the Act) as result of which all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness of such direct or indirect parent companies of the Company is repaid, retired, exchanged for equity, cancelled, extinguished or otherwise discharged, or

 

  (4) any other transactions that have substantially the effect of any of the foregoing; provided, however, that in each case, such restructuring, debt workout, exchange, conversion or other transaction does not involve the consensual sale for cash consideration of Capital Stock of any such direct or indirect parent company of the Company owned by the Investors.

“Permitted Holder” means any of the Investors and members of management of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or CCU or CC Media Holdings, Inc. who are holders of Equity Interests of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or CCU or CC Media Holdings, Inc. on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that (x) in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and (y) for purposes of this definition, the amount of Equity Interests held by members of management who qualify as “Permitted Holders” shall never exceed the amount of Equity Interests held by such members of management on the Issue Date. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” (or would result in a Change of Control Offer in the absence of the waiver of such requirement by Holders in accordance with the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control”) will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

  (1) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, employers’ health tax and other social security laws or similar legislation (including in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety, appeal bonds or letters of credit to which such Person is a party or account party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

91


Table of Contents
  (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property that the Company or any Subsidiary thereof has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

 

  (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case, issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice prior to the Issue Date;

 

  (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects and irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

  (6) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred (and so incurred and so classified) pursuant to clause (5) or (18) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants in the A Note Indenture—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided, however, that any such Indebtedness that is incurred pursuant to such clause (5) or (18) remains classified as incurred thereunder; and provided further, however, that Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred (and so incurred and so classified) pursuant to clause (18) extend only to the assets or Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company;

 

  (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

 

  (8) Liens existing on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property or other assets owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (9) Liens existing on property or other assets at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of an amalgamation, merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (10) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or a Guarantor permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants in the A Note Indenture—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

92


Table of Contents
  (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under the A Note Indenture;

 

  (12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

  (13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

 

  (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consignments or accounts entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

  (16) Liens on equipment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (17) [Reserved]

 

  (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), and (9) or in clauses (20) and (33) below; provided that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the obligations under Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (20) and (33) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the A Note Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided further , however , that in the case of any Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement of Indebtedness secured by a Lien referred to in clause (20) or clause (33), the principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred for such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement shall be deemed secured by a Lien under clause (20) or clause (33), as applicable, and not this clause (18) for purposes of determining the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause (20) or clause (33), as applicable;

 

  (19) deposits made or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

 

  (20) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations which do not exceed $25.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

 

  (21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under “Events of Default and Remedies” so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

  (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

93


Table of Contents
  (24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under the A Note Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

  (25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

  (26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (27) [Reserved]

 

  (28) Liens securing obligations owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any lender under any Credit Facilities or any Affiliate of such a lender, in each case, in the ordinary course of business in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services provided by, or any automated clearing house transfers of funds with, lenders under such Credit Facilities or any Affiliate of such a lender;

 

  (29) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

 

  (30) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (31) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted;

 

  (32) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (33) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations under any Credit Facilities which do not exceed $250.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding.

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on and the costs in respect of such Indebtedness.

Permitted Liquidity Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

  (1) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (2) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

94


Table of Contents
  (3) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under the A Note Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; and

 

  (4) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Proceeds Loans ” means (a) the $500.0 million loan from the Issuer to CCO made on the Issue Date from the proceeds of the issuance of the outstanding A Notes, and (b) the $2.0 billion loan from the Issuer to CCO made on the Issue Date from the proceeds of the Issuance of the outstanding B Notes.

Proceeds Loan Agreements” means each of the Proceeds Loan Agreements dated as of the Issue Date between the Issuer and CCO pursuant to which the Proceeds Loans were made.

“Public Debt” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (a) a public offering registered under the Securities Act or (b) a private placement to institutional investors that is underwritten for resale in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S of such Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC. The term “Public Debt” (i) shall not include the B Notes (or any Additional B Notes) or the A Notes (or any Additional A Notes) and (ii) shall not be construed to include any Indebtedness issued to institutional investors in a direct placement of such Indebtedness that is not underwritten by an intermediary (it being understood that, without limiting the foregoing, a financing that is distributed to not more than ten Persons ( provided that multiple managed accounts and affiliates of any such Persons shall be treated as one Person for the purposes of this definition) shall be deemed not to be underwritten), or any commercial bank or similar Indebtedness, Capitalized Lease Obligation or recourse transfer of any financial asset or any other type of Indebtedness Incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as a “securities offering.”

Qualified Asset Sale ” means any Asset Sale:

 

  (1) pursuant to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

  (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

 

  (a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the A Notes (or Guarantees) or that are owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Company and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,

 

  (b) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and

 

95


Table of Contents
  (c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $75.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this definition and for no other purpose.

Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Company in good faith.

Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the A Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Registration Rights Agreements ” means (a) the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the A Notes, dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “ A Note Registration Rights Agreement ”), (b) the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the B Notes, dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “ B Note Registration Rights Agreement ”) and (c) any similar registration rights agreements with respect to any Additional A Notes or Additional B Notes, as applicable.

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Guarantor ” means a Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company (including any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Senior Credit Facilities” means the term and revolving credit facilities under the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, as amended as of July 9, 2008 and July 28, 2008, by and among CCU, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as

 

96


Table of Contents

Administrative Agent, including any agreements, collateral documents, guarantees, instruments, mortgages and notes executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, extensions, modifications, refinancings, refundings, renewals, restatements, or supplements thereof and any one or more notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, refinance, refund, renew, replace or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such refinancing, refunding or replacement facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors.

“Senior Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than Pari Passu Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Senior Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Senior Leverage Ratio is made (the “Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided , however , that the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee not later than 30 days after entering into any commitment providing for the incurrence of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, that all or any portion of the Pari Passu Indebtedness that could be incurred under such commitment at the time such commitment is entered into shall be treated as incurred and outstanding in such amount for all purposes of this calculation (whether or not such Pari Passu Indebtedness is outstanding at the time such commitment is entered into) and any subsequent incurrence of such Pari Passu Indebtedness under such commitment (including upon repayment and reborrowing) shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be the incurrence of Pari Passu Indebtedness at such subsequent time.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or

 

97


Table of Contents

accounting officer of the Company (and may include cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided , that actions to realize such cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided , that no cost savings, synergies or operating expense reductions shall be included pursuant to this paragraph to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period. For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.

Series A Exchange Notes” means new notes of the Issuer issued in exchange for the outstanding A Notes pursuant to, or as contemplated by, the A Note Registration Rights Agreement.

Series B Exchange Notes ” means new notes of the Issuer issued in exchange for the outstanding B Notes pursuant to, or as contemplated by, the B Note Registration Rights Agreement.

Significant Party ” means any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

“Special Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to any Registration Rights Agreement.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means: (1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the A Notes; and (2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the A Notes.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity (excluding charitable foundations) of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.

Total Assets ” means total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated.

Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions.

Transactions ” means the offering and issuance of the Notes for cash on the Issue Date, the making of the Proceeds Loans, the refinancing of the CCU Intercompany Note and the amendments to the CCOH Mirror Note and the CCU Mirror Note and transactions related to any of the foregoing on or prior to the Issue Date and the payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing.

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the

 

98


Table of Contents

Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to December 15, 2012; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to December 15, 2012 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa- 77bbbb).

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under the B Notes; provided that the Company may not designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary under the A Notes unless such Subsidiary is also designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under the B Notes; provided further that the Company that may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such designation is made under the B Notes. Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

  (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

 

  (2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

99


Table of Contents

Description of the B Notes

General

Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading “Certain Definitions.” For purposes of this description only, (i) the term “Issuer” refers to Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., and not to any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) the term “Company” refers to Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., and not to any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) the terms “we,” “our” and “us” each refer to the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, (iv) the term “CCO” refers to Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., and not to any of its Subsidiaries, (v) the term “B Notes refers to notes issued under the B Note Indenture and (vi) the term “B Note Registration Rights Agreement” refers to the registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers regarding registration of the outstanding B Notes. The Issuer is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company. The Company, as a Guarantor of the B Notes, and any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that Guarantees the B Notes are each referred to as a “Restricted Guarantor.”

The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the B Note Indenture and does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of that agreement, including the definitions therein of certain terms used in this “Description of the B Notes.” We urge you to read the B Note Indenture, the B Notes and the B Note Registration Rights Agreement because those agreements, not this description, define your rights as Holders of the B Notes. Copies of the B Note Indenture and the B Note Registration Rights Agreement have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of which this prospectus is a part.

Brief Description of B Notes

The B Notes:

 

   

are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer;

 

   

are pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer, including the A Notes and under any Credit Facilities of the Issuer;

 

   

are effectively subordinated to all existing and future Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer to the extent of the value of such assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

   

are senior in right of payment to all Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer;

 

   

are guaranteed by each of the Company, CCO and substantially all of the Company’s other domestic Restricted Subsidiaries other than the Excluded Subsidiaries; and

 

   

are structurally subordinated to all existing and future obligations of any existing or future Subsidiaries of the Company that do not guarantee the B Notes.

The Guarantee of each Guarantor of the B Notes:

 

   

are a senior unsecured obligation of such Guarantor;

 

   

rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsubordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor, including such Guarantor’s guarantee of the A Notes and under any Credit Facilities of such Guarantor and, in the case of the Company, the Company’s obligations under the CCOH Mirror Note; and

 

   

are effectively subordinated to all existing and future Secured Indebtedness of such Guarantor to the extent of the value of such assets securing such Indebtedness.

Guarantees

The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, jointly and severally irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, on an unsecured senior basis, in each case, the performance and full and punctual

 

100


Table of Contents

payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under the B Note Indenture and the B Notes, whether for payment of principal of or interest on the B Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in the B Note Indenture by executing the B Note Indenture or a supplemental indenture.

Each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) guarantee the B Notes, subject to release as provided below. The B Notes are structurally subordinated to Indebtedness and other liabilities of Subsidiaries of the Company that do not guarantee the B Notes.

Not all of the Company’s Subsidiaries guarantee the B Notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute or contribute, as the case may be, any of their assets to a Guarantor. None of the Company’s Excluded Subsidiaries will guarantee the B Notes. As of the Issue Date, our Excluded Subsidiaries include all Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the Company.

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee are limited as necessary to prevent such Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.

Any Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the B Note Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment (such net assets determined in accordance with GAAP).

If a Guarantee was rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantor’s liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero.

Each Guarantee by a Restricted Guarantor provides by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

 

(1)    (a)

any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Restricted Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Restricted Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of such Restricted Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in a manner in compliance with the applicable provisions of the B Note Indenture;

 

  (b) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

  (c) the Issuer exercising its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or the Issuer’s obligations under the B Note Indenture being discharged in a manner not in violation of the terms of the B Note Indenture; or

 

  (d) such Restricted Guarantor ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder; provided , however , if such Restricted Guarantor, immediately prior thereto, was a guarantor of other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or a Guarantor and continues to be a guarantor of such other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or a Guarantor, no such release shall be permitted; and

 

  (2)

such Restricted Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the B Note Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with. The Guarantee by the Company shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the Issuer exercising its legal

 

101


Table of Contents
 

defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or the Issuer’s obligations under the B Note Indenture being discharged in a manner in accordance with the terms of the B Note Indenture.

Ranking

The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the B Notes by the Issuer will rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer, including the A Notes.

The payment of any Guarantee of the B Notes will rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor, including, the guarantee by such Guarantor of the A Notes and, in the case of the Company, the Company’s Obligations under the CCOH Mirror Note.

Each Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee of the B Notes will be effectively subordinated to the obligations of the Guarantor under its Secured Indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness.

The B Notes are effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer and each Guarantor to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness.

Although the B Note Indenture limits the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock by the Restricted Subsidiaries, such limitations are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions. Under certain circumstances, the Company and its Subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial amounts of Indebtedness and such Indebtedness may be Secured Indebtedness. See “Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture—Liens.”

Substantially all of the operations of the Issuer are conducted through its Subsidiaries, most of which are Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer who do not Guarantee the B Notes. In addition, substantially all of the operations of the Company are conducted through its Subsidiaries. Unless a Subsidiary is a Guarantor, claims of creditors of such Subsidiary, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred stockholders (if any) of such Subsidiary generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such Subsidiary over the claims of creditors of the Issuer, including Holders. The B Notes, therefore, are effectively subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred stockholders (if any) of Subsidiaries of the Company that are not Guarantors.

See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Exchange Offers” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Exchange Notes.”

Paying Agent and Registrar for the B Notes

The Issuer will maintain one or more Paying Agents for the B Notes. The initial Paying Agent for the B Notes is U.S. Bank National Association.

The Issuer will also maintain a registrar in respect of the B Notes, initially U.S. Bank National Association. If the Issuer fails to appoint a registrar, the Trustee will act as such. The registrar for the B Notes will maintain a register reflecting ownership of the B Notes outstanding from time to time and will make payments on and facilitate transfer of the B Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

The Issuer may change the Paying Agents or the registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Company, the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Subsidiaries of a Restricted Subsidiary may not act as a Paying Agent or registrar.

 

102


Table of Contents

Transfer and Exchange

A Holder may transfer or exchange B Notes in accordance with the terms set forth in the B Note Indenture pursuant to which such B Notes have been issued. Any registrar or the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of B Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any B Note selected for redemption.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The Issuer issued $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the outstanding B Notes on the Issue Date and will issue the same amount of Series B Exchange Notes pursuant to the B Note exchange offer. The B Notes will mature on December 15, 2017. Subject to compliance with the covenant described below under the caption “Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” the Issuer may issue additional B Notes from time to time after this offering (such additional B Notes, the “ Additional B Notes ”). The B Notes offered by the Issuer and any Additional B Notes subsequently issued under the B Note Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the B Note Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, for all purposes of the B Note Indenture and this “Description of the B Notes”, references to “ B Notes ” include any Additional B Notes that are actually issued and references to “ A Notes ” include any Additional A Notes that are actually issued.

Interest will accrue and be payable daily by the Issuer on the B Notes from the Issue Date, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for. Interest will be payable by the Trustee semiannually using a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months to Holders of record at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 immediately preceding the interest payment date, on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing June 15, 2010. If a payment date is not on a Business Day at the place of payment, payment may be made at the place on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest will accrue for the intervening period.

The Issuer will pay interest on overdue principal at 1% per annum in excess of the interest otherwise payable by the Issuer and will pay interest on overdue installments due from the Issuer at such higher rate to the extent lawful.

The Issuer has caused the Trustee to establish an account (the “ Trustee Account ”) to be maintained by the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders with respect to payments of interest on the B Notes, over which the Trustee shall have sole control and dominion. Interest on the B Notes will accrue, and be payable by or on behalf of the Issuer to the Trustee, daily; provided that the failure by the Issuer to make or have made any such daily payment to the Trustee on any day will not constitute a Default so long as (a) (x) no payment or other transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been made on such day under the Cash Management Arrangements or (y) the amount of funds on deposit in the Trustee Account on such day is equal to the amount of interest which has accrued up to and including such day and (b) on each semiannual interest payment date the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the B Notes that is payable by the Trustee to the Noteholders on such semiannual interest payment date; provided further, however, that payments of interest shall only be deemed to be overdue to the extent that the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is not sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the B Notes that is payable by the Trustee to Holders on the applicable semiannual interest payment date. The Issuer or any Guarantor will not be the legal owners of the funds on deposit in the Trustee Account. Such amounts may be in cash in U.S. dollars, in Government Securities or in a combination thereof. Any interest earned on Government Securities held in the Trustee Account will be applied to pay fees and expenses of the Trustee and, to the extent of any excess, returned to the Company. Upon the making by or on behalf of the Issuer of any payment into the Trustee Account, the Issuer’s obligation to pay accrued interest shall be discharged to the extent of the amount so paid. If the Trustee fails to make an interest payment on the B Notes but the Issuer has deposited the funds with the Trustee, it will not be a Default.

 

103


Table of Contents

Special Interest may accrue on the B Notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the B Note Registration Rights Agreement. All references in the B Note Indenture and this “Description of the B Notes”, in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the B Notes shall be deemed to include any Special Interest pursuant to the B Note Registration Rights Agreement for the B Notes. References to “accrued and unpaid interest” refer to interest that may be payable by the Issuer or the Trustee, as applicable.

Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the B Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Issuer, may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the B Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the B Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. The Issuer’s office or agency will be the office of the Paying Agent maintained for such purpose.

Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases

We are not required to make any sinking fund payments with respect to the B Notes. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to offer to purchase B Notes as described under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders.” We and our affiliates may at any time and from time to time purchase B Notes in the open market, negotiated transactions or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall make any purchase of, or otherwise effectively cancel or retire any B Notes (whether through open market purchases, tender offers, defeasance, offers to purchase required by the B Notes or otherwise) if, after giving effect thereto and, if applicable, any concurrent purchase of or other action with respect to any A Notes, the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the A Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the B Notes shall be greater than 0.250; provided, however, that the foregoing restriction shall not be applicable in the case of any Change of Control Offer, Asset Sale Offer or offer to purchase the A Notes required to be made under the A Note Indenture at the price specified with respect thereto to all holders of the A Notes, where a violation of the foregoing restriction would occur solely as a result of different offer acceptance rates by the holders of the B Notes and the A Notes. References to the B Notes and the A Notes in this paragraph do not include any Additional B Notes or any Additional A Notes, as applicable.

Optional Redemption

Except as set forth below, the Issuer shall not be permitted to redeem the B Notes. The B Notes will be payable at par at maturity.

At any time prior to December 15, 2012, the B Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as described under “Selection and Notice,” at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of B Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person.

On and after December 15, 2012, the B Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under “Selection and Notice,” at any time and from time to time at the redemption prices set forth below. The Issuer may provide in such notice that the payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. The B Notes will be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the B Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of B Notes on

 

104


Table of Contents

the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2012

   106.93750

2013

   104.62500

2014

   102.31250

2015 and thereafter

   100.00000

In addition, until December 15, 2012, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of B Notes at a redemption price equal to 109.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 65% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of B Notes originally issued under the B Note Indenture and any Additional B Notes issued under the B Note Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further, that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect thereto may be performed by another Person. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.

The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall select the B Notes to be purchased in the manner described under “Selection and Notice.”

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

The B Notes provides that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding B Notes as described under “Optional Redemption,” the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the B Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the B Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of B Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee, or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:

 

  (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control,” and that all B Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

 

  (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

 

  (3) that any B Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

  (4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all B Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

105


Table of Contents
  (5) that Holders electing to have any B Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such B Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such B Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

  (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered B Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such B Notes, provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the B Notes, the principal amount of B Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered B Notes and its election to have such B Notes purchased;

 

  (7) that the Holders whose B Notes are being repurchased only in part will be issued new B Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the B Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the B Notes must be equal to a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in principal amount;

 

  (8) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and

 

  (9) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow.

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of B Notes by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the B Note Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the B Note Indenture by virtue thereof.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law,

 

  (1) accept for payment all B Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

 

  (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all B Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

 

  (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation (and delivery to the Paying Agent) the B Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such B Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

Future credit agreements or other agreements to which the Company or the Issuer become a party may provide that certain change of control events with respect to the Company would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control under the B Note Indenture). If we experience a change of control that triggers a default under any Credit Facilities, we could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance our Credit Facilities. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the Credit Facilities, such default could result in amounts outstanding under our Credit Facilities being declared due and payable.

Our ability to pay cash to the Holders of B Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Exchange Notes— Certain transactions that may result in a change of ownership of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings may not constitute a change of control. In addition, in the event of a change of control, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings may not be able to fulfill its repurchase obligations under the indentures governing the notes.”

 

106


Table of Contents

The Change of Control purchase feature of the B Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers and us. As of the Issue Date, we had no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, dispositions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the B Note Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness (including Secured Indebtedness) are contained in the covenants described under “Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture— Liens.” In addition, a Change of Control could be triggered by changes in ownership resulting from an insolvency of CCU or a restructuring of its Indebtedness. Accordingly, events relating to CCU and over which we and they do not have control could trigger a Change of Control. Such restrictions in the B Note Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the B Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the B Note Indenture does not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the B Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction. Such limitations are subject to a number of important exceptions, baskets and qualifications.

We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the B Note Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all B Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of B Notes may require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the B Notes as described above. In addition, Holders may not be entitled to require us to purchase their B Notes in certain circumstances involving a significant change in the composition of our Board of Directors, including in connection with a proxy contest where our Board of Directors does not endorse a dissident slate of directors but approves them as “Continuing Directors”.

Except as described in clause (11) of the second paragraph under “Amendment, Supplement and Waiver,” the provisions in the B Note Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the B Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified at any time with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding B Notes under the B Note Indenture.

Asset Sales

The B Note Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:

 

  (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

107


Table of Contents
  (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

 

  (a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes (or Guarantees) or that are owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Company and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,

 

  (b) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and

 

  (c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $75.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

Within 18 months after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale:

 

  (1) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale to permanently reduce Obligations under Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer or the Guarantors (other than any Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities) that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by the B Note Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

  (2) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale to permanently reduce Obligations under (i) the B Notes (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or (ii) any other Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided, however, that the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce (or offer to reduce) Obligations under the B Notes as provided under “Optional Redemption,” through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Series B Holders of Notes to purchase a pro rata amount of B Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest;

 

  (3) [Reserved]

 

  (4) [Reserved]

 

  (5) by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor, then such Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds of such Asset Sale to permanently reduce Obligations under Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Issuer or not Guarantors, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; or

 

  (6)

by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale to (a) make an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided, however, that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) acquire

 

108


Table of Contents
 

properties, (c) make capital expenditures or (d) acquire other assets that, in the case of each of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) either (x) are used or useful in a Similar Business or (y) replace the businesses, properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided, however, that, in the case of clause (6) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within the later of 18 months after receipt of such Net Proceeds and 180 days following such commitment; provided further, however, that if such commitment is cancelled or terminated after the later of such 18 month or 180 day period for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale described in the preceding paragraph that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds ”, except the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reduced by the sum of the amount of the B Notes offered to be purchased in an offer pursuant to clause (2) above and the amount of A Notes offered to be purchased in an A Notes Purchase Offer by reason of clause (2) above. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the B Notes exceeds $50.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the B Notes and, if required by the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, to the holder of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of such B Notes and the maximum aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if less) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereof (in aggregate principal amount) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the B Note Indenture. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $50.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the B Note Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. The Issuer, in its sole discretion, may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 18 month period (or such longer period provided above) or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $50.0 million or less.

To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of B Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds with respect to the B Notes, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, including to make Restricted Payments, subject to the other covenants contained in the B Note Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of B Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the B Notes, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall select the B Notes and the Issuer or the agent for such Pari Passu Indebtedness will select such other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the B Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility, including under any Credit Facilities, or otherwise invest or apply such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the B Note Indenture.

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities

 

109


Table of Contents

laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the B Note Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the B Note Indenture by virtue thereof.

Except as described in clause (11) of the second paragraph under “Amendment, Supplement and Waiver,” the provisions under the B Note Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the B Notes as a result of an Asset Sale may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding B Notes.

The Issuer will be obligated to make an offer to purchase with respect to the A Notes at the same time as it makes an Asset Sale Offer as described under “Description of the A Notes—Offer to Purchase A Notes In Certain Circumstances.”

Selection and Notice

If the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the B Notes at any time, the Trustee or the Paying Agent will select the B Notes to be redeemed (a) if such B Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such B Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable, or, if the pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall deem appropriate.

Notices of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to (x) each Holder of B Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, (y) to the Trustee to forward to each Holder of B Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, or (z) otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the B Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the B Note Indenture. If any B Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such B Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.

The Issuer will issue a new B Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original B Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original B Note. B Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on B Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture

Set forth below are summaries of the principal covenants that are contained in the B Note Indenture.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

 

  (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution or any payment having the effect thereof on account of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests (in such Person’s capacity as holder of such Equity Interests), including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation other than:

 

  (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or

 

  (b) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

 

110


Table of Contents
  (2) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

 

  (3) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness other than:

 

  (a) Indebtedness permitted under clause (8) of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

 

  (b) the payment of principal on or the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment of principal or such purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or acquisition; or

 

  (4) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”).

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

 

  (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the B Note Indenture;

 

  (2) (a) the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Treasury Capital Stock ”) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to an employee stock ownership plan, management equity plan, other management or employment benefit plan or agreement or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of, Equity Interests of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, to the extent of the cash proceedings actually contributed to the capital of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”), (b) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or to an employee stock ownership plan, management equity plan, other management or employment benefit plan or agreement or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of the Refunding Capital Stock, and (c) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6)(a) or (b) of this paragraph, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to purchase, redeem, defease, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

 

  (3) the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” so long as:

 

  (a)

the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged,

 

111


Table of Contents
 

acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with such purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase, exchange, acquisition or retirement and the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

 

  (b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the B Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value;

 

  (c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired; and

 

  (d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired;

 

  (4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $7.5 million with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $15.0 million in any calendar year; provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

  (a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Company, Equity Interests of any of the direct or indirect parent companies of the Company, in each case to employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, that occurs after the Issue Date; plus

 

  (b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company (or by any direct or indirect parent company to the extent actually contributed in cash to the Company) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

 

  (c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the B Note Indenture;

 

  (5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

  (6)

(a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after

 

112


Table of Contents
 

the Issue Date; provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (a) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock;

 

  (b) a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent company of the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date; provided that the amount of Restricted Payments paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the capital of the Company from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

 

  (c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph;

provided , however , that, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to each of the ratio tests set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

  (7) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

 

  (8) [Reserved]

 

  (9) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

 

  (10) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (10) not to exceed $25.0 million;

 

  (11) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions in an aggregate amount taken together with all other dividends or distributions made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed $500.0 million;

 

  (12) any Restricted Payment used to fund or effect the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates paid substantially concurrently with the completion of the Transactions, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

 

  (13) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under the captions “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”; provided, however, that all B Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired for value;

 

  (14) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends, distributions or other amounts or the making of loans or advances by the Company, if applicable, in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay federal, state, local, or foreign income taxes (as the case may be) imposed directly on or paid by such parent to the extent such income taxes are paid by such parent and are attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including by virtue of such parent being the common parent of a consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar tax group of which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries are members) and (b) the declaration and payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts or the making of loans or advances by the Company, if applicable, in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, to pay fees and expenses (including franchise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, and general corporate overhead expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, in each case to the extent such fees and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company, if applicable, and its Subsidiaries;

 

113


Table of Contents
  (15) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (16) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with the covenant described under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets”; provided, however, that as a result of such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, the Issuer shall make a Change of Control Offer and that all B Notes tendered by Holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired for value;

 

  (17) (a) any transaction constituting an Investment in connection with the Cash Management Arrangements, in each case, out of cash flow from operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, (b) any transaction constituting a Restricted Payment made with (x) cash flow from operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries in lieu of any Investment that would have been permitted by clause (17)(a) and (y) amounts repaid under the CCU Mirror Note, and (c) if the Cash Management Arrangements are no longer in effect, Restricted Payments made with (x) cash flow from operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries in an amount that could have been used to make Investments and Restricted Payments if such Cash Management Arrangements referred to in clause (17)(a) were in effect as of the date such Restricted Payment is made pursuant to this clause (17)(c) and (y) amounts repaid under the CCU Mirror Note;

 

  (18) after December 15, 2010, the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions by the Company made with the proceeds of any Indebtedness; provided, however, that after giving pro forma effect thereto (a) in the case of dividends or distributions made with the proceeds of Subordinated Indebtedness, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be less than 6.0 to 1.0 and (b) in the case of dividends or distributions made with the proceeds of any Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness), the Senior Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.0 to 1.0; and

 

  (19) distributions, by dividend or otherwise, of Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that do not, or no longer, constitute Excess Proceeds or the Net Proceeds of any Foreign Disposition applied in accordance with clauses (2) or (3) of the proviso to the first sentence of the third paragraph under the caption “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets”, in each case, because they were used to make an Asset Sale Offer or offer to purchase the B Notes as contemplated by such clauses (2) and (3); provided , however , that all B Notes validly tendered by Holders of B Notes in the Asset Sale Offer have been purchased and all A Notes validly tendered by Holders of A Notes in the A Notes Purchase Offer have been purchased and, if after giving pro forma effect to such distribution (and any other application of Net Proceeds), the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be less than 6.0 to 1.0 and the Senior Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.0 to 1.0;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (10) and (15) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

As of the Issue Date, all of the Subsidiaries of the Company were Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time pursuant to this covenant or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the B Note Indenture.

 

114


Table of Contents

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer and the Guarantors will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and the Company will not permit the Issuer to, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that (1) the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock (other than Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary), and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if in each case (a) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 6.5 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available and (b) the Senior Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 3.25 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available; provided further, however , that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $30.0 million of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors is outstanding pursuant to this paragraph at such time; provided further, however , that the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur Subordinated Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness that is Subordinated Indebtedness) if, in each case, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Subordinated Indebtedness is incurred would have been no greater than 6.5 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Subordinated Indebtedness had been incurred and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available.

The foregoing limitations will not apply to:

 

  (1) [Reserved]

 

  (2) the incurrence by (a) the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (i) the B Notes (including any Guarantee, but excluding any Additional B Notes) and (ii) the A Notes (including any guarantee of the A Notes, but excluding any Additional A Notes) and (b) CCO of Indebtedness represented by the Proceeds Loans;

 

  (3) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (i) the Series B Exchange Notes and related guarantees of the Series B Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the outstanding B Notes (excluding any Additional B Notes) and Guarantees pursuant to the B Note Registration Rights Agreement and (ii) the Series A Exchange Notes and related guarantees of the Series A Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the outstanding A Notes (excluding any Additional A Notes) and guarantees of the Series A Exchange Notes pursuant to the A Note Registration Rights Agreement;

 

  (4) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date, including $150.0 million under the Senior Credit Facilities (other than Indebtedness described in clause (2)), and Indebtedness incurred by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any revolving or other line of credit pursuant to which there is an unfunded commitment in effect as of the Issue Date;

 

115


Table of Contents
  (5) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred or Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary), to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Equity Interests of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness incurred and Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued and outstanding under this clause (5), not to exceed $25.0 million at any time outstanding; so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement, or is created within 270 days thereafter;

 

  (6) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

 

  (7) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of ASC 460-10 or in respect of acquired contingencies and contingent consideration recorded under ASC 805-10) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (7));

 

  (8) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing by the Issuer or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the B Notes or the Guarantee of the B Notes, as applicable; provided further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company, the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8);

 

  (9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or pursuant to any pledge of such Preferred Stock constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9);

 

  (10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this covenant, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

 

  (11) obligations in respect of self-insurance, customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (12)

(a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company owed or issued to CCU or any of its Subsidiaries that is a direct or indirect parent company in connection with the Cash Management

 

116


Table of Contents
 

Arrangements and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock of a parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, other than the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $65.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (12)(b), with such automatic reclassification subject to the $30.0 million limitation in the first paragraph of this covenant that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the availability as of such date of determination under the $30.0 million sublimit would be exceeded);

 

  (13) the incurrence by (1) the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness or the issuance of shares of Disqualified Stock by the Guarantors (other than Disqualified Stock of any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary), and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of Indebtedness or the issuance of shares of Disqualified Stock or shares of Preferred Stock, in each case, that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease:

 

  (a) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3), (4), (5) and (12)(a) above and clause (14) below (including with respect to (x) the first paragraph of this covenant, any unfunded commitment for which an Officer’s Certificate has been delivered to the Trustee as provided in the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio or Senior Leverage Ratio, and (y) clause (4) above, any revolving or other line of credit pursuant to which there is an unfunded commitment in effect as of the Issue Date), or

 

  (b) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clause (a) above (including unfunded commitments that serve to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any unfunded commitments under Indebtedness described in such clause (a)); provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) and (b), any unfunded commitment shall continue to be treated as outstanding for purposes of the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio and Senior Leverage Ratio, as applicable, to the extent such unfunded commitment was outstanding for purposes thereof prior to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance under this clause (13),

including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith or incurred as a result of original issue discount, accreted value in excess of the proceeds thereof or the stated principal amount thereof being in excess of the fair value thereof at issuance, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Company (collectively, the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

 

  (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (except by virtue of prepayment of such Indebtedness),

 

117


Table of Contents
  (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases (i) Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment or pari passu to the B Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment or pari passu to the B Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively,

 

  (C) in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock outstanding under clause (5) above, such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been incurred and to be outstanding under such clause (5), and not this clause (13) for purposes of determining amounts outstanding under such clauses; and

 

  (D) shall not include:

 

  (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor; or

 

  (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

and provided further, however, that subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (13) will not apply to any extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any Indebtedness under any Credit Facilities;

 

  (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, other than the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the B Note Indenture; provided, however, that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either:

 

  (i) (A) with respect to Subordinated Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (14), the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant, and (B) with respect to any other Indebtedness, the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to each of the ratio tests set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant, or

 

  (ii) (A) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger, and (B) other than with respect to the incurrence of Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (14), the Senior Leverage Ratio is less than the Senior Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

provided , however , that in each case, such determination is made on a pro forma basis taking into account such acquisition or merger;

 

  (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;

 

  (16) [Reserved]

 

  (17) (a) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Guarantor so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Guarantor is permitted under the terms of the B Note Indenture;

 

  (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company; or

 

118


Table of Contents
  (c) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor), the Company or CCO of obligations of any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or a Guarantor);

provided that , in each case, such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with the covenant described below under “Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries”;

 

  (18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) $30.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (18), with such automatic reclassification subject to the $30.0 million limitation in the first paragraph of this covenant that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the availability as of such date of determination under the $30.0 million sublimit would be exceeded;

 

  (19) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, employees and consultants thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, heirs, family members, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies to the extent described in clause (4) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

  (20) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, employee credit card programs and similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; and

 

  (21) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

 

  (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (21) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses or under the first paragraph of this covenant; provided that (x) all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (4) of the preceding paragraph, (y) any Secured Indebtedness being reclassified shall only be reclassified to the extent that the Lien is also permitted with respect to such Secured Indebtedness as so reclassified and (z) Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may be reclassified only to the extent that, after giving effect to such reclassification (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor would be permitted to incur the Indebtedness or issue the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as so reclassified on the date; and

 

  (2)

at the time of incurrence or any reclassification thereafter, the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in more than one of the types of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in the first and second paragraphs above; provided , however , that (x) with respect to Secured Indebtedness, such Secured Indebtedness may only be classified or reclassified as a type of Indebtedness to the extent such Indebtedness may also be secured by a Lien under the B Note Indenture and (y) with respect to such Indebtedness, Disqualified

 

119


Table of Contents
 

Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock may only be classified or reclassified as a type of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may so incur such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the B Note Indenture on the date of classification or reclassification.

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not (i) exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Company dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.

The Company will not, and will not permit the Issuer or any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the B Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be. Subordination shall refer to contractual payment subordination and not to structural subordination. The B Note Indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, (2) unsubordinated Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other unsubordinated Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or (3) Indebtedness as subordinated or junior Indebtedness merely because it is structurally subordinated to other Indebtedness.

Liens

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

 

  (1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the B Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

 

  (2) in all other cases, the B Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured.

 

120


Table of Contents

The foregoing shall not apply to Liens securing the B Notes and the related Guarantees thereof or the Series B Exchange Notes and the related guarantees thereof. Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the B Notes pursuant to this covenant shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the applicable Lien described in clauses (1) and (2) above.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

Neither the Company nor the Issuer may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, is the surviving corporation), nor may the Company or the Issuer sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

  (1) the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Company, the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”); provided that in the case where the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the B Notes is a corporation;

 

  (2) the Successor Company, if other than the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, under the Company’s Guarantee or the B Notes, as applicable, pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

  (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

 

  (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to each of the ratio tests set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” or (b) (x) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger, and (y) the Senior Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such Senior Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

 

  (5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1)(b) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the B Note Indenture and the B Notes; and

 

  (6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the B Note Indenture.

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, under the B Note Indenture and the B Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4),

 

  (1) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer) may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or a Guarantor; and

 

  (2)

the Company or the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, in the United

 

121


Table of Contents
 

States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

Notwithstanding the preceding two paragraphs, other than clause (3) above which shall be applicable, any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that are not Guarantors may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into, and the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of, or Equity Interests in, its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to any Person (such disposition, a “ Foreign Disposition ”); provided , however , that (1) such Foreign Disposition is made in compliance with clauses (1) and (2) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”, (2) if, on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be less than 6.0 to 1.0 and the Senior Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.0 to 1.0, then the Issuer shall apply the Net Proceeds of such Foreign Disposition in accordance with the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” (including clause (3) thereof) or to make an Asset Sale Offer or otherwise in accordance with the B Note Indenture, and (3) if, on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than 6.0 to 1.0 or the Senior Leverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than 3.0 to 1.0, then the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all the outstanding B Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof in a manner and timeframe as would be required if such offer were a Change of Control Offer. If a Foreign Disposition does not constitute a disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer, this paragraph shall not be applicable.

Subject to certain limitations described in the B Note Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a guarantor, no Guarantor will, and the Company will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company or such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)    (a)

such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

 

  (b) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the B Note Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

  (c) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

 

  (d) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the B Note Indenture; or

 

  (2) the transaction complies with clauses (1) and (2) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

In the case of clause (1) of the immediately preceding paragraph, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under the B Note Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor (other than the Company, which is covered by the third preceding paragraph) may (1) merge or consolidate with or into or wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (2) merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (3) convert into (which may be effected by merger with a Restricted Subsidiary that has substantially no assets and

 

122


Table of Contents

liabilities) a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor (which may be effected by merger so long as the survivor thereof is a Guarantor).

Transactions with Affiliates

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless:

 

  (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

 

  (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.

The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

 

  (1) transactions between or among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the B Note Indenture described above under the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and Investments constituting Permitted Investments;

 

  (3) for so long as the Company is a member of a group filing a consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar group tax return with any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (regardless of whether the Company is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such parent company), payments in respect of the hypothetical consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar group tax liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined as if the Company were the common parent of a group of a separate affiliated group of corporations filing a consolidated federal income tax return (or the common parent of the applicable comparable group filing a consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar group tax return under state, local, or foreign law);

 

  (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation consistent with past practice or industry practices paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (5) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

 

  (6)

any agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby with an affiliate as in effect as of the Issue Date, including the CCU Mirror Note and the CCOH Mirror Note, and any extension, amendment, restatement, modification or other supplement to, or replacement of, any of the foregoing otherwise permitted by the B Note Indenture and so long as any such extension, amendment, restatement, modification or other supplement is not materially adverse in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; (7) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted

 

123


Table of Contents
 

Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause

 

  (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise materially adverse in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole;

 

  (8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including Transaction Expenses;

 

  (9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the B Note Indenture which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

  (10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (11) [Reserved]

 

  (12) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith or as otherwise permitted by the B Note Indenture;

 

  (13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith; and

 

  (14) (a) Investments by the Investors in debt securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any payments in respect thereof so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities, and (b) payments in respect of any Public Debt or Notes held by Affiliates.

This covenant is subject to important qualifications and limitations. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this covenant, for all purposes of this covenant under the B Note Indenture, the Company will be permitted to engage in any Affiliate Transaction (i) constituting set-off or other payments under the CCU Mirror Note and (ii) involving Net Proceeds of Asset Sales (or Excess Proceeds related thereto) or Foreign Dispositions applied in a manner that complies with the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.”

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

  (1) pay (a) dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits or (b) any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

124


Table of Contents
  (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

  (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,

except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

  (a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Senior Notes Indentures;

 

  (b) (x) the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation and (y) the Indentures, the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees and the guarantees of the A Notes;

 

  (c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;

 

  (d) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

  (e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in existence at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries or the property or assets so assumed;

 

  (f) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of (i) the Company or (ii) a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary that impose restrictions on the assets to be sold;

 

  (g) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

  (h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (i) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

  (j) customary provisions in any joint venture agreement or other similar agreement relating solely to such joint venture;

 

  (k) customary provisions contained in any lease, sublease, license, sublicense or similar agreement, including with respect to intellectual property, and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (l) customary provisions contained in any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Credit Facilities as permitted pursuant to the covenants described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” and an Officer reasonably and in good faith determines at the time such Indebtedness is incurred (and at the time of any modification of the terms of any such encumbrance or restriction) that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially adversely affect the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s ability to make any payments, when due, with respect to the B Notes or its Guarantee thereof and any other Indebtedness that is an obligation of the Issuer or such Guarantor and such determination is set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and

 

125


Table of Contents
  (m) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (l) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than a Guarantor or an Immaterial Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness in excess of $10.0 million of the Issuer or any Guarantor unless:

 

  (1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the B Note Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the B Notes or a related Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the B Notes or such Guarantor’s related Guarantee; and

 

  (2) such Restricted Subsidiary shall within 30 days deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

provided , that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. The Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 30 day periods described above.

Reports and Other Information

Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the B Note Indenture will require the Company to file with the SEC from and after the Issue Date no later than 15 days after the periods set forth below,

 

  (1) within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;

 

  (2) within 45 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-Q by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;

 

  (3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and

 

  (4) any other information, documents and other reports which the Company would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

126


Table of Contents

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Company will make available such information to prospective purchasers of B Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the B Notes, in each case within 5 days after the time the Company would have been required to file such information with the SEC as required pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph. To the extent any such information is not furnished within the time periods specified above and such information is subsequently furnished (including upon becoming publicly available, by filing such information with the SEC), the Company will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided, that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under “Events of Default and Remedies” if Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding B Notes have declared the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding B Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Company will agree that, for so long as any B Notes are outstanding, it will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Company becomes a guarantor of the B Notes, the B Note Indenture permits the Company to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

In connection with the filings with the SEC required pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) above, in connection therewith, the Company shall provide notice of, and host, a conference call open to the public to discuss the results for the applicable period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement in accordance with the terms of the B Note Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.

Liquidity Amount

On the Issue Date, (1) the Issuer and the Guarantors shall have $50.0 million in any combination of cash, other liquid assets under their sole dominion and control on an unrestricted basis and not subject to any Lien (such cash and liquid assets, the “ Guarantor Liquidity Assets ”) and cash available to be borrowed by the Issuer or the Guarantors in U.S. dollars under any Credit Facility to which the Company is a party (but to which none of its Affiliates (other than the Issuer and Restricted Guarantors) is a party) (the “ Guarantor Liquidity Facility ”) for which all conditions to borrowing have been and remain satisfied (such $50.0 million amount, the “ Guarantor Liquidity Amount ”) and the Company shall maintain such Liquidity Amount at all times and (2) the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall have, and the Company shall cause the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to have, $50.0 million (or an equivalent amount in other currencies) in any combination of cash, other liquid assets under their sole dominion and control on an unrestricted basis and not subject to any Lien (such cash and liquid assets, the “ Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets ”) and cash available to be borrowed by any one or more of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors under any Credit Facility to which none of the Company’s Affiliates (other than the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries) is a party (the “ Non-Guarantor Liquidity Facility ” and, together with the Guarantor Liquidity Facility, the “ Liquidity Facilities ”) for which all conditions to borrowing have been and remain satisfied (such $50.0 million amount (or an equivalent amount in other currencies), the “ Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount ”) and the Company shall cause the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount to be maintained at all times. The Liquidity Facilities shall only constitute Liquidity Facilities

 

127


Table of Contents

to the extent all conditions to borrowing thereunder are satisfied (other than any notice of borrowing that may be required) and the amount available under any Liquidity Facility shall be part of the Guarantor Liquidity Amount or the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount without duplication. Assets that constitute Guarantor Liquidity Assets shall not also constitute Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets and vice versa. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guarantor Liquidity Assets and the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets may be subject to Permitted Liquidity Liens.

Events of Default and Remedies

The B Note Indenture provides that each of the following is an Event of Default with respect to the B Notes:

 

  (1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the B Notes;

 

  (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the B Notes;

 

  (3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding B Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above and clause (9) below) contained in the B Note Indenture or the B Notes;

 

  (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the B Notes, if both:

 

  (a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated final maturity; and

 

  (b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $35.0 million or more at any one time outstanding, in each case, other than as a result of an Excluded Event;

 

  (5) failure by the Company, the Issuer or any other Significant Party to pay final non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $35.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 90 days after such judgments become final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

 

  (6) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, the Issuer or any other Significant Party;

 

  (7) failure of any Person required by the terms of the B Note Indenture to be a Guarantor as of the Issue Date to execute a supplemental indenture to the B Note Indenture within five Business Days following the Issue Date;

 

  (8) the Guarantee of any Significant Party shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Party, as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the B Note Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the B Note Indenture; and

 

128


Table of Contents
  (9) failure to maintain the Guarantor Liquidity Amount or the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount which failure continues for more than fifteen (15) consecutive business days; provided, however, that upon the event of a CCU Credit Event and during the continuance thereof, for the period that is the shorter of the continuance of the CCU Credit Event and 60 days after the occurrence of such CCU Credit Event, it shall not be an Event of Default if the Guarantor Liquidity Amount and the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount shall each be at least $25.0 million during such period.

If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above with respect to the Company or the Issuer) occurs and is continuing under the B Note Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding B Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding B Notes to be due and payable immediately.

Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section with respect to the Company or the Issuer, all outstanding B Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The B Note Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the B Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the B Notes.

The B Note Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding B Notes under the B Note Indenture by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all such B Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under such Indenture (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any B Note held by a non-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration with respect to such B Notes and its consequences (except if such rescission would conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the B Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

 

  (1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

 

  (2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

 

  (3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Subject to the provisions of the B Note Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the B Note Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the B Notes outstanding thereunder unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a B Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the B Note Indenture or the B Notes unless:

 

  (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

  (2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding B Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

  (3) Holders of the B Notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

 

  (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

129


Table of Contents
  (5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding B Notes thereunder have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

Subject to certain restrictions, under the B Note Indenture the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding B Notes thereunder are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the B Note Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a B Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the B Note Indenture, and the Company is required, within five Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the B Notes, the Guarantees or the B Note Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting B Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the B Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the B Note Indenture will terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full of all of the B Notes issued thereunder. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the B Notes and have each Guarantor’s obligations discharged with respect to its Guarantee (“ Legal Defeasance ”) and cure all then existing Events of Default except for:

 

  (1) the rights of Holders of B Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the B Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the B Note Indenture for those B Notes;

 

  (2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to B Notes concerning issuing temporary B Notes, registration of such B Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen B Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

 

  (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 

  (4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the B Note Indenture.

In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and those of each Guarantor released with respect to substantially all of the restrictive covenants in the B Note Indenture (“ Covenant Defeasance ”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the B Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Company or the Issuer) described under “Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to those B Notes.

 

130


Table of Contents

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the B Notes:

 

  (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the B Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest due on the B Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal amount, premium, if any, or interest on such B Notes, and the Issuer must specify whether such B Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

  (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

 

  (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

 

  (b) since the issuance of the B Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the B Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

  (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

  (4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to such other Indebtedness, and in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

  (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than the B Note Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

  (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and

 

  (7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

131


Table of Contents

Satisfaction and Discharge

The B Note Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all B Notes issued thereunder, when either:

 

  (1) all B Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed B Notes which have been replaced or paid and B Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(2)    (a)

all B Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption and redeemed within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the B Notes cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the B Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be;

 

  (b) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the B Note Indenture or the B Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than the B Note Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

  (c) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the B Note Indenture; and

 

  (d) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the B Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be. In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the B Note Indenture, any Guarantee and the B Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes issued thereunder then outstanding, other than B Notes issued thereunder beneficially owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, B Notes issued thereunder, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the B Note Indenture or the B Notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding B Notes issued thereunder, other than B Notes issued thereunder beneficially owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for such B Notes).

The B Note Indenture provides that, without the consent of each affected Holder of B Notes issued thereunder, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any B Notes issued thereunder held by a non-consenting Holder:

 

  (1) reduce the principal amount of such B Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

132


Table of Contents
  (2) reduce the principal amount of or change the fixed final maturity of any such B Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such B Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

 

  (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any B Note;

 

  (4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the B Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the B Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the B Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration) or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the B Note Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all affected Holders;

 

  (5) make any B Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

 

  (6) make any change in the provisions of the B Note Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the B Notes;

 

  (7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

 

  (8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s B Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s B Notes;

 

  (9) make any change to the ranking of the B Notes that would adversely affect the Holders;

 

  (10) except as expressly permitted by the B Note Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Party in any manner adverse to the Holders of the B Notes; or

 

  (11) after the Issuer’s obligation to purchase B Notes arises thereunder, amend, change or modify in any respect materially adverse to the Holders of the B Notes the obligations of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale that has been consummated or, after such Change or Control has occurred or such Asset Sale has been consummated, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto in a manner that is materially adverse to the Holders of the B Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement the B Note Indenture and the B Notes and the Issuer, the Trustee and the Guarantors may amend or supplement any Guarantee issued under the B Note Indenture, in each case, without the consent of any Holder:

 

  (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

 

  (2) to provide for uncertificated B Notes in addition to or in place of certificated B Notes;

 

  (3) to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;

 

  (4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;

 

  (5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the B Note Indenture of any such Holder;

 

  (6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

  (7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the B Note Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

  (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the B Note Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

 

  (9) to add a Guarantor under the B Note Indenture;

 

133


Table of Contents
  (10) to conform the text of the B Note Indenture or the Guarantees or the B Notes issued thereunder to any provision of this “Description of the B Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of the B Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the B Note Indenture, Guarantee or B Notes;

 

  (11) to provide for the issuance of Series B Exchange Notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to Series B Exchange Notes except that they are not freely transferable; or

 

  (12) to make any amendment to the provisions of the B Note Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of B Notes as permitted by the B Note Indenture, including to facilitate the issuance and administration of the B Notes; provided , however , that (i) compliance with the B Note Indenture as so amended would not result in B Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer B Notes.

However, no amendment or supplement to the B Note Indenture or the B Notes that modifies or waives the specific rights or obligations of the Paying Agent, registrar or transfer agent may be made without the consent of such agent (it being understood that the Trustee’s execution of any such amendment or supplement will constitute such consent if the Trustee is then also acting as such agent).

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the B Note Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

Notices

Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

Concerning the Trustee

The B Note Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

The B Note Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding B Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The B Note Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the B Note Indenture at the request of any Holder of B Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Governing Law

The B Note Indenture, the B Notes and any Guarantee will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used for purposes of the B Note Indenture. For purposes of the B Note Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers

 

134


Table of Contents

to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

A Note Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, with respect to the A Notes.

A Notes Purchase Offer ” has the meaning given to such term in the A Note Indenture.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,

 

  (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, consolidating or amalgamating with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 

  (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional A Notes” means additional A Notes from time to time issued by the Issuer after this offering under the A Note Indenture.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any B Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

 

  (a) 1.0% of the principal amount of such B Note on such Redemption Date; and

 

  (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value at such Redemption Date of (A) the redemption price of such Note at December 15, 2012 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under “Optional Redemption”), plus (B) all required remaining interest payments (calculated based on the cash interest rate) due on such B Note through December 15, 2012 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (ii) the principal amount of such B Note on such Redemption Date.

Asset Sale ” means:

 

  (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

 

  (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions; in each case, other than:

 

  (a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or assets in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (b) (i) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under “Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets” or (ii) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the B Note Indenture;

 

135


Table of Contents
  (c) the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under “Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or the making of any Permitted Investment;

 

  (d) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;

 

  (e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property or assets (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

  (g) the sale, lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or sub-license of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

  (i) foreclosures, condemnation, expropriation or any similar action with respect to assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by the B Note Indenture;

 

  (j) any disposition of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties as set forth in binding joint venture or similar agreements;

 

  (k) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the B Note Indenture;

 

  (l) sales of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

 

  (m) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company are not material to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

  (n) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations;

 

  (o) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business, other than the licensing of intellectual property on a long-term basis;

 

  (p) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (q) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;

 

  (r) the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable law; or

 

  (s) any disposition in connection with the Transactions.

Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

Capital Stock ” means:

 

  (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares in the capital of such corporation;

 

  (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;

 

136


Table of Contents
  (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

  (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Software Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

  (1) United States dollars;

 

(2)    (a)

Canadian dollars, pounds sterling, euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

 

  (b) in the case of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

  (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

 

  (5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

 

  (6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

  (7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

  (8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

  (9) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

  (10) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s; and

 

137


Table of Contents
  (11) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (10) above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Cash Management Arrangements ” means the treasury and cash management services pursuant to the Corporate Services Agreement, including any amounts advanced and repaid under the CCOH Mirror Note and the CCU Mirror Note, in each case, solely with respect to the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ cash from operations.

CCO ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under “General.”

CCOH Mirror Note ” means the Revolving Promissory Note dated as of November 10, 2005 between the Company, as maker, and CCU, as payee, as amended by the first amendment dated as of December 23, 2009, as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time not in violation of the B Note Indenture.

CCU ” means Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation, together with its successors.

CCU Credit Event ” means (a) pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law, CCU (i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law, (iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property, (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due or (b) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that (i) is for relief against CCU in a proceeding in which CCU is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of CCU, or for all or substantially all of the property of CCU or (iii) orders the liquidation of CCU and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

CCU Intercompany Note ” means the Senior Unsecured Term Promissory Note dated August 2, 2005 between CCO, as maker, and CCU, as payee, as amended through the Issue Date.

CCU Mirror Note ” means the Revolving Promissory Note dated as of November 10, 2005 between CCU, as maker, and the Company, as payee, as amended by the first amendment dated December 23, 2009, as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time not in violation of the B Note Indenture.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date:

 

  (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions (other than by merger, consolidation or amalgamation), of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;

 

  (2)

the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than any Permitted Holder) or (B) Persons (other than any Permitted Holder) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of

 

138


Table of Contents
 

securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (other than as a result of a Permitted Debt Restructuring);

 

  (3) at any time during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors then in office;

 

  (4) the Company becoming at any time a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of CCU or merging with and into CCU whether or not it is the surviving entity; or

 

  (5) the Issuer ceasing to be at any time a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, including because of having merged with and into CCU, the Company or CCO.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under “General.”

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (1) the total amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries set forth on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet (excluding any letters of credit except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts drawn thereunder), plus (2) the greater of the aggregate liquidation value and maximum fixed repurchase price without regard to any change of control or redemption premiums of all Disqualified Stock of the Company and the Restricted Guarantors and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

  (1)

consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (u) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (v) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (w) Special Interest with respect to other securities and any liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations,

 

139


Table of Contents
 

(x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, discounted liabilities, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities); plus

 

  (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

 

  (3) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made (the “Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided , however , that the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee not later than 30 days after entering into any commitment providing for the incurrence of Consolidated Indebtedness, that all or any portion of the Consolidated Indebtedness that could be incurred under such commitment at the time such commitment is entered into shall be treated as incurred and outstanding in such amount for all purposes of this calculation (whether or not such Consolidated Indebtedness is outstanding at the time such commitment is entered into) and any subsequent incurrence of such Consolidated Indebtedness under such commitment (including upon repayment and reborrowing) shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be the incurrence of Consolidated Indebtedness at such subsequent time.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four quarter period.

 

140


Table of Contents

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (and may include cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided , that actions to realize such cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided , that no cost savings, synergies or operating expense reductions shall be included pursuant to this paragraph to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period.

For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

 

  (1) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses related thereto) or expenses and Transaction Expenses incurred within 180 days of the Issue Date shall be excluded,

 

  (2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded,

 

  (3) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

  (4) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded,

 

  (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period,

 

  (6) [Reserved]

 

  (7) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

  (8) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (a) Indebtedness, (b) Hedging Obligations or (c) other derivative instruments shall be excluded;

 

  (9) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP, shall be excluded;

 

  (10)

any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grant of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity

 

141


Table of Contents
 

incentive programs, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration, or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transactions, shall be excluded;

 

  (11) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies, shall be excluded; and

 

  (12) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days, expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

 

  (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

 

  (2) to advance or supply funds

 

  (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

 

  (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

 

  (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Corporate Services Agreement ” means the Corporate Services Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2005, by and between Clear Channel Management Services, L.P., and the Company, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date and as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time; provided , that such amendments, supplements, restatements or other modifications are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially adverse to the Holders.

Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt or credit facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

142


Table of Contents

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means (1) the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, less (2) the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, on the issuance date thereof.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the B Notes or the date the B Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided further that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Immediate Family Members), of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any distributor equity plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof.

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period

 

  (1) increased (without duplication) by:

 

  (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including federal, state, franchise and similar taxes, foreign withholding taxes and foreign unreimbursed value added taxes of such Person and such Subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period, including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; provided that the aggregate amount of unreimbursed value added taxes to be added back for any four consecutive quarter period shall not exceed $2.0 million; plus

 

  (b) Fixed Charges of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (y) fees payable in respect of letters of credit and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

143


Table of Contents
  (d) any fees, expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition, asset sale, disposition, recapitalization, the incurrence, repayment or refinancing of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the B Note Indenture (including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with ASC 805-10 and gains or losses associated with ASC 460-10)), or the offering, amendment or modification of any debt instrument, including the offering, any amendment or other modification of the B Notes, the A Notes, the Exchange Notes or the Senior Credit Facilities; plus

 

  (e) (w) Transaction Expenses to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, (x) the amount of any severance, relocation costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, (y) any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date, and (z) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs, conversion costs and excess pension charges and consulting fees incurred in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that the aggregate amount added back pursuant to subclause (z) of this clause (e) shall not exceed 10% of the LTM Cost Base in any four consecutive four quarter period; plus

 

  (f) any other non-cash charges, including any (i) write-offs or write-downs, (ii) equity-based awards compensation expense, (iii) losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any impairment charges or asset write-off related to, intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in debt and equity securities, (iv) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method and (v) other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

 

  (g) [Reserved]

 

  (h) [Reserved]

 

  (i) solely for purposes of determining the amount of EBITDA in connection with calculating the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and the Senior Leverage Ratio, the amount of cost savings projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions identified and taken on or prior to June 30, 2011; provided , that (A) such actions and amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions have an ongoing (and other than temporary) impact on the Company’s direct operating expenses, selling, general and administrative expenses or corporate expenses, as determined in good faith by the Company, (C) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (i) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period and (D) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed in any four-quarter period ended after September 30, 2009, an amount equal to $58,800,000; plus

 

  (j) to the extent no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under “Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture—Transactions with Affiliates” deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

144


Table of Contents
  (k) any costs or expense deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income by such Person or any such Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or a Restricted Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of a Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock);

 

  (2) decreased by (without duplication) any non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; and

 

  (3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

 

  (a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus, as applicable, and

 

  (b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or of a direct or indirect parent of the Company (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than: (1) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8; (2) issuances to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; and (3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Notes ” means both the Series B Exchange Notes and the Series A Exchange Notes.

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by or contributed to the Company from,

 

  (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

 

  (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be.

Excluded Event ” means any default or acceleration under the Credit Agreement described in the definition of Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date pursuant to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a borrower or guarantor thereunder subject to a $150.0 million sublimit thereunder (and any amendments, extensions, modifications, refinancings, refundings, renewals, restatements or supplements thereof so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a borrower or guarantor thereunder and is subject to the

 

145


Table of Contents

$150.0 million sublimit thereunder), if such default or acceleration results from, or is attributable to, any event, condition or circumstance (including a CCU Credit Event) attributable to CCU and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries so long as, to the extent legally permitted to do so (including pursuant to any suit or other legal proceeding in a court of competent jurisdiction related to a CCU Credit Event), the Company and its Subsidiaries have repaid (or reserved or set aside cash for repayment in a restricted account) the principal amount equal to the Indebtedness and other Obligations owed by the Company and its Subsidiaries under such Credit Agreement. 253

Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (b) any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company and (c) any Domestic Subsidiary (i) that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code or (ii) that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes if substantially all of its assets consist of the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

Existing Senior Notes ” means CCU’s 4.5% Senior Notes Due 2010, 6.25% Senior Notes Due 2011, 4.4% Senior Notes Due 2011, 5.0% Senior Notes Due 2012, 5.75% Senior Notes Due 2013, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2014, 4.9% Senior Notes Due 2015, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2016, 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016, 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016, 6.875% Senior Debentures Due 2018 and 7.25% Debentures Due 2027.

Existing Senior Notes Indentures ” means (a) the Senior Indenture dated as of October 1, 1997 between CCU and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date and (b) the Indenture dated as of July 30, 2008 between among CCU, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

  (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus

 

  (2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period; plus

 

  (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, and any Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.

Government Securities ” means securities that are:

 

  (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 

  (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

 

146


Table of Contents

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

guarantee ” means a guarantee ( other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under the B Note Indenture and the B Notes (including Series B Exchange Notes).

Guarantor ” means, each Person that Guarantees the B Notes (including Series B Exchange Notes) in accordance with the terms of the B Note Indenture.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar’s books.

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, any Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Foreign Subsidiary or a Subsidiary that meets the criteria of clause (c) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary) that is a Restricted Subsidiary and not a Restricted Guarantor, whose total assets, together with the total assets of all such Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Guarantors, at the last day of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements are publicly available did not exceed 3.5% of Total Assets at such date or (b) whose gross revenues, together with the gross revenues of all such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Guarantors (other than a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company that meets the criteria of clause (c) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary), for the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company for which financial statements are publicly available did not exceed 3.5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.

Immediate Family Member ” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

 

  (1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

  (a) in respect of borrowed money;

 

  (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

147


Table of Contents
  (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes an obligation in respect of a commercial letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (ii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business and (iii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or

 

  (d) representing any Hedging Obligations;

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit (other than commercial letters of credit) and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business.

Indentures ” means both the A Note Indenture and the B Note Indenture.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Initial Purchasers ” means Goldman, Sachs & Co, Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Moelis & Company LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” means: (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company; (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to directors, officers, employees and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant

 

148


Table of Contents

described under “Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture—Limitation on Restricted Payments”: (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to: (a) the Company’s direct or indirect “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Company.

Investors ” means Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P. and Bain Capital LLC, each of their respective Affiliates and any investment funds advised or managed by any of the foregoing, but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

Issue Date ” means December 23, 2009.

Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under “General.”

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

LTM Cost Base ” means, for any consecutive four quarter period, the sum of (a) direct operating expenses, (b) selling, general and administrative expenses and (c) corporate expenses, in each case excluding depreciation and amortization, of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on unsubordinated Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) of the second paragraph of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any

 

149


Table of Contents

liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction, and in the case of any Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, a portion of the aggregate cash proceeds equal to the portion of the outstanding Equity Interests of such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary owned by Persons other than the Company and any other Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent such proceeds are committed to be distributed to such Persons). For purposes of this definition only, the term “Asset Sale” shall be deemed to include any Foreign Disposition.

Notes ” means both the B Notes and the A Notes.

Obligations ” means any principal (including any accretion), interest (including any interest accruing on or subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal (including any accretion), interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, by an Officer of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements set forth in the B Note Indenture.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, or the Trustee. 258

Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means: (1) with respect to the Issuer, the B Notes, the A Notes and any other Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to the B Notes; and (2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee, its guarantee of the A Notes and any other Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee.

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.

Permitted Debt Restructuring ” means (1) any restructuring of all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent companies of the Company, (2) any debt workout and similar transactions involving all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent companies of the Company, including in connection with any consensual or negotiated arrangement or any court approved or ordered arrangement or plan, (3) any exchange or conversion of all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness for or to any Equity Interests or any issuance of Equity Interests for cash or other consideration (other than any public offering of Capital Stock and any offering of Capital Stock that is underwritten for resale pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S of the Act) as result of which all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness of such direct or indirect parent companies of the Company is repaid, retired, exchanged for equity, cancelled, extinguished or otherwise discharged, or (4) any other transactions that have substantially the effect of any of the foregoing; provided, however , that in each case, such restructuring, debt workout, exchange,

 

150


Table of Contents

conversion or other transaction does not involve the consensual sale for cash consideration of Capital Stock of any such direct or indirect parent company of the Company owned by the Investors.

“Permitted Holder” means any of the Investors and members of management of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or CCU or CC Media Holdings, Inc. who are holders of Equity Interests of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or CCU or CC Media Holdings, Inc. on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that (x) in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and (y) for purposes of this definition, the amount of Equity Interests held by members of management who qualify as “Permitted Holders” shall never exceed the amount of Equity Interests held by such members of management on the Issue Date. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” (or would result in a Change of Control Offer in the absence of the waiver of such requirement by Holders in accordance with the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control”) will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investments ” means:

 

  (1) any Investment in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

 

  (3) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

 

  (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

  (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is amalgamated, merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

 

  (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

  (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to a binding commitment in effect on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Issue Date (including as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities) or (y) as otherwise permitted under the B Note Indenture;

 

  (6) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

 

  (a) in exchange for any other Investment, accounts receivable or notes receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment, accounts receivable or notes receivable; or

 

151


Table of Contents
  (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

  (7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of the covenant described in “Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

  (8) any Investment the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;

 

  (9) Indebtedness (including any guarantee thereof) permitted under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

  (10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture—Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of such paragraph);

 

  (11) any Investment consisting of a purchase or other acquisition of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

 

  (12) Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $250.0 million and (y) 3.75% of Total Assets 260 (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (3) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (12);

 

  (13) Investments in any Indebtedness of CCU or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that substantially concurrently with such Investment, such Indebtedness is cancelled or assigned to CCU or an Affiliate thereof (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) in consideration for a reduction of the amount then owing by the Company under the CCOH Mirror Note, in each case by an amount equal to the fair market value of such Indebtedness;

 

  (14) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees, directors, officers and consultants not in excess of $500,000 outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

 

  (15) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees consistent with industry practice or past practice, as well as for moving expenses and other similar expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;

 

  (16) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit;

 

  (17) Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to a “local marketing agreement” or similar arrangement relating to a station owned or licensed by such Person;

 

  (18) any performance guarantee and Contingent Obligations in the ordinary course of business and the creation of liens on the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture—Liens”;

 

  (19) any purchase or repurchase of the B Notes; and (20) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause

 

152


Table of Contents
  (20) that are at that time outstanding, that does not exceed the greater of (x) $500.0 million and (y) 7.5% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (3) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (20).

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

  (1) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, employers’ health tax and other social security laws or similar legislation (including in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety, appeal bonds or letters of credit to which such Person is a party or account party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards 261 against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property that the Company or any Subsidiary thereof has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

 

  (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case, issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice prior to the Issue Date;

 

  (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects and irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

  (6) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred (and so incurred and so classified) pursuant to clause (5) or (18) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided, however, that any such Indebtedness that is incurred pursuant to such clause (5) or (18) remains classified as incurred thereunder; and provided further, however, that Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred (and so incurred and so classified) pursuant to clause (18) extend only to the assets or Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company;

 

  (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

 

153


Table of Contents
  (8) Liens existing on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property or other assets owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (9) Liens existing on property or other assets at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of an amalgamation, merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (10) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or a Guarantor permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

  (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under the B Note Indenture;

 

  (12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

  (13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

 

  (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consignments or accounts entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

  (16) Liens on equipment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (17) [Reserved]

 

  (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), and (9) or in clauses (20) and (33) below; provided that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the obligations under Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (20) and (33) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the B Note Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided further , however , that in the case of any Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement of Indebtedness secured by a Lien referred to in clause (20) or clause (33), the principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred for such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement shall be deemed secured by a Lien under clause (20) or clause (33), as applicable, and not this clause (18) for purposes of determining the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause (20) or clause (33), as applicable;

 

  (19) deposits made or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

 

154


Table of Contents
  (20) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations which do not exceed $25.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

 

  (21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under “Events of Default and Remedies” so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

  (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

  (24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under the B Note Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

  (25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

  (26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (27) [Reserved]

 

  (28) Liens securing obligations owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any lender under any Credit Facilities or any Affiliate of such a lender, in each case, in the ordinary course of business in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services provided by, or any automated clearing house transfers of funds with, lenders under such Credit Facilities or any Affiliate of such a lender;

 

  (29) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

 

  (30) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (31) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted;

 

  (32) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (33) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations under any Credit Facilities which do not exceed $250.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding. For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on and the costs in respect of such Indebtedness.

 

155


Table of Contents

Permitted Liquidity Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

  (1) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (2) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; 264

 

  (3) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under the B Note Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; and

 

  (4) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Proceeds Loans ” means (a) the $500.0 million loan from the Issuer to CCO made on the Issue Date from the proceeds of the issuance of the outstanding A Notes, and (b) the $2.0 billion loan from the Issuer to CCO made on the Issue Date from the proceeds of the Issuance of the outstanding B Notes.

Proceeds Loan Agreements” means each of the Proceeds Loan Agreements dated as of the Issue Date between the Issuer and CCO pursuant to which the Proceeds Loans were made.

Public Debt ” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (a) a public offering registered under the Securities Act or (b) a private placement to institutional investors that is underwritten for resale in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S of such Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC. The term “Public Debt” (i) shall not include the B Notes (or any Additional B Notes) or the A Notes (or any Additional A Notes) and (ii) shall not be construed to include any Indebtedness issued to institutional investors in a direct placement of such Indebtedness that is not underwritten by an intermediary (it being understood that, without limiting the foregoing, a financing that is distributed to not more than ten Persons ( provided that multiple managed accounts and affiliates of any such Persons shall be treated as one Person for the purposes of this definition) shall be deemed not to be underwritten), or any commercial bank or similar Indebtedness, Capitalized Lease Obligation or recourse transfer of any financial asset or any other type of Indebtedness Incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as a “securities offering.”

Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Company in good faith.

Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the B Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

 

156


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreements ” means (a) the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the A Notes, dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “ A Note Registration Rights Agreement ”), (b) the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the B Notes, dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “ B Note Registration Rights Agreement ”) and (c) any similar registration rights agreements with respect to any Additional A Notes or Additional B Notes, as applicable. 265

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Guarantor ” means a Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company (including any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Senior Credit Facilities ” means the term and revolving credit facilities under the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, as amended as of July 9, 2008 and July 28, 2008, by and among CCU, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any agreements, collateral documents, guarantees, instruments, mortgages and notes executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, extensions, modifications, refinancings, refundings, renewals, restatements, or supplements thereof and any one or more notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, refinance, refund, renew, replace or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such refinancing, refunding or replacement facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors.

“Senior Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than Pari Passu Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility

 

157


Table of Contents

in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Senior Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Senior Leverage Ratio is made (the “Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided , however , that the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee not later than 30 days after entering into any commitment providing for the incurrence of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, that all or any portion of the Pari Passu Indebtedness that could be incurred under such commitment at the time such commitment is entered into shall be treated as incurred and outstanding in such amount for all purposes of this calculation (whether or not such Pari Passu Indebtedness is outstanding at the time such commitment is entered into) and any subsequent incurrence of such Pari Passu Indebtedness under such commitment (including upon repayment and reborrowing) shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be the incurrence of Pari Passu Indebtedness at such subsequent time.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (and may include cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided , that actions to realize such cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided , that no cost savings, synergies or operating expense reductions shall be included pursuant to this paragraph to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period.

For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.

“Series A Exchange Notes ” means new notes of the Issuer issued in exchange for the A Notes pursuant to, or as contemplated by, the A Note Registration Rights Agreement.

“Series B Exchange Notes ” means new notes of the Issuer issued in exchange for the B Notes pursuant to, or as contemplated by, the B Note Registration Rights Agreement.

 

158


Table of Contents

Significant Party ” means any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

“Special Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to any Registration Rights Agreement.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means: (1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the B Notes; and (2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the B Notes.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity (excluding charitable foundations) of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.

Total Assets ” means total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated.

Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions.

Transactions ” means the offering and issuance of the Notes for cash on the Issue Date, the making of the Proceeds Loans, the refinancing of the CCU Intercompany Note and the amendments to the CCOH Mirror Note and the CCU Mirror Note and transactions related to any of the foregoing on or prior to the Issue Date and the payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing.

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to December 15, 2012; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to December 15, 2012 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa- 77bbbb).

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

 

  (1) any Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Company, as provided below); and

 

  (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary, in each case other than the Issuer) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds

 

159


Table of Contents

any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than solely any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that:

 

  (1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company;

 

  (2) such designation complies with the covenants described under “Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture—Limitation on Restricted Payments”; and

 

  (3) each of:

 

  (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

 

  (b) its Subsidiaries

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

 

  (1) the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to each of the ratio tests set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants in the B Note Indenture—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

 

  (2) (A) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such ratio immediately prior to such designation and (B) the Senior Leverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such ratio immediately prior to such designation; provided , however , that in the case of each of clause (A) and (B), such determination is made on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

  (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

 

  (2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

160


Table of Contents

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of certain United States federal income tax considerations relating to the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offers. It does not contain a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating to each exchange. This summary is limited to holders of outstanding notes who hold the outstanding notes as “capital assets” (in general, assets held for investment). Special situations, such as the following, are not addressed:

 

   

tax consequences to holders who may be subject to special tax treatment, such as tax-exempt entities, dealers in securities or currencies, banks, other financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings or corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid United States federal income tax;

 

   

tax consequences to persons holding notes as part of a hedging, integrated, constructive sale or conversion transaction or a straddle or other risk reduction transaction;

 

   

tax consequences to holders whose “functional currency” is not the United States dollar;

 

   

tax consequences to persons who hold notes through a partnership or similar pass-through entity;

 

   

United States federal gift tax, estate tax or alternative minimum tax consequences, if any; or

 

   

any state, local or non-United States tax consequences.

The discussion below is based upon the provisions of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and rulings, judicial decisions and administrative interpretations thereunder, as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.

Consequences of Tendering Outstanding Notes

The exchange of your outstanding notes for exchange notes in the applicable exchange offer should not constitute an exchange for United States federal income tax purposes because the exchange notes should not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the outstanding notes. Accordingly, the applicable exchange offer should have no United States federal income tax consequences to you if you exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes. For example, there should be no change in your tax basis and your holding period should carry over to the exchange notes. In addition, the United States federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of your exchange notes should be the same as those applicable to your outstanding notes.

The preceding discussion of certain United States federal income tax considerations of the exchange offers is for general information only and is not tax advice. Accordingly, each investor should consult its own tax advisor as to particular tax consequences to it of exchanging outstanding notes for exchange notes, including the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign tax laws, and of any proposed changes in applicable laws.

 

161


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each participating broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offers must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a participating broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received by it in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that for a period of one year after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any participating broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sales of the exchange notes by participating broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by participating broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offers may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such participating broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any participating broker-dealer that resells the exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offers and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a participating broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the expiration date we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any participating broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal.

 

162


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain matters relating to the validity of the exchange notes will be passed upon on our behalf by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, a limited liability partnership that includes professional corporations, Chicago, Illinois. Kirkland & Ellis LLP has from time to time represented, and may continue to represent, Bain Capital, LLC, Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., and some of their respective affiliates in connection with various legal matters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated balance sheets of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2009, the period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008, the period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, and for the year ended December 31, 2007 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and is included in reliance upon such report given the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

163


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file reports and other information with the SEC. You can inspect and copy these reports, and other information at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain copies of these materials from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at prescribed rates. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Our SEC filings are also available to you on the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov.

In addition, we make available, free of charge, on or through our web site, copies of such reports and other information. We maintain a web site at http://www.clearchanneloutdoor.com. The information contained in or connected to our web site is not part of this prospectus and is not incorporated into this prospectus by reference unless expressly provided otherwise herein.

This prospectus summarizes documents that are not delivered herewith. Copies of such documents are available upon your request, without charge, by writing or telephoning us at:

Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.

200 East Basse Road

San Antonio, Texas 78209

(210) 832-3700

 

164


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009

   F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

   F-3

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

   F-4

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-5

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-19

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

   F-20

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

   F-22

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

   F-23

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended 2009, 2008 and 2007

   F-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-27

 

F-1


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands)

 

     March 31,
2010
(Unaudited)
    December 31,
2009
 

CURRENT ASSETS

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 588,595      $ 609,436   

Accounts receivable, net

     679,782        730,306   

Other current assets

     285,953        300,803   
                

Total Current Assets

     1,554,330        1,640,545   

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

    

Structures, net

     2,090,317        2,143,972   

Other property, plant and equipment, net

     294,640        296,666   

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

    

Definite-lived intangibles, net

     766,280        799,144   

Indefinite-lived intangibles

     1,132,688        1,132,218   

Goodwill

     853,055        861,592   

OTHER ASSETS

    

Due from Clear Channel Communications

     160,473        123,308   

Other assets

     199,927        194,977   
                

Total Assets

   $ 7,051,710      $ 7,192,422   
                

CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 575,524      $ 614,442   

Deferred income

     147,636        109,578   

Current portion of long-term debt

     43,015        47,073   
                

Total Current Liabilities

     766,175        771,093   

Long-term debt

     2,534,119        2,561,805   

Deferred tax liability

     820,711        841,911   

Other long-term liabilities

     257,459        256,236   

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 6)

    

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Noncontrolling interest

     193,705        193,730   

Class A common stock

     413        407   

Class B common stock

     3,150        3,150   

Additional paid-in capital

     6,670,975        6,669,247   

Retained deficit

     (3,934,608     (3,886,826

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (260,233     (218,177

Cost of shares held in treasury

     (156     (154
                

Total Shareholders’ Equity

     2,673,246        2,761,377   
                

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 7,051,710      $ 7,192,422   
                

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(UNAUDITED)

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2010     2009  

Revenue

   $ 608,768      $ 582,216   

Operating expenses:

    

Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

     378,886        379,608   

Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

     111,357        117,764   

Depreciation and amortization

     101,709        101,908   

Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

     20,772        14,246   

Other operating income — net

     1,018        4,612   
                

Operating loss

     (2,938     (26,698

Interest expense on debt with Clear Channel Communications

            36,975   

Interest expense

     58,318        1,912   

Interest income on Due from Clear Channel Communications

     3,413        114   

Equity in loss of nonconsolidated affiliates

     (803     (2,293

Other expense — net

     (837     (3,168
                

Loss before income taxes

     (59,483     (70,932

Income tax benefit (expense)

     10,704        (20,423
                

Consolidated net loss

     (48,779     (91,355

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (997     (3,475
                

Net loss attributable to the Company

   $ (47,782   $ (87,880
                

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (39,502     (45,489

Foreign currency reclassification adjustment

     224          

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

     (2,620     (15,731
                

Comprehensive loss

     (89,680     (149,100
                

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     158        (2,450
                

Comprehensive loss attributable to the Company

   $ (89,838   $ (146,650
                

Net loss attributable to the Company:

    

Basic

   $ (.14   $ (.25

Weighted average common shares outstanding — Basic

     355,461        355,331   

Diluted

   $ (.14   $ (.25

Weighted average common shares outstanding — Diluted

     355,461        355,331   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(UNAUDITED)

(In thousands)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2010     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Consolidated net loss

   $ (48,779   $ (91,355

Reconciling items:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     101,709        101,908   

Deferred taxes

     (18,854     17,752   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     468        2,071   

Other reconciling items, net

     2,926        1,289   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Decrease in accounts receivable

     32,123        56,317   

Increase in deferred income

     41,682        42,983   

Decrease in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (8,895     (59,546

Changes in other operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions

     8,724        (22,485
                

Net cash provided by operating activities

     111,104        48,934   

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (49,323     (37,204

Acquisition of operating assets, net of cash acquired

            (4,792

Change in other — net

     (8,651     (8,347
                

Net cash used for investing activities

     (57,974     (50,343

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Draws on credit facilities

     304          

Payments on credit facilities

     (29,706     (2,396

Proceeds from long-term debt

            1,342   

Payments on long-term debt

     (4,132       

Net transfers (to) from Clear Channel Communications

     (37,165     580   

Change in other — net

     233          
                

Net cash used for financing activities

     (70,466     (474

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     (3,505     354   
                

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (20,841     (1,529

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     609,436        94,812   
                

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 588,595      $ 93,283   
                

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

Note 1: BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

Preparation of Interim Financial Statements

The accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared by Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals and adjustments necessary for adoption of new accounting standards) necessary to present fairly the results of the interim periods shown. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such SEC rules and regulations. Management believes that the disclosures made are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. Due to seasonality and other factors, the results for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year. The financial statements contained herein should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s 2009 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries and give effect to allocations of expenses from Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (“Clear Channel Communications”). These allocations were made on a specifically identifiable basis or using relative percentages of headcount or other methods management considered to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided. Investments in companies in which the Company owns 20 percent to 50 percent of the voting common stock or otherwise exercises significant influence over operating and financial policies of the company are accounted for under the equity method. All significant intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidation process.

Certain prior-period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2010 presentation.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-09, Subsequent Events (“ASU 2010-09”). ASU 2010-09 updates ASC Topic 855, Subsequent Events . ASU 2010-09 removes the requirement to disclose the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2010-09 upon issuance with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements . This update amends ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, to require new disclosures for significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements, disaggregation regarding classes of assets and liabilities, valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements for Level 2 or Level 3. These disclosures are effective for the interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009. Additional new disclosures regarding the purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 beginning with the first interim period. The Company adopted the relevant disclosure provisions of ASU 2010-06 on January 1, 2010 and will adopt the latter provisions on January 1, 2011 as appropriate.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Note 2: PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

Property, Plant and Equipment

The Company’s property, plant and equipment consisted of the following classes of assets at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively:

 

(In thousands)    March 31,
2010
   December 31,
2009

Land, buildings and improvements

   $ 203,275    $ 207,939

Structures

     2,515,746      2,514,602

Furniture and other equipment

     71,459      71,567

Construction in progress

     58,650      51,598
             
     2,849,130      2,845,706

Less accumulated depreciation

     464,173      405,068
             

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 2,384,957    $ 2,440,638
             

Definite-lived Intangible Assets

The Company has definite-lived intangible assets which consist primarily of transit and street furniture contracts, permanent easements that provide the Company access to certain of its outdoor displays and other contractual rights. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over the shorter of either the respective lives of the agreements or over the period of time the assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the Company’s future cash flows.

The following table presents the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each major class of definite-lived intangible assets at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:

 

    March 31, 2010   December 31, 2009
(In thousands)   Gross Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Gross Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization

Transit, street furniture and other contractual rights

  $ 788,260   $ 183,310   $ 803,297   $ 166,803

Other

    172,657     11,327     172,394     9,744
                       

Total

  $ 960,917   $ 194,637   $ 975,691   $ 176,547
                       

Total amortization expense related to definite-lived intangible assets for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 was $23.6 million and $18.9 million, respectively.

The following table presents the Company’s estimate of amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years for definite-lived intangible assets. As acquisitions and dispositions occur in the future, amortization expense may vary.

 

(In thousands)     

2011

   $ 86,979

2012

     78,413

2013

     71,703

2014

     66,104

2015

     50,833

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

The Company’s indefinite-lived intangibles consist of billboard permits. The Company’s billboard permits are effectively issued in perpetuity by state and local governments and are transferable at little or no cost.

Goodwill

The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill in each of the Company’s reportable segments.

 

(In thousands)    Americas     International     Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2008

     892,598        287,543        1,180,141   

Acquisitions

     2,250        110        2,360   

Foreign currency translation

     16,293        17,412        33,705   

Purchase accounting adjustments — net

     68,896        45,042        113,938   

Impairment

     (390,374     (73,764     (464,138

Other

     (4,414            (4,414
                        

Balance as of December 31, 2009

   $ 585,249      $ 276,343      $ 861,592   
                        

Foreign currency

     283        (8,820     (8,537
                        

Balance as of March 31, 2010

   $ 585,532      $ 267,523      $ 853,055   
                        

The balance at December 31, 2008 is net of cumulative impairments of $2.3 billion and $173.4 million in the Americas and International segments, respectively.

Note 3: LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 consisted of the following:

 

(In thousands)    March 31,
2010
   December 31,
2009

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings Senior Notes:

     

9.25% Series A Senior Notes Due 2017

   $ 500,000    $ 500,000

9.25% Series B Senior Notes Due 2017

     2,000,000      2,000,000

Credit facility ($150.0 million sub-limit within Clear Channel Communications’ $2.0 billion revolving credit facility)

     5,000      30,000

Other debt

     72,134      78,878
             

Total debt

     2,577,134      2,608,878

Less: Current portion

     43,015      47,073
             

Total long-term debt

   $ 2,534,119    $ 2,561,805
             

The aggregate market value of the Company’s debt based on market prices for which quotes were available was approximately $2.7 billion at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

In December 2009, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 and $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series B Notes due 2017 (collectively, the “Notes”). The Notes are guaranteed by the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, and certain other domestic subsidiaries of the Company. The Notes will mature on December 15, 2017.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Note 4: OTHER DEVELOPMENTS

Restructuring Program

In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company initiated a company-wide strategic review of its costs and organizational structure to identify opportunities to maximize efficiency and realign expenses with the Company’s current and long-term business outlook (the “restructuring program”). As of March 31, 2010, the Company had incurred a total of $92.7 million of costs in conjunction with this restructuring program.

No assurance can be given that the restructuring program will achieve all of the anticipated cost savings in the timeframe expected or at all, or that the cost savings will be sustainable. In addition, the Company may modify or terminate the restructuring program in response to economic conditions or otherwise.

Share-based Compensation Expense

Share-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The following table presents the amount of share-based compensation expense recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Three Months Ended
March  31,
(In thousands)        2010            2009    

Direct operating expenses

   $ 1,929    $ 2,069

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     704      755

Corporate expenses

     84      222
             

Total share-based compensation expense

   $ 2,717    $ 3,046
             

As of March 31, 2010, there was $22.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately three years.

Supplemental Disclosures

During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, cash paid for interest and income taxes, net of income tax refunds of $1.2 million, was as follows:

 

(In thousands)    Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010

Interest

   $ 58,664

Income taxes

   $ 7,503

Income tax benefit (expense)

The Company’s income tax benefit (expense) for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, consisted of the following components:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
(In thousands)    2010     2009  

Current tax expense

   $ (8,150   $ (2,671

Deferred tax benefit (expense)

     18,854        (17,752
                

Income tax benefit (expense)

   $ 10,704      $ (20,423
                

 

F-8


Table of Contents

The Company’s effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2010 was 18.0%. The 2010 effective rate was impacted primarily as a result of the Company’s inability to benefit tax losses in certain foreign jurisdictions due to the uncertainty of the ability to utilize those losses in future years. The change in the effective rate compared to the same period of the prior year was impacted primarily as a result of a deferred tax valuation allowance recorded in 2009 due the uncertainty of the Company’s ability to utilize Federal tax losses at that time. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, the effective tax rate was a negative 28.8%, driven by the Company’s inability to record tax benefits on Federal and foreign net losses generated during the period.

Note 5: FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company holds marketable equity securities classified in accordance with the provisions of ASC 320-10 . These marketable equity securities are measured at fair value on each reporting date using quoted prices in active markets. Due to the fact that the inputs used to measure the marketable equity securities at fair value are observable, the Company has categorized the fair value measurements of the securities as Level 1. The Company records its investments in these marketable equity securities on the balance sheet as “Other Assets.”

The cost, unrealized holding gains or losses, and fair value of the Company’s investments at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are as follows:

 

(In thousands)    March 31, 2010    December 31, 2009

Investments

   Fair
Value
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Cost    Fair
Value
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Cost

Available-for-sale

   $ 13,287    $ (1,297   $ 78    $ 14,506    $ 15,911    $    $ 1,405    $ 14,506

Note 6: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is currently involved in certain legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business and, as required, has accrued its estimate of the probable costs for claims for which the occurrence of loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. These estimates have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes in the Company’s assumptions or the effectiveness of its strategies related to these proceedings.

As of March 31, 2010, Clear Channel Communications had outstanding commercial standby letters of credit and surety bonds of $49.2 million and $44.7 million, respectively, held on behalf of the Company. These letters of credit and surety bonds relate to various operational matters, including insurance, bid and performance bonds, as well as other items.

Note 7: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company records net amounts due to or from Clear Channel Communications as “Due from/to Clear Channel Communications” on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The accounts represent the revolving promissory note issued by the Company to Clear Channel Communications and the revolving promissory note issued by Clear Channel Communications to the Company, in the face amount of $1.0 billion, or if more or less than such amount, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all advances. The accounts accrue interest pursuant to the terms of the promissory notes and are generally payable on demand.

Included in the accounts are the net activities resulting from day-to-day cash management services provided by Clear Channel Communications. As a part of these services, the Company maintains collection bank accounts swept daily into accounts of Clear Channel Communications. In return, Clear Channel Communications funds the Company’s controlled disbursement accounts as checks or electronic payments are presented for payment. The Company’s claim in relation to cash transferred from its concentration account is on an unsecured basis and

 

F-9


Table of Contents

is limited to the balance of the “Due from Clear Channel Communications” account. At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the asset recorded in “Due from Clear Channel Communications” on the condensed consolidated balance sheets was $160.5 million and $123.3 million, respectively.

The net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 was $3.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively. At March 31, 2009, the interest rate on the “Due from Clear Channel Communications” account was 0.08%, which represents the average one-month generic treasury bill rate. At March 31, 2010, the interest rate on the “Due from Clear Channel Communications” account was 9.25%, which represents the interest rate on the Notes as described above.

Clear Channel Communications has a $2.0 billion multi-currency revolving credit facility with a maturity in July 2014 which includes a $150.0 million sub-limit that certain of the Company’s International subsidiaries may borrow against to the extent Clear Channel Communications has not already borrowed against this capacity and is compliant with its covenants under the revolving credit facility. On February 6, 2009, Clear Channel Communications borrowed the remaining availability under its $2.0 billion revolving credit facility, including the remaining availability under the $150.0 million sub-limit.

The Company provides advertising space on its billboards for radio stations owned by Clear Channel Communications. For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded $1.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, in revenue for these advertisements.

Under the Corporate Services Agreement between Clear Channel Communications and the Company, Clear Channel Communications provides management services to the Company, which include, among other things: (i) treasury, payroll and other financial related services; (ii) executive officer services; (iii) human resources and employee benefits services; (iv) legal and related services; (v) information systems, network and related services; (vi) investment services; (vii) procurement and sourcing support services; and (viii) other general corporate services. These services are charged to the Company based on actual direct costs incurred or allocated by Clear Channel Communications based on headcount, revenue or other factors on a pro rata basis. For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded $8.9 million and $6.3 million, respectively, as a component of corporate expenses for these services.

Pursuant to the Tax Matters Agreement between Clear Channel Communications and the Company, the operations of the Company are included in a consolidated federal income tax return filed by Clear Channel Communications. The Company’s provision for income taxes has been computed on the basis that the Company files separate consolidated federal income tax returns with its subsidiaries. Tax payments are made to Clear Channel Communications on the basis of the Company’s separate taxable income. Tax benefits recognized on the Company’s employee stock option exercises are retained by the Company.

The Company computes its deferred income tax provision using the liability method in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740-10, as if the Company was a separate taxpayer. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting bases and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax asset or liability is expected to be realized or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced by valuation allowances if the Company believes it is more likely than not some portion or all of the asset will not be realized.

Pursuant to the Employee Matters Agreement, the Company’s employees participate in Clear Channel Communications’ employee benefit plans, including employee medical insurance and a 401(k) retirement benefit plan. These costs are recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses and were approximately $2.6 million and $2.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Note 8: EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

The Company reports its noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries as a component of equity separate from the Company’s equity. The following table shows the changes in equity attributable to the Company and the noncontrolling interests of subsidiaries in which the Company has a majority, but not total ownership interest:

 

(In thousands)    The Company     Noncontrolling
Interests
    Consolidated  

Balances at January 1, 2010

   $ 2,567,647      $ 193,730      $ 2,761,377   

Net loss

     (47,782     (997     (48,779

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (39,660     158        (39,502

Unrealized holding loss on marketable securities

     (2,620            (2,620

Reclassification adjustment

     224               224   

Other — net

     1,732        814        2,546   
                        

Balances at March 31, 2010

   $ 2,479,541      $ 193,705      $ 2,673,246   
                        
(In thousands)    The Company     Noncontrolling
Interests
    Consolidated  

Balances at January 1, 2009

   $ 3,332,010      $ 211,813      $ 3,543,823   

Net loss

     (87,880     (3,475     (91,355

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (43,172     (2,317     (45,489

Unrealized holding loss on marketable securities

     (15,731            (15,731

Other — net

     3,178        (405     2,773   
                        

Balances at March 31, 2009

   $ 3,188,405      $ 205,616      $ 3,394,021   
                        

Note 9: SEGMENT DATA

The Company has two reportable segments, which it believes best reflects how the Company is currently managed—Americas and International. The Americas segment primarily includes operations in the United States, Canada and Latin America, and the International segment includes operations primarily in Europe, Asia and Australia. Share-based payments are recorded by each segment in direct operating expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

The following table presents the Company’s operating segment results for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

(In thousands)    Americas    International     Corporate,
and other
reconciling
items
    Consolidated  

Three months ended March 31, 2010

         

Revenue

   $ 270,977    $ 337,791      $      $ 608,768   

Direct operating expenses

     139,308      239,578               378,886   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     44,477      66,880               111,357   

Depreciation and amortization

     49,451      52,258               101,709   

Corporate expenses

                 20,772        20,772   

Other operating income — net

                 1,018        1,018   
                               

Operating income (loss)

   $ 37,741    $ (20,925   $ (19,754   $ (2,938
                               

Identifiable assets

   $ 4,680,437    $ 2,102,303      $ 268,970      $ 7,051,710   

Capital expenditures

   $ 24,705    $ 24,618      $      $ 49,323   

Share-based compensation expense

   $ 2,030    $ 603      $ 84      $ 2,717   

Three months ended March 31, 2009

         

Revenue

   $ 270,187    $ 312,029      $      $ 582,216   

Direct operating expenses

     144,880      234,728               379,608   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     48,839      68,925               117,764   

Depreciation and amortization

     46,650      55,258               101,908   

Corporate expenses

                 14,246        14,246   

Other operating income — net

                 4,612        4,612   
                               

Operating income (loss)

   $ 29,818    $ (46,882   $ (9,634   $ (26,698
                               

Identifiable assets

   $ 5,108,561    $ 2,255,883      $ 460,930      $ 7,825,374   

Capital expenditures

   $ 19,965    $ 17,239      $      $ 37,204   

Share-based compensation expense

   $ 2,168    $ 656      $ 222      $ 3,046   

Identifiable assets of $2.3 billion and $2.5 billion derived from the Company’s non-U.S. operations are included in the data above as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Revenue of $370.3 million and $335.6 million derived from the Company’s non-U.S. operations is included in the data above for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Note 10: GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES

The Company and certain of the Company’s direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”) fully and unconditionally guarantee on a joint and several basis certain of the outstanding indebtedness of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (the “Subsidiary Issuer”). The following consolidating schedules present financial information on a combined basis in conformity with the SEC’s Regulation S-X Rule 3-10(d):

 

    March 31, 2010
(In thousands)   Parent
Company
  Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations     Consolidated

Cash and cash equivalents

  $   $      $ 435,776   $ 152,819   $      $ 588,595

Accounts receivable, net

               222,054     457,728            679,782

Intercompany receivables

        5,078        618,713     20,499     (644,290    

Other current assets

    3,505     (305     113,127     169,626            285,953
                                       

Total Current Assets

    3,505     4,773        1,389,670     800,672     (644,290     1,554,330

Property, plant and equipment, net

               1,546,775     838,182            2,384,957

Definite-lived intangibles, net

               418,315     347,965            766,280

Indefinite-lived intangibles

               1,117,485     15,203            1,132,688

Goodwill

               571,932     281,123            853,055

Due from Clear Channel Communications

    160,473                           160,473

Intercompany notes receivable

    182,026     2,700,000        9,243     18,235     (2,909,504    

Other assets

    2,760,134     1,005,636        1,450,810     86,220     (5,102,873     199,927
                                       

Total Assets

  $ 3,106,138   $ 3,710,409      $ 6,504,230   $ 2,387,600   $ (8,656,667   $ 7,051,710
                                       

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $   $ 425      $ 113,019   $ 462,080   $      $ 575,524

Intercompany payable

    618,713            25,577         (644,290    

Deferred income

               50,295     97,341            147,636

Current portion of long-term debt

               75     42,940            43,015
                                       

Total Current Liabilities

    618,713     425        188,966     602,361     (644,290     766,175

Long-term debt

        2,500,000            34,119            2,534,119

Intercompany notes payable

    7,622            2,692,639     209,243     (2,909,504    

Deferred income taxes

    262            767,576     52,873            820,711

Other long-term liabilities

        1,243        94,915     161,301            257,459

Total shareholders’ equity

    2,479,541     1,208,741        2,760,134     1,327,703     (5,102,873     2,673,246
                                       

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  $ 3,106,138   $ 3,710,409      $ 6,504,230   $ 2,387,600   $ (8,656,667   $ 7,051,710
                                       

 

F-13


Table of Contents
    December 31, 2009
(In thousands)   Parent
Company
  Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations     Consolidated

Cash and cash equivalents

  $   $      $ 431,105   $ 178,331   $      $ 609,436

Accounts receivable, net

               249,325     480,981            730,306

Intercompany receivables

        4,689        582,554     20,606     (607,849    

Other current assets

    2,796     (1,935     122,636     177,306            300,803
                                       

Total Current Assets

    2,796     2,754        1,385,620     857,224     (607,849     1,640,545

Property, plant and equipment, net

               1,562,256     878,382            2,440,638

Definite-lived intangibles, net

               423,935     375,209            799,144

Indefinite-lived intangibles

               1,117,568     14,650            1,132,218

Goodwill

               571,932     289,660            861,592

Intercompany notes receivable

    182,026     2,700,000        9,243     18,235     (2,909,504    

Due from Clear Channel Communications

    123,308                           123,308

Other assets

    2,849,918     1,075,719        1,517,111     80,019     (5,327,790     194,977
                                       

Total Assets

  $ 3,158,048   $ 3,778,473      $ 6,587,665   $ 2,513,379   $ (8,845,143   $ 7,192,422
                                       

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $   $      $ 112,492   $ 501,950   $      $ 614,442

Intercompany notes payable

    582,554            25,295         (607,849    

Deferred income

               38,579     70,999            109,578

Current portion of long-term debt

               77     46,996            47,073
                                       

Total Current Liabilities

    582,554            176,443     619,945     (607,849     771,093

Long-term debt

        2,500,000            61,805            2,561,805

Intercompany notes payable

    7,622            2,692,639     209,243     (2,909,504    

Deferred tax liability

    225            780,846     60,840            841,911

Other long-term liabilities

        1,225        87,819     167,192            256,236

Total shareholders’ equity

    2,567,647     1,277,248        2,849,918     1,394,354     (5,327,790     2,761,377
                                       

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  $ 3,158,048   $ 3,778,473      $ 6,587,665   $ 2,513,379   $ (8,845,143   $ 7,192,422
                                       

 

F-14


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended March 31, 2010  
(In thousands)   Parent
Company
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenue

  $      $      $ 233,526      $ 375,242      $      $ 608,768   

Operating expenses:

           

Direct operating expenses

                  119,618        259,268               378,886   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

                  37,102        74,255               111,357   

Depreciation and amortization

                  45,842        55,867               101,709   

Corporate expenses

    3,370               12,469        4,933               20,772   

Other operating income (expense) — net

                  1,497        (479            1,018   
                                               

Operating income (loss)

    (3,370            19,992        (19,560            (2,938

Interest income on debt with Clear Channel Communications

                  3,413                      3,413   

Interest expense

    108        57,249        (370     1,331               58,318   

Intercompany interest income

    3,512        57,139               244        (60,895       

Intercompany interest expense

    121               60,186        588        (60,895       

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

    (47,728     (25,982     (22,188     (637     95,732        (803

Other income (expense) — net

                  (88     (749            (837
                                               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (47,815     (26,092     (58,687     (22,621     95,732        (59,483

Income tax benefit (expense)

    33        (305     10,959        17               10,704   
                                               

Consolidated net income (loss)

    (47,782     (26,397     (47,728     (22,604     95,732        (48,779

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

                         (997            (997
                                               

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

  $ (47,782   $ (26,397   $ (47,728   $ (21,607   $ 95,732      $ (47,782

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

           

Foreign currency translation adjustments

           1,991               (41,493            (39,502

Foreign currency reclassification adjustment

                         224               224   

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

                         (2,620            (2,620

Equity in subsidiary comprehensive income

    (42,056     (44,101     (42,056            128,213          
                                               

Comprehensive income (loss)

    (89,838     (68,507     (89,784     (65,496     223,945        (89,680

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

                         158               158   
                                               

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the Company

  $ (89,838   $ (68,507   $ (89,784   $ (65,654   $ 223,945      $ (89,838
                                               

 

F-15


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended March 31, 2009  
(In thousands)   Parent
Company
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenue

  $      $      $ 241,265      $ 340,951      $      $ 582,216   

Operating expenses:

           

Direct operating expenses

                  128,669        250,939               379,608   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

                  42,791        74,973               117,764   

Depreciation and amortization

                  43,079        58,829               101,908   

Corporate expenses

    2,543               8,518        3,185               14,246   

Other operating income (expense) — net

                  1,495        3,117               4,612   
                                               

Operating income (loss)

    (2,543            19,703        (43,858            (26,698

Interest expense on debt with Clear Channel Communications

                  36,861                      36,861   

Interest expense

    159               69        1,684               1,912   

Intercompany interest income

    2,692        354        260        194        (3,500       

Intercompany interest expense

    136               2,750        614        (3,500       

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

    (87,789     (51,677     (49,929     (2,279     189,381        (2,293

Other income (expense) — net

                  (177     (2,991            (3,168
                                               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (87,935     (51,323     (69,823     (51,232     189,381        (70,932

Income tax benefit (expense)

    55        (42     (17,966     (2,470            (20,423
                                               

Consolidated net income (loss)

    (87,880     (51,365     (87,789     (53,702     189,381        (91,355

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

                         (3,475            (3,475
                                               

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

  $ (87,880   $ (51,365   $ (87,789   $ (50,227   $ 189,381      $ (87,880

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

           

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                         (45,489            (45,489

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

                         (15,731            (15,731

Equity in subsidiary comprehensive income

    (58,770     (57,733     (58,770            175,273          
                                               

Comprehensive income (loss)

    (146,650     (109,098     (146,559     (111,447     364,654        (149,100

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

                         (2,450            (2,450
                                               

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the Company

  $ (146,650   $ (109,098   $ (146,559   $ (108,997   $ 364,654      $ (146,650
                                               

 

F-16


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended March 31, 2010  
(In thousands)   Parent
Company
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Consolidated net income (loss)

  $ (47,782   $ (26,397   $ (47,728   $ (22,604   $ 95,732      $ (48,779

Reconciling items:

           

Depreciation and amortization

                  45,842        55,867               101,709   

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

    37               (12,072     (6,819            (18,854

Provision for doubtful accounts

                  349        119               468   

Other reconciling items — net

    47,728        27,973        22,372        585        (95,732     2,926   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

           

Decrease in accounts receivable

                  26,920        5,203               32,123   

Increase in deferred income

                  12,415        29,267               41,682   

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

           18        6,460        (15,373            (8,895

Changes in other operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions

    (708     (1,205     8,103        2,534               8,724   
                                               

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

    (725     389        62,661        48,779               111,104   

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

                  (23,205     (26,118            (49,323

Equity contributions to subsidiaries

                  (178            178          

Dividends from subsidiaries

                  107               (107       

Change in other — net

                  1,799        (10,450            (8,651
                                               

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

                  (21,477     (36,568     71        (57,974

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

Draws on credit facilities

                         304               304   

Payments on credit facilities

                  (2     (29,704            (29,706

Payments on long-term debt

                         (4,132            (4,132

Net transfers to Clear Channel Communications

    (37,165                                 (37,165

Intercompany funding

    37,657        (389     (36,767     (501              

Dividends declared and paid

                         (107     107          

Equity contributions from parent

                         178        (178       

Change in other — net

    233                                    233   
                                               

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

    725        (389     (36,769     (33,962     (71     (70,466

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

                  256        (3,761            (3,505
                                               

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

                  4,671        (25,512            (20,841

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

                  431,105        178,331               609,436   
                                               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $      $      $ 435,776      $ 152,819      $      $ 588,595   
                                               

 

F-17


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended March 31, 2009  
(In thousands)   Parent
Company
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Consolidated net income (loss)

  $ (87,880   $ (51,365   $ (87,789   $ (53,702   $ 189,381      $ (91,355

Reconciling items:

           

Depreciation and amortization

                  43,079        58,829               101,908   

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

    42               16,416        1,294               17,752   

Provision for doubtful accounts

                  35        2,036               2,071   

Other reconciling items — net

    87,789        51,677        50,824        380        (189,381     1,289   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

           

Decrease in accounts receivable

                  17,866        38,451               56,317   

Increase in deferred income

                  13,838        29,145               42,983   

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

           18        (4,103     (55,461            (59,546

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions

    (2,565     (901     (5,448     (13,571            (22,485
                                               

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

    (2,614     (571     44,718        7,401               48,934   

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

                  (19,011     (18,193            (37,204

Acquisition of operating assets, net of cash acquired

                  (4,686     (106            (4,792

Equity contributions to subsidiaries

                  2,008               (2,008       

Change in other — net

    (27            97        (8,417            (8,347
                                               

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

    (27            (21,592     (26,716     (2,008     (50,343

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

Payments on credit facilities

                  (533     (1,863            (2,396

Proceeds on long-term debt

                         1,342               1,342   

Net transfers from Clear Channel Communications

    580                                    580   

Intercompany funding

    2,061        571        (13,915     11,283                 

Dividends declared and paid

                         (2,008     2,008          
                                               

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

    2,641        571        (14,448     8,754        2,008        (474

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

                         354               354   
                                               

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

                  8,678        (10,207            (1,529

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

                  (14,800     109,612               94,812   
                                               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $      $      $ (6,122   $ 99,405      $      $ 93,283   
                                               

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (Holdings) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2009, the period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008, the period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, and for the year ended December 31, 2007. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the index as Item 15(a)2. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of Holdings’ management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Holdings at December 31, 2009 and 2008, the consolidated results of its operations and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2009, the period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008, the period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, and the year ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Holdings’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 16, 2010, except for internal control over financial reporting related to Note O of the 2009 consolidated financial statements as to which the date is June 29, 2010, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

San Antonio, Texas

/s/Ernst & Young

March 16, 2010

except for Note O, as to which the date is

June 29, 2010

 

F-19


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

ASSETS      
     As of December 31,
(In thousands)    2009    2008
           

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 609,436    $ 94,812

Accounts receivable, less allowance of $51,070 in 2009 and $48,600 in 2008

     730,306      806,553

Due from Clear Channel Communications

          431,641

Prepaid expenses

     67,355      69,817

Other current assets

     167,806      144,700

Income taxes receivable

     65,642      7,129
             

Total Current Assets

     1,640,545      1,554,652

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

     

Land, buildings and improvements

     207,939      201,210

Structures

     2,514,602      2,355,776

Furniture and other equipment

     71,567      60,476

Construction in progress

     51,598      85,791
             
     2,845,706      2,703,253

Less accumulated depreciation

     405,068      116,533
             
     2,440,638      2,586,720

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     

Definite-lived intangibles, net

     799,144      1,000,485

Indefinite-lived intangibles — permits

     1,132,218      1,529,068

Goodwill

     861,592      1,180,141

OTHER ASSETS

     

Due from Clear Channel Communications

     123,308     

Notes receivable

     596      3,140

Investments in, and advances to, nonconsolidated affiliates

     23,354      51,812

Other assets

     154,029      122,231

Other investments

     16,998      22,512
             

Total Assets

   $ 7,192,422    $ 8,050,761
             

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-20


Table of Contents

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

     As of December 31,  
(In thousands, except share data)    2009     2008  

CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Accounts payable

   $ 109,322      $ 118,290   

Accrued expenses

     504,196        494,250   

Accrued interest

     924        292   

Deferred income

     109,578        109,511   

Current portion of long-term debt

     47,073        69,522   
                

Total Current Liabilities

     771,093        791,865   

Long-term debt

     2,561,805        32,332   

Debt with Clear Channel Communications

            2,500,000   

Other long-term liabilities

     256,236        178,875   

Deferred tax liability

     841,911        1,003,866   

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note G)

    

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Noncontrolling interest

     193,730        211,813   

Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 150,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding

              

Class A common stock, $.01 par value, 750,000,000 shares authorized, 40,841,551 and 40,705,638 shares issued in 2009 and 2008, respectively

     407        407   

Class B common stock, $.01 par value, 600,000,000 shares authorized, 315,000,000 shares issued and outstanding

     3,150        3,150   

Additional paid-in capital

     6,669,247        6,676,714   

Retained deficit

     (3,886,826     (3,018,637

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (218,177     (329,580

Cost of shares (43,459 in 2009 and 24,478 in 2008) held in treasury

     (154     (44
                

Total Shareholders’ Equity

     2,761,377        3,543,823   
                

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 7,192,422      $ 8,050,761   
                

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-21


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Period from
July 31
through
December 31,
2008
        Period from
January 1
through
July 30,
2008
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
(In thousands, except per share data)   Post-Merger     Post-Merger         Pre-Merger     Pre-Merger  

Revenue

  $ 2,698,024      $ 1,327,224          $ 1,962,063      $ 3,281,836   

Operating expenses:

           

Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

    1,625,083        762,704            1,119,432        1,734,845   

Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

    484,404        261,524            344,846        537,994   

Depreciation and amortization

    439,647        224,713            247,637        399,483   

Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

    65,247        31,681            39,364        66,080   

Impairment charges

    890,737        3,217,649                     

Other operating income (expense) — net

    (8,231     4,870            10,978        11,824   
                                   

Operating income (loss)

    (815,325     (3,166,177         221,762        555,258   

Interest expense on debt with Clear Channel Communications

    142,911        70,940            87,464        155,036   

Interest expense

    12,008        2,785            3,913        6,518   

Interest income on Due from Clear Channel Communications

    724        862            2,590        3,673   

Loss on marketable securities

    11,315        59,842                     

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

    (31,442     (2,109         70,842        4,402   

Other income (expense) — net

    (9,368     12,114            13,365        10,113   
                                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (1,021,645     (3,288,877         217,182        411,892   

Income tax (expense) benefit:

           

Current

    16,769        3,045            (30,171     (111,726

Deferred

    132,341        268,850            (21,405     (34,915
                                   

Income tax (expense) benefit

    149,110        271,895            (51,576     (146,641
                                   

Consolidated net income (loss)

    (872,535     (3,016,982         165,606        265,251   

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (4,346     1,655            (1,948     19,261   
                                   

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

    (868,189     (3,018,637         167,554        245,990   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

           

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    118,632        (341,113         84,603        133,754   

Foreign currency reclassification adjustment for sale of foreign subsidiary

    (523                2,588          

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

    (9,971     (59,825         (27,496       

Reclassification adjustment for realized loss on marketable securities included in net income (loss)

    11,315        59,842                     
                                   

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ (748,736   $ (3,359,733       $ 227,249      $ 379,744   

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

    8,050        (11,516         14,019        16,752   
                                   

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the Company

  $ (756,786   $ (3,348,217       $ 213,230      $ 362,992   
                                   

Net income (loss) per common share:

           

Basic

  $ (2.46   $ (8.50       $ .47      $ .69   
                                   

Weighted average common shares outstanding — Basic

    355,377        355,308            355,178        354,838   

Diluted

  $ (2.46   $ (8.50       $ .47      $ .69   
                                   

Weighted average common shares outstanding — Diluted

    355,377        355,308            355,741        355,806   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-22


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

(In thousands, except share data)   Class A Common
Shares Issued
    Class B Common
Shares Issued
      Noncontrolling
Interest
    Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Total  
Pre-Merger                      

Balances at December 31, 2006

  39,565,191      315,000,000       $ 181,901      $ 3,546   $ 1,279,079   $ 173,277      $ 130,476      $      $ 1,768,279   

Cumulative effect of FIN 48 adoption

                  8,124            8,124   

Common stock issued for a business acquisition

  191,287                2     5,084           5,086   

Net income

            19,261            245,990            265,251   

Exercise of stock options and other

  738,395                7     10,826         (53     10,780   

Acquisitions (minority buy-back)

            (101               (101

Payments (to)/from noncontrolling interests

            (2,442               (2,442

Share-based payments

                9,370           9,370   

Other

            493                  493   

Comprehensive income:

                     

Currency translation adjustment and other

            16,752              117,002          133,754   
                                                                 

Balances at December 31, 2007

  40,494,873      315,000,000         215,864        3,555     1,304,359     427,391        247,478        (53     2,198,594   

Net income (loss)

            (1,948         167,554            165,606   

Exercise of stock options and other

  218,164                2     4,259         (265     3,996   

Acquisitions (minority buy-back)

            (5,292               (5,292

Payments (to)/from noncontrolling interests

            (616               (616

Share-based payments

                6,506           6,506   

Other

            (260               (260

Comprehensive income:

                     

Currency translation adjustment and other

            14,019              70,584          84,603   

Foreign currency reclassification adjustment

                    2,588          2,588   

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

                    (27,496       (27,496
                                                                 

Balances at July 30, 2008

  40,713,037      315,000,000         221,767        3,557     1,315,124     594,945        293,154        (318     2,428,229   
Post-Merger                      

Push-down accounting effects of Clear Channel Communications’ merger

                5,357,409     (594,945     (293,154     318        4,469,628   

Net loss

            1,655            (3,018,637         (3,016,982

Exercise of stock options and other

  (7,399                     (44     (44

Acquisitions (minority buy-back)

            (1,773               (1,773

Payments (to)/from noncontrolling interests

            1,262                  1,262   

Share-based payments

                4,181           4,181   

Other

            418                  418   

Comprehensive income:

                     

Currency translation adjustment and other

            (11,516           (329,597       (341,113

Reclassification adjustments

                    59,842          59,842   

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

                    (59,825       (59,825
                                                                 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY—(Continued)

 

(In thousands, except share data)   Class A Common
Shares Issued
  Class B Common
Shares Issued
      Noncontrolling
Interest
    Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Total  

Balances at December 31, 2008

  40,705,638   315,000,000         211,813        3,557     6,676,714        (3,018,637     (329,580     (44     3,543,823   

Net loss

            (4,346         (868,189         (872,535

Exercise of stock options and other

  135,913                     (110     (110

Acquisitions

            (3,380       (9,720           (13,100

Share-based payments

                12,104              12,104   

Other

            (18,407       (9,851           (28,258

Comprehensive income:

                     

Currency translation adjustment and other

            8,050              110,582          118,632   

Reclassification adjustments

                    10,792          10,792   

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

                    (9,971       (9,971
                                                                 

Balances at December 31, 2009

  40,841,551   315,000,000       $ 193,730      $ 3,557   $ 6,669,247      $ (3,886,826   $ (218,177   $ (154   $ 2,761,377   
                                                                 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-24


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Period from
July 31
through
December 31,
2008
         Period from
January 1
through
July 30,
2008
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
(In thousands)    Post-Merger     Post-Merger            Pre-Merger     Pre-Merger  

CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

             

Consolidated net income (loss)

   $ (872,535   $ (3,016,982        $ 165,606      $ 265,251   
 

Reconciling Items:

             
 

Impairment charges

     890,737        3,217,649                      

Depreciation

     338,456        161,009             216,994        346,298   

Amortization

     101,191        63,704             30,643        53,185   

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

     (132,341     (268,850          21,405        34,915   

Share-based compensation

     12,104        4,181             6,506        9,370   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     17,580        24,268             8,588        10,525   

(Gain) loss on sale of operating and fixed assets

     8,231        (4,870          (10,978     (11,824

Loss on marketable securities

     11,315        59,842                      

Equity in (earnings) loss of nonconsolidated affiliates

     31,442        2,109             (70,842     (4,402

Other, net

     5,657                           2,314   
 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions:

             
 

Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable

     68,002        87,251             7,108        (137,341

Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses

     (881     25,644             (8,549     5,737   

Decrease (increase) in other current assets

     1,957        52,125             (10,570     1,247   

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

     11,757        (78,613          (26,106     93,383   

Increase (decrease) in accrued interest

     621        (1,012          207        (2,535

Increase (decrease) in deferred income

     (1,987     (48,435          33,218        25,840   

Increase (decrease) in accrued income taxes

     (50,042     (6,718          (31,908     2,467   
                                     

Net cash provided by operating activities

     441,264        272,302             331,322        694,430   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-25


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Period from
July 31
through
December 31,
2008
         Period from
January 1
through
July 30,
2008
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
     Post-Merger     Post-Merger            Pre-Merger     Pre-Merger  

CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

             

Decrease (increase) in notes receivable, net

     371        169             239        (234

Decrease (increase) in investments in, and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates — net

     (3,811     (5,712          7,646        962   

Purchase of other investments

     (2,998     (26                 (659

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (175,953     (159,213          (199,122     (275,690

Proceeds from disposal of assets

     18,144        2,917             38,630        17,321   

Acquisition of operating assets, net of cash acquired

     (4,933     (11,677          (84,821     (69,059

Decrease (increase) in other — net

     6,316        (19,170          4,296        (29,009
                                     

Net cash used in investing activities

     (162,864     (192,712          (233,132     (356,368
 

CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

             

Draws on credit facilities

     7,125        30,000             72,150        106,772   

Payments on credit facilities

     (3,364     (660          (157,774     (76,614

Proceeds from long-term debt

     2,500,000        25,020             5,476        22,483   

Payments on long-term debt

     (2,505,913     (37,145          (4,662     (66,290

Net transfers (to) from Clear Channel Communications

     319,401        (85,611          (83,585     (302,882

Deferred financing charges

     (60,330                          

Purchases of noncontrolling interests

     (25,263                          

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

                        4,261        10,780   

Other, net

            (46          (264       
                                     

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     231,656        (68,442          (164,398     (305,751

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     4,568        10,539             4,436        (2,809

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     514,624        21,687             (61,772     29,502   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     94,812        73,125             134,897        105,395   
                                     

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 609,436      $ 94,812           $ 73,125      $ 134,897   
                                     

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE:

             

Cash paid during the year for interest

   $ 154,027      $ 75,616           $ 92,326      $ 165,730   

Cash paid during the year for income taxes

   $ 26,543      $ 19,651           $ 31,046      $ 43,003   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-26


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE A — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) is an outdoor advertising company which owns or operates advertising display faces domestically and internationally. On November 11, 2005, the Company became a publicly traded company through an initial public offering (“IPO”), in which 10%, or 35.0 million shares, of the Company’s Class A common stock was sold. Prior to the IPO, the Company was an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (“Clear Channel Communications”), a diversified media company with operations in radio broadcasting and outdoor advertising. Clear Channel Communications indirectly holds all of the 315.0 million Class B shares of common stock outstanding, representing approximately 89% of the shares outstanding and approximately 99% of the voting power. The holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock have identical rights, except holders of Class A common stock are entitled to 1 vote per share while holders of Class B common stock are entitled to 20 votes per share. The Class B shares of common stock are convertible, at the option of the holder at any time or upon any transfer, into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to certain limited exceptions.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date that these financial statements were issued.

Clear Channel Communications’ Merger

On July 30, 2008, Clear Channel Communications completed its merger with a subsidiary of CC Media Holdings, Inc. (“CC Media Holdings”), a company formed by a group of private equity funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (together, the “Sponsors”). Clear Channel Communications is now owned indirectly by CC Media Holdings. The purchase price was approximately $23.0 billion, including $94.0 million in capitalized transaction costs. The merger was accounted for as a purchase business combination in conformity with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations (“Statement 141”), and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue 88-16, Basis in Leveraged Buyout Transactions (“EITF 88-16”). ASC 805-50-S99-1 requires the application of push down accounting in situations where the ownership of an entity has changed. As a result, the post-merger financial statements of the Company reflect the new basis of accounting.

The purchase price allocation was complete as of July 30, 2009 in accordance with ASC 805-10-25, which requires that the allocation period not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.

Liquidity

The Company’s primary source of liquidity is cash on hand, as well as cash flow from operations, which has been adversely affected by the global economic downturn. The risks associated with the Company’s businesses become more acute in periods of a slowing economy or recession, which may be accompanied by a decrease in advertising. Expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical, reflecting overall economic conditions and budgeting and buying patterns. The global economic downturn has resulted in a decline in advertising and marketing services among the Company’s customers, resulting in a decline in its advertising revenues across its businesses. This reduction in advertising revenues has had an adverse effect on the Company’s revenue, profit margins, cash flow and liquidity. The continuation of the global economic downturn may continue to adversely impact the Company’s revenue, profit margins, cash flow and liquidity.

During the fourth quarter 2008, the Company commenced a restructuring program targeting a reduction of fixed costs. The Company recognized approximately $53.2 million and $35.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, of expenses related to its restructuring program.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

In December 2009, the Company made a demand for and received repayment of $500.0 million on the “Due from Clear Channel Communications” account. Following such repayment, the Company contributed $500.0 million to the capital of its direct, wholly-owned subsidiary, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., which used the proceeds received by it to prepay $500.0 million of the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications” account, resulting in an outstanding balance of the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications” account of $2.0 billion.

Subsequent to this repayment, the Company’s indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (“CCWH”), issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of Series A Senior Notes due 2017 and $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (collectively, the “Notes”). The proceeds of the Notes were used to (i) pay the fees and expenses of the offering, (ii) pay the initial purchasers an underwriting discount, (iii) fund $50.0 million required under the Notes’ indentures of a liquidity amount (the $50.0 million liquidity amount of the non-guarantor subsidiaries was satisfied) and (iv) make a voluntary prepayment of the remaining $2.0 billion outstanding balance (which is equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Series B Notes) under the note due to Clear Channel Communications and subsequently retire the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications”, with the balance of the proceeds available to the Company for general corporate purposes.

Based on the Company’s current and anticipated levels of operations and conditions in its markets, it believes that cash on hand, cash flows from operations and borrowing under the revolving promissory note with Clear Channel Communications will enable it to meet its working capital, capital expenditure, debt service and other funding requirements for at least the next 12 months. In addition, the Company expects to be in compliance with the covenants governing its indebtedness in 2010. Furthermore, in its Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2010, CC Media Holdings stated that it expects to be in compliance with its covenants governing its indebtedness in 2010. However, the Company’s and CC Media Holdings’ anticipated results are subject to significant uncertainty and there can be no assurance that actual results will be in compliance with the covenants. See further discussion in Note F regarding debt covenants.

CC Media Holdings and Clear Channel Communications’ current corporate ratings are “CCC+” and “Caa2” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and Moody’s Investors Service, respectively, which are speculative grade ratings. These ratings have been downgraded and then upgraded at various times during the two years ended December 31, 2009. The adjustments had no impact on the Company’s borrowing costs under the credit agreements.

Format of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented for two periods: post-merger and pre-merger. The merger resulted in a new basis of accounting beginning on July 31, 2008 and the financial reporting periods are presented as follows:

 

   

The year ended December 31, 2009 and the period from July 31 through December 31, 2008 includes the post-merger period of the Company, reflecting the preliminary purchase accounting adjustments related to the merger that were pushed down to the Company.

 

   

The period from January 1 through July 30, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2007 includes the pre-merger period of the Company. The consolidated financial statements for all pre-merger periods were prepared using the historical basis of accounting for the Company. As a result of the merger and the associated preliminary purchase accounting, the consolidated financial statements of the post-merger periods are not comparable to periods preceding the merger.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Summary of Purchase Accounting Adjustments

Following is a summary of the fair value adjustments pushed down to the Company:

 

(In millions)    Preliminary
Allocation
    2008
Adjustments
    2009
Adjustments
    Final
Allocation
 

Other current assets

   $      $      $ 1      $ 1   

Property, plant and equipment

     615        (4     (1     610   

Definite-lived intangibles, net

     377        300        (63     614   

Indefinite-lived intangibles — permits

     2,938        (942     (47     1,949   

Goodwill

     2,207        362        126        2,695   

Investments in, and advances to, nonconsolidated affiliates

            4               4   

Other assets

     35        (11            24   

Current liabilities

                   9        9   

Deferred tax liability

     (1,683     258        20        (1,405

Other long-term liabilities

     15        (1     (45     (31
                                

Total

   $ 4,504      $ (34   $      $ 4,470   

Agreements with Clear Channel Communications

There are several agreements which govern the Company’s relationship with Clear Channel Communications including the Master Agreement, Corporate Services Agreement, Employee Matters Agreement and Tax Matters Agreement. Clear Channel Communications has the right to terminate these agreements in various circumstances. As of the date of the filing of this report, no notice of termination of any of these agreements has been received from Clear Channel Communications.

Clear Channel Communications’ Revolving Credit Facility

In conjunction with the merger, Clear Channel Communications’ $1.75 billion revolving credit facility, including the $150.0 million sub-limit, was terminated. The facility was replaced with a $2.0 billion revolving credit facility with a maturity in July 2014, which includes a $150.0 million sub-limit that certain of the Company’s International subsidiaries may borrow against to the extent Clear Channel Communications has not already borrowed against this capacity and is in compliance with its covenants under the credit facility. On February 6, 2009, Clear Channel Communications borrowed the remaining availability under its $2.0 billion revolving credit facility, including the remaining availability under the $150.0 million sub-limit. The obligations of these International subsidiaries that are borrowers under the revolving credit facility are guaranteed by certain of the Company’s material wholly-owned subsidiaries, and secured by substantially all assets of such borrowers and guarantors, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions.

Nature of Business

The Company operates in the outdoor advertising industry by selling advertising on billboards, street furniture displays, transit displays and other advertising displays. The Company has two reportable business segments: Americas and International. The Americas segment primarily includes operations in the United States, Canada and Latin America; the International segment includes operations in the U.K., France, Asia and Australia.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Significant intercompany accounts have been eliminated in consolidation. Investments in nonconsolidated affiliates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where it is aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, it records a specific reserve to reduce the amounts recorded to what it believes will be collected. For all other customers, it recognizes reserves for bad debt based on historical experience of bad debts as a percent of revenue for each business unit, adjusted for relative improvements or deteriorations in the agings and changes in current economic conditions. The Company believes the credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited due to the large number and the geographic diversification of its customers.

Land Leases and Other Structure Licenses

Most of the Company’s advertising structures are located on leased land. Americas land rents are typically paid in advance for periods ranging from 1 to 12 months. International land rents are paid both in advance and in arrears, for periods ranging from 1 to 12 months. Most International street furniture display faces are operated through contracts with the municipalities for up to 20 years. The street furniture contracts often include a percent of revenue to be paid along with a base rent payment. Prepaid land leases are recorded as an asset and expensed ratably over the related rental term and license and rent payments in arrears are recorded as an accrued liability.

Purchase Accounting

The Company accounts for its business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting. The total cost of an acquisition is allocated to the underlying identifiable net assets based on their respective estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, asset lives and market multiples, among other items. Various acquisition agreements may include contingent purchase consideration based on performance requirements of the investee. The Company accounts for these payments in accordance with the provisions of ASC 805-20-30, which establish the requirements related to recognition of certain assets and liabilities arising from contingencies.

Asset Retirement Obligation

ASC 410-20 requires the Company to estimate its obligation upon the termination or non-renewal of a lease to dismantle and remove its advertising structures from the leased land and to reclaim the site to its original condition. The Company’s asset retirement obligation is reported in “Other long-term liabilities.” The Company records the present value of obligations associated with the retirement of its advertising structures in the period in which the obligation is incurred. When the liability is recorded, the cost is capitalized as part of the related advertising structures carrying amount. Over time, accretion of the liability is recognized as an operating expense and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the expected useful life of the related asset.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method at rates that, in the opinion of management, are adequate to allocate the cost of such assets over their estimated useful lives, which are as follows:

Buildings and improvements—10 to 39 years

Structures—5 to 40 years

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Furniture and other equipment—3 to 20 years

Leasehold improvements—shorter of economic life or lease term assuming renewal periods, if appropriate

For assets associated with a lease or contract, the assets are depreciated at the shorter of the economic life or the lease or contract term, assuming renewal periods, if appropriate. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred, whereas expenditures for renewal and betterments are capitalized.

The Company tests for possible impairment of property, plant, and equipment in accordance with ASC 360-10 whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as a reduction in operating cash flow or a dramatic change in the manner the asset is intended to be used indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If indicators exist, the Company compares the estimated undiscounted future cash flows related to the asset to the carrying value of the asset. If the carrying value is greater than the estimated undiscounted future cash flow amount, an impairment charge is recorded in depreciation and amortization expense in the statement of operations for amounts necessary to reduce the carrying value of the asset to fair value. The impairment loss calculations require management to apply judgment in estimating future cash flows and the discount rates that reflect the risk inherent in future cash flows.

In the second quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an $8.7 million impairment related to street furniture tangible assets in its International segment. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an additional $12.3 million impairment primarily related to street furniture tangible assets in its International segment.

Intangible Assets

The Company classifies intangible assets as definite-lived, indefinite-lived, or goodwill. Definite-lived intangibles include primarily transit and street furniture contracts, site leases and other contractual rights, all of which are amortized over the shorter or either the respective lives of the agreements or over the period of time the assets are expected to contribute to the Company’s future cash flows. The Company periodically reviews the appropriateness of the amortization periods related to its definite-lived assets. These assets are stated at cost. The Company’s indefinite-lived intangibles include billboard permits in its Americas segment. The excess cost over fair value of net assets acquired is classified as goodwill. The Company’s indefinite-lived intangibles and goodwill are not subject to amortization, but are tested for impairment at least annually.

The Company tests for possible impairment of definite-lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as a reduction in operating cash flow or a dramatic change in the manner the asset is intended to be used indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If indicators exist, the Company compares the estimated undiscounted future cash flows related to the asset to the carrying value of the asset. If the carrying value is greater than the estimated undiscounted future cash flow amount, an impairment charge is recorded in depreciation and amortization expense in the statement of operations for amounts necessary to reduce the carrying value of the asset to fair value.

The Company impaired definite-lived intangible assets related to certain street furniture and billboard contracts in its Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments by $38.8 million as of June 30, 2009. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a $16.5 million impairment related to billboard contract intangible assets in its International segment.

The Company performs its annual impairment test for its permits using a direct valuation technique as prescribed in ASC 805-20-S99. The key assumptions used in the direct valuation method include market revenue growth rates, market share, profit margin, duration and profile of the build-up period, estimated start-up cost and losses incurred during the build-up period, the risk-adjusted discount rate and terminal values. The Company engages Mesirow Financial Consulting, LLC (“Mesirow Financial”), a third party valuation firm, to assist the Company in the development of these assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of its permits.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The Company performed an interim impairment test as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009, which resulted in non-cash impairment charges of $722.6 million and $345.4 million, respectively, on its indefinite-lived permits.

At least annually, the Company performs its impairment test for each reporting unit’s goodwill using a discounted cash flow model to determine if the carrying value of the reporting unit, including goodwill, is less than the fair value of the reporting unit. The Company identified its reporting units in accordance with ASC 350-20-55. The Company’s reporting unit for Americas is the reportable segment. The Company determined that each country in its International segment constitutes a reporting unit.

Each of the Company’s reporting units is valued using a discounted cash flow model which requires estimating future cash flows expected to be generated from the reporting unit, discounted to their present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Terminal values were also estimated and discounted to their present value. Assessing the recoverability of goodwill requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions about sales, operating margins, growth rates and discount rates based on its budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying these factors. The Company engages Mesirow Financial to assist the Company in the development of these assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of its reporting units.

The Company performed an interim impairment test as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009, and recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $2.5 billion and $419.5 million, respectively, to reduce its goodwill.

Nonconsolidated Affiliates

In general, investments in which the Company owns 20 percent to 50 percent of the common stock or otherwise exercises significant influence over the investee are accounted for under the equity method. The Company does not recognize gains or losses upon the issuance of securities by any of its equity method investees. The Company reviews the value of equity method investments and records impairment charges in the statement of operations as a component of “Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates” for any decline in value determined to be other-than-temporary.

Other Investments

Other investments are composed of available-for-sale equity securities carried at fair value based on quoted market prices. The net unrealized gains or losses on the available-for-sale securities, net of tax, are reported in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” as a component of shareholders’ equity. The Company periodically reviews the value of available-for-sale securities and records impairment charges in the statement of operations for any decline in value that is determined to be other-than-temporary. The average cost method is used to compute the realized gains and losses on sales of equity securities.

The Company periodically assesses the value of its available-for-sale securities. Based on these assessments, the Company concluded that an other-than-temporary impairment existed at December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009, and recorded non-cash impairment charges of $59.8 million and $11.3 million, respectively, on the statement of operations in “Loss on marketable securities”. The Company assessed the value of these available-for-sale securities through December 31, 2009 and concluded that no other-than-temporary impairment existed.

Financial Instruments

Due to their short maturity, the carrying amounts of accounts and notes receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and short-term borrowings approximated their fair values at December 31, 2009 and 2008. See Note F for discussion of fair value of the Company’s long-term debt.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting bases and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax asset or liability is expected to be realized or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced by valuation allowances if the Company believes it is more likely than not some portion or the entire asset will not be realized. As all earnings from the Company’s foreign operations are permanently reinvested and not distributed, the Company’s income tax provision does not include additional U.S. taxes on foreign operations. It is not practical to determine the amount of Federal income taxes, if any, that might become due in the event the earnings were distributed.

The operations of the Company are included in a consolidated Federal income tax return filed by Clear Channel Communications, Inc. for the pre-merger periods and CC Media Holdings, Inc. for the post-merger periods. However, for financial reporting purposes, the Company’s provision for income taxes has been computed on the basis that the Company files separate consolidated Federal income tax returns with its subsidiaries.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s advertising contracts typically are short-term, but can cover periods of up to three years, and are generally billed monthly. Revenue for advertising space rental is recognized ratably over the term of the contract. Advertising revenue is reported net of agency commissions. Agency commissions are calculated based on a stated percentage applied to gross billing revenue for the Company’s operations. Payments received in advance of being earned are recorded as deferred income.

Stock Based Compensation

Under the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718-10, stock based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Determining the fair value of share-based awards at the grant date requires assumptions and judgments about expected volatility and forfeiture rates, among other factors. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, our results of operations could be materially impacted.

Foreign Currency

Results of operations for foreign subsidiaries and foreign equity investees are translated into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rates during the year. The assets and liabilities of those subsidiaries and investees, other than those of operations in highly inflationary countries, are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates at the balance sheet date. The related translation adjustments are recorded in a separate component of shareholders’ equity, “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).” Foreign currency transaction gains and losses, as well as gains and losses from translation of financial statements of subsidiaries and investees in highly inflationary countries, are included in operations.

Advertising Expense

The Company records advertising expense as it is incurred. Advertising expenses from continuing operations were:

 

(In millions)    Year ended
December 31,
2009
   Period from
July 31
through
December 31,
2008
         Period from
January 1
through
July 30,
2008
   Year ended
December 31,
2007
   Post-Merger    Post-Merger          Pre-Merger    Pre-Merger

Advertising expenses

   $ 11.2    $ 6.7        $ 9.2    $ 14.8

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes including, but not limited to, legal, tax and insurance accruals. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-02, Accounting and Reporting for Decreases in Ownership of a Subsidiary—a Scope Clarification . The update is to ASC Topic 810, Consolidation . The ASU clarifies that the decrease-in-ownership provisions of ASC 810-10 and related guidance apply to (1) a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business or nonprofit activity, (2) a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business or nonprofit activity that is transferred to an equity method investee or joint venture, and (3) an exchange of a group of assets that constitutes a business or nonprofit activity for a noncontrolling interest in an entity (including an equity method investee or joint venture). In addition, the ASU expands the information an entity is required to disclose upon deconsolidation of a subsidiary. This standard is effective for fiscal years ending on or after December 15, 2009 with retrospective application required for the first period in which the entity adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160. The Company adopted the amendment upon issuance with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.

In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-17, Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities . The update is to ASC Topic 810, Consolidation . This standard amends ASC 810-10-25 by requiring consolidation of certain special purpose entities that were previously exempted from consolidation. The revised criteria will define a controlling financial interest for requiring consolidation as: the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the entity’s performance, and (1) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (2) the right to receive benefits from the entity. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. The Company adopted the amendment on January 1, 2010 with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.

In August 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-05, Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value . The update is to ASC Subtopic 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures-Overall , for the fair value measurement of liabilities. The purpose of this update is to reduce ambiguity in financial reporting when measuring the fair value of liabilities. The guidance provided in this update is effective for the first reporting period beginning after the date of issuance. We adopted the amendment on October 1, 2009 with no material impact to our financial position or results of operations.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification TM and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles , codified in ASC 105-10, was issued in June 2009. ASC 105-10 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with GAAP in the United States. ASC 105-10 establishes the ASC as the source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. Following this statement, the FASB will issue new standards in the form of ASUs. ASC 105-10 is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 105-10 on July 1, 2009.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) (“Statement No. 167”), which is not yet codified, was issued in June 2009. Statement No. 167 shall be effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. Earlier application is prohibited. Statement No. 167 amends Financial Accounting Standards Board

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Interpretation No. 46(R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities , codified in ASC 810-10-25, to replace the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining which enterprise, if any, has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity with an approach focused on identifying which enterprise has the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and (1) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (2) the right to receive benefits from the entity. An approach that is expected to be primarily qualitative will be more effective for identifying which enterprise has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. Statement No. 167 requires an additional reconsideration event when determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity when any changes in facts and circumstances occur such that the holders of the equity investment at risk, as a group, lose the power from voting rights or similar rights of those investments to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. It also requires ongoing assessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. These requirements will provide more relevant and timely information to users of financial statements. Statement No. 167 amends ASC 810-10-25 to require additional disclosures about an enterprise’s involvement in variable interest entities, which will enhance the information provided to users of financial statements. The Company adopted Statement No. 167 on January 1, 2010 with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 165, Subsequent Events , codified in ASC 855-10, was issued in May 2009. The provisions of ASC 855-10 are effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009 and are intended to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. ASC 855-10 requires the disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and the basis for that date—that is, whether that date represents the date the financial statements were issued or were available to be issued. This disclosure should alert all users of financial statements that an entity has not evaluated subsequent events after that date in the set of financial statements being presented. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 855-10, the Company currently evaluates subsequent events through the date the financial statements are issued.

FASB Staff Position Emerging Issues Task Force 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities , codified in ASC 260-10-45, was issued in June 2008. ASC 260-10-45 clarifies that unvested share-based payment awards with a right to receive nonforfeitable dividends are participating securities. Guidance is also provided on how to allocate earnings to participating securities and compute basic earnings per share using the two-class method. All prior-period earnings per share data presented shall be adjusted retrospectively (including interim financial statements, summaries of earnings, and selected financial data) to conform with the provisions of ASC 260-10-45. The Company retrospectively adopted the provisions of ASC 260-10-45 on January 1, 2009. The adoption did not have an effect on previously reported basic earnings per share.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51 , codified in ASC 810-10-45, was issued in December 2007. ASC 810-10-45 clarifies the classification of noncontrolling interests in consolidated statements of financial position and the accounting for and reporting of transactions between the reporting entity and holders of such noncontrolling interests. Under this guidance, noncontrolling interests are considered equity and should be reported as an element of consolidated equity, net income will encompass the total income of all consolidated subsidiaries and there will be separate disclosure on the face of the income statement of the attribution of that income between the controlling and noncontrolling interests, and increases and decreases in the noncontrolling ownership interest amount will be accounted for as equity transactions. The provisions of ASC 810-10-45 are effective for the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and earlier application is prohibited. Guidance is required to be adopted prospectively, except for reclassifying noncontrolling interests to equity, separate from the parent’s shareholders’ equity, in the consolidated statement of financial position and recasting consolidated net income (loss) to include net income (loss) attributable to both the controlling and noncontrolling interests, both of which are required to be adopted retrospectively. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 810-10-45 on January 1, 2009, which resulted in a reclassification of approximately

 

F-35


Table of Contents

$211.8 million of noncontrolling interests to shareholders’ equity. Adoption of this standard requires retrospective application in the financial statements of earlier periods on January 1, 2009. In connection with the offering of $500.0 million aggregate principal Series A Senior Notes and $2.0 billion aggregate principal Series B Senior Notes by the Company’s subsidiary, the Company filed a Form 8-K on December 11, 2009 to retrospectively recast the historical financial statements and certain disclosures included in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 for the adoption of ASC 810-10-45.

FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 , codified in ASC 820-10, was issued in February 2008. ASC 820-10 delays the effective date of FASB Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , for nonfinancial assets and liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually), to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 820-10 on January 1, 2009 with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.

FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly , codified in ASC 820-10-35, was issued in April 2009. ASC 820-10-35 provides additional guidance for estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased. ASC 820-10-35 also includes guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, and shall be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. Earlier adoption for periods ending before March 15, 2009 is not permitted. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 820-10-35 on April 1, 2009 with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.

FASB Staff Position No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments , codified in ASC 320-10, was issued in April 2009. It amends the other-than-temporary impairment guidance in U.S. GAAP for debt securities to make the guidance more operational and to improve the presentation and disclosure of other-than-temporary impairments on debt and equity securities in the financial statements. ASC 320-10 does not amend existing recognition and measurement guidance related to other-than-temporary impairments of equity securities. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. Earlier adoption for periods ending before March 15, 2009 is not permitted. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 320-10 on April 1, 2009 with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.

FASB Staff Position No. FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments , codified in ASC 825-10, was issued in April 2009. ASC 825-10 amends prior authoritative guidance to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual financial statements. The provisions of ASC 825-10 are effective for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The Company adopted the disclosure requirements of ASC 825-10 on April 1, 2009.

NOTE B — INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

Definite-lived Intangible Assets

The Company has definite-lived intangible assets which consist primarily of transit and street furniture contracts, permanent easements that provide the Company access to certain of its outdoor displays, and other contractual rights. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of either the respective lives of the agreements or over the period of time the assets are expected to contribute to the Company’s future cash flows.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

The following table presents the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each major class of definite-lived intangible assets at December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

(in thousands)    Post-Merger    Post-Merger
   2009    2008
   Gross Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Gross Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization

Transit, street furniture, and other contractual rights

   $ 803,297    $ 166,803    $ 883,130    $ 49,818

Other

     172,394      9,744      169,007      1,834
                           

Total

   $ 975,691    $ 176,547    $ 1,052,137    $ 51,652
                           

The following table present amortization expense related to definite-lived intangible assets for each of the following periods:

 

(In millions)    Year ended
December 31,
2009
   Period from
July  31

through
December 31,
2008
         Period from
January  1

through
July 30,
2008
   Year ended
December 31,
2007
   Post-Merger    Post-Merger          Pre-Merger    Pre-Merger

Amortization expense

   $ 101.2    $ 63.7        $ 30.6    $ 53.2

During the first seven months of 2009, the Company decreased the initial fair value estimate of its permits, contracts, site leases, and other assets and liabilities by $125.3 million based on additional information received.

As acquisitions and dispositions occur in the future and as purchase price allocations are finalized, amortization expense may vary. The following table presents the Company’s estimate of amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years for definite-lived intangible assets:

 

(In thousands)     

2010

   $ 99,813

2011

     84,985

2012

     80,287

2013

     75,452

2014

     67,605

Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

The Company’s indefinite-lived intangibles consist primarily of billboard permits in its Americas segment. Due to significant differences in both business practices and regulations, billboards in the International segment are subject to long-term, finite contracts unlike permits in the United States and Canada. Accordingly, there are no indefinite-lived intangible assets in the International segment. The Company’s billboard permits are effectively issued in perpetuity by state and local governments and are transferable or renewable at little or no cost. Permits typically specify the location which allows the Company the right to operate an advertising structure at the specified location. The Company’s permits are located on owned land, leased land or land for which we have acquired permanent easements. In cases where the Company’s permits are located on leased land, the leases typically have initial terms of between one and 20 years and renew indefinitely, with rental payments generally escalating at an inflation-based index. If the Company loses its lease, the Company will typically obtain permission to relocate the permit or bank it with the municipality for future use.

The indefinite-lived intangibles and goodwill are not subject to amortization, but are tested for impairment at least annually. The Company tests for possible impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets whenever events

 

F-37


Table of Contents

or changes in circumstances, such as a reduction in operating cash flow or a dramatic change in the manner for which the asset is intended to be used, indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If indicators exist, the Company compares the undiscounted cash flows related to the asset to the carrying value of the asset. If the carrying value is greater than the undiscounted cash flow amount, an impairment charge is recorded in amortization expense in the statement of operations for amounts necessary to reduce the carrying value of the asset to fair value.

Interim Impairments to Billboard Permits

The United States and global economies have undergone a period of economic uncertainty, which caused, among other things, a general tightening in the credit markets, limited access to the credit markets, lower levels of liquidity and lower consumer and business spending. These disruptions in the credit and financial markets and the impact of adverse economic, financial and industry conditions on the demand for advertising negatively impacted the key assumptions that were used in the discounted cash flow models used to value the Company’s billboard permits as of the merger date. Therefore, the Company performed an interim impairment test on its billboard permits as of December 31, 2008, which resulted in a non-cash impairment charge of $722.6 million.

The Company’s cash flows during the first six months of 2009 were below those in the discounted cash flow model used to calculate the impairment at December 31, 2008. As a result, the Company performed an interim impairment test as of June 30, 2009 on its billboard permits resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $345.4 million.

The impairment test consisted of a comparison of the fair value of the billboard permits at the market level with their carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the billboard permits exceeded their fair value, an impairment loss was recognized equal to that excess. After an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying amount of the billboard permit is its new accounting basis.

The fair value of the billboard permits was determined using the direct valuation method as prescribed in ASC 805-20-S99. Under the direct valuation method, the fair value of the billboard permits was calculated at the market level as prescribed by ASC 350-30-35 . The Company engaged Mesirow Financial to assist it in the development of the assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of the billboard permits.

The Company’s application of the direct valuation method attempts to isolate the income that is properly attributable to the permit alone (that is, apart from other tangible and identified intangible assets and goodwill). It is based upon modeling a hypothetical “greenfield” build up to a “normalized” enterprise that, by design, lacks inherent goodwill and whose only other assets have essentially been paid for (or added) as part of the build-up process. We forecasted revenue, expenses and cash flows over a ten-year period for each of our markets in our application of the direct valuation method. We also calculated a “normalized” residual year which represents the perpetual cash flows of each market. The residual year cash flow was capitalized to arrive at the terminal value of the permits in each market.

Under the direct valuation method, it is assumed that rather than acquiring indefinite-lived intangible assets as part of a going concern business, the buyer hypothetically develops indefinite-lived intangible assets and builds a new operation with similar attributes from scratch. Thus, the buyer incurs start-up costs during the build-up phase which are normally associated with going concern value. Initial capital costs are deducted from the discounted cash flow model which results in value that is directly attributable to the indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Management uses its internal forecasts to estimate industry normalized information as it believes these forecasts are similar to what a market participant would expect to generate. This is due to the pricing structure and demand for outdoor signage in a market being relatively constant regardless of the owner of the operation. Management also relied on its internal forecasts because there is little public data available for each of its markets.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

The build-up period represents the time it takes for the hypothetical start-up operation to reach normalized operations in terms of achieving a mature market revenue share and profit margin. Management believes that a one-year build-up period is required for a start-up operation to erect the necessary structures and obtain advertisers in order to achieve mature market revenue share. It is estimated that a start-up operation would be able to obtain 10% of the potential revenues in the first year of operations and 100% in the second year. Management assumed industry revenue growth of negative 9% and negative 16%, respectively, during the build-up period used in the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 interim impairment tests. However, the cost structure is expected to reach the normalized level over three years due to the time required to recognize the synergies and cost savings associated with the ownership of the permits within the market.

For the normalized operating margin in the third year, management assumed a hypothetical business would operate at the lower of the operating margin for the specific market or the industry average margin of approximately 46% and 45% based on an analysis of comparable companies in the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models, respectively. For the first and second-year of operations, the operating margin was assumed to be 50% of the “normalized” operating margin for both the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models. The first and second-year expenses include the non-recurring start-up costs necessary to build the operation (i.e. development of customers, workforce, etc.).

In addition to cash flows during the projection period, a “normalized” residual cash flow was calculated based upon industry-average growth of 3% beyond the discrete build-up projection period in both the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models. The residual cash flow was then capitalized to arrive at the terminal value.

The present value of the cash flows is calculated using an estimated required rate of return based upon industry-average market conditions. In determining the estimated required rate of return, management calculated a discount rate using both current and historical trends in the industry.

The Company calculated the discount rate as of the valuation date and also one-year, two-year, and three-year historical quarterly averages. The discount rate was calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based on the quarterly average of data for publicly traded companies in the outdoor advertising industry.

The calculation of the discount rate required the rate of return on debt, which was based on a review of the credit ratings for comparable companies (i.e., market participants). Management used the yield on a Standard & Poor’s “B” rated corporate bond for the pre-tax rate of return on debt and tax-effected such yield based on applicable tax rates.

The rate of return on equity capital was estimated using a modified Capital Asset Pricing Model (“CAPM”). Inputs to this model included the yield on long-term U.S. Treasury Bonds, forecast betas for comparable companies, calculation of a market risk premium based on research and empirical evidence and calculation of a size premium derived from historical differences in returns between small companies and large companies using data published by Ibbotson Associates.

The concluded discount rate used in the discounted cash flow models to determine the fair value of the permits was 9.5% at December 31, 2008 and 10% at June 30, 2009. Applying the discount rate, the present value of cash flows during the discrete projection period and terminal value were added to estimate the fair value of the hypothetical start-up operation. The initial capital investment was subtracted to arrive at the value of the permits. The initial capital investment represents the fixed assets needed to erect the necessary advertising structures.

The discount rate used in the December 31, 2008 impairment model increased approximately 100 basis points over the discount rate used to value the permits in the preliminary purchase price allocation as of July 30, 2008.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Industry revenue forecasts declined 10% through 2013 compared to the forecasts used in the preliminary purchase price allocation as of July 30, 2008. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of the billboard permits below their carrying value. As a result, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge which totaled $722.6 million. The fair value of the permits was $1.5 billion at December 31, 2008.

The discount rate used in the June 30, 2009 impairment model increased approximately 50 basis points over the discount rate used to value the permits at December 31, 2008. Industry revenue forecasts declined 8% through 2013 compared to the forecasts used in the 2008 impairment test. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of the billboard permits below their carrying value. As a result, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge in all but five of its markets in the United States and Canada, which totaled $345.4 million. The fair value of the permits was $1.1 billion at June 30, 2009.

Annual Impairment Test to Billboard Permits

The Company performs its annual impairment test on October 1 of each year. The Company engaged Mesirow Financial to assist it in the development of the assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of the billboard permits. The aggregate fair value of the permits on October 1, 2009 increased approximately 8% from the fair value at June 30, 2009. The increase in fair value was primarily from an increase of $57.7 million related to increased industry revenue forecasts. The discount rate was unchanged from the June 30, 2009 interim impairment analysis. We calculated the discount rate as of the valuation date and also one-year, two-year and three-year quarterly averages. The discount rate as of the valuation date was calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based on the quarterly average of data for publicly traded companies in the outdoor advertising industry. The fair value of the Company’s permits at October 1, 2009 was approximately $1.2 billion.

Goodwill

Interim Impairments to Goodwill

The Company tests goodwill at interim dates if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow models used to value the Company’s reporting units as of December 31, 2008 were negatively impacted by the same factors contributing to the decline in fair value of its billboard permits. Therefore, the Company performed an interim impairment test and recognized a non-cash charge of $2.5 billion as of December 31, 2008 to reduce its goodwill.

The Company’s cash flows during the first six months of 2009 were below those used in the discounted cash flow model used to calculate the impairment at December 31, 2008. Additionally, the fair value of the Company’s debt and equity at June 30, 2009 was below the carrying amount of its reporting units as of June 30, 2009. As a result of these indicators, the Company performed an interim goodwill impairment test as of June 30, 2009 resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $419.5 million.

The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process. The first step, used to screen for potential impairment, compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If applicable, the second step, used to measure the amount of the impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill.

Each of the Company’s reporting units is valued using a discounted cash flow model which requires estimating future cash flows expected to be generated from the reporting unit, discounted to their present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Terminal values were also estimated and discounted to their present value. Assessing the recoverability of goodwill requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions about sales, operating margins, growth rates and discount rates based on its budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated

 

F-40


Table of Contents

future cash flows and marketplace data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying these factors. The Company engaged Mesirow Financial to assist the Company in the development of these assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of its reporting units.

The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill in each of the Company’s reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. The provisions of ASC 350-20-50-1 require the disclosure of cumulative impairment. As a result of the merger, a new basis in goodwill was recorded in accordance with ASC 805-10. All impairments shown in the table below have been recorded subsequent to the merger and, therefore, do not include any pre-merger impairment.

 

(In thousands)    Americas     International     Total  
Pre-Merger       

Balance as of December 31, 2007

   $ 688,336      $ 474,253      $ 1,162,589   

Acquisitions

            12,341        12,341   

Foreign currency translation

     (293     28,596        28,303   

Adjustments

     (970            (970
                        

Balance as of July 30,2008

     687,073        515,190        1,202,263   
Post-Merger       

Preliminary fair value adjustment resulting from push-down accounting

     2,118,707        88,522        2,207,229   

Net adjustments to push-down accounting

     438,025        (76,116     361,909   

Dispositions

            (542     (542

Foreign currency translation

     (29,605     (63,519     (93,124

Impairment

     (2,321,602     (173,435     (2,495,037

Adjustments

            (2,557     (2,557
                        

Balance as of December 31, 2008

     892,598        287,543        1,180,141   

Net adjustments to push down accounting

     68,896        45,042        113,938   

Acquisitions

     2,250        110        2,360   

Foreign currency translation

     16,293        17,412        33,705   

Impairment

     (390,374     (73,764     (464,138

Adjustments

     (4,414            (4,414
                        

Balance as of December 31, 2009

   $ 585,249      $ 276,343      $ 861,592   
                        

The U.S. outdoor advertising markets are aggregated into a single reporting unit for purposes of the goodwill impairment test using the guidance in ASC 350-20-55. The Company also determined that within its Americas outdoor segment, Canada, Mexico, Peru, and Brazil constitute separate reporting units and each country in its International outdoor segment constitutes a separate reporting unit.

The discounted cash flow model indicated that the Company failed the first step of the impairment test for certain of its reporting units, which required it to compare the implied fair value of each reporting unit’s goodwill with its carrying value.

The discounted cash flow approach the Company uses for valuing goodwill involves estimating future cash flows expected to be generated from the related assets, discounted to their present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Terminal values are also estimated and discounted to their present value.

The Company forecasted revenue, expenses, and cash flows over a ten-year period for each of its reporting units. In projecting future cash flows, the Company considers a variety of factors including its historical growth rates, macroeconomic conditions, advertising sector and industry trends as well as Company-specific information.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Historically, revenues in its industries have been highly correlated to economic cycles. Based on these considerations, the assumed 2008 and 2009 revenue growth rates used in the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models were negative followed by assumed revenue growth with an anticipated economic recovery in 2009 and 2010, respectively. To arrive at the projected cash flows and resulting growth rates, the Company evaluated its historical operating results, current management initiatives and both historical and anticipated industry results to assess the reasonableness of the operating margin assumptions. The Company also calculated a “normalized” residual year which represents the perpetual cash flows of each reporting unit. The residual year cash flow was capitalized to arrive at the terminal value of the reporting unit.

The Company calculated the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 and also one-year, two-year, and three-year historical quarterly averages for each of its reporting units. WACC is an overall rate based upon the individual rates of return for invested capital (equity and interest-bearing debt). The WACC is calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based on the quarterly average data for publicly traded companies in the outdoor advertising industry. The calculation of the WACCs considered both current industry WACCs and historical trends in the industry.

The calculation of the WACC requires the rate of return on debt, which was based on a review of the credit ratings for comparable companies (i.e., market participants) and the indicated yield on similarly rated bonds.

The rate of return on equity capital was estimated using a modified CAPM. Inputs to this model included the yield on long-term U.S. Treasury Bonds, forecast betas for comparable companies, calculation of a market risk premium based on research and empirical evidence and calculation of a size premium derived from historical differences in returns between small companies and large companies using data published by Ibbotson Associates.

In line with advertising industry trends, the Company’s operations and expected cash flow are subject to significant uncertainties about future developments, including timing and severity of the recessionary trends and customers’ behaviors. To address these risks, the Company included company-specific risk premiums for each of the reporting units in the estimated WACC. Based on this analysis, as of December 31, 2008, company-specific risk premiums of 300 basis points were included for both the Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments, resulting in WACCs of 12.5% for each of the reporting units in the Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments. As of June 30, 2009, company-specific risk premiums of 250 basis points and 350 basis points were included for the Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments, respectively, resulting in WACCs of 12.5% and 13.5% for each of the reporting units in the Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments, respectively. Applying these WACCs, the present value of cash flows during the discrete projection period and terminal value were added to estimate the fair value of the reporting units.

The discount rate utilized in the valuation of the permits as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 excludes the company-specific risk premiums that were added to the industry WACCs used in the valuation of the reporting units. Management believes the exclusion of this premium is appropriate given the difference between the nature of the billboard permits and reporting unit cash flow projections. The cash flow projections utilized under the direct valuation method for the permits are derived from utilizing industry “normalized” information for the existing portfolio of permits. Given that the underlying cash flow projections are based on industry normalized information, application of an industry average discount rate is appropriate. Conversely, the cash flow projections for the overall reporting unit are based on its internal forecasts for each business and incorporate future growth and initiatives unrelated to the existing permit portfolio. Additionally, the projections for the reporting unit include cash flows related to non-permit based assets. In the valuation of the reporting unit, the company-specific risk premiums were added to the industry WACCs due to the risks inherent in achieving the projected cash flows of the reporting unit.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The Company also utilized the market approach to provide a test of reasonableness to the results of the discounted cash flow model. The market approach indicates the fair value of the invested capital of a business based on a company’s market capitalization (if publicly traded) and a comparison of the business to comparable publicly traded companies and transactions in its industry. This approach can be estimated through the quoted market price method, the market comparable method, and the market transaction method.

One indication of the fair value of a business is the quoted market price in active markets for the debt and equity of the business. The quoted market price of equity multiplied by the number of shares outstanding yields the fair value of the equity of a business on a marketable, noncontrolling basis. A premium for control is then applied and added to the estimated fair value of interest-bearing debt to indicate the fair value of the invested capital of the business on a marketable, controlling basis.

The market comparable method provides an indication of the fair value of the invested capital of a business by comparing it to publicly traded companies in similar lines of business. The conditions and prospects of companies in similar lines of business depend on common factors such as overall demand for their products and services. An analysis of the market multiples of companies engaged in similar lines of business yields insight into investor perceptions and, therefore, the value of the subject business. These multiples are then applied to the operating results of the subject business to estimate the fair value of the invested capital on a marketable, noncontrolling basis. The Company then applies a premium for control to indicate the fair value of the business on a marketable, controlling basis.

The market transaction method estimates the fair value of the invested capital of a business based on exchange prices in actual transactions and on asking prices for controlling interests in similar companies recently offered for sale. This process involves comparison and correlation of the subject business with other similar companies that have recently been purchased. Considerations such as location, time of sale, physical characteristics, and conditions of sale are analyzed for comparable businesses.

The three variations of the market approach indicated that the fair value determined by its discounted cash flow model was within a reasonable range of outcomes.

The revenue forecasts for 2009 declined 21% and 29% for Americas outdoor and International outdoor, respectively, compared to the forecasts used in the July 30, 2008 preliminary purchase price allocation primarily as a result of the revenues realized for the year ended December 31, 2008. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of the reporting units below their carrying value. As a result, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge to reduce its goodwill of $2.5 billion at December 31, 2008.

The revenue forecasts for 2009 declined 7% and 9% for Americas outdoor and International outdoor, respectively, compared to the forecasts used in the 2008 impairment test primarily as a result of the revenues realized during the first six months of 2009. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of the reporting units below their carrying value. As a result, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge to reduce its goodwill of $419.5 million at June 30, 2009.

Annual Impairments to Goodwill

The Company performs its annual impairment test on October 1 of each year. The Company engaged Mesirow Financial to assist the Company in the development of these assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of its reporting units. The fair value of the Company’s reporting units on October 1, 2009 increased from the fair value at June 30, 2009. The increase in fair value of the Americas reporting unit was primarily the result of a 150 basis point decline in the WACC. Application of the market approach described above supported lowering the company-specific risk premium used in the discounted cash flow model to fair value the Americas reporting unit. The increase in the aggregate fair value of the reporting units in the International outdoor segment was primarily the result of an increase in the long-term revenue forecasts.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

During the third quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a $45.0 million increase to goodwill in the International outdoor segment related to the fair value of certain noncontrolling interests, which existed at the merger date with no related tax effect. This noncontrolling interest was recorded pursuant to ASC 480-10-S99 which determines the classification of redeemable noncontrolling interests. The Company subsequently determined that the increase in goodwill related to these noncontrolling interests should have been included in the impairment charges resulting from the interim goodwill impairment tests. As a result, during the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company impaired this entire goodwill amount, which after consideration of foreign exchange movements, was $41.4 million.

NOTE C — BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

2009 Purchases of Additional Equity Interests

During 2009, the Company’s Americas outdoor segment purchased the remaining 15% interest in its consolidated subsidiary, Paneles Napsa S.A., for $13.0 million and the Company’s International outdoor segment acquired an additional 5% interest in its consolidated subsidiary, Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA, for $12.1 million.

2008 Acquisitions

During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company’s Americas segment paid $55.1 million for the acquisition of advertising structures and the final earnout payments for Interspace Airport Advertising, which the Company acquired in July 2006. The Company’s International segment paid $41.4 million primarily related to the acquisition of additional equity interests in outdoor companies and the acquisition of advertising structures.

Acquisition Summary

The following is a summary of the assets and liabilities acquired and the consideration given for all acquisitions made during 2008.

 

(In thousands)    2008  

Cash

   $ 112   

Accounts receivable

     104   

Property, plant and equipment

     17,468   

Permits

     8,065   

Definite-lived intangibles

     42,941   

Goodwill

     8,814   

Other assets

     8,585   
        
     86,089   

Other liabilities

     (9,101

Noncontrolling interests

     7,865   

Deferred tax

     (6,696
        
     (7,932

Plus accrued earnout paid

     25,053   

Less fair value of assets exchanged

     (6,600
        

Total cash consideration

     96,610   

Less cash received

     (112
        

Net cash paid for acquisitions

   $ 96,498   
        

 

F-44


Table of Contents

NOTE D — INVESTMENTS

The Company’s most significant investments in nonconsolidated affiliates are listed below:

Clear Channel Independent

The Company owned a 50% interest in Clear Channel Independent (“CCI”), formerly known as Corp Comm, a South African outdoor advertising company. In the first quarter of 2008, the Company sold its 50% interest in CCI and recognized a gain of $75.6 million in “Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates” based on the fair value of the equity securities received in the pre-merger period ended July 30, 2008. The equity securities received are classified as available-for-sale and recorded as “Other investments” on the consolidated balance sheet.

Alessi

The Company owns a 36.75% interest in Alessi, an Italian outdoor advertising company.

Summarized Financial Information

The following table summarizes the Company’s investments in nonconsolidated affiliates:

 

(In thousands)    CCI     Alessi     All Others     Total  
Pre-Merger         

Balance as of December 31, 2007

   $ 54,211      $ 27,479      $ 26,317      $ 108,007   

Acquisition (disposition) of investments

     (116,789            (788     (117,577

Equity in net earnings (loss)

     77,615        (8,853     2,080        70,842   

Other, net

     (9,286     4,506        (5,281     (10,061

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (5,751     1,921        538        (3,292
                                

Balance as of July 30, 2008

            25,053        22,866        47,919   
Post-Merger         

Fair value adjustment resulting from preliminary push-down accounting

                   3,797        3,797   

Acquisition (disposition) of investments

                   500        500   

Equity in net earnings (loss)

            (333     (1,776     (2,109

Other, net

                   6,475        6,475   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

            (2,733     (2,037     (4,770
                                

Balance as of December 31, 2008

            21,987        29,825        51,812   

Acquisition (disposition) of investments

                            

Equity in net earnings (loss)

            (12,161     (19,281     (31,442

Other, net

            (698     2,863        2,165   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

            (87     906        819   
                                

Balance as of December 31, 2009

   $        $ 9,041      $ 14,313      $ 23,354   
                                

The investments in the table above are not consolidated, but are accounted for under the equity method of accounting, whereby the Company records its investments in these entities in the balance sheet as “Investments in, and advances to, nonconsolidated affiliates.” The Company’s interests in their operations are recorded in the statement of operations as “Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates.” There were no accumulated undistributed earnings included in retained deficit for these investments as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. The accumulated undistributed earnings included in retained earnings for these investments was $10.1 million as of December 31, 2007.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Other Investments

Other investments of $17.0 million at December 31, 2009 primarily represent marketable equity securities.

 

(In thousands)

Investments

   Fair Value    Cost

Available-for sale

   $ 15,911    $ 14,506

Other

   $ 1,087    $ 1,087

The Company’s available-for-sale security, Independent News & Media PLC (“INM”), was in an unrealized loss position for an extended period of time in 2008 and 2009. As a result, the Company considered the guidance in ASC 320-10-S99 and reviewed the length of the time and the extent to which the market value was less than cost and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. After this assessment, the Company concluded that the impairment was other than temporary and recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $11.3 million and $59.8 million in “Loss on marketable securities” for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

NOTE E — ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATION

The Company has an asset retirement obligation of $51.3 million and $55.6 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, which is reported in “Other long-term liabilities.” The liability relates to the Company’s obligation to dismantle and remove its advertising displays from leased land and to reclaim the site to its original condition upon the termination or non-renewal of a lease. When the liability is recorded, the cost is capitalized as part of the related long-lived assets’ carrying value. Due to the high rate of lease renewals over a long period of time, the calculation assumes all related assets will be removed at some period over the next 50 years. An estimate of third-party cost information is used with respect to the dismantling of the structures and the reclamation of the site. The interest rate used to calculate the present value of such costs over the retirement period is based on an estimated risk adjusted credit rate for the same period.

The following table presents the activity related to the Company’s asset retirement obligation:

 

(In thousands)       
Pre-Merger   

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 70,497   

Adjustment due to change in estimate of related costs

     1,853   

Accretion of liability

     3,084   

Liabilities settled

     (2,558
        

Balance at July 30, 2008

     72,876   
Post-Merger   

Fair value adjustment resulting from preliminary push-down accounting

     (13,598

Adjustment due to change in estimate of related costs

     (3,123

Accretion of liability

     2,233   

Liabilities settled

     (2,796
        

Balance at December 31, 2008

     55,592   

Adjustment due to change in estimate of related costs

     (6,721

Accretion of liability

     5,209   

Liabilities settled

     (2,779
        

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 51,301   
        

 

F-46


Table of Contents

NOTE F — LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt at December 31, 2009 and 2008 consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
     2009    2008
(In thousands)    Post-Merger    Post-Merger

Debt with Clear Channel Communications

   $    $ 2,500,000

Bank credit facility ($150.0 million sub-limit within Clear Channel Communications’ $2.0 billion facility, $120.0 million of which was drawn by Clear Channel Communications)

     30,000      30,000

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings Senior Notes:

     

9.25% Series A Senior Notes Due 2017

     500,000     

9.25% Series B Senior Notes Due 2017

     2,000,000     

Other debt

     78,878      71,854
             
     2,608,878      2,601,854

Less: current portion

     47,073      69,522
             

Total long-term debt

   $ 2,561,805    $ 2,532,332
             

The aggregate market value of the Company’s debt based on quoted market prices for which quotes were available was approximately $2.7 billion and $2.6 billion at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Debt with Clear Channel Communications

As of December 31, 2008, the Company had a note in the original principal amount of $2.5 billion to Clear Channel Communications which was prepayable in whole at any time, or in part from time to time. The note accrued interest at a variable per annum rate equal to the weighted average cost of debt for Clear Channel Communications, calculated on a monthly basis. At December 31, 2008, the interest rate on the $2.5 billion note was 6.0%.

In December 2009, the Company made voluntary prepayments on the note in the amount of the total outstanding balance and subsequently retired the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications.” The interest rate on the $2.5 billion note was 5.7% prior to its retirement.

Bank Credit Facility

In connection with their merger, Clear Channel Communications entered into a multi-currency revolving credit facility with a maturity in July 2014 in the amount of $2.0 billion. Certain of the Company’s International subsidiaries may borrow under a $150.0 million sub-limit within this $2.0 billion credit facility, to the extent Clear Channel Communications has not already borrowed against this capacity and is in compliance with its covenants under the credit facility. This sub-limit allows for borrowings in various foreign currencies, which are used to hedge net assets in those currencies and provide funds to the Company’s International operations for certain working capital needs. The obligations of these International subsidiaries that are borrowers under the revolving credit facility are guaranteed by certain of the Company’s material wholly-owned subsidiaries, and secured by substantially all assets of such borrowers and guarantors, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions. The interest rate is based upon LIBOR or, for Euro denominated borrowings, EURIBOR, plus, in each case, a margin. At December 31, 2009, the interest rate on this bank credit facility was 3.7%. As of December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance on the sub-limit was approximately $150.0 million of which $30.0 million was drawn by the Company and the remaining amount drawn by Clear Channel Communications.

In conjunction with the merger, Clear Channel Communications’ $1.75 billion revolving credit facility, including the $150.0 million sub-limit, was terminated.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants. Furthermore, in its Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2010, CC Media Holdings stated that as of December 31, 2009, it was in compliance with its debt covenants.

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings Senior Notes

In December 2009, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary CCWH, issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of Series A Senior Notes due 2017 and $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of Series B Senior Notes due 2017. The Notes are guaranteed by the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary (“CCOI”), and certain other existing and future domestic subsidiaries of the Company (collectively, the “Guarantors”).

The Notes are senior unsecured obligations that rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of CCWH and the guarantees of the Notes will rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of the guarantors thereunder.

The Notes are rated “B” and “B2” by Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s, respectively. The indentures governing the Notes require the Company to maintain at least $100 million in cash or other liquid assets or have cash available to be borrowed under committed credit facilities consisting of (i) $50.0 million at the issuer and guarantor entities (principally the Americas outdoor segment) and (ii) $50.0 million at the non-guarantor subsidiaries (principally the International outdoor segment) (together the “Liquidity Amount”), in each case under the sole control of the relevant entity. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, or similar proceeding of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., for the period thereafter that is the shorter of such proceeding and 60 days, the Liquidity Amount shall be reduced to $50.0 million, with a $25.0 million requirement at the issuer and guarantor entities and a $25.0 million requirement at the non-guarantor subsidiaries.

In addition, interest on the Notes accrues daily and is payable into an account established by a trustee for the benefit of the bondholders (the “Trustee Account”). Failure to make daily payment on any day does not constitute an event of default so long as (a) no payment or other transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall have been made on such day under the cash management sweep with Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and (b) on each semiannual interest payment date the aggregate amount of funds in the Trustee Account is equal to at least the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes.

The indenture governing the Series A Notes contains covenants that limit the Company and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt to persons other than Clear Channel Communications and its subsidiaries or issue certain preferred stock;

 

   

create liens on its restricted subsidiaries assets to secure such debt;

 

   

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to the Company from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

   

merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; and

 

   

sell certain assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries, to persons other than Clear Channel Communications and its subsidiaries.

The indenture governing the Series A Notes does not include limitations on dividends, distributions, investments or asset sales.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The indenture governing the Series B Notes contains covenants that limit the Company and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt or issue certain preferred stock;

 

   

redeem, repurchase or retire the Company’s subordinated debt;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

create liens on its or its restricted subsidiaries’ assets to secure debt;

 

   

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to it from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the Notes;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

   

merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets;

 

   

sell certain assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries;

 

   

designate its subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and pay dividends, redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other restricted payments; and

 

   

purchase or otherwise effectively cancel or retire any of the Series B Notes if after doing so the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series A Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series B Notes shall be greater than 0.250. This stipulation ensures, among other things, that as long as the Series A Notes are outstanding, the Series B Notes are outstanding.

Prior to the date of the closing of the CCWH offering, the Company made a demand for and received repayment of $500.0 million on the “Due from Clear Channel Communications” account.

Following such repayment, the Company contributed $500.0 million to the capital of CCOI, which used the proceeds received by it to prepay $500.0 million of the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications” account. Subsequent to this repayment, the outstanding balance of the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications” account was $2.0 billion.

The proceeds of the Notes were used to (i) pay the fees and expenses of the offering, (ii) pay the initial purchasers an underwriting discount, (iii) fund $50.0 million required under the Notes’ indentures of a Liquidity Amount (the $50.0 million Liquidity Amount of the non-guarantor subsidiaries was satisfied) and (iv) make a voluntary prepayment of the remaining $2.0 billion outstanding balance (which is equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Series B Notes) under the note to Clear Channel Communications and subsequently retire the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications”, with the balance of the proceeds available to the Company for general corporate purposes.

In connection with the offering, Clear Channel Communications and the Company modified the terms of the revolving promissory notes (recorded as Due from/to Clear Channel Communications account) to extend the maturity of each revolving promissory note to coincide with the maturity date of the Notes. In addition, the terms were modified to change the interest rate on each revolving promissory note to a fixed per annum rate equal to 9.25%.

Other Debt

Other debt includes various borrowings and capital leases utilized for general operating purposes. Included in the $78.9 million balance at December 31, 2009 is $47.1 million that matures in less than one year.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Debt Covenants

The Clear Channel Communications’ $2.0 billion revolving credit facility contains a significant financial covenant which requires Clear Channel Communications to comply on a quarterly basis with a maximum consolidated senior secured net debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio (maximum of 9.5:1). The financial covenant becomes more restrictive over time beginning in the second quarter of 2013. In its Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2010, CC Media Holdings stated that it was in compliance with this covenant as of December 31, 2009.

In addition, as noted above, the Series B Notes indenture restricts the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness and pay dividends based on an incurrence test. In order to incur additional indebtedness the Company’s debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indenture) must be lower than 6.5:1 and 3.25:1 for total debt and senior debt, respectively. Similarly in order for the Company to pay dividends out of proceeds from indebtedness or proceeds from asset sales, the Company’s debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indenture) must be lower than 6.0:1 and 3.0:1 for total debt and senior debt, respectively. The Company is in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2009.

There are no significant covenants or events of default contained in the revolving promissory note issued by Clear Channel Communications to the Company or the revolving promissory note issued by the Company to Clear Channel Communications.

Debt Maturities

Future maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2009, are as follows:

 

 

(In thousands)     

2010

   $ 47,073

2011

     31,359

2012

     410

2013

     36

2014

     30,000

Thereafter

     2,500,000
      

Total

   $ 2,608,878
      

NOTE G — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases office space, equipment and the majority of the land occupied by its advertising structures under long-term operating leases. Some of the lease agreements contain renewal options and annual rental escalation clauses (generally tied to the consumer price index), as well as provisions for the payment of utilities and maintenance by the Company.

The Company has minimum franchise payments associated with non-cancelable contracts that enable it to display advertising on such media as buses, taxis, trains, bus shelters and terminals, as well as other similar type surfaces. The majority of these contracts contain rent provisions calculated as either the greater of a percentage of the relevant advertising revenue or a specified guaranteed minimum annual payment. In addition, the Company has commitments relating to required purchases of property, plant, and equipment under certain street furniture contracts.

The Company accounts for its rentals that include renewal options, annual rent escalation clauses, minimum franchise payments and maintenance related to displays under the guidance in ASC Topic 840, Leases .

 

F-50


Table of Contents

The Company considers its non-cancelable contracts that enable it to display advertising on buses, taxis, trains, bus shelters, etc. to be leases in accordance with the guidance in ASC 840-10. These contracts may contain minimum annual franchise payments which generally escalate each year. The Company accounts for these minimum franchise payments on a straight-line basis. If the rental increases are not scheduled in the lease, for example an increase based on the CPI, those rents are considered contingent rentals and are recorded as expense when accruable. Other contracts may contain a variable rent component based on revenue. The Company accounts for these variable components as contingent rentals and records these payments as expense when accruable.

The Company accounts for annual rent escalation clauses included in the lease term on a straight-line basis under the guidance in ASC 840-10. The Company considers renewal periods in determining its lease terms if at inception of the lease there is reasonable assurance the lease will be renewed. Expenditures for maintenance are charged to operations as incurred, whereas expenditures for renewal and betterments are capitalized.

Most of the Company’s advertising structures are on leased land. In addition, the Company leases certain facilities and equipment. The Company accounts for these leases in accordance with the policies described above.

The Company’s contracts with municipal bodies or private companies relating to street furniture, billboard, transit and malls generally require the Company to build bus stops, kiosks and other public amenities or advertising structures during the term of the contract. The Company owns these structures and is generally allowed to advertise on them for the remaining term of the contract. Once the Company has built the structure, the cost is capitalized and expensed over the shorter of the economic life of the asset or the remaining life of the contract.

Certain of the Company’s contracts contain penalties for not fulfilling its commitments related to its obligations to build bus stops, kiosks and other public amenities or advertising structures. Historically, any such penalties have not materially impacted the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating lease agreements with terms in excess of one year, minimum payments under non-cancelable contracts in excess of one year, and capital expenditure commitments consist of the following:

 

(In thousands)    Non-Cancelable
Operating Leases
   Non-Cancelable
Contracts
   Capital
Expenditures

2010

   $ 266,826    $ 407,927    $ 67,372

2011

     218,559      326,238      32,274

2012

     195,030      277,564      13,364

2013

     179,096      213,020      9,970

2014

     154,667      188,663      9,867

Thereafter

     953,517      579,877      3,415
                    

Total

   $ 1,967,695    $ 1,993,289    $ 136,262
                    

Rent expense charged to operations for the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009 was $999.1 million. Total rent expense for the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008 was $476.8 million. Total rent expense for the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008 and the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007 was $685.2 million and $1.1 billion, respectively.

The Company is currently involved in certain legal proceedings and, as required, has accrued its estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims. These estimates have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes in the Company’s assumptions or the effectiveness of its strategies related to these proceedings.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

In various areas in which the Company operates, outdoor advertising is the object of restrictive and, in some cases, prohibitive zoning and other regulatory provisions, either enacted or proposed. The impact to the Company of loss of displays due to governmental action has been somewhat mitigated by Federal and state laws mandating compensation for such loss and constitutional restraints.

Certain acquisition agreements include deferred consideration payments based on performance requirements by the seller, generally over a one to five year period. Contingent payments based on performance requirements by the seller typically involve the completion of a development or obtaining appropriate permits that enable the Company to construct additional advertising displays. At December 31, 2009, the Company believes its maximum aggregate contingency, which is subject to performance requirements by the seller, is approximately $35.0 million. As the contingencies have not been met or resolved as of December 31, 2009, these amounts are not recorded. If future payments are made, amounts will be recorded as additional purchase price.

NOTE H — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company records net amounts due to or from Clear Channel Communications as “Due from/to Clear Channel Communications” on the consolidated balance sheets. The accounts represent the revolving promissory note issued by the Company to Clear Channel Communications and the revolving promissory note issued by Clear Channel Communications to the Company, in the face amount of $1.0 billion, or if more or less than such amount, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all advances. The accounts accrue interest pursuant to the terms of the promissory notes and are generally payable on demand. Prior to the amendment of the revolving promissory notes in December 2009, interest on the revolving promissory note owed by the Company accrued on the daily net negative cash position based upon LIBOR plus a margin. Interest on the revolving promissory note owed by Clear Channel Communications accrued interest on the daily net positive cash position based upon the average one-month generic treasury bill rate. In connection with the issuance of the CCWH Senior Notes, Clear Channel Communications and the Company modified the terms of the revolving promissory notes to extend the maturity of each revolving promissory note to coincide with the maturity date of the Notes. In addition, the terms were modified to change the interest rate on each revolving promissory note to equal the interest rate on the Notes. Included in the accounts are the net activities resulting from day-to-day cash management services provided by Clear Channel Communications. As a part of these services, the Company maintains collection bank accounts swept daily into accounts of Clear Channel Communications (after satisfying the funding requirements of the Trustee Account). In return, Clear Channel Communications funds the Company’s controlled disbursement accounts as checks or electronic payments are presented for payment. The Company’s claim in relation to cash transferred from its concentration account is on an unsecured basis and is limited to the balance of the “Due from Clear Channel Communications” account. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the asset recorded in “Due from Clear Channel Communications” on the consolidated balance sheet was $123.3 million and $431.6 million, respectively. The net interest income for the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009 was $0.7 million. The net interest income for the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008 was $0.9 million. The net interest income for the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008 and for the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007 was $2.6 million and $3.7 million, respectively. At December 31, 2009, the interest rate on the “Due from Clear Channel Communications” account was 9.25%, which represents the interest rate on the Notes as described above.

At December 31, 2008, the Company had a note in the original principal amount of $2.5 billion to Clear Channel Communications which was prepayable in whole at any time, or in part from time to time. This note accrued interest at a variable per annum rate equal to the weighted average cost of debt for Clear Channel Communications, calculated on a monthly basis. This note was mandatorily payable upon a change of control of the Company (as defined in the note) and, subject to certain exceptions, all net proceeds from debt or equity raised by the Company had to be used to prepay such note. This note is further disclosed in Note F. At December 31, 2008, the interest rate on the $2.5 billion note was 6.0%. In December 2009, the Company made voluntary payments on the note in the amount of the total outstanding balance and subsequently retired the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications” as of December 31, 2009. The interest rate on the $2.5 billion note was 5.7% prior to its retirement.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Clear Channel Communications has a $2.0 billion multi-currency revolving credit facility with a maturity in July 2014 which includes a $150.0 million sub-limit that certain of the Company’s International subsidiaries may borrow against to the extent Clear Channel Communications has not already borrowed against this capacity and is compliance with its covenants under the credit facility. The obligations of these International subsidiaries that are borrowers under the revolving credit facility will be guaranteed by certain of the Company’s material wholly-owned subsidiaries, and secured by substantially all assets of such borrowers and guarantors, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions. The interest rate on outstanding balances under the new credit facility is equal to an applicable margin plus, at Clear Channel Communications’ option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (A) the prime lending rate publicly announced by the administrative agent and (B) the Federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 0.50%, or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs. The applicable margin percentage is 2.40% in the case of base rate loans, and 3.40% in the case of Eurocurrency rate loans, subject to adjustment based upon Clear Channel Communications’ leverage ratio. This note is further disclosed in Note F. At December 31, 2009, the interest rate on this bank credit facility was 3.7%. At December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance on the $150.0 million sub-limit was $30.0 million, with the entire balance to be paid on July 30, 2014. On February 6, 2009, Clear Channel Communications borrowed the remaining availability under its $2.0 billion revolving credit facility, including the remaining availability under the $150.0 million sub-limit.

The Company provides advertising space on its billboards for radio stations owned by Clear Channel Communications. For the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded $2.8 million in revenue for these advertisements. For the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008, the Company recorded $4.0 million in revenue for these advertisements. For the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, the Company recorded $4.6 million in revenue for these advertisements. For the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded $13.8 million in revenue for these advertisements.

Under the Corporate Services Agreement between Clear Channel Communications and the Company, Clear Channel Communications provides management services to the Company, which include, among other things: (i) treasury, payroll and other financial related services; (ii) executive officer services; (iii) human resources and employee benefits services; (iv) legal and related services; (v) information systems, network and related services; (vi) investment services; (vii) procurement and sourcing support services; and (viii) other general corporate services. These services are charged to the Company based on actual direct costs incurred or allocated by Clear Channel Communications based on headcount, revenue or other factors on a pro rata basis. For the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded $28.5 million as a component of corporate expense for these services. For the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008, the Company recorded $13.9 million as a component of corporate expense for these services. For the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, the Company recorded $14.2 million as a component of corporate expense for these services. For the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded $20.3 million as a component of corporate expenses for these services.

Pursuant to the Tax Matters Agreement between Clear Channel Communications and the Company, the operations of the Company are included in a consolidated Federal income tax return filed by Clear Channel Communications. The Company’s provision for income taxes has been computed on the basis that the Company files separate consolidated Federal income tax returns with its subsidiaries. Tax payments are made to Clear Channel Communications on the basis of the Company’s separate taxable income. Tax benefits recognized on the Company’s employee stock option exercises are retained by the Company.

The Company computes its deferred income tax provision using the liability method in accordance with Statement of ASC 740-10, as if the Company was a separate taxpayer. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting bases and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax asset or liability is expected to be realized or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced by valuation allowances if

 

F-53


Table of Contents

the Company believes it is more likely than not some portion or all of the asset will not be realized. The Company’s provision for income taxes is further disclosed in Note I.

Pursuant to the Employee Matters Agreement, the Company’s employees participate in Clear Channel Communications’ employee benefit plans, including employee medical insurance and a 401(k) retirement benefit plan. These costs are recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses and were approximately $9.4 million for the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009. These costs were approximately $6.7 million for the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, $4.8 million for the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008 and $10.4 million for the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007.

NOTE I — INCOME TAXES

The operations of the Company are included in a consolidated Federal income tax return filed by Clear Channel Communications, Inc. for pre-merger periods and CC Media Holdings, Inc. for the post-merger periods. However, for financial reporting purposes, the Company’s provision for income taxes has been computed on the basis that the Company files separate consolidated Federal income tax returns with its subsidiaries.

Significant components of the provision for income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:

 

(In thousands)    Post-Merger     Pre-Merger  
   Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Period from
July 31
through
December 31,
2008
    Period from
January 1
through
July 30,
2008
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 

Current — Federal

   $ (38,067   $ (19,435   $ 3,872      $ 61,460   

Current — foreign

     14,907        15,359        24,327        42,984   

Current — state

     6,391        1,031        1,972        7,282   
                                

Total current

     (16,769     (3,045     30,171        111,726   

Deferred — Federal

     (88,972     (229,556     30,169        32,241   

Deferred — foreign

     (30,398     (17,763     (12,662     (1,400

Deferred — state

     (12,971     (21,531     3,898        4,074   
                                

Total deferred

     (132,341     (268,850     21,405        34,915   
                                

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (149,110   $ (271,895   $ 51,576      $ 146,641   
                                

For the year ended December 31, 2009 the Company recorded current tax benefits of $16.8 million as compared to current tax expense of $27.1 million for the 2008 full year. The change in current tax was due primarily to the company’s ability to carry back certain net operating losses to prior years. On November 6, 2009, the Worker, Homeownership, and Business Assistance Act of 2009 (the “Act”) was enacted into law. The Act amended Section 172 of the Internal Revenue Code to allow net operating losses realized in a tax year ended after December 31, 2007 and beginning before January 1, 2010 to be carried back for up to five year (such losses were previously limited to a two-year carryback). This change will allow us to carryback fiscal 2009 taxable losses of approximately $128.6 million, based on our projections of projected taxable losses eligible for carryback, to prior years and receive refunds of previously paid Federal income taxes of approximately $45.0 million. The ultimate amount of such refunds realized from net operating loss carryback is dependent on our actual taxable losses for fiscal 2009, which may vary from our current expectations.

Deferred tax benefits decreased $115.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 2008, primarily due to larger impairment charges recorded in 2008 related to tax deductible intangibles.

The current tax benefit recorded in the post-merger period of 2008 is the result of the Company’s ability to recover a limited amount of the Company’s prior period tax liabilities through certain net operating loss carrybacks. The decrease in current tax expense for the 2008 year when compared to 2007 is primarily the result

 

F-54


Table of Contents

of a decrease in “Income (loss) before income taxes.” The change in deferred tax expense (benefit) recorded in 2008 compared to 2007 was primarily due to the $292.0 million of deferred tax benefit recorded in the post-merger period related to the impairment charges on tax deductible intangibles. This deferred tax benefit was partially offset by additional tax depreciation deductions as a result of the bonus depreciation provisions enacted as part of the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008.

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax liabilities and assets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

(In thousands)    Post-Merger
2009
   Post-Merger
2008

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Intangibles and fixed assets

   $ 805,208    $ 931,708

Foreign

     59,761      87,653

Other investments/partnerships

     177      374

Other

     267      985
             

Total deferred tax liabilities

     865,413      1,020,720

Deferred tax assets:

     

Accrued expenses

     8,546      12,153

Equity in earnings

     195      291

Deferred income

     55      98

Net operating loss carryforwards

     2,423     

Bad debt reserves

     2,732      9,236

Other

     11,545      8,505
             

Total deferred tax assets

     25,496      30,283
             

Net deferred tax liabilities

     839,917      990,437

Less: current portion

     1,994      13,429
             

Long-term net deferred tax liabilities

   $ 841,911    $ 1,003,866
             

For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded certain intangible asset impairment charges that are not deductible for tax purposes, which resulted in a reduction of deferred tax liabilities of approximately $152.9 million.

In the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded approximately $1.4 billion in additional deferred tax liabilities associated with the applied purchase accounting adjustments resulting from the July 30, 2008 merger transaction. The additional deferred tax liabilities primarily relate to differences between the purchase accounting adjusted book basis and the historical tax basis of the Company’s intangible assets. During the post-merger period ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded an impairment charge to its permits and tax deductible goodwill resulting in a decrease of approximately $292.0 million in recorded deferred tax liabilities.

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, net deferred tax assets include a deferred tax asset of $11.7 million and $8.6 million, respectively, relating to stock-based compensation expense under ASC 718-10, Compensation—Stock Compensation . Full realization of this deferred tax asset requires stock options to be exercised at a price equaling or exceeding the sum of the grant price plus the fair value of the option at the grant date and restricted stock to vest at a price equaling or exceeding the fair market value at the grant date. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the stock price of the Company’s Common Stock will rise to levels sufficient to realize the entire tax benefit currently reflected in our balance sheet. See Note J for additional discussion of ASC 718-10.

The deferred tax liabilities associated with intangibles and fixed assets primarily relates to the difference in book and tax basis of acquired permits and tax deductible goodwill created from the Company’s various stock acquisitions. In accordance with ASC 350-10, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other , the Company does not amortize its book basis in permits. As a result, this deferred tax liability will not reverse over time unless the Company

 

F-55


Table of Contents

recognizes future impairment charges related to its permits and tax deductible goodwill or sells its permits. As the Company continues to amortize its tax basis in its permits and tax deductible goodwill, the deferred tax liability will increase over time.

The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. Federal statutory tax rates to income tax expense (benefit) is:

 

     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger  
(In thousands)    Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Period from
July 31
through
December 31,
2008
    Period from
January 1
through
July 30,
2008
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 

Income tax expense at statutory rates

   $ (357,576   $ (1,151,107   $ 76,014      $ 144,162   

State income taxes, net of Federal tax benefit

     (6,580     (20,500     5,870        11,356   

Foreign taxes

     92,929        95,347        (29,667     (8,791

Nondeductible items

     405        258        351        760   

Tax contingencies

     (2,901     (946     668        6,882   

Impairment charge

     113,712        803,920                 

Other, net

     10,901        1,133        (1,660     (7,728
                                

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (149,110   $ (271,895   $ 51,576      $ 146,641   
                                

During 2009, the Company recorded tax benefits of approximately $149.1 million. Foreign loss before income taxes was approximately $309.8 million for 2009. The 2009 income tax benefit and 14.6% effective tax rate were impacted primarily by the goodwill impairment charges which are not deductible for tax purposes (see Note B). In addition, the Company was unable to benefit tax losses in certain foreign jurisdictions due to the uncertainty of the ability to utilize those losses in future years.

During the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 to July 30, 2008, the Company recorded tax expense of $51.6 million which resulted in an effective tax rate of 23.8%. The decrease in the effective tax rate during this period as compared to 2007 was primarily the result of the gain from the sale of the 50% interest in Clear Channel Independent which was structured as a tax free disposition, thereby resulting in no current tax expense for the period. During the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 to December 31, 2008, the Company recorded tax benefits of $271.9 million which resulted in an effective tax rate of 8.3%. The primary reason for the reduction in effective rate is the result of the goodwill impairment charges recorded in the period which are not deductible for tax purposes (see Note B). In addition, the Company did not record tax benefits on certain tax losses in its foreign operations due to the uncertainty of the ability to utilize those tax losses in the future.

During 2007, the Company recorded tax expense of approximately $146.6 million. Foreign income before income taxes was approximately $143.9 million for 2007. The 2007 income tax expense and 36% effective tax rate were impacted by a favorable foreign income tax rate on the Company’s mix of earnings within its international operations.

All tax liabilities owed by the Company are paid by the Company or on behalf of the Company by Clear Channel Communications through an operating account that represents net amounts due to or from Clear Channel Communications.

The Company continues to record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in current income tax expense. The total amount of interest accrued at December 31, 2009 and 2008, was $7.3 million and $5.1 million, respectively. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties at December 31, 2009 and 2008, was $54.9 million and $53.5 million, respectively, and is recorded in “Other long-term liabilities” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Of this total, $54.9 million represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger  
(In thousands)    Year Ended
December 31,

2009
    Period from
July 31
through
December 31,
2008
    Period from
January  1
through

July 30,
2008
 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 48,406      $ 60,599      $ 55,026   

Increases due to tax positions taken in the current year

     977        4,810        5,927   

Increases due to tax positions taken in previous years

     10,697        1,275          

Decreases due to tax positions taken in previous years

     (4,463     (14,371     (354

Decreases due to settlements with taxing authorities

            (556       

Decreases due to lapse of statute of limitations

     (8,049     (3,351       
                        

Balance at end of period

   $ 47,568      $ 48,406      $ 60,599   
                        

Pursuant to the Tax Matters Agreement between Clear Channel Communications and the Company, the operations of the Company are included in a consolidated Federal income tax return filed by Clear Channel Communications. In addition, the Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in various state and foreign jurisdictions. During 2009, the Company increased its liability for certain issues in prior years in foreign jurisdictions as a result of ongoing audits. In addition, certain liabilities were reversed as a result of the statute of limitations lapsing for certain tax years in foreign jurisdictions. During 2008, the Company favorably settled certain issues in foreign jurisdictions that resulted in the decrease in unrecognized tax benefits. In addition, as a result of the currency fluctuations during 2008, the balance of unrecognized tax benefits decreased approximately $12.0 million. The Company and Clear Channel Communications settled several Federal tax positions for the tax years 1999 through 2004 with the IRS during the year ended December 31, 2007. As a result of this settlement and other state and foreign settlements, the Company reduced its balance of unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties by $19.1 million. Of this amount, $0.4 million was recorded as a decrease to current tax expense and $18.7 million as adjustments to current and deferred tax payables. The IRS is currently auditing Clear Channel Communications’ and the Company’s 2007 and pre-merger 2008 tax year and the CC Media Holdings and the Company’s post-merger 2008 tax year. Substantially all material state, local and foreign income tax matters have been concluded for the years through 2003.

NOTE J—SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Stock Options

The Company has granted options to purchase shares of its Class A common stock to employees and directors of the Company and its affiliates under its equity incentive plan at no less than the fair value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. These options are granted for a term not exceeding ten years and are forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee or director terminates his or her employment or relationship with the Company or one of its affiliates. These options vest over a period of up to five years. The equity incentive plan contains anti-dilutive provisions that permit an adjustment of the number of shares of the Company’s common stock represented by each option for any change in capitalization.

The Company accounts for its share-based payments using the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718-10. The fair value of the options is estimated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model and amortized straight-line to expense over the vesting period. ASC 718-10 requires the cash flows from the tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows. The excess tax benefit that is required to be classified as a financing cash inflow after application of ASC 718-10 is not material.

The fair value of each option awarded is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Expected volatilities are based on implied volatilities from traded options on the Company’s stock,

 

F-57


Table of Contents

historical volatility on the Company’s stock, and other factors. The expected life of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and employee terminations within the valuation model. The Company includes estimated forfeitures in its compensation cost and updates the estimated forfeiture rate through the final vesting date of awards. The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods equal to the expected life of the option. The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of the Company’s options on the date of grant:

 

       Post-Merger    Pre-Merger
     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
  Period from
July 31
through
December 31,

2008
   Period from
January 1
through

July 30,
2008
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007

Expected volatility

   58%   n/a    27%   27%

Expected life in years

   5.5 – 7.0   n/a    5.5 – 7.0   5.0 – 7.0

Risk-free interest rate

   2.31% – 3.25%   n/a    3.24% – 3.38%   4.76% – 4.89%

Dividend yield

   0%   n/a    0%   0%

The share based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The following table presents the amount of share based compensation recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009, during the five months ended December 31, 2008, the seven months ended July 30, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2007:

 

     Post-Merger    Pre-Merger
(In thousands)    Year Ended
December 31,
2009
   Period from
July 31
through
December 31,
2008
   Period from
January  1
through

July 30,
2008
   Year Ended
December 31,
2007

Direct operating expenses

   $ 7,612    $ 3,038    $ 5,019    $ 6,951

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     2,777      771      1,804      2,682

Corporate expenses

     1,715      372      585      538
                           

Total share-based payments

   $ 12,104    $ 4,181    $ 7,408    $ 10,171
                           

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s stock options outstanding at and stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2009 (“Price” reflects the weighted average exercise price per share):

 

(In thousands, except per share data)    Options     Price    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Outstanding, January 1, 2009

   7,713      $ 22.03      

Granted (a)

   2,388        5.92      

Exercised (b)

          n/a      

Forfeited

   (167     17.37      

Expired

   (894     24.90      
              

Outstanding, December 31, 2009

   9,040        17.58    6.0 years    $ 10,502
              

Exercisable

   3,417        22.82    3.7 years     

Expect to vest

   5,061        14.66    7.4 years      9,095

 

(a) The weighted average grant date fair value of the Company’s options granted during the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009 was $3.38 per share. The weighted average grant date fair value of the Company’s options granted during the pre-merger prior from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008 was $7.10 per share. The weighted average grant date fair value of the Company’s options granted during the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007 was $11.05 per share.

 

F-58


Table of Contents
(b) No options exercised during the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009. Cash received from option exercises during the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, was $4.3 million. Cash received from option exercises during the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007, was $10.8 million. The total intrinsic value of the options exercised during the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, was $0.7 million. The total intrinsic value of the options exercised during the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007 was $2.0 million.

A summary of the Company’s nonvested options at and changes during the year ended December 31, 2009, is presented below:

 

(In thousands, except per share data)    Options     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Nonvested, January 1, 2009

   4,734      $ 7.40

Granted

   2,388        3.38

Vested (a)

   (1,333     7.43

Forfeited

   (166     6.43
        

Nonvested, December 31, 2009

   5,623        5.71
        

 

(a) The total fair value of the options vested during the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009 was $9.9 million. The total fair value of the options vested during the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008 was $5.7 million. The total fair value of the options vested during the post-merger period from July 31 through December 31, 2008 was $2.3 million. The total fair value of the options vested during the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007 was $2.0 million.

Restricted Stock Awards

The Company also grants restricted stock awards to employees and directors of the Company and its affiliates under its equity incentive plan. These common shares hold a legend which restricts their transferability for a term of up to five years and are forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee terminates his or her employment or relationship with the Company prior to the lapse of the restriction.

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s restricted stock outstanding at and restricted stock activity during the year ended December 31, 2009 (“Price” reflects the weighted average share price at the date of grant):

 

(In thousands, except per share data)    Awards     Price

Outstanding, January 1, 2009

   351      $ 24.54

Granted

   150        9.03

Vested (restriction lapsed)

   (122     24.90

Forfeited

   (14     22.11
        

Outstanding, December 31, 2009

   365        18.14
        

Unrecognized Share-Based Compensation Cost

As of December 31, 2009, there was $18.1 million of unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately two years.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Earnings (Loss) per Share

 

     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger
(In thousands, except per share data)    Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Period from
July 31
through
December 31,
2008
    Period from
January  1
through

July 30,
2008
   Year Ended
December 31,
2007

Basic and diluted numerator:

         

Income (loss) attributable to the Company — Common Shares

   $ (868,189   $ (3,018,637   $ 167,554    $ 245,990

Less: Participating securities dividends

     6,799                   

Income attributable to the Company — Unvested Shares

                   214      281
                             

Income (loss) attributable to the Company

   $ (874,988   $ (3,018,637   $ 167,340    $ 245,709
                             

Denominator:

         

Weighted average common shares — basic

     355,377        355,308        355,178      354,838

Effect of dilutive securities:

         

Stock options and restricted stock awards (1)

                   563      968
                             

Weighted average common shares — diluted

     355,377        355,308        355,741      355,806
                             

Net income (loss) per basic common share

   $ (2.46   $ (8.50   $ 0.47    $ 0.69
                             

Net income (loss) per diluted common share

   $ (2.46   $ (8.50   $ 0.47    $ 0.69
                             

 

(1) 6.7 million, 7.7 million, 6.3 million and 1.8 million stock options were outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008 (post-merger), July 30, 2008 (pre-merger) and December 31, 2007 (pre-merger), respectively, that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive as the respective options’ strike price was greater than the current market price of the shares.

NOTE K — EMPLOYEE STOCK AND SAVINGS PLANS

The Company’s U.S. employees were eligible to participate in various 401(k) savings and other plans provided by Clear Channel Communications for the purpose of providing retirement benefits for substantially all employees. Under these plans, a Company employee can make pre-tax contributions and the Company will match 50% of the employee’s first 5% of pay contributed to the plan. Employees vest in these Company matching contributions based upon their years of service to the Company. Contributions to these plans of $0.8 million for the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009 were recorded as a component of operating expenses. Contributions of these plans of $1.4 million for the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, $0.9 million for the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008, and $2.3 million the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007 were recorded as a component of operating expenses. As of April 30, 2009, the Company suspended its matching contribution.

In addition, employees in the Company’s International segment participate in retirement plans administered by the Company which are not part of the 401(k) savings and other plans sponsored by Clear Channel Communications. Contributions to these plans of $17.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 were recorded as a component of operating expenses. Contributions to these plans of $7.7 million for the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008 and $5.5 million for the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008 were recorded as a component of operating expenses. Contributions to these plans of $20.1 million were recorded as a component of operating expenses for the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Certain highly compensated executives of the Company are eligible to participate in a non-qualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by Clear Channel Communications, under which such executives are able to make an annual election to defer up to 50% of their annual salary and up to 80% of their bonus before taxes. Matching credits on amounts deferred may be made in the sole discretion of Clear Channel Communications and Clear Channel Communications retains ownership of all assets until distributed. Participants in the plan have the opportunity to allocate their deferrals and any matching credits among different investment options, the performance of which is used to determine the amounts paid to participants under the plan. There is no liability recorded by the Company under this deferred compensation plan as the liability of this plan is that of Clear Channel Communications’.

NOTE L — OTHER INFORMATION

The following details the components of “Other income (expense)—net:”

 

     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger
(In thousands)    Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Period from
July 31
through
December 31,
2008
    Period from
January 1
through

July 30,
2008
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

   $ (4,207   $ 10,440      $ 9,404      $ 9,388

Dividends on marketable securities

            2,533        5,468       

Other

     (5,161     (859     (1,507     725
                              

Total other income (expense) — net

   $ (9,368   $ 12,114      $ 13,365      $ 10,113
                              

The following details the components of “Other current assets:”

 

     As of December 31,
(In thousands)    2009
Post-Merger
   2008
Post-Merger

Inventory

   $ 24,268    $ 26,802

Deposits

     18,707      5,592

Other prepayments

     50,405      53,195

Deferred tax assets

     1,994      13,429

Other

     72,432      45,682
             

Total other current assets

   $ 167,806    $ 144,700
             

The following details the components of “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)”:

 

     As of December 31,  
(In thousands)    2009
Post-Merger
    2008
Post-Merger
 

Cumulative currency translation adjustment

   $ (219,538   $ (329,597

Cumulative unrealized gain on investments

     1,361        17   
                

Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (218,177   $ (329,580
                

NOTE M — SEGMENT DATA

The Company has two reportable operating segments, which it believes best reflects how the Company is currently managed—Americas and International. The Americas segment primarily includes operations in the United States, Canada and Latin America, and the International segment includes operations in the U.K, France,

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Asia and Australia. Share-based payments are recorded by each segment in direct operating and selling, general and administrative expenses.

The following tables presents the Company’s operating segment results for the year ended December 31, 2009; the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008, the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, and the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007:

 

(in thousands)    Americas    International     Corporate and
other reconciling
items
    Consolidated  

Post-Merger Year Ended December 31, 2009

         

Revenue

   $ 1,238,171    $ 1,459,853      $      $ 2,698,024   

Direct operating expenses

     608,078      1,017,005               1,625,083   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     202,196      282,208               484,404   

Depreciation and amortization

     210,280      229,367               439,647   

Impairment charges

                 890,737        890,737   

Corporate expenses

                 65,247        65,247   

Other operating income (expense) — net

                 (8,231     (8,231
                               

Operating income (loss)

   $ 217,617    $ (68,727   $ (964,215   $ (815,325
                               

Identifiable assets

   $ 4,722,975    $ 2,216,691      $ 252,756      $ 7,192,422   

Capital expenditures

   $ 84,440    $ 91,513      $      $ 175,953   

Share-based payments

   $ 7,977    $ 2,412      $ 1,715      $ 12,104   

Post-Merger Period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008

         

Revenue

   $ 587,427    $ 739,797      $      $ 1,327,224   

Direct operating expenses

     276,602      486,102               762,704   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     114,260      147,264               261,524   

Depreciation and amortization

     90,624      134,089               224,713   

Impairment charges

                 3,217,649        3,217,649   

Corporate expenses

                 31,681        31,681   

Other operating income — net

                 4,870        4,870   
                               

Operating income (loss)

   $ 105,941    $ (27,658   $ (3,244,460   $ (3,166,177
                               

Identifiable assets

   $ 5,187,838    $ 2,409,652      $ 453,271      $ 8,050,761   

Capital expenditures

   $ 93,146    $ 66,067      $      $ 159,213   

Share-based payments

   $ 3,012    $ 797      $ 372      $ 4,181   

 

F-62


Table of Contents
(in thousands)    Americas    International    Corporate and
other reconciling
items
    Consolidated

Pre-Merger Period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008

          

Revenue

   $ 842,831    $ 1,119,232    $      $ 1,962,063

Direct operating expenses

     370,924      748,508             1,119,432

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     138,629      206,217             344,846

Depreciation and amortization

     117,009      130,628             247,637

Corporate expenses

               39,364        39,364

Other operating income — net

               10,978        10,978
                            

Operating income (loss)

   $ 216,269    $ 33,879    $ (28,386   $ 221,762
                            

Capital expenditures

   $ 82,672    $ 116,450    $      $ 199,122

Share-based payments

   $ 5,453    $ 1,370    $ 585      $ 7,408

Pre-Merger Year Ended December 31, 2007

          

Revenue

   $ 1,485,058    $ 1,796,778    $      $ 3,281,836

Direct operating expenses

     590,563      1,144,282             1,734,845

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     226,448      311,546             537,994

Depreciation and amortization

     189,853      209,630             399,483

Corporate expenses

               66,080        66,080

Other operating income — net

               11,824        11,824
                            

Operating income (loss)

   $ 478,194    $ 131,320    $ (54,256   $ 555,258
                            

Identifiable assets

   $ 2,878,753    $ 2,606,130    $ 450,721      $ 5,935,604

Capital expenditures

   $ 142,826    $ 132,864    $      $ 275,690

Share-based payments

   $ 7,932    $ 1,701    $ 538      $ 10,171

Identifiable assets of $2.4 billion, $2.6 billion, and $2.9 billion derived from the Company’s foreign operations are included in the data above for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Revenue of $1.6 billion derived from the Company’s foreign operations is included in the data above for the year ended December 31, 2009. Revenue of $1.2 billion derived from the Company’s foreign operations is included in the data above for the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008. Revenue of $790.6 million derived from the Company’s foreign operations is included in the data above for the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008. Revenue of $1.9 billion derived from the Company’s foreign operations is included in the data above for the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

NOTE N — QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited)

 

    March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
(In thousands, except
per share data)
  2009
Post-Merger
    2008
Pre-Merger
    2009
Post-Merger
    2008
Pre-Merger
    2009
Post-Merger
    2008
Combined (2)
    2009
Post-Merger
    2008
Post-Merger
 

Revenue

  $ 582,216      $ 775,579      $ 692,117      $ 914,808      $ 660,622      $ 813,375      $ 763,069      $ 785,525   

Operating expenses:

               

Direct operating expenses

    379,608        470,834        392,309        490,244        398,766        463,117        454,400        457,941   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    117,764        144,610        121,342        151,034        108,824        142,377        136,474        168,349   

Depreciation and amortization

    101,908        105,090        114,808        104,764        111,053        118,798        111,878        143,698   

Corporate expenses

    14,246        16,234        15,653        17,819        15,547        16,542        19,801        20,450   

Impairment charges (1)

                  812,390                             78,347        3,217,649   

Other operating income — net

    4,612        2,372        4,353        6,100        1,160        4,034        (18,356     3,342   
                                                               

Operating income (loss)

    (26,698     41,183        (760,032     157,047        27,592        76,575        (56,187     (3,219,220

Interest expense on debt with Clear Channel Communications

    36,975        36,003        36,835        36,953        36,558        43,948        32,543        41,500   

Interest expense

    1,912        2,095        1,362        1,314        1,350        1,470        7,384        1,819   

Interest income on Due from Clear Channel Communications

    114        1,474        111        686        133        1,196        366        96   

Loss on marketable securities

                                11,315                      59,842   

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

    (2,293     78,043        (21,755     1,666        (2,046     (9,814     (5,348     (1,162

Other income (expense) — net

    (3,168     12,547        (2,612     (2,249     492        2,090        (4,080     13,091   
                                                               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (70,932     95,149        (822,485     118,883        (23,052     24,629        (105,176     (3,310,356

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (20,423     (7,900     133,124        (39,987     (10,999     (8,803     47,408        277,009   
                                                               

Consolidated net income (loss)

    (91,355     87,249        (689,361     78,896        (34,051     15,826        (57,768     (3,033,347

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (3,475     (1,657     (263     (1,451     325        6,711        (933     (3,896
                                                               

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

  $ (87,880   $ 88,906      $ (689,098   $ 80,347      $ (34,376   $ 9,115      $ (56,835   $ (3,029,451
                                                               

Net income (loss) per common share:

               

Basic

  $ (0.25   $ 0.25      $ (1.94   $ 0.23      $ (0.10   $ 0.03      $ (0.18   $ (8.53

Diluted

  $ (0.25   $ 0.25      $ (1.94   $ 0.23      $ (0.10   $ 0.03      $ (0.18   $ (8.53

Stock price:

               

High

  $ 7.74      $ 27.82      $ 7.04      $ 22.49      $ 7.68      $ 18.15      $ 11.29      $ 13.75   

Low

  $ 2.14      $ 18.36      $ 3.29      $ 17.05      $ 3.84      $ 11.88      $ 6.51      $ 3.35   

 

(1) As discussed in Note B, the fourth quarter of 2009 includes a $41.4 million adjustment related to previously recorded impairment charges.

 

F-64


Table of Contents
(2) The quarterly results of operations for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 is presented on a combined basis and is comprised of two periods: post-merger and pre-merger, which relate to the period succeeding Clear Channel Communications’ merger and the period preceding the merger, respectively. The post-merger and pre-merger quarterly results of operations are presented as follows:

 

     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Combined  
(In thousands, except per share data)    Period from
July 31

through
September 30,
2008
    Period from
July  1

through
July 30,

2008
    Quarter Ended
September 30,
2008
 

Revenue

   $ 541,699      $ 271,676      $ 813,375   

Operating expenses:

      

Direct operating expenses

     304,763        158,354        463,117   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     93,175        49,202        142,377   

Depreciation and amortization

     81,015        37,783        118,798   

Corporate expenses

     11,231        5,311        16,542   

Other operating income — net

     1,528        2,506        4,034   
                        

Operating income

     53,043        23,532        76,575   

Interest expense on debt with Clear Channel Communications

     29,440        14,508        43,948   

Interest expense

     966        504        1,470   

Interest income on Due from Clear Channel Communications

     766        430        1,196   

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

     (947     (8,867     (9,814

Other income (expense) — net

     (977     3,067        2,090   
                        

Income before income taxes

     21,479        3,150        24,629   

Income tax (expense)

     (5,114     (3,689     (8,803
                        

Consolidated net income (loss)

   $ 16,365      $ (539   $ 15,826   

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     5,551        1,160        6,711   
                        

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

   $ 10,814      $ (1,699   $ 9,115   
                        

Net income (loss) per common share:

      

Basic

   $ 0.03      $ (0.00   $ 0.03   

Diluted

   $ 0.03      $ (0.00   $ 0.03   

 

F-65


Table of Contents

NOTE O — GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES

The Company and certain of the Company’s direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”) fully and unconditionally guarantee on a joint and several basis certain of the outstanding indebtedness of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (the “Subsidiary Issuer”). The following consolidating schedules present financial information on a combined basis in conformity with the SEC’s Regulation S-X Rule 3-10(d):

 

     December 31, 2009

Post-merger

(In thousands)

   Parent
Company
   Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Eliminations     Consolidated

Cash and cash equivalents

   $    $      $ 431,105    $ 178,331    $      $ 609,436

Accounts receivable, net

                 249,325      480,981             730,306

Intercompany receivables

          4,689        582,554      20,606      (607,849    

Prepaid expenses

     1,799             43,521      22,035             67,355

Other current assets

                 14,532      153,274             167,806

Income taxes receivable

     997      (1,935     64,583      1,997             65,642
                                           

Total Current Assets

     2,796      2,754        1,385,620      857,224      (607,849     1,640,545

Property, plant and equipment, net

                 1,562,256      878,382             2,440,638

Definite-lived intangibles, net

                 423,935      375,209             799,144

Indefinite-lived intangibles

                 1,117,568      14,650             1,132,218

Goodwill

                 571,932      289,660             861,592

Due from Clear Channel Communications

     123,308                              123,308

Notes receivable

                 596                  596

Intercompany notes receivable

     182,026      2,700,000        9,243      18,235      (2,909,504    

Investments in, and advances to, nonconsolidated affiliates

                 1,084      22,270             23,354

Other investments

                      16,998             16,998

Other assets

     2,849,918      1,075,719        1,515,431      40,751      (5,327,790     154,029
                                           

Total Assets

   $ 3,158,048    $ 3,778,473      $ 6,587,665    $ 2,513,379    $ (8,845,143   $ 7,192,422
                                           

Accounts payable

   $    $      $ 6,096    $ 103,226    $      $ 109,322

Accrued expenses

                 106,015      398,181             504,196

Accrued interest

                 381      543             924

Intercompany payable

     582,554             25,295           (607,849    

Deferred income

                 38,579      70,999             109,578

Current portion of long-term debt

                 77      46,996             47,073
                                           

Total Current Liabilities

     582,554             176,443      619,945      (607,849     771,093

Long-term debt

          2,500,000             61,805             2,561,805

Intercompany notes payable

     7,622             2,692,639      209,243      (2,909,504    

Deferred income taxes

     225             780,846      60,840             841,911

Other long-term liabilities

          1,225        87,819      167,192             256,236

Total shareholders’ equity

     2,567,647      1,277,248        2,849,918      1,394,354      (5,327,790     2,761,377
                                           

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 3,158,048    $ 3,778,473      $ 6,587,665    $ 2,513,379    $ (8,845,143   $ 7,192,422
                                           

 

F-66


Table of Contents
    December 31, 2008

Post-merger

(In thousands)

  Parent
Company
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated

Cash and cash equivalents

  $      $      $ (14,800   $ 109,612      $      $ 94,812

Accounts receivable, net

                  262,996        543,557               806,553

Due from Clear Channel Communications

    431,641                                    431,641

Intercompany receivables

           5,004        390,467               (395,471    

Prepaid expenses

    1,072               53,977        14,768               69,817

Other current assets

                  18,617        126,083               144,700

Income taxes receivable

    (252     (943     14,545        (6,221            7,129
                                             

Total Current Assets

    432,461        4,061        725,802        787,799        (395,471     1,554,652

Property, plant and equipment, net

                  1,662,170        924,550               2,586,720

Definite-lived intangibles, net

                  539,045        461,440               1,000,485

Indefinite-lived intangibles

                  1,522,668        6,400               1,529,068

Goodwill

                  824,729        355,412               1,180,141

Notes receivable

    2,132               1,008                      3,140

Intercompany notes receivable

    182,026        200,000        8,783        22,898        (413,707    

Investments in, and advances to, nonconsolidated affiliates

    (174            1,688        50,298               51,812

Investment in subsidiaries

    3,102,455        1,229,417        1,599,373               (5,931,245    

Other investments

                         22,512               22,512

Other assets

                  59,977        62,254               122,231
                                             

Total Assets

  $ 3,718,900      $ 1,433,478      $ 6,945,243      $ 2,693,563      $ (6,740,423   $ 8,050,761
                                             

Accounts payable

  $      $      $ 4,774      $ 113,516      $      $ 118,290

Accrued expenses

                  117,155        377,095               494,250

Accrued interest

                  267        25               292

Intercompany payable

    372,127               5,004        18,340        (395,471    

Deferred income

                  40,803        68,708               109,511

Current portion of long-term debt

                  354        69,168               69,522
                                             

Total Current Liabilities

    372,127               168,357        646,852        (395,471     791,865

Long-term debt

                  775        31,557               32,332

Debt with Clear Channel Communications (a)

                  2,500,000                      2,500,000

Intercompany notes payable

    14,762               190,162        208,783        (413,707    

Deferred income taxes

    1               912,609        91,256               1,003,866

Other long-term liabilities

           1,000        70,885        106,990               178,875

Total shareholders’ equity

    3,332,010        1,432,478        3,102,455        1,608,125        (5,931,245     3,543,823
                                             

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  $ 3,718,900      $ 1,433,478      $ 6,945,243      $ 2,693,563      $ (6,740,423   $ 8,050,761
                                             

 

(a) The Company had a note payable in the original principal amount of $2.5 billion to Clear Channel Communications at December 31, 2008 which was prepaid in full and retired in December 2009 in connection with the offering of subsidiary level senior notes discussed in Note F.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Post-merger

(In thousands)

  Year Ended December 31, 2009  
  Parent
Company
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenue

  $      $      $ 1,102,716      $ 1,595,308      $      $ 2,698,024   

Operating expenses:

           

Direct operating expenses

                  534,423        1,090,660               1,625,083   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

                  172,818        311,586               484,404   

Depreciation and amortization

                  195,439        244,208               439,647   

Corporate expenses

    13,859               36,403        14,985               65,247   

Impairment charges

                  696,500        194,237               890,737   

Other operating income (expense) — net

                  (11,807     3,576               (8,231
                                               

Operating income (loss)

    (13,859            (544,674     (256,792            (815,325

Interest expense on debt with Clear Channel Communications — net

                  142,187                      142,187   

Interest expense

    410        5,702        659        5,237               12,008   

Intercompany interest income

    10,729        7,198        1,086        1,225        (20,238       

Intercompany interest expense

    860               16,751        2,627        (20,238       

Loss on marketable securities

                         11,315               11,315   

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

    (864,323     (233,027     (287,430     (30,928     1,384,266        (31,442

Other income (expense) — net

    (1,683            (2,806     (4,879            (9,368
                                               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (870,406     (231,531     (993,421     (310,553     1,384,266        (1,021,645

Income tax benefit (expense)

    2,217        (2,742     129,481        20,154               149,110   
                                               

Consolidated net income (loss)

    (868,189     (234,273     (863,940     (290,399     1,384,266        (872,535

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

                         (4,346            (4,346
                                               

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

  $ (868,189   $ (234,273   $ (863,940   $ (286,053   $ 1,384,266      $ (868,189

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

           

Foreign currency translation adjustments

           (286            118,918               118,632   

Foreign currency reclassification adjustment for sale of foreign subsidiary

                         (523            (523

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

                         (9,971            (9,971

Reclassification adjustment for realized loss on marketable securities included in net income (loss)

                         11,315               11,315   

Equity in subsidiary comprehensive income

    111,403        79,329        111,403               (302,135       
                                               

Comprehensive income (loss)

    (756,786     (155,230     (752,537     (166,314     1,082,131        (748,736

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

                         8,050               8,050   
                                               

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the Company

  $ (756,786   $ (155,230   $ (752,537   $ (174,364   $ 1,082,131      $ (756,786
                                               

 

F-68


Table of Contents
    Period from July 31 through December 31, 2008  

Post-merger

(In thousands)

  Parent
Company
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenue

  $      $      $ 523,553      $ 803,671      $      $ 1,327,224   

Operating expenses:

           

Direct operating expenses

                  241,222        521,482               762,704   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

                  99,332        162,192               261,524   

Depreciation and amortization

                  84,642        140,071               224,713   

Corporate expenses

    4,449               16,345        10,887               31,681   

Impairment charges

                  3,019,528        198,121               3,217,649   

Other operating income — net

                  4,546        324               4,870   
                                               

Operating income (loss)

    (4,449            (2,932,970     (228,758            (3,166,177

Interest expense on debt with Clear Channel Communications — net

                  70,078                      70,078   

Interest expense, net

    189        (1     142        2,455               2,785   

Intercompany interest income

    5,756        1,474        1,301        897        (9,428       

Intercompany interest expense

    698               5,955        2,775        (9,428       

Loss on marketable securities

                         59,842               59,842   

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

    (3,018,903     (255,806     (277,256     (1,348     3,551,204        (2,109

Other income (expense) — net

                  (2,843     14,957               12,114   
                                               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (3,018,483     (254,331     (3,287,943     (279,324     3,551,204        (3,288,877

Income tax benefit (expense)

    (154     (943     269,760        3,232               271,895   
                                               

Consolidated net income (loss)

    (3,018,637     (255,274     (3,018,183     (276,092     3,551,204        (3,016,982

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

                         1,655               1,655   
                                               

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

  $ (3,018,637   $ (255,274   $ (3,018,183   $ (277,747   $ 3,551,204      $ (3,018,637

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

           

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                         (341,113            (341,113

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

                         (59,825            (59,825

Reclassification adjustment for realized loss on marketable securities included in net income (loss)

                         59,842               59,842   

Equity in subsidiary comprehensive income

    (329,580     (266,227     (329,580            925,387          
                                               

Comprehensive income (loss)

    (3,348,217     (521,501     (3,347,763     (618,843     4,476,591        (3,359,733

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

                         (11,516            (11,516
                                               

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the Company

  $ (3,348,217   $ (521,501   $ (3,347,763   $ (607,327   $ 4,476,591      $ (3,348,217
                                               

 

F-69


Table of Contents
    Period from January 1 through July 30, 2008  

Pre-merger

(In thousands)

  Parent
Company
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenue

  $      $      $ 761,648      $ 1,200,415      $      $ 1,962,063   

Operating expenses:

           

Direct operating expenses

                  328,598        790,834               1,119,432   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

                  119,437        225,409               344,846   

Depreciation and amortization

                  109,619        138,018               247,637   

Corporate expenses

    2,773               24,626        11,965               39,364   

Other operating income — net

                  4,525        6,453               10,978   
                                               

Operating income (loss)

    (2,773            183,893        40,642               221,762   

Interest expense on debt with Clear Channel Communications — net

                  84,874                      84,874   

Interest expense, net

    170               (760     4,503               3,913   

Intercompany interest income

    6,718        2,529               11        (9,258       

Intercompany interest expense

                  6,729        2,529        (9,258       

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

    165,284        101,170        109,198        70,963        (375,773     70,842   

Other income (expense) — net

    (183            (636     14,184               13,365   
                                               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    168,876        103,699        201,612        118,768        (375,773     217,182   

Income tax benefit (expense)

    (1,322     (1,438     (36,328     (12,488            (51,576
                                               

Consolidated net income (loss)

    167,554        102,261        165,284        106,280        (375,773     165,606   

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

                         (1,948            (1,948
                                               

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

  $ 167,554      $ 102,261      $ 165,284      $ 108,228      $ (375,773   $ 167,554   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

           

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                         84,603               84,603   

Foreign currency reclassification adjustment for sale of foreign subsidiary

                         2,588               2,588   

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

                         (27,496            (27,496

Equity in subsidiary comprehensive income

    45,676        36,516        45,676               (127,868       
                                               

Comprehensive income (loss)

    213,230        138,777        210,960        167,923        (503,641     227,249   

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

                         14,019               14,019   
                                               

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the Company

  $ 213,230      $ 138,777      $ 210,960      $ 153,904      $ (503,641   $ 213,230   
                                               

 

F-70


Table of Contents
    Year ended December 31, 2007  

Pre-merger

(In thousands)

  Parent
Company
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenue

  $      $      $ 1,354,597      $ 1,927,239      $      $ 3,281,836   

Operating expenses:

           

Direct operating expenses

                  519,789        1,215,056               1,734,845   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

                  195,980        342,014               537,994   

Depreciation and amortization

                  178,393        221,090               399,483   

Corporate expenses

    4,052               42,794        19,234               66,080   

Other operating income — net

                  2,200        9,624               11,824   
                                               

Operating income (loss)

    (4,052            419,841        139,469               555,258   

Interest expense on debt with Clear Channel Communications — net

                  151,363                      151,363   

Interest expense, net

    330               (895     7,083               6,518   

Intercompany interest income

    11,213                             (11,213       

Intercompany interest expense

                  11,213               (11,213       

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

    241,551        80,659        87,359        4,632        (409,799     4,402   

Other income (expense) — net

                  (3,559     13,672               10,113   
                                               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    248,382        80,659        341,960        150,690        (409,799     411,892   

Income tax benefit (expense)

    (2,392     (1,279     (100,080     (42,890            (146,641
                                               

Consolidated net income (loss)

    245,990        79,380        241,880        107,800        (409,799     265,251   

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

                         19,261               19,261   
                                               

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

  $ 245,990      $ 79,380      $ 241,880      $ 88,539      $ (409,799   $ 245,990   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

           

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                  1,795        131,959               133,754   

Equity in subsidiary comprehensive income

    117,002        102,457        115,207               (334,666       
                                               

Comprehensive income (loss)

    362,992        181,837        358,882        220,498        (744,465     379,744   

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

                         16,752               16,752   
                                               

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the Company

  $ 362,992      $ 181,837      $ 358,882      $ 203,746      $ (744,465   $ 362,992   
                                               

 

F-71


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31, 2009  

Post-merger

(In thousands)

  Parent
Company
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Consolidated net income (loss)

  $ (868,189   $ (234,273   $ (863,940   $ (290,399   $ 1,384,266      $ (872,535

Reconciling items:

           

Depreciation and amortization

                  195,439        244,208               439,647   

Impairment charges

                  696,500        194,237               890,737   

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

    224               (99,644     (32,921            (132,341

Provision for doubtful accounts

                  2,605        14,975               17,580   

Share-based compensation

                  9,692        2,412               12,104   

(Gain) loss on sale of operating and fixed assets

                  11,807        (3,576            8,231   

Loss on marketable securities

                         11,315               11,315   

Equity in (earnings) loss of nonconsolidated affiliates

    864,323        233,027        287,430        30,928        (1,384,266     31,442   

Other reconciling items, net

    (557     (286     2,002        4,498               5,657   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions

    (1,977     1,217        (13,746     43,933               29,427   
                                               

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

    (6,176     (315     228,145        219,610               441,264   

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Decrease (increase) in notes receivable — net

    2,132               (1,761                   371   

Decrease (increase) in intercompany notes receivable — net

           (2,500,000            4,663        2,495,337          

Decrease (increase) in investments in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates — net

                         (3,811            (3,811

Purchase of other investments

                  189        (3,187            (2,998

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

                  (79,523     (96,430            (175,953

Proceeds from disposal of assets

                  6,682        11,462               18,144   

Acquisition of operating assets

                  (5,032     99               (4,933

Equity contributions to subsidiaries

    (500,000            (58            500,058          

Dividends from subsidiaries

                  17,028               (17,028       

Change in other — net

                  (1,710     8,026               6,316   
                                               

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

    (497,868     (2,500,000     (64,185     (79,178     2,978,367        (162,864

 

F-72


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31, 2009  

Post-merger

(In thousands)

  Parent
Company
    Subsidiary
Issuer
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

Draws on credit facilities

                      7,125               7,125   

Payments on credit facilities

               (1,052     (2,312            (3,364

Proceeds from long-term debt

           2,500,000                          2,500,000   

Payments on long-term debt

             (2,500,000     (5,913            (2,505,913

Net transfers from Clear Channel Communications

    319,401                                 319,401   

Deferred financing charges

               (60,330                   (60,330

Payments for purchase of noncontrolling interest

    (109                (25,154            (25,263

Intercompany funding

    191,892        315     (159,150     (33,057              

Increase (decrease) in intercompany notes payable — net

    (7,140         2,502,477               (2,495,337       

Dividends declared and paid

                      (17,028     17,028          

Equity contributions from parent

               500,000        58        (500,058       
                                             

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

    504,044        2,500,315     281,945        (76,281     (2,978,367     231,656   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

                      4,568               4,568   
                                             

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

               445,905        68,719               514,624   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

               (14,800     109,612               94,812   
                                             

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $      $   $ 431,105      $ 178,331      $      $ 609,436   
                                             

 

F-73


Table of Contents
    Period from July 31 through December 31, 2008  

Post-merger

(In thousands)

  Parent
Company
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Consolidated net income (loss)

  $ (3,018,637   $ (255,274   $ (3,018,183   $ (276,092   $ 3,551,204      $ (3,016,982

Reconciling items:

           

Depreciation and amortization

                  84,642        140,071               224,713   

Impairment charges

                  3,019,528        198,121               3,217,649   

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

    (97            (253,322     (15,431            (268,850

Provision for doubtful accounts

                  16,268        8,000               24,268   

Share-based compensation

                  3,385        796               4,181   

Gain on sale of operating and fixed assets

                  (4,546     (324            (4,870

Loss on marketable securities

                         59,842               59,842   

Equity in (earnings) loss of nonconsolidated affiliates

    3,018,903        255,806        277,256        1,348        (3,551,204     2,109   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions

    (2,094     (323     27,609        5,050               30,242   
                                               

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

    (1,925     209        152,637        121,381               272,302   

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Decrease (increase) in notes receivable — net

    (45            214                      169   

Decrease (increase) in intercompany notes receivable — net

    37,798               (8,783            (29,015       

Decrease (increase) in investments in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates — net

    (500            1,541        (6,753            (5,712

Purchase of other investments

                         (26            (26

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

                  (74,925     (84,288            (159,213

Proceeds from disposal of assets

                  2,143        774               2,917   

Acquisition of operating assets

                  (8,337     (3,340            (11,677

Equity contribution to subsidiaries

                  (1,798            1,798          

Change in other — net

    785               (1,531     (18,424            (19,170
                                               

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

    38,038               (91,476     (112,057     (27,217     (192,712

 

F-74


Table of Contents
    Period from July 31 through December 31, 2008  

Post-merger

(In thousands)

  Parent
Company
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

Draws on credit facilities

                         30,000               30,000   

Payments on credit facilities

                  (526     (134            (660

Proceeds from long-term debt

                         25,020               25,020   

Payments on long-term debt

                         (37,145            (37,145

Net transfers to Clear Channel Communications

    (85,611                                 (85,611

Increase (decrease) in intercompany notes payable — net

                         (29,015     29,015          

Intercompany funding

    49,544        (209     (55,673     6,338                 

Equity contributions from parent

                         1,798        (1,798       

Change in other, net

    (46                                 (46
                                               

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

    (36,113     (209     (56,199     (3,138     27,217        (68,442

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

                         10,539               10,539   
                                               

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

                  4,962        16,725               21,687   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

                  (19,762     92,887               73,125   
                                               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $      $      $ (14,800   $ 109,612      $      $ 94,812   
                                               

 

F-75


Table of Contents
    Period from January 1 through July 30, 2008  

Pre-merger

(In thousands)

  Parent
Company
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Consolidated net income (loss)

  $ 167,554      $ 102,261      $ 165,284      $ 106,280      $ (375,773   $ 165,606   

Reconciling items:

           

Depreciation and amortization

                  109,619        138,018               247,637   

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

    30               33,839        (12,464            21,405   

Provision for doubtful accounts

                  2,927        5,661               8,588   

Share-based compensation

                  5,135        1,371               6,506   

Gain on sale of operating and fixed assets

                  (4,525     (6,453            (10,978

Equity in (earnings) loss of nonconsolidated affiliates

    (165,284     (101,170     (109,198     (70,963     375,773        (70,842

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions

    (1,156     236        (25,581     (10,099            (36,600
                                               

Net cash provided by operating activities

    1,144        1,327        177,500        151,351               331,322   

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Decrease (increase) in notes receivable — net

    (63            302                      239   

Decrease (increase) in intercompany notes receivable — net

    (37,798                   (22,898     60,696          

Decrease (increase) in investments in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates — net

                  (1,316     8,962               7,646   

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

                  (75,917     (123,205            (199,122

Proceeds from disposal of assets

                  5,097        33,533               38,630   

Acquisition of operating assets

                  (46,773     (38,048            (84,821

Equity contributions to subsidiaries

           (20     (21            41          

Dividends from subsidiaries

           19,390        28,853               (48,243       

Change in other — net

    (785            (3,170     8,251               4,296   
                                               

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

    (38,646     19,370        (92,945     (133,405     12,494        (233,132

 

F-76


Table of Contents
    Period from January 1 through July 30, 2008  

Pre-merger

(In thousands)

  Parent
Company
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

Draws on credit facilities

                         72,150               72,150   

Payments on credit facilities

                  (2,642     (155,132            (157,774

Proceeds from long term debt

                         5,476               5,476   

Payments on long-term debt

                         (4,662            (4,662

Net transfers to Clear Channel Communications

    (83,585                                 (83,585

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and other

    4,261                                    4,261   

Intercompany funding

    102,328        (1,327     (103,867     2,866                 

Increase (decrease) in intercompany notes payable — net

    14,762               8,136        37,798        (60,696       

Dividends declared and paid

           (19,390            (28,853     48,243          

Equity contributions from parent

           20               21        (41       

Change in other, net

    (264                                 (264
                                               

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

    37,502        (20,697     (98,373     (70,336     (12,494     (164,398

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

                         4,436               4,436   
                                               

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

                  (13,818     (47,954            (61,772

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

                  (5,944     140,841               134,897   
                                               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $      $      $ (19,762   $ 92,887      $      $ 73,125   
                                               

 

F-77


Table of Contents
    Year ended December 31, 2007  

Pre-merger

(In thousands)

  Parent
Company
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Consolidated net income

  $ 245,990      $ 79,380      $ 241,880      $ 107,800      $ (409,799   $ 265,251   

Reconciling items:

           

Depreciation and amortization

                  178,393        221,090               399,483   

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

    (38            36,281        (1,328            34,915   

Provision for doubtful accounts

                  4,074        6,451               10,525   

Share-based compensation

                  7,669        1,701               9,370   

Gain on sale of operating and fixed assets

                  (2,200     (9,624            (11,824

Equity in (earnings) loss of nonconsolidated affiliates

    (241,551     (80,659     (87,359     (4,632     409,799        (4,402

Other reconciling items — net

                  3,241        (927            2,314   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions

    2,841        (184     (6,521     (7,338            (11,202
                                               

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

    7,242        (1,463     375,458        313,193               694,430   

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Increase in notes receivable —net

    (108            (126                   (234

Decrease (increase) in investments in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates — net

                  970        (8            962   

Purchase of other investments

                         (659            (659

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

                  (135,057     (140,633            (275,690

Proceeds from disposal of assets

                  2,276        15,045               17,321   

Acquisition of operating assets

                  (39,519     (29,540            (69,059

Equity contributions to subsidiaries

           (19,738     (19,739            39,477          

Dividends from subsidiaries

           120,345        120,345               (240,690       

Change in other — net

                  (10,211     (18,798            (29,009
                                               

Net cash used for investing activities

    (108     100,607        (81,061     (174,593     (201,213     (356,368

 

F-78


Table of Contents
    Year ended December 31, 2007  

Pre-merger

(In thousands)

  Parent
Company
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

Draws on credit facilities

                         106,772               106,772   

Payments on credit facilities

                  (1,256     (75,358            (76,614

Proceeds from long-term debt

                         22,483               22,483   

Payments on long-term debt

                         (66,290            (66,290

Net transfers to Clear Channel Communications

    (302,882                                 (302,882

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and other

    10,780                                    10,780   

Intercompany funding

    284,968        1,463        (288,622     2,191                 

Dividends declared and paid

           (120,345            (120,345     240,690          

Equity contributions from parent

           19,738               19,739        (39,477       
                                               

Net cash used for financing activities

    (7,134     (99,144     (289,878     (110,808     201,213        (305,751

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

                         (2,809            (2,809
                                               

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

                  4,519        24,983               29,502   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

                  (10,463     115,858               105,395   
                                               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $      $      $ (5,944   $ 140,841      $      $ 134,897   
                                               

 

F-79


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.

Exchange Offers for

$500,000,000 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 and

$2,000,000,000 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

                    , 2010

W E HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANY DEALER , SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR REPRESENT ANYTHING TO YOU OTHER THAN THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS . Y OU MAY NOT RELY ON UNAUTHORIZED INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS .

T HIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT OFFER TO SELL OR ASK FOR OFFERS TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE IT IS UNLAWFUL , WHERE THE PERSON MAKING THE OFFER IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO , OR TO ANY PERSON WHO CAN NOT LEGALLY BE OFFERED THE SECURITIES .

T HE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS CURRENT ONLY AS OF THE DATE ON ITS COVER , AND MAY CHANGE AFTER THAT DATE . F OR ANY TIME AFTER THE COVER DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS , WE DO NOT REPRESENT THAT OUR AFFAIRS ARE THE SAME AS DESCRIBED OR THAT THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS CORRECT , NOR DO WE IMPLY THOSE THINGS BY DELIVERING THIS PROSPECTUS OR SELLING SECURITIES TO YOU .

U NTIL                     , ALL DEALERS THAT EFFECT TRANSACTIONS IN THESE SECURITIES , WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THE EXCHANGE OFFERS MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS . T HIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE DEALERS OBLIGATIONS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS .

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Nevada

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. and Outdoor Management Services, Inc. are each incorporated under the laws of the State of Nevada.

Section 78.7502 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (the “NRS”), permits a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, except an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the action, suit or proceeding if he:

(a) is not liable for a breach of his or her fiduciary duties as a director or officer and the breach of those duties involved intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law; or

(b) acted in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter, the corporation is required to indemnify him against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense.

Section 78.752 of the NRS allows a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance or make other financial arrangements on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise for any liability asserted against him and liability and expenses incurred by him in his capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation has the authority to indemnify him against such liability and expenses.

No financial arrangement made pursuant to Section 78.752 may provide protection for a person adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction, after exhaustion of all appeals, to be liable for intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law, except with respect to the advancement of expenses or indemnification ordered by a court.

The by-laws for each of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. and Outdoor Management Services, Inc. provide for the indemnification of all current and former directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Delaware

Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., Clear Channel Adshel, Inc., 1567 Media LLC, Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC and Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada are each incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Section 145 (“Section 145”) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (the “DGCL”), provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, were or are threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reasons of the fact that such person was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer, director, employee or agent is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

The certificate of incorporation for each of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., Clear Channel Adshel, Inc., 1567 Media LLC, Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC and Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada provides for the indemnification of all current and former directors and officers to the fullest extent of the DGCL.

Pennsylvania

In-ter-space Services, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the State of Pennsylvania.

Section 1741 of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (the “Business Corporation Law”) provides that a business corporation may indemnify directors and officers against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), provided that the person in question acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Section 1742 provides that a business corporation may indemnify its directors and officers solely against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) if the action or proceeding is by or in the right of the corporation. In addition, Section 1742 states that indemnification shall not be made if the person has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent it is judicially determined upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for certain expenses. Section 1743 requires a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers against expenses they may incur in defending actions against them in such capacities if they are successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of such actions.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Section 1746 of the Business Corporation Law grants a corporation broad authority to indemnify its directors, officers and other agents for liabilities and expenses incurred in such capacity, except in circumstances where the act or failure to act giving rise to the claim for indemnification is determined by a court to have constituted willful misconduct or recklessness.

The by-laws for In-ter-space Services, Inc. provide that any person that is or was a director or officer of the corporation shall be indemnified against the reasonable expenses, including attorney’s fees, actually and necessarily incurred by him in connection with the defense of such action, suit or proceedings, or in connection with any appeal therein, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein that such officer or director is liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duties. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any officer or director may be entitled. The amount of indemnity to which any officer or any director may be entitled shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, except that in any case where there is no disinterested majority of the Board available, the amount shall be fixed by arbitration pursuant to the then existing rules of the American Arbitration Association.

Insurance

The registrants also maintain, at their expense, policies of insurance which insure their respective directors and officers, subject to exclusions and deductions as are usual in these kinds of insurance policies, against specified liabilities which may be incurred in those capacities.

 

ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The attached Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) The financial statement schedules set forth in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings for the year ended December 31, 2009 are incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrants hereby undertake:

(a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in the volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

(b) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(c) To remove from the registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(d) That, for purposes of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(e) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrants under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrants undertake that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrants pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrants will each be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrants relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrants;

(iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrants; and

(iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrants to the purchaser.

(f) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(g) To deliver or cause to be delivered with the prospectus, to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest annual report to security holders that is incorporated by reference in the prospectus and furnished pursuant to and meeting the requirements of Rule 14a-3 or Rule 14c-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and, where interim financial information required to be presented by Article 3 of Regulation S-X are not set forth in the prospectus, to deliver, or cause to be delivered to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest quarterly report that is specifically incorporated by reference in the prospectus to provide such interim financial information.

(h) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrants pursuant to the provisions described in Item 20, or otherwise,

 

II-4


Table of Contents

the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(i) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), or 11 or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(j) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

3.1*    Articles of Incorporation of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
3.2*    By-Laws of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
3.3    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006).
3.4    Amended and Restated By-Laws of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 14, 2008).
3.5*    Certificate of Incorporation of Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., as amended.
3.6*    By-Laws of Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., as amended.
3.7*    Certificate of Incorporation of Clear Channel Adshel, Inc., as amended.
3.8*    By-Laws of Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.
3.9*    Certificate of Formation of 1567 Media LLC.
3.10*    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of 1567 Media LLC.
3.11*    Certificate of Formation of Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC, as amended.
3.12*    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC.
3.13*    Certificate of Incorporation of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada, as amended.
3.14*    By-Laws of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada, as amended.
3.15*    Articles of Incorporation of Outdoor Management Services, Inc.
3.16*    Code of Bylaws of Outdoor Management Services, Inc.
3.17*    Articles of Incorporation of In-ter-space Services, Inc., as amended.
3.18*    By-Laws of In-ter-space Services, Inc.
4.1    Indenture with respect to 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017, dated as of December 23, 2009, among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., the note guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 16, 2010).
4.2    Indenture with respect to 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017, dated as of December 23, 2009, among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., the note guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 16, 2010).
4.3*    Series A Senior Note Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2010, among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., the note guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.
4.4    Form of Series A Note (attached as exhibit to Exhibit 4.1).
4.5    Form of Series B Note (attached as exhibit to Exhibit 4.2).
5.1†    Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP.
5.2†    Opinion of Snell & Wilmer L.L.P.
5.3†    Opinion of Ballard Spahr LLP.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.1    Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2009 among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of itself and as a representative of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Moelis & Company LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 16, 2010).
10.2    Master Agreement, dated November 16, 2005, between Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006).
10.3    Series A Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2009, among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., the note guarantors named therein and Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of itself and as a representative of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Moelis & Company LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 16, 2010).
10.4    Series B Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2009, among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., the note guarantors named therein and Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of itself and as a representative of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Moelis & Company LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 16, 2010).
10.5    Corporate Services Agreement dated November 16, 2005 between Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Management Services, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006).
10.6    Tax Matters Agreement dated November 10, 2005 between Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006).
10.7    Employee Matters Agreement dated November 10, 2005 between Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006).
10.8    Amended and Restated License Agreement dated November 10, 2005 between Clear Channel Identity, L.P. and Outdoor Management Services, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006).
10.9    Revolving Promissory Note dated November 10, 2005 payable by Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. to Clear Channel Communications, Inc. in the original principal amount of $1,000,000,000 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006).
10.10    Revolving Promissory Note dated November 10, 2005 payable by Clear Channel Communications, Inc. to Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. in the original principal amount of $1,000,000,000 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006).
10.11    Senior Unsecured Term Promissory Note dated August 2, 2005 in the original principal amount of $2.5 billion (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed August 10, 2005 (File No. 333-127375)).

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.12    First Amendment to Senior Unsecured Term Promissory Note dated October 7, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed August 10, 2005 (File No. 333-127375)).
10.13    Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated April 30, 2007).
10.14    Form of Option Agreement under the Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed December 9, 2005 (File No. 333-130229)).
10.15    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed December 9, 2005 (File No. 333-130229)).
10.16    Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed June 11, 2010 (File No. 333-167468)).
10.17    2006 Annual Incentive Plan of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated April 30, 2007).
10.18    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 23, 2010 by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc., CC Media Holdings, Inc. and Mark P. Mays (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 24, 2010).
10.19    Second Amendment to Senior Executive Option Agreement, dated June 23, 2010, between Mark P. Mays and CC Media Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 24, 2010).
10.20    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2009, by and among Randall T. Mays, Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and CC Media Holdings, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 16, 2010)
10.21    Employment Agreement by and between Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. and Paul J. Meyer dated August 5, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Clear Channel Communications, Inc. Form 8-K (File No. 1-9645) filed August 10, 2005).
10.22    Contract of Employment by and between C. William Eccleshare and Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd dated August 31, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2009).
10.23    First Amendment, dated as of December 23, 2009, to the Revolving Promissory Note, dated as of November 10, 2005, by Clear Channel Communications, Inc., as Maker, to Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 16, 2010).
10.24    First Amendment, dated as of December 23, 2009, to the Revolving Promissory Note, dated as of November 10, 2005, by Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., as Maker, to Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 16, 2010).

 

II-8


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.25    Employment Separation Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2009, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and Herbert W. Hill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Amendment to Form 10-Q filed November 13, 2009).
10.26    Contract of Employment, dated as of October 30, 2009, by and between Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd and Jonathan Bevan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 11, 2009).
10.27    Employment Agreement, effective as of December 15, 2009, by and between Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. and Ronald Cooper (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 11, 2009).
10.28    Form of Independent Director Indemnification Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 3, 2009).
10.29    Form of Affiliate Independent Director Indemnification Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 3, 2009).
10.30    Series A Senior Notes Proceeds Loan Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2009, by and between Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 16, 2010).
10.31    Series B Senior Notes Proceeds Loan Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2009, by and between Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 16, 2010).
21    Subsidiaries of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 16, 2010).
23.1*    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
23.2†    Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.3†    Consent of Snell & Wilmer L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.2).
23.4†    Consent of Ballard Spahr LLP (included in Exhibit 5.3).
24*    Power of Attorney (included on the signature pages to the registration statement).
25*    Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of U.S. Bank National Association.
99.1*    Form of Letter of Transmittal.
99.2*    Form of Tender Instructions.
99.3*    Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

 

* Filed herewith
To be filed by amendment.

 

II-9


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Antonio, State of Texas, on July 7, 2010.

 

CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   / S /    M ARK P. M AYS        
Name:  

Mark P. Mays

President and Chief Executive Officer

Title:  

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Mark P. Mays, Thomas W. Casey and Robert H. Walls, Jr., and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    M ARK P. M AYS        

Mark P. Mays

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer) and Director

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    T HOMAS W. C ASEY        

Thomas W. Casey

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    S COTT D. H AMILTON        

Scott D. Hamilton

  

Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer)

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    R ANDALL T. M AYS        

Randall T. Mays

  

Director

  July 7, 2010

 

II-10


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Antonio, State of Texas, on July 7, 2010.

 

CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   / S /    M ARK P. M AYS        
Name:  

Mark P. Mays

President and Chief Executive Officer

Title:  

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Mark P. Mays, Thomas W. Casey and Robert H. Walls, Jr., and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    M ARK P. M AYS        

Mark P. Mays

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer) and Director

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    T HOMAS W. C ASEY        

Thomas W. Casey

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    S COTT D. H AMILTON        

Scott D. Hamilton

  

Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer)

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    R ANDALL T. M AYS        

Randall T. Mays

  

Director

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    M ARGARET W. C OVELL        

Margaret W. Covell

  

Director

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    B LAIR E. H ENDRIX        

Blair E. Hendrix

  

Director

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    D OUGLAS L. J ACOBS        

Douglas L. Jacobs

  

Director

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    D ANIEL G. J ONES        

Daniel G. Jones

  

Director

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    M ARSHA M. S HIELDS        

Marsha M. Shields

  

Director

  July 7, 2010

 

II-11


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    D ALE W. T REMBLAY        

Dale W. Tremblay

  

Director

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    S COTT R. W ELLS        

Scott R. Wells

  

Director

  July 7, 2010

 

II-12


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Antonio, State of Texas, on July 7, 2010.

 

CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR, INC.
By:   / S /    M ARK P. M AYS        
Name:  

Mark P. Mays

President and Chief Executive Officer

Title:  

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Mark P. Mays, Thomas W. Casey and Robert H. Walls, Jr., and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    M ARK P. M AYS        

Mark P. Mays

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer) and Director

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    T HOMAS W. C ASEY        

Thomas W. Casey

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    S COTT D. H AMILTON        

Scott D. Hamilton

  

Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer)

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    R ANDALL T. M AYS        

Randall T. Mays

  

Director

  July 7, 2010

 

II-13


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Antonio, State of Texas, on July 7, 2010.

 

CLEAR CHANNEL ADSHEL, INC.
By:   / S /    M ARK P. M AYS        
Name:  

Mark P. Mays

President and Chief Executive Officer

Title:  

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Mark P. Mays, Thomas W. Casey and Robert H. Walls, Jr., and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    M ARK P. M AYS        

Mark P. Mays

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer) and Director

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    T HOMAS W. C ASEY        

Thomas W. Casey

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    S COTT D. H AMILTON        

Scott D. Hamilton

  

Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer)

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    R ANDALL T. M AYS        

Randall T. Mays

  

Director

  July 7, 2010

 

II-14


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Antonio, State of Texas, on July 7, 2010.

 

1567 MEDIA LLC
By:   / S /    M ARK P. M AYS        
Name:  

Mark P. Mays

President and Chief Executive Officer

Title:  

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Mark P. Mays, Thomas W. Casey and Robert H. Walls, Jr., and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    M ARK P. M AYS        

Mark P. Mays

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer) and Director

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    T HOMAS W. C ASEY        

Thomas W. Casey

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    S COTT D. H AMILTON        

Scott D. Hamilton

  

Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer)

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    R ANDALL T. M AYS        

Randall T. Mays

  

Director

  July 7, 2010

 

II-15


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Antonio, State of Texas, on July 7, 2010.

 

CLEAR CHANNEL SPECTACOLOR, LLC
By:   / S /    M ARK P. M AYS        
Name:  

Mark P. Mays

President and Chief Executive Officer

Title:  

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Mark P. Mays, Thomas W. Casey and Robert H. Walls, Jr., and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    M ARK P. M AYS        

Mark P. Mays

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer) and Director

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    T HOMAS W. C ASEY        

Thomas W. Casey

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    S COTT D. H AMILTON        

Scott D. Hamilton

  

Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer)

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    R ANDALL T. M AYS        

Randall T. Mays

  

Director

  July 7, 2010

 

II-16


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Antonio, State of Texas, on July 7, 2010.

 

CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS COMPANY CANADA
By:   / S /    M ARK P. M AYS        
Name:  

Mark P. Mays

President and Chief Executive Officer

Title:  

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Mark P. Mays, Thomas W. Casey and Robert H. Walls, Jr., and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    M ARK P. M AYS        

Mark P. Mays

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer) and Director

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    T HOMAS W. C ASEY        

Thomas W. Casey

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    S COTT D. H AMILTON        

Scott D. Hamilton

  

Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer)

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    R ANDALL T. M AYS        

Randall T. Mays

  

Director

  July 7, 2010

 

II-17


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Antonio, State of Texas, on July 7, 2010.

 

OUTDOOR MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.
By:   / S /    M ARK P. M AYS        
Name:  

Mark P. Mays

President and Chief Executive Officer

Title:  

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Mark P. Mays, Thomas W. Casey and Robert H. Walls, Jr., and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    M ARK P. M AYS        

Mark P. Mays

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer) and Director

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    T HOMAS W. C ASEY        

Thomas W. Casey

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    S COTT D. H AMILTON        

Scott D. Hamilton

  

Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer)

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    R ANDALL T. M AYS        

Randall T. Mays

  

Director

  July 7, 2010

 

II-18


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Antonio, State of Texas, on July 7, 2010.

 

IN-TER-SPACE SERVICES, INC.
By:   / S /    M ARK P. M AYS        
Name:  

Mark P. Mays

President and Chief Executive Officer

Title:  

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Mark P. Mays, Thomas W. Casey and Robert H. Walls, Jr., and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    M ARK P. M AYS        

Mark P. Mays

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer) and Director

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    T HOMAS W. C ASEY        

Thomas W. Casey

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    S COTT D. H AMILTON        

Scott D. Hamilton

  

Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer)

  July 7, 2010

/ S /    R ANDALL T. M AYS        

Randall T. Mays

  

Director

  July 7, 2010

 

II-19

Exhibit 3.1

LOGO

CORPORATE CHARTER

I, DEAN HELLER, the duly elected and qualified Nevada Secretary of State, do hereby certify that CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC. did on December 6, 2004 , file in this office the original Articles of Incorporation; that said Articles are now on file and of record in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada, and further, that said Articles contain all the provisions required by the law of said State of Nevada.

 

   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the Great Seal of State, at my office, in Carson City, Nevada, on December 7, 2004.
LOGO   

LOGO

     

 

         DEAN HELLER

              Secretary of State
  

 

By

  

 

LOGO

      Certification Clerk


LOGO

   DEAN HELLER
   Secretary of State
   204 North Carson Street, Suite 1
   Carson City, Nevada 89701-4299
   (775) 684 5708
   Website: secretaryofstate.biz

 

 

Certificate of Amendment

(PURSUANT TO NRS 78.385 and 78.390)

 

  

 

Important: Read attached instructions before completing form.    ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation

For Nevada Profit Corporations

(Pursuant to NRS 78.385 and 78.390 - After Issuance of Stock)

 

1.  Name of corporation:       Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.

 

2. The articles have been amended as follows (provide article numbers, if available):

In Section 3 “Shares,” the number of shares without par value has been amended and restated to be: “200,000.”

 
 
 
 
 
 
3. The vote by which the stockholders holding shares in the corporation entitling them to exercise at least a majority of the voting power, or such greater proportion of the voting power as may be required in the case of a vote by classes or series, or as may be required by the provisions of the articles of incorporation have voted in favor of the amendment is:     100%         .*
4.  Effective date of filing (optional):    
  (must not be later than 90 days after the certificate is filed)
5.  Officer Signature (required):        LOGO

* If any proposed amendment would alter or change any preference or any relative or other right given to any class or series of outstanding shares, then the amendment must be approved by the vote, in addition to the affirmative vote otherwise required, of the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of each class or series affected by the amendment regardless of limitations or restrictions on the voting power thereof.

IMPORTANT : Failure to include any of the above information and submit the proper fees may cause this filing to be rejected.

SUBMIT IN DUPLICATE

 

This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees.    Nevada Secretary of State AM 78.385 Amend 2003
See attached fee schedule.    Revised on: 11/03/03

NV009 - 10/15/2004 C T System Online


WRITTEN CONSENT

OF

THE SOLE STOCKHOLDER

OF

CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.

Effective as of December      , 2004

The undersigned, being the sole stockholder of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”), does hereby, pursuant to the provisions set forth in Section 78.320 of the Nevada General Corporation Law, consent to taking the following actions and approve the following resolutions and each and every action effected thereby.

Amendment of Articles of Incorporation

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company deems it advisable and in the best interests of the Company to amend and restate the number of shares without par value indicated in Section 3 entitled “Shares: (number of shares corporation authorized to issue)” of the Articles of Incorporation of the Company.

RESOLVED , that the number of shares without par value indicated in Section 3 entitled “Shares: (number of shares corporation authorized to issue” of the Articles of Incorporation of the Company is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows: “200,000”; and

FURTHER RESOLVED , that all of the past acts and transactions of each officer, representative or agent of the Company, prior to the execution of these resolutions, taken in good faith in the name and on behalf of the Company pursuant to and consistent with the resolutions contained herein, be and hereby are, in all respects, authorized, ratified, confirmed and approved.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. Signatures on following page.]

 

1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed these written resolutions without a meeting as of the date first above written.

 

CLEAR CHANNEL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

2


LOGO

   DEAN HELLER
   Secretary of State
   206 North Carson Street
   Carson City, Nevada 89701-4299
   (775) 684 5708
   Website: secretaryofstate.biz

 

 

Articles of Incorporation

(PURSUANT TO NRS 78)

 

   LOGO

 

          Important: Read attached instructions before completing form.   ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

 

1.      

 

  Name of
Corporation:

 

 

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.

 

2.      

  Resident Agent
Name and Street
Address:

(must be a Nevada
address where
process may be
served)

 

  CSC Services of Nevada, Inc.
   

Name

502 East John Street

  Carson City   , NEVADA   98706
    Street Address   City     Zip Code
                          

 

        Optional Mailing Address   City   State   Zip Code

3.      

 

  Shares:

(number of shares
corporation
authorized to
issue)

 

 

Number of shares

with par value;          Par value: $         

 

 

Number of shares

without par value: 1,000                

 

4.      

  Names &
Addresses, of
Board of
Directors/Trustees:
(attach additional
page if there is
more than 3
directors/trustees)
  1.   L. Lowry Mays
   

Name

200 E. Basse Road

  San Antonio   TX           78209
    Street Address   City       State   Zip Code
   

 

2.

 

 

Mark P. Mays

   

Name

200 E. Basse Road

  San Antonio   TX           78209
    Street Address   City       State   Zip Code
    3.  

 

Randall T. Mays

     

Name

200 E. Basse Road

  San Antonio   TX           78209
       

Street Address

 

  City       State   Zip Code

5.      

 

  Purpose:

(optional-see
instructions)

 

  The purpose of this Corporation shall be;

6.      

 

  Name, Address
and Signature of
Incorporator:
(attach additional
page if there is
more than 1
incorporator)

 

  Stephanie Rosales  

LOGO

    Name   Signature
    200 E. Basse Road   San Antonio   TX           78209
    Address   City       State   Zip Code
                     

7.      

 

  Certificate of
Acceptance of
Appointment of
Resident Agent
:

 

  I hereby accept appointment as Resident Agent for the above named corporation.
    LOGO      

12/6/04

    Authorized Signature of R.A. or On Behalf of R.A. Company     Date
                 

 

This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees.    Nevada Secretary of State Form 78 ARTICLES 2003
See attached fee schedule.    Revised on: 11/21/03

NV001 - 10/18/2004 C T System Online

Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS

OF

CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.

ARTICLE I

IDENTIFICATION

Section 1. Name . The name of the corporation is Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

Section 2. Registered Office and Resident Agent . The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Nevada is 502 East John Street, Carson City, Nevada 98706. The name of the registered agent of the Company at such address is CSC Services of Nevada, Inc.

Section 3. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first day of January in each year and end on the 31 st day of December next following.

ARTICLE II

STOCK

Section 1. Issuance of Shares . Shares of stock may be issued for labor, services, personal property, real estate or leases thereof, money or other benefit to the Corporation from time to time by the Board of Directors. Treasury shares may be disposed of by the Corporation for such consideration as aforesaid from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Payment of Shares . The consideration for the issuance of shares may be paid, in whole or in part, in money, in other property, as aforesaid, or in labor or services actually performed for the Corporation. When payment of the consideration for which shares are to be issued shall have been received by the Corporation, such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable. Future services shall not constitute payment or part payment for shares of the Corporation. In the absence of fraud in the transaction, the judgment of the Board of Directors as to the value of the consideration received for shares shall be conclusive. No certificate shall be issued for any share until the share is fully paid.

Section 3. Certificates Representing Shares . Each holder of the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to a certificate signed by the President or a Vice President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation.

Section 4. Transfer of Stock . The Corporation shall register a transfer of a stock certificate presented to it for transfer if:

(a) Endorsement . The certificate is properly endorsed by the registered holder or by his duly authorized attorney;


(b) Witnessing . The endorsement or endorsements are witnessed by one witness unless this requirement is waived by the Secretary of the Corporation;

(c) Adverse Claims . The Corporation has no notice of any adverse claims or has discharged any duty to inquire into any such claims; and

(d) Collection of Taxes . There has been compliance with any applicable law relating to the collection of taxes.

ARTICLE III

THE SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meetings . All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such time and at such place within or without the State of Nevada as shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Annual Meetings . Unless the Shareholders shall have executed and delivered a written consent electing the directors annually, the annual meeting of the Shareholders shall be held each year at the principal office of the Corporation at the hour of 10:00 o’clock A.M. on the anniversary date of the incorporation of this Corporation, if this day shall fall on a normal business day, and if not, then on the first following normal business day. Failure to hold the annual meeting at the designated time shall not work a forfeiture or dissolution of the Corporation.

Section 3. Special Meetings . Special Meetings of the Shareholders may be called by the President, the Board of Directors, or by the Secretary at the written request (stating the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called) of the holders of not less than one-tenth of all the shares entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings; Waiver . Written notice stating the place, day, and hour of the meeting and, in case of a special meeting the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the President, the Secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each registered holder entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the registered holder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation, with postage on it prepaid. Waiver by a Shareholder in writing of notice of a Shareholders’ meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, whether executed and/or delivered before or after such meeting.

Section 5. Quorum . A majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of the Shareholders. The Shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Shareholders to leave less than a quorum. The act of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Shareholders, unless a greater number is required by applicable law.

 

2


Section 6. Proxies . A Shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy executed in writing by the Shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after six months from the date of its creation, unless the Shareholder provides for a longer period, not exceeding seven years, in the proxy.

Section 7. Action Without A Meeting . Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Shareholders, or of a committee, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions taken, shall be signed by the Shareholders, or the members of the committee, holding at least a majority of the voting power, unless a greater proportion of voting power is required for such an action at a meeting, as the case may be.

ARTICLE IV

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. Number and Qualifications . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by a Board of two (2) to five (5) Directors. The number of Directors may be increased or decreased from time to time and at any time by a resolution of the Shareholders or the Board of Directors provided that any such increase or decrease does not fall below or exceed the number of members of the Board of Directors as set forth above.

Section 2. Election . Members of the initial Board of Directors shall hold office until the first annual meeting of Shareholders and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified. At the first annual meeting of Shareholders and at each annual meeting thereafter, the Shareholders shall elect Directors to hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting. Each Director shall hold office for the term for which he is elected and until his successor shall be elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Director may be removed from office at any time by the vote or written consent of Shareholders representing not less than two-thirds of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote.

Section 3. Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of the majority of the remaining Directors though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. A Director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office, subject to removal as aforesaid.

Section 4. Place of Meeting . The meeting of the Board of Directors, annual, regular or special, may be held either within or without the State of Nevada.

Section 5. Annual Meetings . Immediately after the annual meeting of the Shareholders, the Board of Directors may meet each year for the purpose of organization, election of officers, and consideration of any other business that may properly be brought before the meeting. No notice of any kind to either old or new members of the Board of Directors for this annual meeting shall be necessary.

 

3


Section 6. Other Meetings . Other meetings of the Board of Directors may be held upon notice by letter, facsimile, cable, or electronic mail, delivered for transmission not later than during the third day immediately preceding the day for the meeting, or by word of mouth, telephone, or radiophone received not later than during the second day preceding the day for the meeting, upon the call of the President or Secretary of the Corporation at any place within or without the State of Nevada. Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors may be waived in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to the notice, whether before or after the time of the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of the meeting.

Section 7. Quorum . A majority of the number of Directors holding office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of the majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum has been achieved shall be the act of the Board of Directors unless the act of a greater number is required by applicable law.

Section 8. Action Without A Meeting . Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Directors, or of a committee, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions taken, shall be signed by all of the Directors, or all of the members of the committee, as the case may be.

Section 9. Loans . The Board of Directors shall have the following power with respect to the lending of funds:

(a) Loan of Funds, Generally . To lend money in furtherance of any of the purposes of the Corporation; to invest the funds of the Corporation from time to time; and to take and hold any property as security for the payment of funds so loaned or invested.

(b) Loan to Employees . To lend money to its employees, other than its officers and Directors, and to otherwise assist its employees, officers, and Directors.

ARTICLE V

THE OFFICERS

Section 1. Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, Secretary and Treasurer, and may also include a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, or such other officers or assistant officers or agents as may be provided herein, or otherwise deemed necessary, from time to time by the Board of Directors. Officers need not be Directors of the Corporation. Each officer so elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, but shall be subject to removal at any time by the vote or written consent of a majority of the Directors. Any Officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation.

Section 2. Vacancies . Whenever any vacancies shall occur in any office by death, resignation, increase in the number of offices of the Corporation, or otherwise, the same shall be filled by the Board of Directors, and the officer so elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, subject to removal as aforesaid.

 

4


Section 3. The Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the Directors, discharge all duties incumbent upon the presiding officer, and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

Section 4. The President . The President shall have active executive management of the operations of the Corporation, subject, however, to the control of the Board of Directors. He shall preside at all meetings of Shareholders, discharge all the duties incumbent upon a presiding officer, and perform such other duties as these Bylaws provide or the Board of Directors may prescribe. The President shall have full authority to execute proxies in behalf of the Corporation, to vote stock owned by it in any other Corporation, and to execute powers of attorney appointing other corporations, partnerships, or individuals the agent of the Corporation.

Section 5. The Vice President . The Vice President shall perform all duties incumbent upon the President during the absence or disability of the President, and shall perform such other duties as these Bylaws may provide or the Board of Directors may prescribe.

Section 6. The Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Shareholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall keep a true and complete record of the proceedings of these meetings. He shall be custodian of the records of the Corporation. He shall attend to the giving of all notices and shall perform such other duties as these Bylaws may provide or the Board of Directors may prescribe.

Section 7. The Treasurer . The Treasurer shall keep correct and complete records of account, showing accurately at all times the financial condition of the Corporation. He shall be the legal custodian of all moneys, notes, securities, and other valuables that may from time to time come into the possession of the Corporation. He shall immediately deposit all funds of the Corporation coming into his hands in some reliable bank or other depositary to be designated by the Board of Directors, and shall keep this bank account in the name of the Corporation. He shall furnish at meetings of the Board of Directors, or whenever requested, a statement of the financial condition of the Corporation, and shall perform such other duties as these Bylaws may provide or the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Treasurer may be required to furnish bond in such amount as shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 8. Transfer of Authority . In case of the absence of any officer of the Corporation, or for any other reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board of Directors may transfer the powers or duties of that officer to any other officer or to any Director or employee of the Corporation, provided a majority of the full Board of Directors concurs.

ARTICLE VI

NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS, DEEDS, AND CONTRACTS

All checks, drafts, notes, bonds, bills of exchange, and orders for the payment of money of the Corporation; all deeds, mortgages, and other written contracts and agreements to which the Corporation shall be a party; and all assignments or endorsements of stock certificates, registered bonds, or other securities owned by the Corporation shall, unless otherwise required by law, or

 

5


otherwise authorized by the Board of Directors as hereinafter set forth, be signed by the President or by any one of the following officers: Vice President, Secretary, or Treasurer. The Board of Directors may designate one or more persons, officers or employees of the Corporation, who may, in the name of the Corporation and in lieu of, or in addition to, those persons hereinabove named, sign such instruments; and may authorize the use of facsimile signatures of any of such persons. Any shares of stock issued by any other corporation and owned or controlled by the Corporation may be voted at any Shareholders’ meeting of the other corporation by the President of the Corporation, if he be present; or, in his absence, by the Secretary of the Corporation and, in the event both the President and Secretary shall be absent, then by such person as the President of the Corporation shall, by duly executed proxy, designate to represent the Corporation at such Shareholders’ meeting.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS,

EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS, INSURANCE

Section 1. Indemnity for Claims Not in Name of Corporation . The Corporation must indemnify, to the maximum extent permitted by the law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, except an action by or in the right of the Corporation, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner which be reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and that, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Section 2. Indemnity for Claims in Name of Corporation . The Corporation must indemnify, to the maximum extent permitted by the law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, but no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person has been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought determines upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court deems proper.

 

6


Section 3. Success on Merits . To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in sections 7.01 and 7.02, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified by the Corporation against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

Section 4. Determination of Standard of Conduct . Any indemnification under sections 7.01 and 7.02, unless ordered by a court, shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in sections 7.01 and 7.02. Such determination shall be made:

(a) By the stockholders;

(b) By the board of directors by majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such act, suit or proceeding;

(c) If such a quorum of disinterested directors so orders, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or

(d) If such a quorum of disinterested directors cannot be obtained, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion.

Section 5. Expenses . Expenses incurred in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the board of directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount unless it is ultimately determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this section.

Section 6. Other Sources of Indemnity . The indemnification provided by this section:

(a) Does not exclude any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification may be entitled under any article of incorporation, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office; and

(b) Shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 7. Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another

 

7


corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this section.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

The power to alter, amend, or repeal these Bylaws, or adopt new Bylaws, is vested in the Board of Directors, but the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors holding office shall be necessary to effect any such action.

I hereby certify that the foregoing Bylaws are a true and correct copy of the Bylaws of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. as adopted on the 6th day of December, 2004.

 

LOGO

Randall T. Mays, Secretary

 

8

Exhibit 3.5

 

 

STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 01:30 PM 08/15/1995

950184771 - 2533910

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

EH&F, INC.

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is EH&F, Inc.

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, County of New Castle, Wilmington, Delaware 19805-1297. The name of the registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may now or hereafter be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “GCL”).

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), and one thousand (1,000) shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

Shares of the Preferred Stock of the Corporation may be issued form time to time in one or more classes or series, each of which class or series shall have such distinctive designation or title as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) prior to the issuance of any shares thereof. Each such class or series of Preferred Stock shall have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in such resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such class of series of Preferred Stock as may be adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors prior to the issuance of any shares thereof pursuant to the authority hereby expressly vested in it, all in accordance with laws of the State of Delaware.

FIFTH: The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation and of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

(1) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.


(2) The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

(3) The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

(4) No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Article FIFTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

(5) In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Certification of Incorporation, and any Bylaws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no Bylaws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such Bylaws had not been adopted.

SIXTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

2


The undersigned, being the sole incorporator, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, hereby declares and certifies that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and, accordingly, I have hereunto set my hand this 15th day of August 1995.

 

LOGO

Jeffrey L. Sellers, Incorporator

2929 North Central Avenue

Suite 1800

Phoenix, Arizona 85012

 

3


STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 09:01 AM 12/12/1995

950290723 - 2533910

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

EH&F, INC.

EH&F, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies:

FIRST: By Written Consent in lieu of Joint Meeting of the Sole Shareholder and the Board of Directors of the Corporation, dated as of August 19, 1995, the following resolution amending the Certificate of Incorporation was adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

SECOND: RESOLVED, that Article First of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Eller Media Company.

THIRD: There are no shares of preferred stock issued and entitled to vote as a class on the foregoing amendment.

FOURTH: The capital of the Corporation shall not be reduced under or by reason of the foregoing amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Secretary as of the 19 day of August, 1995.

 

EH&F, INC.
By  

LOGO

  Scott Eller,
  Vice President
By  

LOGO

  Sandra L. Braun,
  Assistant Secretary


State of Delaware

Office of the Secretary of State

 

 

I, EDWARD J. FREEL, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF “EH&F, INC.”, CHANGING ITS NAME FROM “EH&F, INC.” TO “ELLER MEDIA COMPANY”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TWELFTH DAY OF DECEMBER, A.D 1995, AT 9:01 O’CLOCK A.M.

A CERTIFIED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS FOR RECORDING.

 

   LOGO   

LOGO

2533910 8100       Edward J. Freel, Secretary of State
950290723      

 

AUTHENTICATION:

   7746851
     

 

DATE:

   12-12-95


State of Delaware

Office of the Secretary of State

 

 

I, HARRIET SMITH WINDSOR, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF “ELLER MEDIA COMPANY”, CHANGING ITS NAME FROM “ELLER MEDIA COMPANY” TO “CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR, INC.”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE SECOND DAY OF JULY, A.D. 2001, AT 9 O’CLOCK A.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

   LOGO   

LOGO

      Harriet Smith Windsor, Secretary of State
2533910 8100      

 

AUTHENTICATION:

   1225143
010317705      

 

DATE:

   07-03-01


 

STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 09:00 AM 07/02/2001

010317705 – 2533910

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

ELLER MEDIA COMPANY

Eller Media Company, a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies:

FIRST: By Written Consent in lieu of Joint Meeting of the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of the Corporation, dated as of June 30, 2001, the following resolution amending the Certificate of Incorporation was adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

SECOND: RESOLVED, that Article First of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.

THIRD: There are no shares of preferred stock issued and entitled to vote as a class on the foregoing amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Executive Vice President and Assistant Secretary as of the 30 day of June, 2001.

 

ELLER MEDIA COMPANY
By:  

LOGO

  Kurt Tingey, Executive Vice President
By:  

LOGO

  Laura C. Toncheff, Assistant Secretary

Exhibit 3.6

CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR, INC.

Amendment No. 1 to the By-Laws

June 5, 2009

Reference is made to the By-Laws of Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. (formerly known as EH&F, Inc.) (the “By-Laws”).

The title to the By-Laws is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., a Delaware corporation”


ELLER MEDIA COMPANY

a Delaware corporation

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1 . The principal office in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 2 . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors (the “Board”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1 . Any meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2 . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the second Tuesday of September, commencing in 1996 (unless that day is a legal holiday, in which event the annual meeting will be held on the next succeeding business day), at 10:00 a.m., at which the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a board of directors, and shall transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 3 . Written notice of the annual meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at least ten days (but no more than fifty days) before the date of the meeting.

Section 4 . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every election of directors, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said election, arranged in alphabetical order with the residence of and the number of voting shares held by each. Such list shall be open at the place where said election is to be held for at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, for examination by any stockholder, and shall be produced and kept at the same time and place of election during the whole time thereof and shall be subject to the inspection of any stockholder who may be present.


Section 5 . A special meeting of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the President and shall be called by the Chairman of the Board or Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board, or at the request in writing of a majority of the board of directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled generally to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 6 . Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating in reasonable detail the time, place and object thereof, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat, at least ten days (but no more than fifty days) before the date fixed for the meeting.

Section 7 . Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 8 . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote on any matter to be considered thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote on any matter to be considered thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

Section 9 . When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the total stock of the Corporation having voting power with respect to any question shall decide such question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of statute or of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decisions of such question.

Section 10 . Each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period, and,

 

- 2 -


except where the transfer books of the Corporation have been closed or a date has been fixed as a record date for the determination of its stockholders entitled to vote, no share of stock shall be voted on at any election for directors which has been transferred on the books of the Corporation within twenty (20) days next preceding such election of directors. No proxy shall be effective unless in writing and in compliance with such reasonable requirements as the Board may prescribe.

Section 11 . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of stockholders may be effected by an instrument in writing setting forth such action, executed by each stockholder entitled to vote thereon, which instrument shall be filed at the principal office of the Corporation or with the minutes maintained for meetings of stockholders.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1 . The number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board, however, the Board shall consist of not fewer than (2) nor more than nine (9) members. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders, or by unanimous written consent of stockholders; except as provided in Section 2 of this Article; and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualifies. Directors need not be stockholders. Subject to the limitations imposed by applicable law, a majority of the stockholders entitled to vote generally may remove a director at any time, with or without cause.

Section 2 . Vacancies, by death, resignation, removal or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the director(s) then in office, though less than a quorum; and the director(s) so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualify, unless sooner displaced.

Section 3 . The business of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4 . The Board of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware; and such meetings may be held by means of conference telephone or other similar communications equipment by means of

 

- 3 -


which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to such communication shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 5 . The first meeting of each newly elected Board shall be held at the same place as, and immediately after, the annual meeting of stockholders. No notice of the meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. If the meeting is not held at such time and place, or in the event a unanimous written consent of stockholders is filed in lieu of the annual meeting of stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as is specified in a notice given as provided below for special meetings of the Board, or as specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

Section 6 . Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as is from time to time determined by the Board.

Section 7 . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the President or by the Secretary upon the written request of two (2) directors. Written notice of special meetings of the Board shall be given to each director at least twenty-four hours before the time of the meeting. Attendance at a meeting by a director shall constitute a conclusive waiver of any objections made by any person with respect to the notice given to such director unless such attendance is solely for the purpose of objection.

Section 8 . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

Section 9 . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of Directors may be effected by an instrument in writing setting forth such action, executed by each Director, which instrument shall be filed at the principal office of the Corporation or with the minutes maintained for meetings of Directors.

 

- 4 -


COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 10 . The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of two or more of the directors of the Corporation, which (to the extent provided in the resolution, subject to applicable law) shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board.

Section 11 . The committees shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board when required.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Section 12 . The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attending meetings of the Board and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or stated salaries as directors. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may similarly be allowed compensation for attending committee meetings.

ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

Section 1 . Except as otherwise provided herein, notices to directors and stockholders shall be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given three days after it is mailed, postage prepaid, to such addresses. Notice to directors may be given by telegram or telephone.

Section 2 . Any notice required to be given under the provisions of applicable law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws may be waived in writing, either before or after the event requiring such notice if the waiver is signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice.

 

- 5 -


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1 . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board and shall be a chairman or the board, a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary and a treasurer. The Board may also choose one or more assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Two or more offices may be held by the same person; provided, however, that the same person shall not simultaneously hold the offices of president and secretary.

Section 2 . The Board at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders (or pursuant to a unanimous consent in lieu thereof) shall choose a chairman of the board from among the directors, and shall choose a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary and a treasurer, none of whom need be a member of the Board.

Section 3 . The Board may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as are determined from time to time by the Board.

Section 4 . The salaries of all officers and agents of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board.

Section 5 . The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise shall be filled by the Board.

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD;

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Section 6 . The Chairman of the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board, shall be ex officio a member of all standing committees and shall have general and active management of the business of the Corporation, as that authority is delegated to him by the Board.

Section 7 . He may execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. Unless the Board specifies otherwise, the Chairman of the Board shall have authority to vote (or grant a proxy with respect to) any securities held or owned by the Corporation.

 

- 6 -


THE PRESIDENT;

CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

Section 8 . The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation and shall supervise the day-to-day operation of the business of the Corporation, as that authority is delegated to him by the Board. He may execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts in the ordinary course of the business of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed. Unless the Board specifies otherwise, the President shall, in the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board.

THE VICE PRESIDENTS

Section 9 . The Vice Presidents in the order of their seniority, unless otherwise determined by the Board or the Chairman of the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the President perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

Section 10 . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of such meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, required notices of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or Chairman of the Board, under whose supervision he shall be. The Secretary shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation, if any, and, if there is a seal of the Corporation, when authorized by the Board, shall affix the same to any instrument requiring it and, when so affixed, it may be attested by the Secretary’s signature or by the signature of the Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

Section 11 . The Assistant Secretaries in the order of their seniority, unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

 

- 7 -


THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

Section 12 . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation, and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

Section 13 . The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chairman of the Board and the Board, at its regular meetings, or when the Board so requires, an account of all transactions of the Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

Section 14 . If required by the Board, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under the Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 15 . The Assistant Treasurers in the order of their seniority, unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1 . Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board or the President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by the stockholder in the Corporation. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class of stock, the powers, designations, preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided by applicable law, in lieu of the

 

- 8 -


foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of a certificate a statement to the effect that the Corporation will furnish such a summary or description without charge upon written request by any stockholder or other interested person.

Section 2 . Where a certificate is signed (1) by a transfer agent or an assistant transfer agent or (2) by a transfer clerk acting on behalf of the Corporation and a registrar, the signature of any such Chairman of the Board, President, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary may be facsimile. In case any officer or officers who have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on, any such certificate or certificates ceases to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

LOST CERTIFICATES

Section 3 . The Board may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation such indemnity as it may direct against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.

TRANSFERS OF STOCK

Section 4 . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS; RECORD DATES

Section 5 . The Board may close the stock transfer books of the Corporation for a period not exceeding fifty days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders or the date for payment of any

 

- 9 -


dividend or the date for the allotment of rights or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of capital stock goes into effect or for a period of not exceeding fifty days in connection with obtaining the consent of stockholders for any purpose. In lieu of closing the stock transfer books as aforesaid, the Board may fix in advance a date, not more than sixty days (nor less than ten days) preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders, or the date for the payment of any dividend, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of capital stock goes into effect, or the date of any other lawful action, or a date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or to receive payment of any such dividend, or to receive any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, and in such case each such stockholder and only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to express the consent, or to receive payment of the dividend, or to receive the allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the Corporation after any record date fixed as aforesaid.

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

Section 6 . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, to vote as the owner, and for all other purposes; and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it has express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

DIVIDENDS

Section 1 . Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation (or of any resolution of the Board establishing any series of any class of stock adopted pursuant to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation), if any, may be declared by the Board at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and applicable law.

 

- 10 -


Section 2 . Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, equalize dividends, or to repair or maintain any property of the Corporation, and for such other purpose as the directors determine to be in the best interests of the Corporation. The directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

CHECKS

Section 3 . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board may from time to time designate.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 4 . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board.

SEAL

Section 5 . The corporate seal, if there is one, shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or otherwise reproduced.

LOANS TO DIRECTORS, OFFICERS OR EMPLOYEES

Section 6 . The Corporation shall not make any loan to a director, or guarantee any indebtedness of a director or otherwise use its credit to assist a director, without the express authorization by the stockholders in each particular case. The Board may authorize the Corporation to make a loan to any officer or employee of the Corporation (including any director who is also an employee), or to guarantee indebtedness of or otherwise use its credit to assist such officer or employee, if the Board determines that the same may be reasonably expected to benefit the Corporation; any resolution properly adopted by the Board authorizing a loan to any officer or employee by the Corporation (or authorizing any such guarantee or use of credit) shall conclusively evidence such a determination by the Board, whether or not expressed therein.

 

- 11 -


INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 7 . Subject to the further provisions hereof the Corporation shall indemnify any and all of its directors, officers, former directors, and former officers, to the full extent permitted under applicable law against all amounts incurred by them and each of them, including but not limited to expenses, legal fees, costs, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement which may be actually and reasonably incurred, rendered or levied in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding brought against any of them for or on account of any action or omission alleged to have been committed while acting within the scope of his duties as a director or officer of the Corporation. Whenever any such director or officer shall report to the President of the Corporation or the Board of Directors that he has incurred or may incur such amounts, the Corporation shall, within a reasonable time thereafter, determine in a manner consistent with applicable law whether, in regard to the matter involved, such person acted or failed to act in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. If the Corporation so determines that such person acted or failed to act in such a manner with regard to the matter involved, indemnification shall be mandatory and shall be automatically extended as specified herein; provided, however, that the Corporation shall have the right to refuse indemnification in any instance in which the person to whom indemnification would otherwise have been applicable shall not offer the Corporation the opportunity, at its own expense and through counsel of its own choosing, to defend him in the action, suit or proceeding. Nothing contained herein is intended to limit any right of indemnification or other rights provided by applicable law.

INTERPRETATIONS

Section 8 . To the extent permitted by the context in which used, words in the singular number shall include the plural, words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa.

Section 9 . Captions used in these Bylaws are for convenience only and are not a part of these Bylaws and shall not be deemed to limit or alter any provisions hereof and shall not be deemed relevant in construing these Bylaws.

 

- 12 -


ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 1 . These Bylaws may be altered or repealed at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board if notice of such alteration or repeal is contained in the notice of such special meeting.

 

- 13 -

Exhibit 3.7

        STATE OF DELAWARE

        SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

  FILED 06:17 PM 12/27/2001

      010673613 - 2627701

CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP AND MERGER

MERGING

CLEAR CHANNEL ADSHEL, INC.

INTO

MORE GROUP INC.

(Pursuant to Section 253 of the

General Corporation Law of Delaware)

More Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify:

FIRST: That the Corporation is incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

SECOND: That the Corporation owns all of the outstanding shares of each class of the capital stock of Clear Channel Adshel, Inc., a New York corporation, which is referred to herein, as the “New York subsidiary corporation”.

FOURTH: That the Corporation, by the following resolutions of its Board of Directors, duly adopted on the 20th day of December, 2001, determined to merge into itself Clear Channel Adshel, Inc. on the conditions set forth in such resolutions:

Merger of New York Subsidiary Corporation

RESOLVED, that More Group Inc., a Delaware corporation, as owner of 100% of the outstanding stock of Clear Channel Adshel, inc., a New York corporation (referred to herein from time to time as the “New York subsidiary corporation”), merge into itself the New York subsidiary corporation and assume all of said New York subsidiary corporation’s liabilities and obligations; and

RESOLVED, that the President or any Vice President, and Secretary or Assistant Secretary of More Group Inc. be and they hereby are directed to make, execute and acknowledge a certificate of ownership and merger setting forth a copy of the resolutions to merge said New York subsidiary corporation with and into More Group Inc. pursuant to the provisions of the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and to assume said New York subsidiary corporation’s liabilities and obligations on the date of adoption thereof and to file the same in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware; and

RESOLVED, that the issued shares of the New York subsidiary corporation shall not be converted in any manner, nor shall any cash or other consideration be paid or delivered therefor, inasmuch as More Group Inc. is the

 

1


owner of all outstanding shares of the New York subsidiary corporation, but each said share which is issued as of the complete effective date of the merger shall be surrendered and extinguished, and the outstanding shares of More Group Inc. shall remain outstanding and shall not be affected by the merger; and

RESOLVED, that, in accordance with the foregoing resolutions, the Plan of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit A. providing for the merger of the New York subsidiary corporation with and into More Group Inc., is hereby ratified, confirmed and approved; and

RESOLVED, that Article 1 of the Certificate of Incorporation of More Group Inc., as amended, be amended to read as follows immediately following the merger of the New York subsidiary corporation into More Group Inc:

“1. The name of the corporation (the ‘Corporation’) is ‘ Clear Channel Adshel, Inc. ’”

Miscellaneous

RESOLVED, that all of the estate, property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the New York subsidiary corporation be vested in and held and enjoyed by More Group Inc. as fully and entirely and without change or diminution as the same were before held and enjoyed by the New York subsidiary corporation in its name; and

RESOLVED, that to the extent that any act, action, filing, undertaking, execution or delivery contemplated by these resolutions has been previously accomplished, the same is hereby ratified, confirmed, accepted, approved and adopted by the Board of Directors of More Group Inc.; and

RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors and proper officers of More Group Inc. are hereby authorized, empowered and directed to do any and all acts and things deemed necessary or appropriate, and to prepare, execute, deliver and file, or cause to be prepared, executed, delivered and filed, any and all instruments, papers and documents which shall be or become necessary, proper or convenient to carry out or put into effect any of the foregoing resolutions or any of the provisions of the merger of the New York subsidiary corporation with and into More Group Inc., including without limitation the filing of any articles, certificates or other documents in order to effectuate such merger; and

RESOLVED, that this consent may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which shall constitute one consent action; and

RESOLVED, that any specific resolutions required for the purposes of carrying out any of the transactions contemplated by each of the foregoing resolutions are hereby deemed adopted and may be certified as having been

 

2


adopted by the Board of Directors of More Group Inc. on this date, provided that a copy thereof is inserted in the minute book following this Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of More Group Inc.

FIFTH: The merger of the subsidiary corporations with and into the Corporation herein certified is not to become effective until the 31st day of December, 2001.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

3


[Signature Page to Certificate of Ownership and Merger]

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , said More Group Inc. has caused this certificate to be signed by-Stephanie Rosales, its authorized officer, this 21st day of December, 2001.

 

MORE GROUP INC.
By:  

LOGO

  Name:   Stephanie Rosales
  Title:   Vice President


EXHIBIT A

PLAN OF MERGER

OF

CLEAR CHANNEL ADSHEL, INC.

AND

MORE GROUP INC.

PLAN OF MERGER approved on the 20 th day of December, 2001 by resolution adopted by at least a majority vote of the members of the Board of Directors of More Group Inc., a business corporation of the State of Delaware, for the purpose of merging Clear Channel Adshel Inc., a New York wholly-owned subsidiary corporation, into More Group Inc.

1. More Group Inc. as the owner of 100 shares of Common Stock of Clear Channel Adshel, Inc. (such shares being all of the outstanding shares of Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.) hereby merges Clear Channel Adshel, Inc. into More Group Inc., effective as of December 31, 2001.

2. The separate existence of Clear Channel Adshel, Inc. shall cease upon the effective date of the merger pursuant to the provisions of the laws of the State of New York and More Group Inc. shall continue its existence as the surviving corporation pursuant to the provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware.

3. The name of the surviving corporation, More Group Inc., shall be changed to Clear Channel Adshel, Inc., as of the effective date of the merger, and was incorporated under the name More Group USA Inc. on May 28,1996.

4. The issued shares of Clear Channel Adshel, Inc. shall not be converted in any manner, but each said share which is issued as of the effective date of the merger shall be surrendered and extinguished.

5. The Board of Directors and the proper officers of More Group Inc. are hereby authorized, empowered, and directed to do any and all acts and things, and to make, execute, deliver, file, and/or record any and all instruments, papers, and documents which shall be or become necessary, proper, or convenient to carry out or put into effect any of the provisions of this Plan of Merger or of the merger herein provided for.


STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 01:00 PM 05/28/1996

960153114 - 2627701

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

MORE GROUP USA INC.

*    *    *    *    *    *     *    *

1. The name of the corporation (the “Corporation”) is: “More Group USA Inc.”

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted toy the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 100 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

Christopher B, Manno

Willkie Farr & Gallagher

One Citicorp Center

153 East 53rd Street

New York, New York 10022

6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the By-laws of the Corporation may be made, altered, amended or repealed by the stockholders or by a majority of the entire board of directors.


7. Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by thB court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

8. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

-7-


9. (a) The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of or in any other capacity with another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and. with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

(b) Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall (in the case of any action, suit or proceeding against a director of the Corporation) or may (in the case of any action, suit or proceeding against an officer, trustee, employee or agent) be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Paragraph.

 

-8-


(c) The indemnification and other rights set forth in this Paragraph shall not be exclusive of any provisions with respect thereto in the By-laws or any other contract or agreement between the Corporation and any officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation.

(d) Neither the amendment nor repeal of this paragraph 9, subparagraph (a), (b) or (c), nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with paragraph 9, subparagraph (a), (b) or (c), shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this paragraph 9, subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c), in respect of any matter occurring before such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision or in respect of any cause of action, suit or claim relating to any such matter which would have given rise to a right of indemnification or right to receive expenses pursuant to this paragraph 3, subparagraph (a), (b) or (c), if such provision had not been so amended or repealed or if a provision inconsistent therewith had not been so adopted.

(e) No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any stockholder for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for any matter in respect of which such director (A) shall be liable under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any amendment thereto or successor provision thereto, or (B) shall be liable by reason that, in addition to any and all other requirements for liability, he:

(i) shall have breached his duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders;

 

-9-


(ii) shall not have acted in good faith or, in failing to act, shall not have acted in good faith;

(iii) shall have acted in a manner involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or, in failing to act, shall have acted in a manner involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; or

(iv) shall have derived an improper personal benefit.

If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is amended after the date hereof to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as so amended.

THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a Corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware makes this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is her act and deed and the facts herein stated are true and, accordingly, has hereunto set her hand this 28th day of May, 1996.

 

LOGO
Christopher E. Manno

 

-10-


STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 04:30 PM 10/04/1996

960290267 - 2627701

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

MORE GROUP USA INC.

More Group USA Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST. The Board of Directors of the Corporation duly adopted a resolution setting forth and declaring advisable the amendment of Paragraph 1 and Paragraph 4 of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation so that, as amended, said Paragraph 1 and Paragraph 4 shall read as follows;

“1. The name of the corporation (the “Corporation”) is: “More Group Inc.”

4. The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.”

SECOND. In lieu of a vote of stockholders, written consent to the foregoing amendment has been given by the holder of all of the outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; and such amendment has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, More Group USA Inc. has caused this certificate to be signed by Roger George Parry, its President, and attested by Peter Arnold Hall, its Vice President, Treasurer and secretary, on the 4 th day of October, 1996.

 

MORE GROUP USA INC.
By:  

LOGO

  Name:   Roger George Parry
  Title:   President

 

Attest:
By  

LOGO

  Name:   Peter Arnold Hall
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Secretary

 

-2-


STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 10:30 AM 12/19/1997

971439178 - 2627701

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

MORE GROUP INC.

More Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST. The Board of Directors of the Corporation duly adopted a resolution setting forth and declaring advisable the amendment of Paragraph 4 of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation so that, as amended, said Paragraph 4 shall read as follows:

“4. The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 2,000 shares of Common stock, par value $.01 per share.”

SECOND. In lieu of a vote of stockholders, written consent to the foregoing amendment has been given by the holders of all of the outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon in accordance with the provisions of Section 229 of the Delaware General Corporation Lav; and such amendment has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Mere Group Inc. has caused this certificate to be signed by Roger George Parry, its Chief Executive Officer and President, and attested toy Brian P. Turnbull, its Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary, on the of 19 th day of December, 1997.

 

MORE GROUP INC.
By:  

LOGO

  Name:   Roger George Parry
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

Attest:

 

By:  

LOGO

  Name:   Brian P. Turnbull
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary


STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 06:15 PM 12/27/2001

010673601 - 2627701

CERTIFICATE

FOR RENEWAL AND REVIVAL OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

MORE GROUP INC., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation of which was filed in the office of the Secretary of State on the 28th day of May, 1996 and thereafter forfeited pursuant to section 136 (b) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, now desiring to procure a revival of its Certificate of Incorporation, hereby certified as follows:

1. The name of the corporation is MORE GROUP INC.

2. Its registered office in the State of Delaware is located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle and the name of its registered agent at such address is THE CORPORATION TRUST COMPANY.

3. The date when revival of the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation is to commence is the 17th day of August, 2001, the same being prior to the date of the forfeiture of the Certificate of Incorporation. Revival of the Certificate of Incorporation is to be perpetual.

4. This corporation was duly organized under the laws of Delaware and carried on the business authorized by its Certificate of Incorporation until the 18th day of August, 2001, at which lime its Certificate of Incorporation became forfeited pursuant to section 136 (b) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and this Certificate for Renewal and Revival is filed by authority of the duly elected directors of the corporation in accordance with the laws of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said MORE GROUP INC. in compliance with Section 312 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware has caused this Certificate to be signed by Stephanie Rosales, its last and acting Vice President, this 27 th day of December, 2001,

 

MORE GROUP INC.
By:  

LOGO

  Name:   Stephanie Rosales
  Title:   Last and Acting Vice President


STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 06:16 PM 12/27/2001

010673606 - 2627701

CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP AND MERGER

MERGING

ADSHEL USA INC.

INTO

MORE GROUP INC.

(Pursuant to Section 253 of the

General Corporation Law of Delaware)

More Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify:

FIRST: That the Corporation is incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

SECOND: That the Corporation owns 100% of the outstanding stock of Adshel USA Inc., a Delaware corporation (referred to herein from time to time as the “Delaware subsidiary corporation”).

THIRD: That the Corporation, by the following resolutions of its Board of Directors, duly adopted on the 20 th day of December, 2001, determined to merge into itself Adshel USA Inc. on the conditions set forth in such resolutions:

Merger of Delaware Subsidiary Corporation

RESOLVED, that More Group Inc., a Delaware corporation, merge into itself its wholly owned subsidiary, Adshel USA Inc., a Delaware corporation (referred to herein from time to time as the “Delaware subsidiary corporation”), and assume all of said Delaware subsidiary corporation’s liabilities and obligations; and

RESOLVED, that the President or any Vice President, and Secretary or Assistant Secretary of More Group Inc. be and they hereby are directed to make, execute and acknowledge a certificate of ownership and merger setting forth a copy of the resolutions to merge said Delaware subsidiary corporation with and into More Group Inc. and to assume said Delaware subsidiary corporation’s liabilities and obligations on the date of adoption thereof and to file the same in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware; and

RESOLVED, that the issued shares of the Delaware subsidiary corporation shall not be converted in any manner, nor shall any cash or other consideration be paid or delivered therefor, inasmuch as More Group Inc. is the owner of all outstanding shares of the Delaware subsidiary corporation, but each said share which is issued as of the complete effective date of the merger shall be surrendered and extinguished, and the outstanding shares of More Group Inc. shall remain outstanding and shall not be affected by the merger.

 

1


Miscellaneous

RESOLVED, that all of the estate, property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Delaware subsidiary corporation be vested in and held and enjoyed by More Group Inc. as fully and entirely and without change or diminution as the same were before held and enjoyed by the Delware subsidiary corporation in its name; and

RESOLVED, that to the extent that any act, action, filing, undertaking, execution or delivery contemplated by these resolutions has been previously accomplished, the same is hereby ratified, confirmed, accepted, approved and adopted by the Board of Directors of More Group Inc.; and

RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors and proper officers of More Group Inc. are hereby authorized, empowered and directed to do any and all acts and things deemed necessary or appropriate, and to prepare, execute, deliver and file, or cause to be prepared, executed, delivered and filed, any and all instruments, papers and documents which shall be or become necessary, proper or convenient to carry out or put into effect any of the foregoing resolutions or any of the provisions of the merger of the Delaware subsidiary corporation with and into More Group Inc., including without limitation the filing of any articles, certificates or other documents in order to effectuate such merger; and

RESOLVED, that this consent may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which shall constitute one consent action; and

RESOLVED, that any specific resolutions required for the purposes of carrying out any of the transactions contemplated by each of the foregoing resolutions are hereby deemed adopted and may be certified as having been adopted by the Board of Directors of More Group Inc. on this date, provided that a copy thereof is inserted in the minute book following this Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of More Group Inc.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2


[Signature Page to Certificate of Ownership and Merger]

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , said More Group Inc. has caused this certificate to be signed by Stephanie Rosales, its authorized officer, this 21 st day of December, 2001.

 

MORE GROUP INC.
By:  

LOGO

  Name:   Stephanie Rosales
  Title:   Vice President

Exhibit 3.8

BYLAWS

OF

CLEAR CHANNEL ADSHEL, INC.

A Delaware Corporation

(Adopted as of July 7, 2010)

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of the corporation’s registered agent at such address shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The registered office and/or registered agent of the corporation may be changed from time to time by action of the board of directors.

Section 2. Other Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II.

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the immediately preceding fiscal year of the corporation for the purpose of electing directors and conducting such other proper business as may come before the meeting. The date, time, place, if any, and/or the means of remote communication, if any, of the annual meeting shall be determined by the president of the corporation; provided, however, that if the president does not act, the board of directors shall determine the date, time, place, if any, and/or the means of remote communication, if any, of such meeting. No annual meeting of the stockholders need be held if not required by the certificate of incorporation or by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called for any purpose (including, without limitation, the filling of board vacancies and newly created directorships) and may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, and/or by means of remote communication, as shall be stated in a written notice of meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. Such meetings may be called at any time by the board of directors or the president and shall be called by the president upon the written request of holders of shares entitled to cast not less than fifty percent (50%) of the votes at the meeting, which written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and shall be delivered to the president.

Section 3. Place of Meetings . The board of directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the board of directors and may also designate any means of remote communication with respect to such meeting. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal executive office of the corporation.

 


Section 4. Notice . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, written or printed notice stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes, of such meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. All such notices shall be delivered, either personally, by mail, or by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given, by or at the direction of the board of directors, the president or the secretary, and if mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the records of the corporation. If given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered (a) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (c) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (1) such posting, and (2) the giving of such separate notice, and (d) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (x) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent and (y) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 5 . Stockholders List . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (1) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, and/or (2) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

2


Section 6. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the votes represented by the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present, the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, and entitled to vote at the meeting, may adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place, if any.

Section 7. Adjourned Meetings . When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 8. Vote Required . When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the question is one upon which by express provisions of an applicable law or of the certificate of incorporation a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 9. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or by the certificate of incorporation or any amendments thereto and subject to Section 3 of Article VI hereof, every stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one (1) vote in person or by proxy for each share of common stock held by such stockholder.

Section 10. Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. At each meeting of the stockholders, and before any voting commences, all proxies filed at or before the meeting shall be submitted to and examined by the secretary or a person designated by the secretary, and no shares may be represented or voted under a proxy that has been found to be invalid or irregular.

Section 11. Action by Written Consent . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing setting forth the action so taken and bearing the dates of signature of the stockholders who signed the consent or consents is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted

 

3


and is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, or the corporation’s principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book or books in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested or by reputable overnight courier service. All consents properly delivered in accordance with this section shall be deemed to be recorded when so delivered. No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days after the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation as required by this section, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares to take such corporate action are so recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent or consents of the stockholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof.

A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section; provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (A) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (B) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors.

Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used; provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors.

Section 2. Number, Election and Term of Office . The board of directors shall consist of that number of directors as determined from time to time by the board of directors, but shall in no event exceed ten (10). Thereafter, the number of directors shall be established from time to

 

4


time by resolution of the board of directors. The directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of directors. The directors shall be elected in this manner at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article III . Each director elected shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided. The provisions in this Article III shall be subject to the terms and conditions of any stockholders’ agreement then in effect by and among the corporation and any of its stockholders (the “ Stockholders Agreements ”) and the certificate of incorporation.

Section 3. Removal and Resignation . Subject to the provision of the Stockholders Agreements, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Whenever the holders of any class or series are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or the Stockholders Agreements, the provisions of this section shall apply, in respect to the removal without cause of a director or directors so elected, to the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class or series and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice given to the corporation.

Section 4. Vacancies . Subject to the provisions of the Stockholders Agreements, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, and in accordance with the Stockholders Agreements. Each director so chosen shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as herein provided.

Section 5. Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held without notice (other than notice under these bylaws) immediately after, and at the same place, if any, as the annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 6. Other Meetings and Notice . Regular meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place, if any, as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the board of directors and promptly communicated to all directors then in office.

Section 7. Quorum , Required Vote and Adjournment . Directors then in office holding a majority of the votes (or such greater number required by applicable law) of all directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of directors holding a majority of votes present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors.

Section 8. Committees . The board of directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, which to the extent provided in such resolution or these bylaws shall have and may exercise the powers of the board of directors in the management and affairs of the corporation, except as otherwise limited by law. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members

 

5


of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

Section 9. Committee Rules . Each committee of the board of directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the board of directors designating such committee. In the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the board of directors as provided in Section 8 of this Article III , of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Section 10. Communications Equipment . Members of the board of directors or any committee thereof may participate in and act at any meeting of such board or committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in the meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 11. Waiver of Notice and Presumption of Assent . Any member of the board of directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall be conclusively presumed to have waived notice of such meeting, except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Such member shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to any action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless his or her written dissent to such action shall be filed with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall be forwarded by registered mail to the secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to any member who voted in favor of such action.

Section 12. Action by Written Consent . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

6


ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

Section 1. Number . The officers of the corporation shall be elected by the board of directors and shall consist of a president, one (1) or more vice-presidents, a secretary, a treasurer, and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the board of directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the board of directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable.

Section 2. Election and Term of Office . The president shall be elected annually by the board of directors at the first meeting of the board of directors held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled at any meeting of the board of directors. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

Section 3. Removal . Any officer or agent elected by the board of directors may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

Section 4. Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term by the board of directors then in office.

Section 5. Compensation . Compensation of all officers shall be fixed by the board of directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the corporation.

Section 6. The President . The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, and subject to the powers of the board of directors, shall have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the corporation, and control over its officers, agents and employees, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. The president shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation. The president shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or as may be provided in these bylaws.

Section 7. Vice-presidents . The vice-president, or if there shall be more than one, the vice-presidents in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the president, act with all of the powers and be subject to all the restrictions of the president. The vice-presidents shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors, the president or these bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 8. The Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors, all meetings of the committees thereof and all meetings of the

 

7


stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose. Under the president’s supervision, the secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these bylaws or bylaw, and shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors, the president or these bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors, the president, or secretary may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 9. The Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation; shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors; shall cause the funds of the corporation to be disbursed when such disbursements have been duly authorized, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements; shall render to the president and the board of directors, at its regular meeting or when the board of directors so requires, an account of the corporation; and shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors, the president or these bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe. If required by the board of directors, the treasurer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be rendered every six (6) years) in such sums and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of treasurer and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of death, resignation, retirement, or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money, and other property of whatever kind in the possession or under the control of the treasurer belonging to the corporation. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors, shall in the absence or disability of the treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer. The assistant treasurers shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors, the president or treasurer may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 10. Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents . Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these bylaws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may, from time to time, be prescribed by resolution of the board of directors.

Section 11. Absence or Disability of Officers . In the case of the absence or disability of any officer of the corporation and of any person hereby authorized to act in such officer’s place during such officer’s absence or disability, the board of directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

 

8


ARTICLE V.

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND OTHERS

Section 1. Nature of Indemnity . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer, of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent which it is empowered to do so by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding), and such indemnification shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided that, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article V , the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person only if such proceeding was authorized by the board of directors. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article V shall be a contract right and subject to Sections 2 and 5 of this Article V , shall include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition. The corporation may, by action of its board of directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 2. Procedure for Indemnification of Directors and Officers . Any indemnification of a director or officer of the corporation provided for under Section 1 of this Article V or advance of expenses provided for under Section 5 of this Article V shall be made promptly, and in any event within thirty (30) days, upon the written request of the director or officer. If a determination by the corporation that the director or officer is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article V is required, and the corporation fails to respond within sixty (60) days to a written request for indemnity, the corporation shall be deemed to have approved the request. If the corporation wrongfully denies a written request for indemnification or advancing of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not properly made within thirty (30) days, the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article V shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed but the burden of such defense shall be on the corporation. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a

 

9


determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

Section 3. Article Not Exclusive . The rights to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 4. Insurance . The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of the corporation or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this Article V .

Section 5. Expenses . Expenses incurred by any person described in Section 1 of this Article V in defending a proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of such proceeding’s final disposition upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer or other person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the board of directors deems appropriate.

Section 6. Employees and Agents . Persons who are not covered by the foregoing provisions of this Article V and who are or were employees or agents of the corporation, or who are or were serving at the request of the corporation as employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, may be indemnified, and may be advanced expenses, to the extent authorized at any time or from time to time by the board of directors.

Section 7. Contract Rights . The provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a contract right between the corporation and each director or officer who serves in any such capacity at any time while this Article V and the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or other applicable law are in effect. Such contract right shall vest for each director and officer at the time such person is elected to such position, and no repeal or modification of this Article V or any such law shall affect such vested rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts or proceeding arising after such election.

Section 8. Merger or Consolidation . For purposes of this Article V , references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger

 

10


which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

ARTICLE VI.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form . Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the president or a vice-president, the secretary or an assistant secretary, or the treasurer or an assistant treasurer of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the corporation. If such a certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent or an assistant transfer agent other than the corporation or its employee or (2) by a registrar, other than the corporation or its employee, the signature of any such president, vice-president, secretary, or assistant secretary may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the corporation whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been delivered by the corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the corporation. All certificates representing shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the books of the corporation. Shares of stock of the corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the corporation of the certificate or certificates representing such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement, transfer, authorization, and other matters as the corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. In that event, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate or certificates, and record the transaction on its books. The board of directors may appoint a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar, or both in connection with the transfer of any class or series of securities of the corporation.

Section 2. Lost Certificates . The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against the corporation on account of the loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

11


Section 3. Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 4. Fixing a Record Date for Action by Written Consent . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors and prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 5. Fixing a Record Date for Other Purposes . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

12


Section 6. Registered Stockholders . Prior to the surrender to the corporation of the certificate or certificates representing a share or shares of stock with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the corporation may treat the registered owner as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications, and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner.

Section 7. Subscriptions for Stock . Unless otherwise provided for in the subscription agreement, subscriptions for shares shall be paid in full at such time, or in such installments and at such times, as shall be determined by the board of directors. Any call made by the board of directors for payment on subscriptions shall be uniform as to all shares of the same class or as to all shares of the same series. In case of default in the payment of any installment or call when such payment is due, the corporation may proceed to collect the amount due in the same manner as any debt due the corporation.

ARTICLE VII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends . Subject to any applicable provisions of the certificate of incorporation, dividends payable upon the capital stock of the corporation may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or any other purpose and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 2. Checks, Drafts or Orders . All checks, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money by or to the corporation and all notes and other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation, and in such manner, as shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.

Section 3. Contracts . The board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or any agent or agents, of the corporation to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 4. Loans . The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

13


Section 5. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

Section 6. Corporate Seal . The board of directors may provide a corporate seal which shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

Section 7. Voting Securities Owned By Corporation . Voting securities in any other corporation held by the corporation shall be voted by the president or any other duly elected officer of the corporation, unless the board of directors specifically confers authority to vote with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person. Any person authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.

Section 8. Inspection of Books and Records . Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in the State of Delaware or at its principal place of business.

Section 9. Section Heading . Section headings in these bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 10. Inconsistent Provisions . In the event that any provision of these bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the certificate of incorporation, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable law, the provision of these bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

ARTICLE VIII.

AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be amended, altered, or repealed and new bylaws adopted at any meeting of the board of directors by a majority vote. The fact that the power to adopt, amend, alter, or repeal the bylaws has been conferred upon the board of directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

 

14


ARTICLE IX.

CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

The corporation, by the affirmative vote (in addition to any other vote required by law or the certificate of incorporation) of its stockholders holding a majority of the shares entitled to vote, expressly elects not to be governed by §203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

15

Exhibit 3.9

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

1567 MEDIA LLC

1. The name of the limited liability company is 1567 Media LLC.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

3. This Certificate of formation shall be effective on filing.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, of the undersigned have executed this Certificate of Formation of 1567 Media LLC this day of August, 2000.

 

/s/ Timothy C. Stauning

Timothy C. Stauning
Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.10

1567 MEDIA LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

Dated as of June 5, 2009


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

       

Page

1.   DEFINITIONS   1
2.   FORMATION AND PURPOSE   2

2.1.

 

Formation, etc.

  2

2.2.

 

Name

  2

2.3.

 

Registered Office/Agent

  3

2.4.

 

Term

  3

2.5.

 

Purpose

  3

2.6.

 

Specific Powers

  3

2.7.

 

Certificate

  4

2.8.

 

Principal Office

  4
3.   MEMBER; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS   4

3.1.

 

Member

  4

3.2.

 

Capital Contribution

  5

3.3.

 

Additional Capital Contributions

  5

3.4.

 

Return of Capital Contributions

  5
4.   STATUS AND RIGHTS OF THE MEMBER   5

4.1.

 

Limited Liability

  5

4.2.

 

No Make-Up

  5

4.3.

 

Return of Distributions of Capital

  5
5.   CAPITAL ACCOUNT; ALLOCATIONS; DISTRIBUTIONS   6

5.1.

 

Capital Account

  6

5.2.

 

Allocations

  6

5.3.

 

Distributions

  6

5.4.

 

Withholding

  6

5.5.

 

Taxation

  6
6.   MANAGEMENT, RIGHTS, AND DUTIES OF THE MEMBER   6

6.1.

 

Management

  6

6.2.

 

Agents

  6

6.3.

 

Reliance by Third Parties

  7
7.   TRANSFER OF INTERESTS   7

7.1.

 

The Member may sell, assign, pledge, encumber, dispose of or otherwise transfer all or any part of the economic or other rights that comprise its Interest

  7
8.   AMENDMENTS TO AGREEMENT   7

8.1.

 

This Agreement may be amended or modified by the Member by a writing executed by the Member

  7
9.   DISSOLUTION OF COMPANY   8

9.1.

 

Events of Dissolution or Liquidation

  8

9.2.

 

Liquidation

  8
10.   INDEMNIFICATION   8

10.1.

 

General

  8

10.2.

 

Exculpation

  9

 

- i -


10.3.

 

Persons Entitled to Indemnity

  9

10.4.

 

Procedure Agreements

  9

10.5.

 

Indemnification Vested

  9
11.   MISCELLANEOUS   9

11.1.

 

General

  9

11.2.

 

Notices, Etc.

  10

11.3.

 

Gender and Number

  10

11.4.

 

Severability

  10

11.5.

 

Headings

  10

11.6.

 

No Third Party Rights

  10

 

- ii -


1567 MEDIA LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (as amended from time to time, this “Agreement”) of 1567 Media LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into as of June      , 2009 by Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Member deems it to be advisable and in the best interests of the Company to amend and restate the Limited Liability Company Agreement pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act in order to conduct the business described herein.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, the Member agrees with the Company as follows:

 

  1. DEFINITIONS.

For purposes of this Agreement the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Act ” shall mean the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del . C . § 18-101, et seq .) as amended and in effect from time to time.

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any Person that directly or through one or more intermediaries controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the specified Person. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble.

Capital Account ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Capital Contribution ” shall mean the amount of cash and the fair market value of any other property contributed to the Company with respect to the Interest held by the Member.

Certificate ” shall mean the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed on August 18, 2000 and any and all amendments thereto and restatements thereof filed on behalf of the Company as permitted hereunder with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

- 1 -


Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the corresponding provisions of any future federal tax law.

Company ” is defined in the preamble.

Distribution ” shall mean the amount of cash and the fair market value of any other property distributed in respect of the Member’s Interest in the Company.

Effective Date ” is defined in Section 2.1.

Fiscal Year ” shall mean the fiscal year of the Company which shall end on December 31 in each year or on such other date in each year as the Member shall otherwise elect.

Indemnified Party ” is defined in Section 10.1.

Interest ” shall mean the entire interest of the Member in the capital and profits of the Company, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Member ” shall mean Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., listed as member on the signature page to the Agreement, unless any other Person acquires an Interest in the Company and is admitted to the Company as a Member pursuant to this Agreement.

Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, joint venture, association, corporation, trust, estate, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other legal entity.

 

  2. FORMATION AND PURPOSE.

2.1. Formation, etc . The Company was formed as a limited liability company pursuant to the Act by the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware on August 18, 2000 (the “ Effective Date ”). The rights, duties and liabilities of the Member shall be determined pursuant to the Act and this Agreement. To the extent that such rights, duties or obligations are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be in the absence of such provision, this Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by the Act, control. By execution hereof, the Member is affirmed as a member of the Company and as the holder of a limited liability interest in the Company.

2.2. Name . The name of the Company is 1567 Media LLC. The business of the Company may be conducted under that name or, upon compliance with applicable laws, any other name that the Member deems appropriate or advisable. The Member shall file, or shall cause to be filed, any fictitious name certificates and similar filings, and any amendments thereto, that the Member considers appropriate or advisable.

 

- 2 -


2.3. Registered Office/Agent . The registered office required to be maintained by the Company in the State of Delaware pursuant to the Act is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centreville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19898. The name and address of the registered agent of the Company pursuant to the Act is Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centreville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19898. The Company may, upon compliance with the applicable provisions of the Act, change its registered office or registered agent from time to time in the discretion of the Member.

2.4. Term . The term of the Company shall continue indefinitely unless sooner terminated as provided herein. The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate as provided in the Act.

2.5. Purpose . The Company is formed for the purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act and engaging in any activities necessary, convenient or incidental thereto.

2.6. Specific Powers . Without limiting the generality of Section 2.5, the Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purpose set forth in Section 2.5, including, but not limited to, the power:

(a) to conduct its business, carry on its operations and have and exercise the powers granted to a limited liability company by the Act in any country, state, territory, district or other jurisdiction, whether domestic or foreign;

(b) to acquire by purchase, lease, contribution of property or otherwise, own, hold, operate, maintain, finance, improve, lease, sell, convey, mortgage, transfer, demolish or dispose of any real or personal property;

(c) to negotiate, enter into, renegotiate, extend, renew, terminate, modify, amend, waive, execute, perform and carry out and take any other action with respect to contracts or agreements of any kind, including without limitation leases, licenses, guarantees and other contracts for the benefit of or with any Member or any Affiliate of any Member without regard to whether such contracts may be deemed necessary, convenient to, or incidental to the accomplishment of the purposes of the Company;

(d) to purchase, take, receive, subscribe for or otherwise acquire, own, hold, vote, use, employ, sell, mortgage, lend, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, and otherwise use and deal in and with, shares or other interests in or obligations of domestic or foreign corporations, associations, general or limited partnerships, trusts, limited liability companies, or individuals or other persons or direct or indirect obligations of the United States or of any government, state, territory, governmental district or municipality or of any instrumentality of any of them;

 

- 3 -


(e) to lend money, to invest and reinvest its funds, and to accept real and personal property for the payment of funds so loaned or invested;

(f) to borrow money and issue evidence of indebtedness, and to secure the same by a mortgage, pledge, security interest or other lien on the assets of the Company;

(g) to pay, collect, compromise, litigate, arbitrate or otherwise adjust or settle any and all other claims or demands of or against the Company or to hold such proceeds against the payment of contingent liabilities;

(h) to sue and be sued, complain and defend, and participate in administrative or other proceedings, in its name;

(i) to appoint employees, officers, agents and representatives of the Company, and define their duties and fix their compensation;

(j) to indemnify any Person in accordance with the Act and this Agreement;

(k) to cease its activities and cancel its Certificate; and

(1) to make, execute, acknowledge and file any and all documents or instruments necessary, convenient or incidental to the accomplishment of the purpose of the Company.

2.7. Certificate . Each officer of the Company listed on Exhibit 6.2 and each of their duly appointed and validly serving successors are designated as authorized persons, within the meaning of the Act, to execute, deliver and file any amendments or restatements of the Certificate and any other certificates necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

2.8. Principal Office . The principal executive office of the Company shall be located at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the Member shall establish, and the Member may from time to time change the location of the principal executive office of the Company to any place within or without the State of Delaware. The Member may establish and maintain such additional offices and places of business of the Company, either within or without the State of Delaware, as it deems appropriate.

 

  3. MEMBER; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS.

3.1. Member . The name and the business address of the Member of the Company are as follows:

 

Name

 

Address

Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.   Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.
  200 E. Basse
  San Antonio, TX 78209

 

- 4 -


3.2. Capital Contribution . The Member has made a good and valuable Capital Contribution to the Company.

3.3. Additional Capital Contributions . The Member may make additional Capital Contributions to the Company for such purposes, at such times and in such amounts as shall be determined by such Member; provided , however , that the Member shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital Contributions.

3.4. Return of Capital Contributions . The Member shall not have the right to demand a return of all or any part of its Capital Contributions, and any return of the Capital Contributions of the Member shall be made solely from the assets of the Company and only in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. No interest shall be paid to the Member with respect to its Capital Contributions.

 

  4. STATUS AND RIGHTS OF THE MEMBER

4.1. Limited Liability . Except as otherwise provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and neither the Member nor any other Indemnified Party shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member or an Indemnified Party. All Persons dealing with the Company shall look solely to the assets of the Company for the payment of the debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company. The Member shall not be obligated to make up any deficit in the Member’s Capital Account.

4.2. No Make-Up . In no event shall the Member be required to make up any deficiency in its Capital Account upon the dissolution or termination of the Company.

4.3. Return of Distributions of Capital . Except as otherwise expressly required by law, the Member, in its capacity as such, shall have no liability either to the Company or any of its creditors in excess of (a) the amount of its Capital Contributions actually made, (b) of any assets and undistributed profits of the Company and (c) to the extent required by law, the amount of any distributions wrongfully distributed to it. Except as required by law or a court of competent jurisdiction, no Member or investor in or partner of a Member shall be obligated by this Agreement to return any Distribution to the Company or pay the amount of any Distribution for the account of the Company or to any creditor of the Company. The amount of any Distribution returned to the Company by or on behalf of the Member or paid

 

- 5 -


by or on behalf of the Member for the account of the Company or to a creditor of the Company shall be added to the account or accounts from which it was subtracted when it was distributed to the Member.

 

  5. CAPITAL ACCOUNT; ALLOCATIONS; DISTRIBUTIONS

5.1. Capital Account . The Company shall maintain a capital account (a “ Capital Account ”) for the Member. The Capital Account shall be increased by all Capital Contributions made by the Member and all profits allocated to the Member and be decreased by all distributions to the Member and by all losses allocated to the Member.

5.2. Allocations . All of the Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

5.3. Distributions . Subject to the requirements of the Act, the amount and timing of all distributions shall be determined by the Member. Distributions may be made in cash, securities or other property.

5.4. Withholding . The Member hereby authorizes the Company to withhold and pay over any withholding or other taxes payable by the Company as a result of the Member’s status as a Member hereunder.

5.5. Taxation . It is the intent of the Member that, since the Company has a single owner, the Company shall be disregarded as an entity separate from its Member for federal tax purposes pursuant to Section 7701 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

  6. MANAGEMENT, RIGHTS, AND DUTIES OF THE MEMBER

6.1. Management . Management, operation and policy of the Company shall be vested exclusively in the Member, and there shall be no “ manager ” within the meaning of the Act. The Member, acting through its duly authorized agents, is authorized and empowered on behalf and in the name of the Company to perform all acts and engage in all activities and transactions which it may in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable in order to cause the Company to carry out its purpose and exercise the powers granted to the Company hereunder and under the Act. The Member is an agent of the Company and the actions of the Member in such capacity shall be binding on the Company without liability to the Member.

6.2. Agents . The Member by written instrument signed by the Member shall have the power to appoint officers and agents to act for the Company with such titles, if any, as the Member deems appropriate and to delegate to such officers and agents such of the powers as are held by the Member hereunder including the power to execute documents on behalf of the Company, as the Member may determine; provided , however , that no such appointment or delegation shall cause the Person so appointed or delegated to be deemed a “manager” within the meaning of the Act. The agents so appointed may include persons holding titles

 

- 6 -


such as Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, Vice President, Treasurer, Controller or Secretary. Any officer may be removed at any time with or without cause. The officers of the Company as of the date hereof are set forth on Exhibit 6.2 . Unless the authority of the agent designated as the officer in question is limited in the document appointing such officer, any officer so appointed shall have the same authority to act for the Company as a corresponding officer of a Delaware corporation would have to act for a Delaware corporation in the absence of a specific delegation of authority and all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, noted, checks, drafts or other obligations made, accepted or endorsed by the corporation may be signed by the Chairman, if any, the President, a Vice President, the Treasurer, Controller or the Secretary at the time in office. The Member by written instrument signed by the Member may, in the sole discretion of the Member, ratify any act previously taken by an agent acting on behalf of the Company. Except as provided in this Section 6.2, the Member shall be the sole person with the power to bind the Company.

6.3. Reliance by Third Parties . Any person or entity dealing with the Company or the Member may rely upon a certificate signed by the Member as to: (a) the identity of the Member, (b) the existence or non-existence of any fact or facts which constitute a condition precedent to acts by the Member or are in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Company, (c) the persons who or entities which are authorized to execute and deliver any instrument or document of or on behalf of the Company, (d) the authorization of any action by or on behalf of the Company by the Member or any officer or agent acting on behalf of the Company or (e) any act or failure to act by the Company or as to any other matter whatsoever involving the Company or the Member.

 

  7. TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

7.1. The Member may sell, assign, pledge, encumber, dispose of or otherwise transfer all or any part of the economic or other rights that comprise its Interest. The transferee shall have the right to be substituted for the Member under this Agreement for the transferor if so determined by the Member. No Member may withdraw or resign as Member except as a result of a transfer pursuant to this Section 7 in which the transferee is substituted for the Member. None of the events described in Section 18-304 of the Act shall cause the Member to cease to be a Member of the Company.

 

  8. AMENDMENTS TO AGREEMENT

8.1. This Agreement may be amended or modified by the Member by a writing executed by the Member. The Member shall cause to be prepared and filed any amendment to the Certificate that may be required to be filed under the Act as a consequence of any such amendment or modification.

 

- 7 -


  9. DISSOLUTION OF COMPANY

9.1. Events of Dissolution or Liquidation . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up upon the happening of either of the following events: (a) the written determination of the Member or (b) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.

9.2. Liquidation . After termination of the business of the Company, a final allocation shall be made pursuant to Section 5.2 and the assets of the Company shall be distributed in the following order of priority:

(a) to creditors of the Company, including the Member if a creditor to the extent permitted by law, in satisfaction of liabilities of the Company (whether by payment thereof or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof) other than liabilities for distributions to the Member; and then

(b) to the Member.

 

  10. INDEMNIFICATION

10.1. General . The Company shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless, to the maximum extent permitted by the law, the Member and any director, officer, partner, stockholder, controlling Person or employee of the Member, and any Person serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, partner, trustee or independent contractor of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all of the foregoing Persons being referred to collectively as “Indemnified Parties” and individually as an “ Indemnified Party ”) from any liability, loss or damage incurred by the Indemnified Party by reason of any act performed or omitted to be performed by the Indemnified Party in connection with the business of the Company and from liabilities or obligations of the Company imposed on such Party by virtue of such Party’s position with the Company, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs and any amounts expended in the settlement of any such claims of liability, loss or damage; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not require the Company to indemnify any Person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such Person; provided , further , that if the liability, loss, damage or claim arises out of any action or inaction of an Indemnified Party, indemnification under this Section 10 shall be available only if (a) either (i) the Indemnified Party, at the time of such action or inaction, determined in good faith that its, his or her course of conduct was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or (ii) in the case of inaction by the Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party did not intend its, his or her inaction to be harmful or opposed to the best interests of the Company, and (b) the action or inaction did not constitute fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Indemnified Party; p rovided , further , however , that the indemnification under this Section 10.1 shall be recoverable only from the assets of the Company and not from any assets of the Member. Unless the Member determines in good faith that the Indemnified Party is unlikely to be entitled to indemnification under this Section 10, the Company shall pay or reimburse reasonable attorneys’ fees of an Indemnified Party as

 

- 8 -


incurred, provided that such Indemnified Party executes an undertaking, with appropriate security if requested by the Member, to repay the amount so paid or reimbursed in the event that a final non-appealable determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Indemnified Party is not entitled to indemnification under this Section 10. The Company may pay for insurance covering liability of the Indemnified Party for negligence in operation of the Company’s affairs.

10.2. Exculpation . No Indemnified Party shall be liable, in damages or otherwise, to the Company or to the Member for any loss that arises out of any act performed or omitted to be performed by it, him or her pursuant to the authority granted by this Agreement if (a) either (i) the Indemnified Party, at the time of such action or inaction, determined in good faith that such Indemnified Party’s course of conduct was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or (ii) in the case of inaction by the Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party did not intend such Indemnified Party’s inaction to be harmful or opposed to the best interests of the Company and (b) the conduct of the Indemnified Party did not constitute fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct by such Indemnified Party.

10.3. Persons Entitled to Indemnity . Any Person who is within the definition of “ Indemnified Party ” at the time of any action or inaction in connection with the business of the Company shall be entitled to the benefits of this Section 10 as an “ Indemnified Party ” with respect thereto, regardless whether such Person continues to be within the definition of “ Indemnified Party ” at the time of such Indemnified Party’s claim for indemnification or exculpation hereunder.

10.4. Procedure Agreements . The Company may enter into an agreement with any of its officers, employees, consultants, counsel and agents, or the Member, setting forth procedures consistent with applicable law for implementing the indemnities provided in this Section 10.

10.5. Indemnification Vested . Neither the amendment nor repeal of sections 10.1 or 10.2, nor the adoption of any provision of this Agreement inconsistent with sections 10.1 or 10.2, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of sections 10.1 and 10.2, in respect of any matter occurring before such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision or in respect of any cause of action, suit or claim relating to any such matter which would have given rise to a right of indemnification or right to receive expenses pursuant to sections 10.1 and 10.2, if such provision had not been so amended or repealed or if a provision inconsistent therewith had not been so adopted.

 

  11. MISCELLANEOUS

11.1. General . This Agreement: (a) shall be binding upon the legal successors of the Member, (b) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and (c) contains the entire agreement as to the subject matter hereof. The waiver of any of the provisions, terms, or conditions contained in this Agreement shall not be considered as a waiver of any of the other provisions, terms, or conditions hereof.

 

- 9 -


11.2. Notices, Etc . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or receipt (which may be evidenced by a return receipt if sent by registered mail or by signature if delivered by courier or delivery service), addressed to the Member at its address in the records of the Company or otherwise specified by the Member.

11.3. Gender and Number . Whenever required by the context, as used in this Agreement the singular number shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular, and all words herein in any gender shall be deemed to include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

11.4. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court to be invalid or unenforceable, that determination shall not affect the other provisions hereof, each of which shall be construed and enforced as if the invalid or unenforceable portion were not contained herein. That invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any valid and enforceable application thereof, and each said provision shall be deemed to be effective, operative, made, entered into or taken in the manner and to the full extent permitted by law.

11.5. Headings . The headings used in this Agreement are used for administrative convenience only and do not constitute substantive matter to be considered in construing the terms of this Agreement.

11.6. No Third Party Rights . Except for the provisions of Sections 6.3 and 10, the provisions of this Agreement are for the benefit of the Company, the Member and permitted assignees and no other Person, including creditors of the Company, shall have any right or claim against the Company or the Member by reason of this Agreement or any provision hereof or be entitled to enforce any provision of this Agreement.

 

- 10 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Member has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first set forth above.

 

CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR, INC.
By:  

LOGO

Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.
Title:   Assistant Secretary

[Amended and Restated LLC Agreement of 1567 Media LLC]

Exhibit 3.11

State of Delaware

Office of the Secretary of State

I, EDWARD J. FREEL, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION OF “SPECTACOLOR MEDIA LLC”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TWENTY-FIFTH DAY OF FEBRUARY, A.D. 2000, AT 4 O’CLOCK P.M.

 

    LOGO  

/s/ Edward J. Freel

     

Edward J. Freel

   

 

AUTHENTICATION:

 

 

0282719

 
   

 

DATE:

 

 

02-28-00

 

 

PAGE 1


Exhibit 3.11

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

SPECTACOLOR MEDIA LLC

1. The name of the limited liability company is Spectacolor Media LLC.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

3. This Certificate of formation shall be effective on filing.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, of the undersigned have executed this Certificate of Formation of Spectacolor Media LLC this 25 th day of February, 2000.

 

LOGO

Timothy C. Stauning
Authorized Person


State of Delaware

Office of the Secretary of State

I, HARRIET SMITH WINDSOR, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF “SPECTACOLOR MEDIA LLC”, CHANGING ITS NAME FROM “SPECTACOLOR MEDIA LLC” TO “CLEAR CHANNEL SPECTACOLOR, LLC”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE SECOND DAY OF JULY, A.D. 2001, AT 9 O’CLOCK A.M.

 

    LOGO  

LOGO

      Harriet Smith Windsor, Secretary of State

 

3182477 8100

   

 

AUTHENTICATION:

 

 

1222001

 

 

010318156

   

 

DATE:

 

 

07-02-01

 

 

PAGE 1


STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 09:00 AM 07/02/2001

010318156 - 3182477

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Formation

Of

SPECTACOLOR MEDIA LLC

It is hereby certified that:

 

  1. The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is Spectacolor Media LLC.

 

  2. The certificate of formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended by striking out Article 1 thereof and by substituting in lieu of said Article the following new Article:

“The name of the limited liability company is Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC”.

The effective time of the amendment herein certified shall be July 1, 2001.

 

Executed on June 30, 2001

LOGO

Laura C. Toncheff
Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.12

CLEAR CHANNEL SPECTACOLOR, LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

Dated as of June 5, 2009


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

1.      DEFINITIONS

   1

2.      FORMATION AND PURPOSE

   2

     2.1.     Formation, etc.

   2

     2.2.     Name

   2

     2.3.     Registered Office/Agent

   3

     2.4.     Term

   3

     2.5.     Purpose

   3

     2.6.     Specific Powers

   3

     2.7.     Certificate

   4

     2.8.     Principal Office

   4

3.      MEMBER; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

   5

     3.1.     Member

   5

     3.2.     Capital Contribution

   5

     3.3.     Additional Capital Contributions

   5

     3.4.     Return of Capital Contributions

   5

4.      STATUS AND RIGHTS OF THE MEMBER

   5

     4.1.     Limited Liability

   5

     4.2.     No Make-Up

   5

     4.3.     Return of Capital Contributions

   5

5.      CAPITAL ACCOUNT; ALLOCATIONS; DISTRIBUTIONS

   6

     5.1.     Capital Account

   6

     5.2.     Allocations

   6

     5.3.     Distributions

   6

     5.4.     Withholding

   6

     5.5.     Taxation

   6

6.      MANAGEMENT, RIGHTS, AND DUTIES OF THE MEMBER

   6

     6.1.     Management

   6

     6.2.     Agents

   6

     6.3.     Reliance by Third Parties

   7

7.      TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

   7

7.1.    The Member may sell, assign, pledge, encumber, dispose of or otherwise transfer all or any part of the economic or other rights that comprise its Interest

   7

8.      AMENDMENTS TO AGREEMENT

   7

8.1.     This Agreement may be amended or modified by the Member by a writing executed by the Member

   7

9.      DISSOLUTION OF COMPANY

   8

     9.1.     Events of Dissolution or Liquidation

   8

     9.2.     Liquidation

   8

10.    INDEMNIFICATION

   8

     10.1.     General

   8

 

-i-


     10.2.     Exculpation

   9

     10.3.     Persons Entitled to Indemnity

   9

     10.4.     Procedure Agreements

   9

     10.5.     Indemnification Vested

   9

11.    MISCELLANEOUS

   9

     11.1.     General

   9

     11.2.     Notices, Etc

   10

     11.3.     Gender and Number

   10

     11.4.     Severability

   10

     11.5.     Headings

   10

     11.6.     No Third Party Rights

   10

 

-ii-


CLEAR CHANNEL SPECTACOLOR, LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (as amended from time to time, this “Agreement”) of Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into as of June 5, 2009 by 1567 Media LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Member deems it to be advisable and in the best interests of the Company to amend and restate the Limited Liability Company Agreement pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act in order to conduct the business described herein.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, the Member agrees with the Company as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS.

For purposes of this Agreement the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Act ” shall mean the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del . C . § 18-101, et seq .) as amended and in effect from time to time.

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any Person that directly or through one or more intermediaries controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the specified Person. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble.

Capital Account ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Capital Contribution ” shall mean the amount of cash and the fair market value of any other property contributed to the Company with respect to the Interest held by the Member.

Certificate ” shall mean the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed on February 25, 2000 and any and all amendments thereto and restatements thereof filed on behalf of the Company as permitted hereunder with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

-1-


Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the corresponding provisions of any future federal tax law.

Company ” is defined in the preamble.

Distribution ” shall mean the amount of cash and the fair market value of any other property distributed in respect of the Member’s Interest in the Company.

Effective Date ” is defined in Section 2.1.

Fiscal Year ” shall mean the fiscal year of the Company which shall end on December 31 in each year or on such other date in each year as the Member shall otherwise elect.

Indemnified Party ” is defined in Section 10.1.

Interest ” shall mean the entire interest of the Member in the capital and profits of the Company, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Member ” shall mean 1567 Media LLC, listed as member on the signature page to the Agreement, unless any other Person acquires an Interest in the Company and is admitted to the Company as a Member pursuant to this Agreement.

Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, joint venture, association, corporation, trust, estate, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other legal entity.

2. FORMATION AND PURPOSE.

2.1. Formation, etc . The Company was formed as a limited liability company pursuant to the Act by the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 25, 2000 (the “ Effective Date ”). The rights, duties and liabilities of the Member shall be determined pursuant to the Act and this Agreement. To the extent that such rights, duties or obligations are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be in the absence of such provision, this Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by the Act, control. By execution hereof, the Member is affirmed as a member of the Company and as the holder of a limited liability interest in the Company.

2.2. Name . The name of the Company is Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC. The business of the Company may be conducted under that name or, upon compliance with applicable laws, any other name that the Member deems appropriate or advisable. The Member shall file, or shall cause to be filed, any fictitious name certificates and similar filings, and any amendments thereto, that the Member considers appropriate or advisable.

 

-2-


2.3. Registered Office/Agent . The registered office required to be maintained by the Company in the State of Delaware pursuant to the Act is Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware. The name and address of the registered agent of the Company pursuant to the Act is Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware. The Company may, upon compliance with the applicable provisions of the Act, change its registered office or registered agent from time to time in the discretion of the Member.

2.4. Term . The term of the Company shall continue indefinitely unless sooner terminated as provided herein. The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate as provided in the Act.

2.5. Purpose . The Company is formed for the purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act and engaging in any activities necessary, convenient or incidental thereto.

2.6. Specific Powers . Without limiting the generality of Section 2.5, the Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purpose set forth in Section 2.5, including, but not limited to, the power:

(a) to conduct its business, carry on its operations and have and exercise the powers granted to a limited liability company by the Act in any country, state, territory, district or other jurisdiction, whether domestic or foreign;

(b) to acquire by purchase, lease, contribution of property or otherwise, own, hold, operate, maintain, finance, improve, lease, sell, convey, mortgage, transfer, demolish or dispose of any real or personal property;

(c) to negotiate, enter into, renegotiate, extend, renew, terminate, modify, amend, waive, execute, perform and carry out and take any other action with respect to contracts or agreements of any kind, including without limitation leases, licenses, guarantees and other contracts for the benefit of or with any Member or any Affiliate of any Member without regard to whether such contracts may be deemed necessary, convenient to, or incidental to the accomplishment of the purposes of the Company;

(d) to purchase, take, receive, subscribe for or otherwise acquire, own, hold, vote, use, employ, sell, mortgage, lend, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, and otherwise use and deal in and with, shares or other interests in or obligations of domestic or foreign corporations, associations, general or limited partnerships, trusts, limited liability companies, or individuals or other persons or direct or indirect obligations of the United States or of any government, state, territory, governmental district or municipality or of any instrumentality of any of them;

 

-3-


(e) to lend money, to invest and reinvest its funds, and to accept real and personal property for the payment of funds so loaned or invested;

(f) to borrow money and issue evidence of indebtedness, and to secure the same by a mortgage, pledge, security interest or other lien on the assets of the Company;

(g) to pay, collect, compromise, litigate, arbitrate or otherwise adjust or settle any and all other claims or demands of or against the Company or to hold such proceeds against the payment of contingent liabilities;

(h) to sue and be sued, complain and defend, and participate in administrative or other proceedings, in its name;

(i) to appoint employees, officers, agents and representatives of the Company, and define their duties and fix their compensation;

(j) to indemnify any Person in accordance with the Act and this Agreement;

(k) to cease its activities and cancel its Certificate; and

(1) to make, execute, acknowledge and file any and all documents or instruments necessary, convenient or incidental to the accomplishment of the purpose of the Company.

2.7. Certificate . Each officer of the Company listed on Exhibit 6.2 and each of their duly appointed and validly serving successors are designated as authorized persons, within the meaning of the Act, to execute, deliver and file any amendments or restatements of the Certificate and any other certificates necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

2.8. Principal Office. The principal executive office of the Company shall be located at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the Member shall establish, and the Member may from time to time change the location of the principal executive office of the Company to any place within or without the State of Delaware. The Member may establish and maintain such additional offices and places of business of the Company, either within or without the State of Delaware, as it deems appropriate.

 

-4-


3. MEMBER; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS.

3.1. Member . The name and the business address of the Member of the Company are as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

1567 Media LLC    1501 Broadway
   Suite 450
   New York, NY 10036

3.2. Capital Contribution . The Member has made a good and valuable Capital Contribution to the Company.

3.3. Additional Capital Contributions . The Member may make additional Capital Contributions to the Company for such purposes, at such times and in such amounts as shall be determined by such Member; provided , however , that the Member shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital Contributions.

3.4. Return of Capital Contributions . The Member shall not have the right to demand a return of all or any part of its Capital Contributions, and any return of the Capital Contributions of the Member shall be made solely from the assets of the Company and only in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. No interest shall be paid to the Member with respect to its Capital Contributions.

4. STATUS AND RIGHTS OF THE MEMBER

4.1. Limited Liability . Except as otherwise provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and neither the Member nor any other Indemnified Party shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member or an Indemnified Party. All Persons dealing with the Company shall look solely to the assets of the Company for the payment of the debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company. The Member shall not be obligated to make up any deficit in the Member’s Capital Account.

4.2. No Make-Up . In no event shall the Member be required to make up any deficiency in its Capital Account upon the dissolution or termination of the Company.

4.3. Return of Distributions of Capital . Except as otherwise expressly required by law, the Member, in its capacity as such, shall have no liability either to the Company or any of its creditors in excess of (a) the amount of its Capital Contributions actually made, (b) of any assets and undistributed profits of the Company and (c) to the extent required by law, the amount of any distributions wrongfully distributed to it. Except as required by law or a court of competent jurisdiction, no Member or investor in or partner of a Member shall be obligated by this Agreement to return any Distribution to the Company or pay the amount of any Distribution for the account of the Company or to any creditor of the Company. The amount of any Distribution returned to the Company by or on behalf of the Member or paid

 

-5-


by or on behalf of the Member for the account of the Company or to a creditor of the Company shall be added to the account or accounts from which it was subtracted when it was distributed to the Member.

5. CAPITAL ACCOUNT; ALLOCATIONS; DISTRIBUTIONS

5.1. Capital Account . The Company shall maintain a capital account (a “ Capital Account ”) for the Member. The Capital Account shall be increased by all Capital Contributions made by the Member and all profits allocated to the Member and be decreased by all distributions to the Member and by all losses allocated to the Member.

5.2. Allocations . All of the Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

5.3. Distributions . Subject to the requirements of the Act, the amount and timing of all distributions shall be determined by the Member. Distributions may be made in cash, securities or other property.

5.4. Withholding . The Member hereby authorizes the Company to withhold and pay over any withholding or other taxes payable by the Company as a result of the Member’s status as a Member hereunder.

5.5. Taxation . It is the intent of the Member that, since the Company has a single owner, the Company shall be disregarded as an entity separate from its Member for federal tax purposes pursuant to Section 7701 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

6. MANAGEMENT, RIGHTS, AND DUTIES OF THE MEMBER

6.1. Management . Management, operation and policy of the Company shall be vested exclusively in the Member, and there shall be no “ manager ” within the meaning of the Act. The Member, acting through its duly authorized agents, is authorized and empowered on behalf and in the name of the Company to perform all acts and engage in all activities and transactions which it may in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable in order to cause the Company to carry out its purpose and exercise the powers granted to the Company hereunder and under the Act. The Member is an agent of the Company and the actions of the Member in such capacity shall be binding on the Company without liability to the Member.

6.2. Agents . The Member by written instrument signed by the Member shall have the power to appoint officers and agents to act for the Company with such titles, if any, as the Member deems appropriate and to delegate to such officers and agents such of the powers as are held by the Member hereunder including the power to execute documents on behalf of the Company, as the Member may determine; provided , however , that no such appointment or delegation shall cause the Person so appointed or delegated to be deemed a “manager” within the meaning of the Act. The agents so appointed may include persons holding titles

 

-6-


such as Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, Vice President, Treasurer, Controller or Secretary. Any officer may be removed at any time with or without cause. The officers of the Company as of the date hereof are set forth on Exhibit 6.2 . Unless the authority of the agent designated as the officer in question is limited in the document appointing such officer, any officer so appointed shall have the same authority to act for the Company as a corresponding officer of a Delaware corporation would have to act for a Delaware corporation in the absence of a specific delegation of authority and all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, noted, checks, drafts or other obligations made, accepted or endorsed by the corporation may be signed by the Chairman, if any, the President, a Vice President, the Treasurer, Controller or the Secretary at the time in office. The Member by written instrument signed by the Member may, in the sole discretion of the Member, ratify any act previously taken by an agent acting on behalf of the Company. Except as provided in this Section 6.2, the Member shall be the sole person with the power to bind the Company.

6.3. Reliance by Third Parties . Any person or entity dealing with the Company or the Member may rely upon a certificate signed by the Member as to: (a) the identity of the Member, (b) the existence or non-existence of any fact or facts which constitute a condition precedent to acts by the Member or are in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Company, (c) the persons who or entities which are authorized to execute and deliver any instrument or document of or on behalf of the Company, (d) the authorization of any action by or on behalf of the Company by the Member or any officer or agent acting on behalf of the Company or (e) any act or failure to act by the Company or as to any other matter whatsoever involving the Company or the Member.

7. TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

7.1. The Member may sell, assign, pledge, encumber, dispose of or otherwise transfer all or any part of the economic or other rights that comprise its Interest. The transferee shall have the right to be substituted for the Member under this Agreement for the transferor if so determined by the Member. No Member may withdraw or resign as Member except as a result of a transfer pursuant to this Section 7 in which the transferee is substituted for the Member. None of the events described in Section 18-304 of the Act shall cause the Member to cease to be a Member of the Company.

8. AMENDMENTS TO AGREEMENT

8.1. This Agreement may be amended or modified by the Member by a writing executed by the Member. The Member shall cause to be prepared and filed any amendment to the Certificate that may be required to be filed under the Act as a consequence of any such amendment or modification.

 

-7-


9. DISSOLUTION OF COMPANY

9.1. Events of Dissolution or Liquidation . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up upon the happening of either of the following events: (a) the written determination of the Member or (b) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.

9.2. Liquidation . After termination of the business of the Company, a final allocation shall be made pursuant to Section 5.2 and the assets of the Company shall be distributed in the following order of priority:

(a) to creditors of the Company, including the Member if a creditor to the extent permitted by law, in satisfaction of liabilities of the Company (whether by payment thereof or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof) other than liabilities for distributions to the Member; and then

(b) to the Member.

10. INDEMNIFICATION

10.1. General . The Company shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless, to the maximum extent permitted by the law, the Member and any director, officer, partner, stockholder, controlling Person or employee of the Member, and any Person serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, partner, trustee or independent contractor of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all of the foregoing Persons being referred to collectively as “Indemnified Parties” and individually as an “ Indemnified Party ”) from any liability, loss or damage incurred by the Indemnified Party by reason of any act performed or omitted to be performed by the Indemnified Party in connection with the business of the Company and from liabilities or obligations of the Company imposed on such Party by virtue of such Party’s position with the Company, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs and any amounts expended in the settlement of any such claims of liability, loss or damage; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not require the Company to indemnify any Person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such Person; provided , further , that if the liability, loss, damage or claim arises out of any action or inaction of an Indemnified Party, indemnification under this Section 10 shall be available only if (a) either (i) the Indemnified Party, at the time of such action or inaction, determined in good faith that its, his or her course of conduct was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or (ii) in the case of inaction by the Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party did not intend its, his or her inaction to be harmful or opposed to the best interests of the Company, and (b) the action or inaction did not constitute fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Indemnified Party; provided , further , however , that the indemnification under this Section 10.1 shall be recoverable only from the assets of the Company and not from any assets of the Member. Unless the Member determines in good faith that the Indemnified Party is unlikely to be entitled to indemnification under this Section 10, the Company shall pay or reimburse reasonable attorneys’ fees of an Indemnified Party as

 

-8-


incurred, provided that such Indemnified Party executes an undertaking, with appropriate security if requested by the Member, to repay the amount so paid or reimbursed in the event that a final non-appealable determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Indemnified Party is not entitled to indemnification under this Section 10. The Company may pay for insurance covering liability of the Indemnified Party for negligence in operation of the Company’s affairs.

10.2. Exculpation . No Indemnified Party shall be liable, in damages or otherwise, to the Company or to the Member for any loss that arises out of any act performed or omitted to be performed by it, him or her pursuant to the authority granted by this Agreement if (a) either (i) the Indemnified Party, at the time of such action or inaction, determined in good faith that such Indemnified Party’s course of conduct was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or (ii) in the case of inaction by the Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party did not intend such Indemnified Party’s inaction to be harmful or opposed to the best interests of the Company and (b) the conduct of the Indemnified Party did not constitute fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct by such Indemnified Party.

10.3. Persons Entitled to Indemnity . Any Person who is within the definition of “ Indemnified Party ” at the time of any action or inaction in connection with the business of the Company shall be entitled to the benefits of this Section 10 as an “ Indemnified Party ” with respect thereto, regardless whether such Person continues to be within the definition of “ Indemnified Party ” at the time of such Indemnified Party’s claim for indemnification or exculpation hereunder.

10.4. Procedure Agreements . The Company may enter into an agreement with any of its officers, employees, consultants, counsel and agents, or the Member, setting forth procedures consistent with applicable law for implementing the indemnities provided in this Section 10.

10.5. Indemnification Vested . Neither the amendment nor repeal of sections 10.1 or 10.2, nor the adoption of any provision of this Agreement inconsistent with sections 10.1 or 10.2, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of sections 10.1 and 10.2, in respect of any matter occurring before such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision or in respect of any cause of action, suit or claim relating to any such matter which would have given rise to a right of indemnification or right to receive expenses pursuant to sections 10.1 and 10.2, if such provision had not been so amended or repealed or if a provision inconsistent therewith had not been so adopted.

11. MISCELLANEOUS

11.1. General . This Agreement: (a) shall be binding upon the legal successors of the Member, (b) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and (c) contains the entire agreement as to the subject matter hereof. The waiver of any of the provisions, terms, or conditions contained in this Agreement shall not be considered as a waiver of any of the other provisions, terms, or conditions hereof.

 

-9-


11.2. Notices, Etc . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or receipt (which may be evidenced by a return receipt if sent by registered mail or by signature if delivered by courier or delivery service), addressed to the Member at its address in the records of the Company or otherwise specified by the Member.

11.3. Gender and Number . Whenever required by the context, as used in this Agreement the singular number shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular, and all words herein in any gender shall be deemed to include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

11.4. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court to be invalid or unenforceable, that determination shall not affect the other provisions hereof, each of which shall be construed and enforced as if the invalid or unenforceable portion were not contained herein. That invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any valid and enforceable application thereof, and each said provision shall be deemed to be effective, operative, made, entered into or taken in the manner and to the full extent permitted by law.

11.5. Headings . The headings used in this Agreement are used for administrative convenience only and do not constitute substantive matter to be considered in construing the terms of this Agreement.

11.6. No Third Party Rights. Except for the provisions of Sections 6.3 and 10, the provisions of this Agreement are for the benefit of the Company, the Member and permitted assignees and no other Person, including creditors of the Company, shall have any right or claim against the Company or the Member by reason of this Agreement or any provision hereof or be entitled to enforce any provision of this Agreement.

 

-10-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Member and the Company have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first set forth above.

 

1567 Media LLC
By:  

LOGO

Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.
Title:   Assistant Secretary
Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC
By:  

LOGO

Name:   Hamlet T. Newsom, Jr.
Title:   Assistant Secretary

[Amended and Restated LLC Agreement of Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC]

Exhibit 3.13

 

  Delaware    PAGE 1   
  The First State      

I, HARRIET SMITH WINDSOR, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF “ELLER HOLDINGS COMPANY CANADA”, CHANGING ITS NAME FROM “ELLER HOLDINGS COMPANY CANADA” TO “CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS COMPANY CANADA”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE SEVENTEENTH DAY OF NOVEMBER, A.D. 2004, AT 12:55 O’CLOCK P.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

   LOGO   

LOGO

3008501 8100       Harriet Smith Windsor, Secretary of State
     

 

   AUTHENTICATION: 3485362

 

040828896       

     

 

                              DATE: 11-18-04


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

ELLER HOLDINGS COMPANY CANADA

Eller Holdings Company Canada, a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies:

FIRST: By Written Consent in lieu of Joint Meeting of the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of the Corporation, dated as of November 12, 2004, the following resolution amending the Certificate of Incorporation was adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

SECOND: RESOLVED, that Article First of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada.

THIRD: There are no shares of preferred stock issued and entitled to vote as a class on the foregoing amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Vice President and Assistant Secretary as of the 12 th day of November, 2004.

 

ELLER HOLDINGS COMPANY CANADA

By:

 

LOGO

  Kurt Tingey, Vice President

By:

 

LOGO

  Laura C. Toncheff, Assistant Secretary

 

State of Delaware    
Secretary of State    
Division of Corporations    
Delivered 12:55 PM 11/17/2004    
FILED 12:55 PM 11/17/2004    
040828896 – 3008501 FILE    


  State of Delaware      
 

Office of the Secretary of State

 

   PAGE 1   

I, EDWARD J. FREEL, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF “ELLER HOLDINGS COMPANY CANADA”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE SECOND DAY OF MARCH, A.D. 1999, AT 9 O’CLOCK A.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

  LOGO   

LOGO

     Edward J. Freel, Secretary of State
    

 

AUTHENTICATION:

3008501 8100     

         9609737

                              DATE:
991081949         

         03-04-99


STATE OF DELAWARE      
SECRETARY OF STATE      
DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS      
FILED 09:00 AM 03/02/1999      
991081949 – 3008501      

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ELLER HOLDINGS COMPANY CANADA

FIRST . The name of the corporation is ELLER HOLDINGS COMPANY CANADA (the “Corporation”).

SECOND . The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19805. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company in the county of New Castle.

THIRD . The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL”).

FOURTH . The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 1,000 shares designated as Common Stock with a par value of $.01 per share and 1,000 shares designated as Preferred Stock with a par value of $.01 per share.

The Corporation’s board of directors (the “Board of Directors”) shall be vested with the express authority to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or one or more series within any class, and to fix by resolution or resolutions as it may deem desirable the voting rights, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

Shares of the Preferred Stock of the Corporation may be issued form time to time in one or more classes or series, each of which class or series shall have such distinctive designation or title as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) prior to the issuance of any shares thereof. Each such class or series of Preferred Stock shall have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stared in such resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such class of series of Preferred Stock as may be adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors prior to the issuance of any shares thereof pursuant to the authority hereby expressly vested in it, all in accordance with laws of the State of Delaware.

FIFTH : The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation and of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and Stockholders:

(1) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.


(2) The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

(3) The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

(4) No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions nor in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Article FIFTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

(5) In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Certification of Incorporation, and any Bylaws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no Bylaws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such Bylaws had not been adopted.

SIXTH . The names and mailing addresses of the incorporators are:

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

Jeffrey L. Sellers   

c/o Moyes Storey Ltd.

3003 North Central Avenue

Suite 1250

Phoenix, Arizona 85012

 

2


SEVENTH : The name and mailing address of each person who is to serve as a director until the first annual stockholders’ meeting or until a successor is elected and qualifies is:

 

Names

  

Addresses

Mark P. Mays    c/o Eller Media Company
   2850 East Camelback Road
   Suite 300
   Phoenix, Arizona 85016
Randall T. Mays    c/o Eller Media Company
   2850 East Camelback Road
   Suite 300
   Phoenix, Arizona 85016
L. Lowry Mays    c/o Eller Media Company
   2850 East Camelback Road
   Suite 300
   Phoenix, Arizona 85016
Karl Eller    c/o Eller Media Company
   2850 East Camelback Road
   Suite 300
   Phoenix, Arizona 85016
Scott S. Eller    c/o Eller Media Company
   2850 East Camelback Road
   Suite 300
   Phoenix, Arizona 85016

EIGHTH . Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

3


NINTH : The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have signed this Certificate of Incorporation as of this 2 nd day of March, 1999.

 

LOGO

Jeffrey L. Sellers, Incorporator

 

4

Exhibit 3.14

CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS COMPANY CANADA

Amendment to the By-Laws

June 5 2009

Reference is made to the By-Laws of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada (formerly known as Eller Holdings Company Canada) dated as of March 2, 1999 as in effect on the date hereof (the “ By-Laws ”).

The title to the By-Laws is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada, a Delaware corporation”

Further, every reference to the Corporation in the By-Laws shall refer to Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada.

Amendment to By-laws


Eller Holdings Company Canada

a Delaware corporation

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1 . The principal office in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 2 . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors (the “Board”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1 . Any meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2 . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the second Tuesday of September, commencing in 1999 (unless that day is a legal holiday, in which event the annual meeting will be held on the next succeeding business day), at 10:00 a.m., at which the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a board of directors, and shall transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 3 . Written notice of the annual meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at least ten days (but no more than fifty days) before the date of the meeting.

Section 4 . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every election of directors, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said election, arranged in alphabetical order with the residence of and the number of voting shares held by each. Such list shall be open at the place where said election is to be held for at lease ten (10) days prior to the meeting, for examination by any stockholder, and shall be produced and kept at the same time and place of election during the whole time thereof and shall be subject to the inspection of any stockholder who may be present.

Section 5 . A special meeting of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the President and shall be called by the Chairman of the Board or


Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board, or at the request in writing of a majority of the board of directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled generally to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 6 . Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating in reasonable detail the time, place and object thereof, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat, at least ten days (but no more than fifty days) before the date fixed for the meeting.

Section 7 . Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 8 . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote on any matter to be considered thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote on any matter to be considered thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

Section 9 . When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the total stock of the Corporation having voting power with respect to any question shall decide such question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of statute or of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decisions of such question.

Section 10 . Each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period, and, except where the transfer books of the Corporation have been closed or a date has been fixed as a record date for the determination of its stockholders entitled to vote, no share of stock shall be voted on at any election for directors which has been transferred on the books of the Corporation within twenty (20) days next preceding such election of directors. No proxy shall be effective unless in writing and in compliance with such reasonable requirements as the Board may prescribe.

Section 11 . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of stockholders may be effected by an instrument in writing setting forth such action, executed by each stockholder entitled to vote thereon, which instrument shall be filed at the principal office of the Corporation or with the minutes maintained for meetings of stockholders.

 

3


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1 . The number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board, however, the Board shall consist of not fewer than two (2) nor more than nine (9) members. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders, or by unanimous written consent of stockholders; except as provided in Section 2 of this Article; and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualifies. Directors need not be stockholders. Subject to the limitations imposed by applicable law, a majority of the stockholders entitled to vote generally may remove a director at any time, with or without cause.

Section 2 . Vacancies, by death, resignation, removal or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors(s) then in office, though less than a quorum; and the director(s) so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualify, unless sooner displaced.

Section 3 . The business of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4 . The Board of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware; and such meetings may be held by means of conference telephone or other similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to such communication shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 5 . The first meeting of each newly elected Board shall be held at the same place as, and immediately after, the annual meeting of stockholders. No notice of the meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. If the meeting is not held at such time and place, or in the event a unanimous written consent of stockholders is filed in lieu of the annual meeting of stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as is specified in a notice given as provided below for special meetings of the Board, or as specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

Section 6 . Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as is from time to time determined by the Board.

 

4


Section 7 . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the President or by the Secretary upon the written request of two (2) directors. Written notice of special meetings of the Board shall be given to each director at least twenty-four hours before the time of the meeting. Attendance at a meeting by a director shall constitute a conclusive waiver of any objections made by any person with respect to the notice given to such director unless such attendance is solely for the purpose of objection.

Section 8 . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

Section 9 . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of Directors may be effected by an instrument in writing setting forth such action, executed by each Director, which instrument shall be filed at the principal office of the Corporation or with the minutes maintained for meetings of Directors.

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 10 . The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of two or more of the directors of the Corporation, which (to the extent provided in the resolution, subject to applicable law) shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board.

Section 11 . The committees shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board when required.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Section 12 . The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attending meetings of the Board and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or stated salaries as directors. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may similarly be allowed compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

5


ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

Section 1 . Except as otherwise provided herein, notices to directors and stockholders shall be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given three days after it is mailed, postage prepaid, to such addresses. Notice to directors may be given by telegram or telephone.

Section 2 . Any notice required to be given under the provisions of applicable law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws may be waived in writing, either before or after the event requiring such notice if the waiver is signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1 . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board and shall be a chairman of the board, a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary and a treasurer. The Board may also choose one or more assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Two or more offices may be held by the same person; provided, however, that the same person shall not simultaneously hold the offices of president and secretary.

Section 2 . The Board at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders (or pursuant to a unanimous consent in lieu thereof) shall choose a chairman of the board from among the directors, and shall choose a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary and a treasurer, none of whom need be a member of the Board.

Section 3 . The Board may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as are determined from time to time by the Board.

Section 4 . The salaries of all officers and agents of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board.

Section 5 . The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise shall be filled by the Board.

 

6


THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD;

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Section 6 . The Chairman of the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board, shall be ex officio a member of all standing committees and shall have general and active management of the business of the Corporation, as that authority is delegated to him by the Board.

Section 7 . He may execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. Unless the Board specifies otherwise, the Chairman of the Board shall have authority to vote (or grant a proxy with respect to any securities held or owned by the Corporation.

THE PRESIDENT;

CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

Section 8 . The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation and shall supervise the day-to-day operation of the business of the Corporation, as that authority is delegated to him by the Board. He may execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts in the ordinary course of the business of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed. Unless the Board specifies otherwise, the President shall, in the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board.

THE VICE PRESIDENTS

Section 9 . The Vice Presidents in the order of their seniority, unless otherwise determined by the Board or the Chairman of the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the President perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

Section 10 . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of such meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, required notices of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or Chairman of the Board, under whose supervision he shall be. The Secretary shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation, if any, and, if there is a seal of the Corporation, when authorized by the Board, shall affix the same to any instrument requiring it and, when so affixed, it may be attested by the

 

7


Secretary’s signature or by the signature of the Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

Section 11. The Assistant Secretaries in the order of their seniority, unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

Section 12 . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation, and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

Section 13 . The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chairman of the Board and the Board, at its regular meetings, or when the Board so requires, an account of all transactions of the Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

Section 14 . If required by the Board, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under the Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 15 . The Assistant Treasurers in the order of their seniority, unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1 . Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board or the President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by the stockholder in the Corporation. If the Corporation shall be

 

8


authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class of stock, the powers, designations, preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided by applicable law, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of a certificate a statement to the effect that the Corporation will furnish such a summary or description without charge upon written request by any stockholder or other interested person.

Section 2 . Where a certificate is signed (1) by a transfer agent or an assistant transfer agent or (2) by a transfer clerk acting on behalf of the Corporation and a registrar, the signature of any such Chairman of the Board, President, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary may be facsimile. In case any officer or officers who have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on, any such certificate or certificates ceases to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

LOST CERTIFICATES

Section 3 . The Board may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation such indemnity as it may direct against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.

TRANSFERS OF STOCK

Section 4 . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS; RECORD DATES

Section 5 . The Board may close the stock transfer books of the Corporation for a period not exceeding fifty days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders or the date for payment of any dividend or the date for the allotment of rights or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of capital stock goes into effect or for a period of not exceeding fifty days in

 

9


connection with obtaining the consent of stockholders for any purpose. In lieu of closing the stock transfer books as aforesaid, the Board may fix in advance a date, not more than sixty days (nor less than ten days) preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders, or the date for the payment of any dividend, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of capital stock goes into effect, or the date of any other lawful action, or a date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or to receive payment of any such dividend, or to receive any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, and in such case each such stockholder and only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to express the consent, or the receive payment of the dividend, or to receive the allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the Corporation after any record date fixed as aforesaid.

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

Section 6 . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, to vote as the owner, and for all other purposes; and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it has express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

DIVIDENDS

Section 1 . Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation (or of any resolution of the Board establishing any series of any class of stock, adopted pursuant to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation), if any, may be declared by the Board at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 2 . Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, equalize dividends, or to repair or maintain any property of the Corporation, and for such other purpose as the directors determine to be in the best interests of the Corporation. The directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

10


CHECKS

Section 3 . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board may from time to time designate.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 4 . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board.

SEAL

Section 5 . The corporate seal, if there is one, shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or otherwise reproduced.

LOANS TO DIRECTORS, OFFICERS OR EMPLOYEES

Section 6 . The Corporation shall not make any loan to a director, or guarantee any indebtedness of a director or otherwise use its credit to assist a director, without the express authorization by the stockholders in each particular case. The Board may authorize the Corporation to make a loan to any officer or employee of the Corporation (including any director who is also an employee), or to guarantee indebtedness of or otherwise use its credit to assist such officer or employee, if the Board determines that the same may be reasonably expected to benefit the Corporation; any resolution, properly adopted by the Board authorizing a loan to any officer or employee by the Corporation (or authorizing any such guarantee or use of credit) shall conclusively evidence such a determination by the Board, whether or not expressed therein.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 7 . Subject to the further provisions hereof the Corporation shall indemnify any and all of its directors, officers, former directors, and former officers, to the full extent permitted under applicable law against all amounts incurred by them and each of them, including but not limited to expenses, legal fees, costs, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement which may be actually and reasonably incurred, rendered or levied in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding brought against any of them for or on account of any action or omission alleged to have been committed while acting within the scope of his duties as a director or officer of the Corporation. Whenever any such director or officer shall report to the President of the Corporation or the Board of Directors that he has incurred or may incur such amounts, the Corporation shall, within a reasonable time thereafter, determine in a manner consistent with applicable law whether, in regard to the matter involved, such person acted or failed to act in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding had no reasonable cause to

 

11


believe his conduct was unlawful. If the Corporation so determines that such person acted or failed to act in such a manner with regard to the matter involved, indemnification shall be mandatory and shall be automatically extended as specified herein; provided, however, that the Corporation shall have the right to refuse indemnification in any instance in which the person to whom indemnification would otherwise have been applicable shall not offer the Corporation the opportunity, at its own expense and through counsel of its own choosing, to defend him in the action, suit or proceedings. Nothing contained herein is intended to limit any right of indemnification or other rights provided by applicable law.

INTERPRETATIONS

Section 8 . To the extent permitted by the context in which used, words in the singular number shall include the plural, words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa.

Section 9 . Captions used in these Bylaws are for convenience only and are not a part of these Bylaws and shall not be deemed to limit or alter any provisions hereof and shall not be deemed relevant in construing these Bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 1 . These Bylaws may be altered or repealed at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board if notice of such alteration or repeal is contained in the notice of such special meeting.

 

    

LOGO

     Karl Eller, Chief Executive Officer
Dated:           March 2, 1999           
    

LOGO

     Laura C. Toncheff, Assistant Secretary

 

12

Exhibit 3.15

LOGO

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

OUTDOOR MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.

The undersigned natural person acting as incorporator of a corporation (the “Corporation”) under the provisions of Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, adopts the following Articles of Incorporation,

ARTICLE 1

NAME

The name of the Corporation is Outdoor Management Services, Inc.

ARTICLE 2

INITIAL RESIDENT AGENT AND REGISTERED OFFICE

The name of the initial test dent agent of the Corporation is The Corporation Trust Company of Nevada, a resident of the State of Nevada, whose business address is 6100 Neil Road Suite #500. Reno. Washoe County, Nevada 89511.

ARTICLE 3

AUTHORIZED SHARES

The aggregate number of shares that the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 3,000 shares of Common Stock with no par value.


ARTICLE 5

ELECTION NOT TO BE GOVERNED BY CORPORATE COMBINATIONS ACT

The Corporation hereby elects not to be governed by Sections 78.411 to 78.444, inclusive, of the Nevada Revised Statutes.

ARTICLE 6

DATA RESPECTING INCORPORATORS

The name and address of the incorporator of the Corporation is as follows:

 

Name

 

Address

Lucas J. Tucker  

c/o Lionel Sawyer & Collins, Ltd.

1700 Bank of America Plaza

300 South Fourth Street

Las Vegas, NV 89101

EXECUTED this 20 th day of December, 2002.

 

LOGO

Lucas J. Tucker, Incorporator

 

Outdoor Management Services, Inc.    3   


LOGO

CORPORATE CHARTER

I, DEAN HELLER, the duly elected and qualified Nevada Secretary of State, do hereby certify that OUTDOOR MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC. did on December 20, 2002 file in this office the original Articles of Incorporation; that said Articles are now on file and of record in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada, and further, that said Articles contain all the provisions required by the law of said State of Nevada.

 

LOGO

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the Great Seal of State, at my office, in Las Vegas, Nevada, on December 20, 2002.
     

 

LOGO

     

DEAN HELLER

Secretary of State

   

 

By:

 

 

LOGO

      Certification Clerk


(PROFIT) INITIAL LIST OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND RESIDENT AGENT OF       FILE NUMBER
OUTDOOR MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.            December 10, 2002   C31401-2002
(Name of Corporation)              (Incorporation Date)  
A Nevada   CORPORATION    FOR THE FILING PERIOD DEC 2002 TO DEC 2003
    (State of Incorporation)       

The corporation’s duly appointed resident agent in the State of Nevada upon whom process can be served is:

     Office Use Only

 

The Corporation Trust Company of Nevada

6100 Neil Road

Suits 500

Reno, NV 89511

     LOGO

 

¨

  

 

IF AGENT INFORMATION HAS CHANGED, PLEASE SEE ATTACHED INSTRUCTIONS ON HOW TO OBTAIN THE APPROPRIATE FORM

    

Important: Read instructions before completing and returning this form.

 

1. Print or type names and addresses, either residence or business, for all officers and directors. A president, secretary, treasurer and at least one director must be named.

 

2. Have an officer sign the form. FORM WILL BE RETURNED IF UNSIGNED.

 

3. Return the completed form with the $165.00 filing fee. A $50.00 penalty must be added for failure to file this form by the 1st day of the 2nd month following incorporation date.

 

4. Make your check payable to the Secretary of State. Your cancelled check will constitute a certificate to transact business per NRS 78.155. If you need a receipt, return page 2 certificate and ENCLOSE A SELFADDRESSED STAMPED ENVELOPE. To receive a certified copy, enclose a copy of this completed form, an additional $20.00 and appropriate instructions.

 

5. Return the completed form to: Secretary of State, 202 North Carson Street, Carson City, NV 89701-4201, (775) 684-5708.

FILING FEE: $165.00          LATE PENALTY: $50.00

THIS FORM MUST BE FILED BY THE 1st DAY OF THE 2nd MONTH FOLLOWING INCORPORATION DATE

 

NAME         TITLE(S):          
Paul J. Meyer      

PRESIDENT & DIRECTOR

PO BOX    STREET ADDRESS    CITY    ST    ZIP
2850 E Camelback Road, Suite 300    Phoenix    AZ    85016
         
NAME       TITLE(S):        
Laura C. Toncheff      

SECRETARY

PO BOX    STREET ADDRESS    CITY    ST    ZIP
2850 E Camelback Road, Suite 300    Phoenix    AZ    85016
         
NAME       TITLE(S):        
Kurt Tingey      

TREASURER

PO BOX    STREET ADDRESS    CITY    ST    ZIP
2850 E Camelback Road, Suite 300    Phoenix    AZ    85016
         
NAME       TITLE(S):        
Randall T. Mays      

DIRECTOR

PO BOX    STREET ADDRESS    CITY    ST    ZIP
200 E. Basse Rd.    San Antonio    TX    78209
         
NAME       TITLE(S):        
L. Lowry Mays      

DIRECTOR

PO BOX    STREET ADDRESS    CITY    ST    ZIP
200 E. Basse Rd.    San Antonio    TX    78209
         
NAME       TITLE(S):        
Mark P. Mays      

DIRECTOR

PO BOX    STREET ADDRESS    CITY    ST    ZIP
200 E. Basse Rd.    San Antonio    TX    78209

I declare, to the best of my knowledge, under penalty of perjury, that the above mentioned entity has complied with the provisions of chapter 364A of NRS.

 

LOGO

  Title(s)
X Signature of officer   Date

Exhibit 3.16

CODE OF BYLAWS

OF

OUTDOOR MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.

ARTICLE I

IDENTIFICATION

Section 1.01. Name . The name of the corporation is Outdoor Management Services, Inc.

Section 1.02. Registered Office and Resident Agent . The address of the registered office of the corporation is 6100 Neil Road, Suite #500, Reno, Nevada 89511; and the name of the resident agent at this address is THE CORPORATION TRUST COMPANY OF NEVADA.

Section 1.03. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the 1 st day of January in each year and end on the 31 st day of December next following.

ARTICLE II

STOCK

Section 2.01. Issuance of Shares . Shares of stock may be issued for labor, services, personal property, real estate or leases thereof or for money from time to time by the Board of Directors. Treasury shares may be disposed of by the corporation for such consideration as aforesaid from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 2.02. Payment of Shares . The consideration for the issuance of shares may be paid, in whole or in part, in money, in other property, as aforesaid, or in labor or services actually performed for the corporation. When payment of the consideration for which shares are to be issued shall have been received by the corporation, such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable. Future services shall not constitute payment or part payment for shares of the corporation. In the absence of fraud in the transaction, the judgment of the Board of Directors as to the value of the consideration received for shares shall be conclusive. No certificate shall be issued for any share until the share is fully paid.

Section 2.03. Certificates Representing Shares . Each holder of the shares of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to a certificate signed by the President or a Vice President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.

Section 2.04. Transfer of Stock . The corporation shall register a transfer of a stock certificate presented to it for transfer if:

(a) Endorsement . The certificate is properly endorsed by the registered holder or by his duly authorized attorney;

 

LT / Outdoor Management Services, Inc.


(b) Witnessing . The endorsement or endorsements are witnessed by one witness unless this requirement is waived by the Secretary of the corporation;

(c) Adverse Claims . The corporation has no notice of any adverse claims or has discharged any duty to inquire into any such claims; and

(d) Collection of Taxes . There has been compliance with any applicable law relating to the collection of taxes.

ARTICLE III

THE SHAREHOLDERS

Section 3.01. Place of Meetings . Meetings of the Shareholders of the corporation shall be held at the office of Messrs. Lionel Sawyer & Collins, Ltd., legal counsel to the corporation, 1700 Bank of America Plaza, 300 South Fourth Street, Las Vegas, Nevada, 89101, or at any other place within or without the State of Nevada as may be designated in the notice thereof.

Section 3.02. Annual Meetings . Unless the Shareholders shall have executed and delivered a written consent electing at least one-fourth of the directors annually, the annual meeting of the Shareholders shall be held each year at the principal office of the corporation at the hour of 10:00 o’clock AM. on the anniversary date of the incorporation of this corporation, if this day shall fall on a normal business day, and if not, then on the first following normal business day. Failure to hold the annual meeting at the designated time shall not work a forfeiture or dissolution of the corporation.

Section 3.03. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Shareholders may be called by the President, the Board of Directors, or by the Secretary at the written request (stating the. purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called) of the holders of not less than one-tenth of all the shares entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 3.04. Notice of Meetings; Waiver . Written notice stating the place, day, and hour of the meeting and, in case of a special meeting the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the President, the Secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each registered holder entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the registered holder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the corporation, with postage on it prepaid. Waiver by a Shareholder in writing of notice of a Shareholders’ meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, whether executed and/or delivered before or after such meeting.

 

LT / Outdoor Management Services, Inc.


Section 3.05. Quorum . A majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of the Shareholders. The Shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Shareholders to leave less than a quorum. The act of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Shareholders, unless a greater number is required by applicable law.

Section 3.06. Proxies . A Shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy executed in writing by the Shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact No proxy shall be valid after six months from the date of its creation, unless the Shareholder provides for a longer period, not exceeding seven years, in the proxy.

Section 3.07. Action Without A Meeting . Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Shareholders, or of a committee, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions taken, shall be signed by the Shareholders, or the members of the committee, holding at least a majority of the voting power, unless a greater proportion of voting power is required for such an action at a meeting, as the case may be.

ARTICLE IV

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4.01. Number and Qualifications . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by a Board of two (2) to five (5) Directors. The number of Directors may be increased or decreased from time to time and at any time by a resolution of the Shareholders or the Board of Directors provided that any such increase or decrease does not fall below or exceed the number of members of the Board of Directors as set forth above.

Section 4.02. Election . Members of the initial Board of Directors shall hold office until the first annual meeting of Shareholders and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified. At the first annual meeting of Shareholders and at each annual meeting thereafter, the Shareholders shall elect Directors to hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting. Each Director shall hold office for the term for which he is elected and until his successor shall be elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Director may be removed from office at any time by the vote or written consent of Shareholders representing not less than two-thirds of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote.

Section 4.03. Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of the majority of the remaining Directors though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. A Director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of bis predecessor in office, subject to removal as aforesaid.

 

LT / Outdoor Management Services, Inc.


Section 4.04. Place of Meeting . The Board of Directors, annual, regular or special, may be held either within or without the State of Nevada.

Section 4.05. Annual Meetings . Immediately after the annual meeting of the Shareholders, the Board of Directors may meet each year for the purpose of organization, election of officers, and consideration of any; other business that may properly be brought before the meeting. No notice of any kind to either old or new members of the Board of Directors for this annual meeting shall be necessary.

Section 4.06. Other Meetings . Other meetings of the Board of Directors may be held upon notice by letter, facsimile, cable, or electronic mail, delivered for transmission not later than during the third day immediately preceding the day for the meeting, or by word of mouth, telephone, or radiophone received not later than during the second day preceding the day for the meeting, upon the call of the President or Secretary of the corporation at any place within or without the State of Nevada. Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors may be waived in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to the notice, whether before or after the time of the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of the meeting.

Section 4.07. Quorum . A majority of the number of Directors holding office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of the majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum has been achieved shall be the act of the Board of Directors unless the act of a greater number is required by applicable law.

Section 4.08. Action Without A Meeting . Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Directors, or of a committee, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions taken, shall be signed by all of the Directors, or all of the members of the committee, as the case may be.

Section 4.09. Loans . The Board of Directors shall have the following power with respect to the lending of funds:

(a) Loan of Funds, Generally . To lend money in furtherance of any of the purposes of the corporation; to invest the funds of the corporation from time to time; and to take and hold any property as security for the payment of funds so loaned or invested.

(b) Loan to Employees . To lend money to its employees, other than its officers and Directors, and to otherwise assist its employees, officers, and Directors.

 

LT / Outdoor Management Services, Inc.


ARTICLE V

THE OFFICERS

Section 5.01. Officers . The officers of the corporation shall consist of a President, Secretary and Treasurer, and may also include a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, or such other officers or assistant officers or agents as may be provided herein, or otherwise deemed necessary, from time to time by the Board of Directors. Officers need not be Directors of the corporation. Each officer so elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, but shall be subject to removal at any time by the vote or written consent of a majority of the Directors. Any Officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Secretary of the corporation.

Section 5.02. Vacancies . Whenever, any vacancies shall occur in any office by death, resignation, increase in the number of offices of the corporation, or otherwise, the same shall be filled by the Board of Directors, and the officer so elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, subject to removal as aforesaid.

Section 5.03. The Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the Directors, discharge all duties incumbent upon the presiding officer, and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

Section 5.04. The President . The President shall have active executive management of the operations of the corporation, subject, however, to the control of the Board of Directors. He shall preside at all meetings of Shareholders, discharge all the duties incumbent upon a presiding officer, and perform such other duties as this Code of Bylaws provides or the Board of Directors may prescribe. The President shall have full authority to execute proxies in behalf of the corporation, to vote stock owned by it in any other corporation, and to execute powers of attorney appointing other corporations, partnerships, or individuals the agent of the corporation.

Section 5.05. The Vice President . The Vice President shall perform all duties incumbent upon the President during the absence or disability of the President, and shall perform such other duties as this Code of Bylaws may provide or the Board of Directors may prescribe.

Section 5.06. The Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Shareholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall keep, a true and complete record of the proceedings of these meetings. He shall be custodian of the records of the corporation. He shall attend to the giving of all notices and shall perform such other duties as this Code of Bylaws may provide or the Board of Directors may prescribe.

Section 5.07. The Treasurer . The Treasurer shall keep correct and complete records of account, showing accurately at all times the financial condition of the corporation. He shall be the legal custodian of all moneys, notes, securities, and other valuables that may from time to time come into the possession of the corporation. He shall immediately deposit all funds of the corporation coming into his hands in some reliable bank or other depositary to be designated by the Board of Directors, and shall keep this bank account in the name of the corporation. He shall furnish at meetings of the Board of Directors; or whenever requested, a statement of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall perform such other duties as this Code of Bylaws may provide or the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Treasurer may be required to furnish bond in such amount as shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

LT / Outdoor Management Services, Inc.


Section 5.08. Transfer of Authority . In case of the absence of any officer of the corporation, or for any other reason mat the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board of Directors may transfer the powers or duties of that officer to any other officer or to any Director or employee of the corporation, provided a majority of the full Board of Directors concurs.

ARTICLE VI

NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS, DEEDS, AND CONTRACTS

All checks, drafts, notes, bonds, bills of exchange, and orders for the payment of money of the corporation; all deeds, mortgages, and other written contracts and agreements to which the corporation shall be a party; and all assignments or endorsements of stock certificates, registered bonds, or other securities owned by the corporation shall, unless otherwise required by law, or otherwise authorized by the Board of Directors as hereinafter set forth, be signed by the President or by anyone of the following officers: Vice President, Secretary, or Treasurer. The Board of Directors may designate one or more persons, officers or employees of the corporation, who may, in the name of the corporation and in lieu of, or in addition to, those persons hereinabove named, sign such instruments; and may authorize the use of facsimile signatures of any of such persons. Any shares of stock issued by any other corporation and owned or controlled by the corporation may be voted at any Shareholders’ meeting of the other corporation by the President of the corporation, if he be present; or, in his absence, by the Secretary of the corporation and, in the event both the President and Secretary shall be absent, then by such person as the President of the corporation shall, by duly executed proxy, designate to represent the corporation at such Shareholders’ meeting.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS. DIRECTORS.

EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS: INSURANCE

Section 7.01. Indemnity for Claims Not in Name of Corporation . The corporation must indemnify, to the maximum extent permitted by the law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, except an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests

 

LT / Outdoor Management Services, Inc.


of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and that; with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Section 7.02. Indemnity for Claims in Name of Corporation . The corporation must indemnify, to the maximum extent permitted by the law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, but no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person has been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought determines upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court deems proper.

Section 7.03. Success on Merits . To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in sections 7.01 and 7.02, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified by the corporation against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

Section 7.04. Determination of Standard of Conduct . Any indemnification under sections 7.01 and 7.02, unless ordered by a court, shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in sections 7.01 and 7.02. Such determination shall be made:

(a) By the stockholders;

(b) By the board of directors by majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such act, suit or proceeding;

(c) If such a quorum of disinterested directors so orders, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or

 

LT / Outdoor Management Services, Inc.


(d) If such a quorum of disinterested directors cannot be independent legal counsel in a written opinion.

Section 7.05. Expenses . Expenses incurred in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the board of directors in the specific case upon receipt of as undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount unless it is ultimately determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section.

Section 7.06. Other Sources of Indemnity . The indemnification provided by this section:

(a) Does not exclude any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification may be entitled under any article of incorporation, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office; and

(b) Shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 7.07. Insurance . The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this section.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

The power to alter, amend, or repeal this Code of Bylaws, or adopt a new Code of Bylaws, is vested in the Board of Directors, but the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors holding office shall be necessary to effect any such action.

I hereby certify that the foregoing Bylaws are a true and correct copy of the Bylaws of Outdoor Management Services, Inc. as adopted on the day January, 2003.

 

LOGO

Laura C. Toncheff, Secretary

 

LT / Outdoor Management Services, Inc.

Exhibit 3.17

3-1-74.39 1653

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania

Department of State

Corporation Bureau

 

ARTICLES

OF

INCORPORATION

 

In compliance with the requirements of the Business Corporation Law, approved the 5 th day of May, A.D. 1933, P.L. 364, as amended, the undersigned, all of whom are of full age* desiring that they may be incorporated as a business corporation, do hereby certify:

1. The name of the corporation is:

IN – TER – SPACE Services, Inc.

 

2. The location and post office address of its initial registered office in this Commonwealth is:

 

1444 Hamilton St., 5 th Floor    Allentown    Lehigh
Number    Street    City    County

3. The purpose or purposes of the corporation which shall be organized under this Act are as follows: (**)

The corporation shall have unlimited powers to engage in and do any lawful act concerning any or all lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated under the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law approved May 5, 1933, P.L. 364, as amended.

4. The term of its existence is: Perpetual

5. The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have authority to issue is (***)

Authorized Capital: $2,500.00

Twenty-five (25) shares of Common Stock, par value One Hundred

($100.00) Dollars per share

 

(*) One or more corporations or natural persons of full age may incorporate a business corporation under the provisions of this Act.
(**) It shall not be permissible or necessary to set forth any powers enumerated in Section 302 of the Act.
(***) There should be set forth the number and par value of all shares having per value the number of shares without par value; and the stated capital applicable thereto. If the shares are to be divided into classes, a description of each class and a statement of the preferences, qualifications, limitations restrictions, and the special or relative rights granted to, or imposed upon, the shares of each class.


3-1-74.39 1654

6. The names and addresses of each of the first directors, who shall serve until the first annual meeting, are:

 

NAME

  

ADDRESS

(Including street and number, if any)

George R. Lieberman    R.D. #2, Allentown, Pa.
Joseph L. Appalucci    833 Oxford Dr., Allentown, Pa.
James F. Gallo    2142 Chew Street, Allentown, Pa.
Christian Showalter    R.D. #2, Coopersburg, Pa.
Joseph J. Gander, II    2864 Edgemont Dr., Allentown, Pa.

7. The names and addresses of each of the incorporators and the number and class of shares subscribed by each are:

 

NAME

  

ADDRESS

(Including street and number, if any)

  

NUMBER AND CLASS OF SHARES

George R. Lieberman    R.D. #2, Allentown, Pa.    Five (5) Common
Joseph L. Appalucci    833 Oxford Dr., Allentown, Pa.    Five (5) Common
James F. Gallo    2142 Chew Street, Allentown, Pa.    Five (5) Common
Christian Showalter    R.D. #2, Coopersburg, Pa.    Five (5) Common
Joseph J. Gander, II    2864 Edgemont Dr., Allentown, Pa.    Five (5) Common

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the incorporators have signed and sealed these Articles of Incorporation this 27 th day of September, 1974.

 

LOGO

  (SEAL)   

LOGO

  (SEAL)
GEORGE R. LIEBERMAN      CHRISTIAN SHOWALTER  

LOGO

  (SEAL)   

LOGO

  (SEAL)
JOSEPH L. APPALUCCI      JOSEPH J. GANDER, II  

LOGO

  (SEAL)   

 

  (SEAL)
JAMES F. GALLO       

Approved and filed in the Department of State on the 3 rd day of October A.D. 1974.

 

LOGO

Secretary of the Commonwealth

 

NOTE:

  The Articles must be accompanied with registry statement. Executed in triplicate, in the form prescribed by Section 206-B of the Act – as of which should be signed by an incorporator, as such.


LOGO

Department of State

Office of the

Secretary of the Commonwealth

To all to whom these Presents shall come, Greeting:

Whereas, Under the provisions of the Business Corporation Law, approved the 5th day of May, Anno Domini one thousand nine hundred and thirty-three, P. L. 364, as amended, the Department of State is authorized and required to issue a

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

evidencing the incorporation of a business corporation organized under the terms of that law.

AND WHEREAS, The stipulations and conditions of that law have been fully complied with by the persons desiring to incorporate as

IN - TER - SPACE SERVICES, INC.

THEREFORE, KNOW YE, That subject to the Constitution of this Commonwealth and under the authority of the Business Corporation Law, I do by these presents, which I have caused to be sealed with the Great Seal of the Commonwealth, create, erect, and incorporate the incorporators of and the subscribers to the shares of the proposed corporation named above, their associates and successors, and also those who may thereafter become subscribers or holders of the shares of such corporation, into a body politic and corporate in deed and in law by the name chosen hereinbefore specified, which shall exist perpetually and shall be invested with and have and enjoy all the powers, privileges, and franchises incident to a business corporation and be subject to all the duties, requirements, and restrictions specified and enjoined in and by the Business Corporation Law and all other applicable laws of this Commonwealth.

 

GIVEN under my Hand and the Great Seal of the Commonwealth, at the City of Harrisburg, this 3rd day of October in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and seventy-four and of the Commonwealth the one hundred and ninety-ninth

LOGO

Secretary of the Commonwealth


SCB BCL 806 (Rev 8-72)       LOGO
  

54631558

  
Filling Fee: $40    (Line for numbering)   
AB - 2    604177   

Articles of

Amendment–

Domestic Business Corporation

  

COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA

DEPARTMENT OF STATE

CORPORATION BUREAU

  
      (Box of Certification)

In compliance with the requirements of section 806 of the Business Corporation Law, act of May 5, 1933 (P.L. 364. S. §1806), the undersigned corporation, desiring to amend its Articles, does hereby certify that:

 

1. The name of the corporation is:
  

IN-TER-SPACE Services, Inc.

2. The location of its registered office in this Commonwealth is (the Department of State is hereby authorized to correct the following statement to conform to the records of the Department):

1444 Hamilton Street, 5th Floor

(Number)    (Street)

Allentown

   Pennsylvania
(City)       (ZIP CODE)
3. The statute by or under which it was incorporated is:

Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law approved May 5, 1933, P.L. 364, as amended

4. The date of its incorporation is:   

October 3, 1974

5. (Check, and if appropriate, complete one of the following):

x The meeting of the shareholders of the corporation at which the amendment was adopted was held at the time and place and pursuant to the kind and period of notice herein stated.

Time:    The 17th day of July, 1984.

Place:

  

2460 Parwood Drive, Allentown,

Penna. 18103

Kind and period of notice

  

WRITTEN NOTICE – JULY 2, 1984

 

¨     The amendment was adopted by a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote thereon and filed with the Secretary of the corporation.

6. At the time of the action of shareholders:

(a) The total number of shares outstanding was:

25 shares

(b) The number of shares entitled to vote was:

25 shares


7. In the action taken by the shareholders:

 

  (a) The number of shares voted in favor of the amendment was:

 

25 shares

 

  (b) The number of shares voted against the amendment was:

 

    None

8. The amendment adopted by the shareholders, set forth in full, is as follows:

Upon motion duly made and seconded and unanimously carried it was:

Resolved, that the corporation increase the authorization of shares from 25 to 100,000.

PAR VALUE $1.00 PER SHARE

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the undersigned corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment to be signed by a duly authorized officer and its corporate seal, duly attested by another such officer, to be hereunto affixed this 28 th day of Sept, 1984.

 

Attest:     

  IN-TER-SPACE SERVICES, INC.

     (NAME OF CORPORATION)

LOGO

  By:   

LOGO

(SIGNATURE)      (SIGNATURE)

LOGO

    

Vice President

(TITLE: SECRETARY, ASSISTANT SECRETARY, ETC.)      (TITLE: PRESIDENT, VICE PRESIDENT, ETC.)

(CORPORATE SEAL)

INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETION OF FORM

 

  A. Any necessary copies of Form DSCB: 17.2 (Consent to Appropriation of Name) or Form DSCB: 17.3 (Consent to Use of Similar Name) shall accompany Articles of Amendment effecting a change of name.

 

  B. Any necessary governmental approvals shall accompany this form.

 

  C. Where action is taken by partial written consent pursuant to the Articles, the second alternate of Paragraph 5 should be modified accordingly.

 

  D. If the shares of any class were entitled to vote as a class, the number of shares of each class so entitled and the number of shares of all other classes entitled to vote should be set forth in Paragraph 6(b).

 

  E. If the shares of any class were entitled to vote as a class, the number of shares of such class and the number of shares of all other classes voted for and against such amendment respectively should be set forth in Paragraphs 7(a) and 7(b).

 

  F. BCL §807 (15 P.S. §1807) requires that the corporation shall advertise its intention to file or the filing of Articles of Amendment. Proofs of publication such advertising should not be delivered to the Department, but should be filed with the minutes of the corporation.


LOGO

To All to Whom These Presents Shall Come, Greeting:

Whereas, In and by Article VIII of the Business Corporation Law, approved the fifth day of May, Anno Domini one thousand nine hundred and thirty-three, P. L. 364, as mended, the Department of State is authorized and required to issue a

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

evidencing the amendment of the Articles of Incorporation of a business corporation organized under subject to the provisions of that Law, and

Whereas, The stipulations and conditions of that Law pertaining to the amendment of Articles of Incorporation have been fully complied with by

IN-TER-SPACE Services, Inc.

Therefore, Know Ye, That subject to the Constitution of this Commonwealth and under the authority of the Business Corporation Law, I do by these presents, which I have caused to be sealed with the Great Seal of the Commonwealth, extend the rights and powers of the corporation named above, in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Articles of Amendment presented by it to the Department of State, with full power and authority to use and enjoy such rights and powers, subject to all the provisions and restrictions of the Business Corporation Law and all other applicable laws of this Commonwealth.

 

Given under my Hand and the Great Seal of the Commonwealth, at the City of Harrisburg, this 5th day of October in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and eighty four and of the Commonwealth the two hundred and ninth.

LOGO

Secretary of Commonwealth


APPLICANT’S ACCT. NO.      LOGO

 

DSCB: BCL-307. (Rev. 8-72)

 

8718-1683

  
  (Line for numbering)   
Filing Fee: $49     
AB-2   604177   

Statement of

Change of Registered

Office-Domestic

Business Corporation

 

 

COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA

DEPARTMENT FO STATE

CORPORATION BUREAU

  
     Box of Certification

In compliance with the requirements of section 307 of the Business Corporation Law, act of May 5, 1933 (P. L. 364) (15 P. S. §1307) the undersigned corporation, desiring to effect a change in registered office, does hereby certify that:

1. The name of the corporation is:

    In-Ter-Space Services, Inc.

 

2. The address of its present registered office in this Commonwealth is (the Department of State is hereby authorized to correct the following statement to conform to the records of the Department):

    1444 Hamilton St. 5th Flr.

 

                (NUMBER)                                                                                                                                            (STREET)

    Allentown                                                                                                                       Pennsylvania                18102

 

                (CITY)                                                                                                                                                  (ZIP CODE)

3. The address to which the registered office in this Commonwealth is to be changed is:

    4601  Crackersport Road

 

                (NUMBER)                                                                                                                                            (STREET)

    Allentown                                                                                                                       Pennsylvania                18104

 

                (CITY)                                                                                                                                                  (ZIP CODE)

4. Such change was authorized by resolution duly adopted by at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the undersigned corporation has caused this statement to be signed by a duly authorized offices, and its corporate seal, duly attested by another such officer, to be hereunto affixed, this Ninth day of February, 1987.

 

 

IN-TER-SPACE SERVICES, INC.

  NAME OF CORPORATION
By:  

LOGO

  (SIGNATURE)
 

President

  (TITLE PRESIDENT VICE PRESIDENT ETC.)

 

Attest:

LOGO

(SIGNATURE)

Asst. Secretary

(TITLE SECRETARY ASSISTANT SECRETARY ETC.)


COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA

DEPARTMENT OF STATE

June 23, 2006

TO ALL WHOM THESE PRESENTS SHALL COME, GREETING :

IN-TER-SPACE SERVICES, INC.

I, Pedro A. Cortes, Secretary of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania do hereby certify that the foregoing and annexed is a true and correct photocopy of Articles of Incorporation and all Amendments.

which appear of record in this department

 

LOGO  

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the Secretary’s Office to be affixed, the day and year above written.

 

LOGO

Secretary of Commonwealth

 

StMARTZ

Exhibit 3.18

BY-LAWS

OF

IN - TER - SPACE SERVICES, INC.

ARTICLE I - OFFICES

The office of the Corporation shall be located in the City, County and State designated in the Certificate of Incorporation. The Corporation may also maintain offices at such other places within or without the United States as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, determine.

ARTICLE II - MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1 - Annual Meetings :

The annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation shall be held within five months after the close of the fiscal year of the Corporation, for the purpose of electing directors, and transacting such other business as may properly come before the meeting.

Section 2 - Special Meetings :

Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors or by the President, and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the written request of the holders of twenty-five per cent (25%) of the shares then outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, or as otherwise required by law.

Section 3 - Place of Meetings :

All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation, or at such other places as shall be designated in the notices or waivers of notice of such meetings.

 

By-Laws - 1


Section 4 – Notice of Meetings:

(a) Except as otherwise provided by Statute, written notice of each meeting of shareholders, whether annual or special, stating the time when and place where it is to be held, shall be served either personally or by mail, not less than ten or more than fifty days before the meeting, upon each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, and to any other shareholder to whom the giving of notice may be required by law. Notice of a special meeting shall also state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, and shall indicate that it is being issued by, or at the direction of, the person or persons calling the meeting. If, at any meeting, action is proposed to be taken that would, if taken, entitle shareholders to receive payment for their shares pursuant to Statute, the notice of such meeting shall include a statement of that purpose and to that effect. If mailed, such notice shall be directed to each such shareholder at his address, as it appears on the records of the shareholders of the Corporation, unless he shall have previously filed with the Secretary of the Corporation a written request that notices intended for him be mailed to some other address, in which case, it shall be mailed to the address designated in such request.

(b) Notice of any meeting need not be given to any person who may become a shareholder of record after the mailing of such notice and prior to the meeting, or to any shareholder who attends such meeting, in person or by proxy, or to any shareholder who, in person or by proxy, submits a signed waiver of notice either before or after such meeting. Notice of any adjourned meeting of shareholders need not be given, unless otherwise required by statute.

Section 5 – Quorum:

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, or by statute, or in the Certificate of Incorporation (such Certificate and any amendments thereof being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Certificate of Incorporation”), at all meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, the presence at the commencement of such meetings in person or by proxy of shareholders holding of record a majority of the total number of shares of the Corporation then issued and outstanding and entitled to vote,

 

By–Laws – 2


shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business. The withdrawal of any shareholder after the commencement of a meeting shall have no effect on the existence of a quorum, after a quorum has been established at such meeting.

(b) Despite the absence of a quorum at any annual or special meeting of shareholders, the shareholders, by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of shares entitled to vote thereon, may adjourn the meeting. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted at the meeting as originally called if a quorum had been present.

Section 6 – Voting:

(a) Except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, any corporate action, other than the election of directors, to be taken by vote of the shareholders, shall be authorized by a majority of votes cast at a meeting of shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote thereon.

(b) Except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, at each meeting of shareholders, each holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock registered in his name on the books of the Corporation.

(c) Each shareholder entitled to vote or to express consent or dissent without a meeting, may do so by proxy; provided, however, that the instrument authorizing such proxy to act shall have been executed in writing by the shareholder himself, or by his attorney-in-fact thereunto duly authorized in writing. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven months from the date of its execution, unless the person executing it shall have specified therein the length of time it is to continue in force. Such instrument shall be exhibited to the Secretary at the meeting and shall be filed with the records of the Corporation.

 

By–Laws – 3


(d) Any resolution in writing, signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, shall be and constitute action by such shareholders to the effect therein expressed, with the same force and effect as if the same had been duly passed by unanimous vote at a duly called meeting of shareholders and such resolution so signed shall be inserted in the Minute Book of the Corporation under its proper date.

ARTICLE III – BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1 – Number, Election and Term of Office:

(a) The number of the directors of the Corporation shall be five (5), unless and until otherwise determined by vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. The number of Directors shall not be less than three, unless all of the outstanding shares are owned beneficially and of record by less than three shareholders, in which event the number of directors shall not be less than the number of shareholders permitted by statute.

(b) Except as may otherwise be provided herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation, the members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, who need not be shareholders, shall be elected by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders, by the holders of shares, present in person or by proxy, entitled to vote in the election.

(c) Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting of the shareholders next succeeding his election, and until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his prior death, resignation or removal.

Section 2 – Duties and Powers:

The Board of Directors shall be responsible for the control and management of the affairs, property and interests of the Corporation, and may exercise all powers of the Corporation, except as are in the Certificate of Incorporation or by statute expressly conferred upon or reserved to the shareholders.

Section 3 – Annual and Regular Meetings; Notice:

(a) A regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of the shareholders, at the place of such annual meeting of shareholders.

 

By–Laws – 4


(b) The Board of Directors, from time to time, may provide by resolution for the holding of other regular meetings of the Board of Directors, and may fix the time and place thereof.

(c) Notice of any regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall not be required to be given and, if given, need not specify the purpose of the meeting; provided, however, that in case the Board of Directors shall fix or change the time or place of any regular meeting, notice of such action shall be given to each director who shall not have been present at the meeting at which such action was taken within the time limited, and in the manner set forth in paragraph (b) Section 4 of this Article III, with respect to special meetings, unless such notice shall be waived in the manner set forth in paragraph (c) of such Section 4.

Section 4 – special Meetings; Notice:

(a) Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by the President or by one of the directors, at such time and place as may be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.

(b) Except as otherwise required by statute, notice of special meetings shall be mailed directly to each director, addressed to him at his residence or usual place of business, at least two (2) days before the day on which the meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to him at such place by telegram, radio or cable, or shall be delivered to him personally or given to him orally, not later than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be held. A notice, or waiver of notice, except as required by Section 8 of this Article III, need not specify the purpose of the meeting.

(c) Notice of any special meeting shall not be required to be given to any director who shall attend such meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to him, or who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting. Notice of any adjourned meeting shall not be required to be given.

Section 5 – Chairman:

At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, if any and if present, shall preside. If there shall be no Chairman, or he shall be absent, then the President shall preside, and in his absence, a Chairman chosen by the directors shall preside.

 

By–Laws – 5


Section 6 – Quorum and Adjournments:

(a) At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the presence of a majority of the entire Board shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these By-Laws.

(b) A majority of the directors present at the time and place of any regular or special meeting, although less than a quorum, may adjourn the same from time to time without notice, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 7 – Manner of Acting:

(a) At all meetings of the Board of Directors, each director present shall have one vote, irrespective of the number of shares of stock, if any, which he may hold.

(b) Except as otherwise provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these By-Laws, the action of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. Any action authorized, in writing, by all of the directors entitled to vote thereon and filed with the minutes of the corporation shall be the act of the Board of Directors with the same force and effect as if the same had been passed by unanimous vote at a duly called meeting of the Board.

Section 8 – Vacancies:

Any vacancy in the Board of Directors occurring by reason of an increase in the number of directors, or by reason of the death, resignation, disqualification, removal (unless a vacancy created by the removal of a director by the shareholders shall be filled by the shareholders at the meeting at which the removal was effected) or inability to act of any director, or otherwise, shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by a majority vote of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum, at any regular meeting or special meeting of the Board of Directors called for that purpose.

Section 9 – Resignation:

Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in such written notice, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

By–Laws – 6


Section 10 – Removal:

Any director may be removed with or without cause at any time by the affirmative vote of shareholders holding of record in the aggregate at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation at a special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose, and may be removed for cause by action of the Board.

Section 11 – Salary:

No stated salary shall be paid to directors, as such, for their services, but by resolution of the Board of Directors a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 12 – Contracts:

(a) No contract or other transaction between this Corporation and any other Corporation shall be impaired, affected or invalidated, nor shall any director be liable in any way by reason of the fact that any one or more of the directors of this Corporation is or are interested in, or is a director or officer, or are directors or officers of such other Corporation, provided that such facts are disclosed or made known to the Board of Directors.

(b) Any director, personally and individually, may be a party to or may be interested in any contract or transaction of this Corporation, and no director shall be liable in any way by reason of such interest, provided that the fact of such interest be disclosed or made known to the Board of Directors, and provided that the Board of Directors shall authorize, approve or ratify such contract or transaction by the vote (not counting the vote of any such director) of a majority of a quorum, notwithstanding the presence of any such director at the meeting at which such action is taken. Such director or directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at such meeting. This Section shall

 

By–Laws – 7


not be construed to impair or invalidate or in any way affect any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid under the law (common, statutory or otherwise) applicable thereto.

Section 13 – Committees:

The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board, may from time to time designate from among its members an executive committee and such other committees, and alternate members thereof, as they may deem desirable, each consisting of three or more members, with such powers and authority (to the extent permitted by law) as may be provided in such resolution. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board.

ARTICLE IV – OFFICERS

Section 1 – Number, Qualifications, Election and Term of Office:

(a) The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and such other officers, including a Chairman of the Board of Directors, and one or more Vice Presidents, as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem advisable.

Any officer other than the Chairman of the Board of Directors may be, but is not required to be, a director of the Corporation. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

(b) The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors at the regular annual meeting of the Board following the annual meeting of shareholders.

(c) Each officer shall hold office until the annual meeting of the Board of Directors next succeeding his election, and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified, or until his death, resignation or removal.

Section 2 – Resignation:

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, or to the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in such written notice, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or by such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

By–Laws – 8


Section 3 – Removal:

Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, and a successor elected by a majority vote of the Board of Directors at any time.

Section 4 – Vacancies:

A vacancy in any office by reason of death, resignation, inability to act, disqualification, or any other cause, may at any time be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by a majority vote of the Board of Directors.

Section 5 – Duties of Officers:

Officers of the Corporation shall, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices as well as such powers and duties as may be set forth in these by-laws, or may from time to time be specifically conferred or imposed by the Board of Directors. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation.

Section 6 – Sureties and Bonds:

In case the Board of Directors shall so require, any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation shall execute to the Corporation a bond in such sum, and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors may direct, conditioned upon the faithful performance of his duties to the Corporation, including responsibility for negligence and for the accounting for all property, funds or securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands.

Section 7 – Shares of Other Corporations:

Whenever the Corporation is the holder of shares of any other Corporation, any right or power of the Corporation as such shareholder (including the attendance, acting and voting at shareholders’ meetings and execution of waivers, consents, proxies or other instruments) may be exercised on behalf of the Corporation by the President, any Vice President, or such other person as the Board of Directors may authorize.

ARTICLE V – SHARES OF STOCK

Section 1 – Certificate of Stock:

(a) The certificates representing shares of the Corporation shall

 

By–Laws – 9


be in such form as shall be adopted by the Board of Directors, and shall be numbered and registered in the order issued. They shall bear the holder’s name and the number of shares, and shall be signed by (i) the Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice President, and (ii) the Secretary or Treasurer, or any Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer, and shall bear the corporate seal.

(b) No certificate representing shares shall be issued until the full amount of consideration therefor has been paid, except as otherwise permitted by law.

(c) To the extent permitted by law, the Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of certificates for fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, receive dividends and participate in liquidating distributions, in proportion to the fractional holdings; or it may authorize the payment in cash of the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined; or it may authorize the issuance, subject to such conditions as may be permitted by law, of scrip in registered or bearer form over the signature of an officer or agent of the Corporation, exchangeable as therein provided for full shares, but such scrip shall not entitle the holder to any rights of a shareholder, except as therein provided.

Section 2 – Lost or Destroyed Certificates:

The holder of any certificate representing shares of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss or destruction of the certificate representing the same. The Corporation may issue a new certificate in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost or destroyed. On production of such evidence of loss or destruction as the Board of Directors in its discretion may require, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate, or his legal representatives, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as the Board may direct, and with such surety or sureties as may be satisfactory to the Board, to indemnify the Corporation against any claims, loss, liability or damage it may suffer on account of the issuance of the new certificate. A new certificate may be issued without requiring any such evidence or bond when, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, it is proper so to do.

 

By–Laws – 10


Section 3 – Transfers of Shares:

(a) Transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made on the share records of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof, in person or by his duly authorized attorney, upon surrender for cancellation of the certificate or certificates representing such shares, with an assignment or power of transfer endorsed thereon or delivered therewith, duly executed, with such proof of the authenticity of the signature and of authority to transfer and of payment of transfer taxes as the Corporation or its agents may require”.

(b) The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any legal, equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by law.

Section 4 – Record Date:

In lieu of closing the share records of the Corporation, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a date not exceeding fifty days, nor less than ten days, as the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of shareholders, or to consent to any proposal without a meeting, or for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividends, or allotment of any rights, or for the purpose of any other action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if no notice is given, the day on which the meeting is held; the record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the resolution of the directors relating thereto is adopted. When a determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided for herein, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, unless the directors fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

By–Laws – 11


ARTICLE VI – DIVIDENDS

Subject to applicable law, dividends may be declared and paid out of any funds available therefor, as often, in such amounts, and at such time or times as the Board of Directors may determine.

ARTICLE VII – FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time, subject to applicable law.

ARTICLE VIII – CORPORATE SEAL

The corporate seal, if any, shall be in such form as shall be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IX – AMENDMENTS

Section 1 – By Shareholders:

All by-laws of the Corporation shall be subject to alteration or repeal, and new by-laws may be made, by the affirmative vote of shareholders holding of record in the aggregate at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote in the election of directors at any annual or special meeting of shareholders, provided that the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting shall have summarized or set forth in full therein, the proposed amendment.

Section 2 – By Directors:

The Board of Directors shall have power to make, adopt, alter, amend and repeal, from time to time, by-laws of the Corporation; provided, however, that the shareholders entitled to vote with respect thereto as in this Article IX above-provided may alter, amend or repeal by-laws made by the Board of Directors, except that the Board of Directors shall have no power to change the quorum for meetings of shareholders or of the Board of Directors, or to change any provisions of the by-laws with respect to the removal of directors or the filling of vacancies in the Board resulting from the removal by the shareholders. If any by-law regulating an impending election of directors is adopted, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors, there shall be set forth in the notice of the next meeting of shareholders for the election of directors, the by-law so adopted, amended or repealed, together with a concise statement of the changes made.

 

By–Laws – 12


ARTICLE X – INDEMNITY

(a) Any person made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate representative is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation, or of any Corporation in which he served as such at the request of the Corporation, shall be indemnified by the Corporation against the reasonable expenses, including attorney’s fees, actually and necessarily incurred by him in connection with the defense of such action, suit or proceedings, or in connection with any appeal therein, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein that such officer, director or employee is liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duties.

(b) The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any officer or director or employee may be entitled apart from the provisions of this section.

(c) The amount of indemnity to which any officer or any director may be entitled shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, except that in any case where there is no disinterested majority of the Board available, the amount shall be fixed by arbitration pursuant to the then existing rules of the American Arbitration Association.

 

By–Laws – 13

Exhibit 4.3

SERIES A SENIOR NOTE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

SERIES A SENIOR NOTE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of June 30, 2010, among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto (the “ Guarantors ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of December 23, 2009, providing for the issuance of 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ 2017 A Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 9.01 of the Indenture provides that the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee to which it is a party or the Indenture) and the Trustee may, at any time and from time to time, amend the Indenture to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency without the consent of any Holder; and

WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee wish to amend the Indenture as set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee hereto agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of 2017 A Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

3. Amendment to Indenture . Pursuant to Section 9.01(1) of the Indenture, Section 4.07 of the Indenture is hereby amended, effective as of the Issue Date, as follows:

The words “other than” before the colons in clauses (1) and (3) of Section 4.07(a) of the Indenture shall be deleted and replaced with the word “including”.

4. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.


5. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

6. Effect of Headings . The section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

7. The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein.

8. Successors . All agreements of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind their respective successors, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture or in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

ISSUER:

 

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
By:  

/s/     T HOMAS W. C ASEY        

Name:   Thomas W. Casey
Title:   EVP and Chief Financial Officer

GUARANTORS:

 

Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
By:  

/s/     T HOMAS W. C ASEY        

Name:   Thomas W. Casey
Title:   EVP and Chief Financial Officer
Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.
By:  

/s/     T HOMAS W. C ASEY        

Name:   Thomas W. Casey
Title:   EVP and Chief Financial Officer

 

3


Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.
By:  

/s/     T HOMAS W. C ASEY        

Name:   Thomas W. Casey
Title:   EVP and Chief Financial Officer
1567 Media LLC
By:  

/s/     T HOMAS W. C ASEY        

Name:   Thomas W. Casey
Title:   EVP and Chief Financial Officer
Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC
By:  

/s/     T HOMAS W. C ASEY        

Name:   Thomas W. Casey
Title:   EVP and Chief Financial Officer
Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada
By:  

/s/     T HOMAS W. C ASEY        

Name:   Thomas W. Casey
Title:   EVP and Chief Financial Officer
Outdoor Management Services, Inc.
By:  

/s/     T HOMAS W. C ASEY        

Name:   Thomas W. Casey
Title:   EVP and Chief Financial Officer

 

4


In-ter-space Services, Inc.
By:  

/s/     T HOMAS W. C ASEY        

Name:   Thomas W. Casey
Title:   EVP and Chief Financial Officer

 

5


TRUSTEE:

 

U.S. Bank National Association
By:  

/s/     B RAD H OUNSEL        

Name:   Brad Hounsel
Title:   Vice President

 

6


Schedule I to Supplemental Indenture

Guarantors

Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.

Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.

Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.

1567 Media LLC

Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC

Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada

Outdoor Management Services, Inc.

In-ter-space Services, Inc.

 

7

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 16, 2010 (except for Note O, as to which the date is June 29, 2010) in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 and related Prospectus of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. for the registration of $500,000,000 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due December 15, 2017 and $2,000,000,000 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due December 15, 2017.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Antonio, Texas

June 29, 2010

EXHIBIT 25

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER

THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of

a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of Trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

31-0841368

I.R.S. Employer Identification No.

 

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, Minnesota

  55402
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Steven A. Finklea

U.S. Bank National Association

5555 San Felipe, Suite 1150

Houston, Texas 77056

(713) 235-9208

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

 

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.

(Issuer with respect to the Securities)

 

 

 

Nevada   20-2232033
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

200 East Basse Road

San Antonio, Texas

  78209
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

9.25% Series A Senior Notes Due 2017

and

9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017

(Title of the Indenture Securities)

 

 

 


FORM T-1

 

Item 1. GENERAL INFORMATION . Furnish the following information as to the Trustee.

 

  a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of the Currency

Washington, D.C.

 

  b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes

 

Item 2. AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR. If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None

 

Items 3-15 Items 3-15 are not applicable because to the best of the Trustee’s knowledge, the obligor is not in default under any Indenture for which the Trustee acts as Trustee.

 

Item 16. LIST OF EXHIBITS: List below all exhibits filed as a part of this statement of eligibility and qualification.

 

  1. A copy of the Articles of Association of the Trustee.*

 

  2. A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to commence business.*

 

  3. A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers.*

 

  4. A copy of the existing bylaws of the Trustee

 

  5. A copy of each Indenture referred to in Item 4. Not applicable.

 

  6. The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, attached as Exhibit 6.

 

  7. Report of Condition of the Trustee as of March 31, 2010 published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached as Exhibit 7.

 

* Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to Amendment No. 2 to registration statement on S-4, Registration Number 333-128217 filed on November 15, 2005.

 

2


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the Trustee, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility and qualification to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Houston, State of Texas on the 24th of June, 2010.

 

By:  

/s/ Steven A. Finklea

  Steven A. Finklea
  Vice President

 

By:  

/s/ Brad A. Hounsel

  Brad A. Hounsel
  Vice President

 

3


Exhibit 6

CONSENT

In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the undersigned, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.

Dated: June 24, 2010

 

By:  

/s/ Steven A. Finklea

  Steven A. Finklea
  Vice President

 

By:  

/s/ Brad A. Hounsel

  Brad A. Hounsel
  Vice President

 

4


Exhibit 7

U.S. Bank National Association

Statement of Financial Condition

Exhibit 7

As of 3/31/2010

($000’s)

 

     3/31/2010

Assets

  

Cash and Balances Due From Depository Institutions

   $ 8,396,049

Securities

     45,269,095

Federal Funds

     3,774,651

Loans & Lease Financing Receivables

     180,918,939

Fixed Assets

     5,108,242

Intangible Assets

     13,355,160

Other Assets

     20,687,148
      

Total Assets

   $ 277,509,284

Liabilities

  

Deposits

   $ 194,167,405

Fed Funds

     9,849,249

Treasury Demand Notes

     0

Trading Liabilities

     362,519

Other Borrowed Money

     31,906,386

Acceptances

     0

Subordinated Notes and Debentures

     7,629,967

Other Liabilities

     6,648,045
      

Total Liabilities

   $ 250,563,571

Equity

  

Minority Interest in Subsidiaries

   $ 1,611,596

Common and Preferred Stock

     18,200

Surplus

     12,642,020

Undivided Profits

     12,673,897
      

Total Equity Capital

   $ 26,945,713

Total Liabilities and Equity Capital

   $ 277,509,284

To the best of the undersigned’s determination, as of the date hereof, the above financial information is true and correct.

 

U.S. Bank National Association
By:  

/s/ Steven A. Finklea

  Vice President

Date: June 24, 2010

 

5

Exhibit 99.1

Letter Of Transmittal

Offers to Exchange

9.25% Series A Senior Exchange Notes due 2017, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for any and all outstanding 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 Regulation S Notes (CUSIP U18294 AA3 and ISIN USU18294AA32)

144A Notes (CUSIP 18451Q AA6 and ISIN US18451QAA67)

and

9.25% Series B Senior Exchange Notes due 2017, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for any and all outstanding 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 Regulation S Notes (CUSIP U18294 AB1 and ISIN USU18294AB15)

144A Notes (CUSIP 18451Q AB4 and ISIN US18451QAB41)

of

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFERS AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 11:59 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON [                    ], 2010 (THE “ EXPIRATION DATE ”), UNLESS EXTENDED BY CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC. IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION.

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offers is:

U.S. Bank National Association

 

By Registered Mail or Overnight Carrier:   

Facsimile Transmission:

(for eligible institutions only)

   By Hand Delivery:

U.S. Bank National Association

Corporate Trust Services

Specialized Finance Department

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107

Attention: Brandi Steward

   (651) 495-8138   

U.S. Bank National Association

Corporate Trust Services

Specialized Finance Department

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107

Attention: Brandi Steward

   Confirm by Telephone:
(651) 495-4738
  

Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal to an address other than as set forth above or transmission of this Letter of Transmittal via a facsimile transmission to a number other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the prospectus, dated [July     ], 2010 (the “Prospectus”), of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., and this Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), which together describe Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.’s offers (the “Exchange Offers”) to exchange up to $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Series A Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., for a like aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Outstanding A Notes”) of Clear

 

1


Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. and up to $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Series B Exchange Notes” and, together with the Series A Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., for a like aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Outstanding B Notes” and, together with the Outstanding A Notes, the “Outstanding Notes”) of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.

The terms of the applicable Exchange Notes and the applicable Outstanding Notes are identical in all respects, except that, because the offers of the Exchange Notes will have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the Exchange Notes will not be subject to transfer restrictions, registration rights or the related provisions for increased interest if we default under the applicable registration rights agreement.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning given them in the Prospectus.

Your bank or broker can assist you in completing this form. The instructions included with this Letter of Transmittal must be followed. Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of the prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent.

The undersigned has checked the appropriate boxes below and signed this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offers.

Please read the entire Letter of Transmittal and the prospectus carefully before checking any box below.

List below the Outstanding Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and aggregate principal amounts should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.

 

DESCRIPTION OF OUTSTANDING NOTES

Outstanding A Notes :

Name(s) And Address(es) of

Registered Holder(s)

(Please Fill In)

   Certificate
Number(s)*
  

Aggregate

Principal

Amount
Represented**

  

Principal

Amount

Tendered**

       
                
       
                
       
                
       
            
Total principal amount of Outstanding A Notes               
       
Outstanding B Notes :           

Name(s) And Address(es) of

Registered Holder(s)

(Please Fill In)

   Certificate
Number(s)*
  

Aggregate

Principal

Amount
Represented**

  

Principal

Amount
Tendered**

       
            
       
                
       
            
       
            
Total principal amount of Outstanding B Notes               

 

2


* Need not be completed by holders delivering by book-entry transfer (see below).
** Outstanding Notes may be tendered in whole or in part in minimum denominations of U.S.$2,000 and integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof. All Outstanding Notes held shall be deemed tendered unless a lesser number is specified in this column. See Instruction 4.

Holders of Outstanding Notes whose Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their Outstanding Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus.

Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “holder” for purposes of this Letter of Transmittal means any person in whose name Outstanding Notes are registered or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder or any person whose Outstanding Notes are held of record by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”).

Please read this entire Letter of Transmittal carefully before completing the boxes below.

 

¨ Check here if certificates for tendered Outstanding Notes are enclosed herewith.

 

¨ Check here if tendered Outstanding Notes are being delivered by book-entry transfer made to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent with the DTC and complete the following:

Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                                                                                                        

Account Number with DTC:                                                                                                                                                             

Transaction Code Number:                                                                                                                                                                

 

¨ Check here if you tendered by book-entry transfer and desire any non-exchanged notes to be returned to you by crediting the book-entry transfer facility account number set forth above.

 

3


 

Use of Guaranteed Delivery

(See Instruction 1)

 

To be completed only if tendered notes are being delivered pursuant to a notice of guaranteed delivery previously sent to the Exchange Agent. Complete the following (please enclose a photocopy of such notice of guaranteed delivery):

 

Name of Registered Holder(s):                                                                                                                                                             

 

Window Ticket Number (if any):                                                                                                                                                         

 

Date of Execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                           

 

Name of Eligible Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                               

 

If Delivered By Book-Entry Transfer, Complete The Following:

 

Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                                                                                                             

 

Account Number at DTC:                                                                                                                                                                       

 

Transaction Code Number:                                                                                                                                                                       

 

   
    Broker-Dealer Status
   
   ¨     Check here if you are a broker-dealer that acquired your tendered notes for your own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities and wish to receive 10 additional copies of the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto.
   
    Name:  

 

   
    Address:   

 

   
         

Note: signatures must be provided below

 

4


PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offers, the undersigned hereby tenders to Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. the principal amount of the Outstanding Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of all or any portion of the Outstanding Notes tendered herewith in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offers (including, if the Exchange Offers are extended or amended, the terms and conditions of any such extension or amendment), the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. all right, title and interest in and to such Outstanding Notes as are being tendered herewith. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned to cause the Outstanding Notes to be assigned, transferred and exchanged.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Outstanding Notes and to acquire Exchange Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered Outstanding Notes, and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. will acquire good and unencumbered title to the tendered Outstanding Notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim. The undersigned also warrants that it will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the tendered Outstanding Notes or transfer ownership of such Outstanding Notes on the account books maintained by the book-entry transfer facility. The undersigned further agrees that acceptance of any and all validly tendered Outstanding Notes by Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. and the issuance of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. of its obligations under the Series A Registration Rights Agreement or Series B Registration Rights Agreement, as applicable, dated as of December 23, 2009, among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., the note guarantors named therein and Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of itself and as a representative of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Moelis & Company LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), and that Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. shall have no further obligations or liabilities thereunder. The undersigned will comply with its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Exchange Offers are subject to certain conditions as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Exchange Offers—Conditions.” As a result of these conditions (which may be waived, in whole or in part, by Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.), as more particularly set forth in the Prospectus, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. may not be required to exchange any of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby and, in such event, the Outstanding Notes not exchanged will be returned to the undersigned at the address shown above, promptly following the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offers. In addition, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. may amend the Exchange Offers at any time prior to the Expiration Date if any of the conditions set forth under “Exchange Offers—Conditions” occur.

Tenders of Outstanding Notes pursuant to any one of the procedures described in the Prospectus and in the instructions attached hereto will, upon Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.’s acceptance for exchange of such tendered Outstanding Notes, constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offers. Under circumstances set forth in the Prospectus, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. may not be required to accept for exchange any of the Outstanding Notes.

By tendering Outstanding Notes and executing this Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned represents that (1) the Exchange Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offers are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned, (2) the undersigned is not engaging in and does not intend to engage in a distribution of such Exchange Notes, (3) the undersigned does not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to

 

5


participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes, (4) the undersigned is not an “affiliate” of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (5) the undersigned is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully make the foregoing representations. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a Prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. By acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a Prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes, the undersigned is not deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. If the undersigned is a person in the United Kingdom, the undersigned represents that its ordinary activities involve it in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of its business.

Any holder of Outstanding Notes using the Exchange Offers to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes (i) cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission enunciated in its interpretive letter with respect to Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988) or similar interpretive letters and (ii) must comply with the registration and Prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned. Tendered Outstanding Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date in accordance with the terms of this Letter of Transmittal. Except as stated in the Prospectus, this tender is irrevocable.

Certificates for all Exchange Notes delivered in exchange for tendered Outstanding Notes and any Outstanding Notes delivered herewith but not exchanged, and registered in the name of the undersigned, shall be delivered to the undersigned at the address shown below the signature of the undersigned.

The undersigned, by completing the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes” above and signing this letter, will be deemed to have tendered the Outstanding Notes as set forth in such box.

 

6


 

PLEASE SIGN HERE

(To Be Completed By All Tendering Holders of

Outstanding Notes Regardless of Whether Outstanding Notes

Are Being Physically Delivered Herewith, unless an Agent’s Message

Is Delivered in Connection with a Book-Entry Transfer of Such Outstanding Notes)

 

This Letter of Transmittal must be signed by the registered holder(s) of Outstanding Notes exactly as their name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) for Outstanding Notes or on a security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this Letter of Transmittal. If the signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below under “Capacity” and submit evidence satisfactory to the Exchange Agent of such person’s authority to so act. See Instruction 5 below.

 

If the signature appearing below is not of the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes, then the registered holder(s) must sign a valid power of attorney.

 

X

 

 

   

X

 

 

Signature(s) of Holder(s) or Authorized Signatory

   

Dated

                                                                                          
   

Name(s) 

 

 

 

 

   

Capacity 

 

 

   

Address 

 

 

Including Zip Code

 

 

 

Area Code and Telephone No.                                                                                                                                    

 

Please Complete Substitute Form W-9 Herein

 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE (If required — see Instructions 2 and 5 below)

 

Certain Signatures Must be Guaranteed by a Signature Guarantor

 

(Name of Signature Guarantor Guaranteeing Signatures)

 

(Address (including zip code) and Telephone Number (including area code) of Firm)

 

(Authorized Signature)

 

(Printed Name)

 

(Title)

 

Dated                                                        

 

 

7


SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 4 through 7)

 

To be completed ONLY if certificates for Outstanding Notes in a principal amount not tendered are to be issued in the name of, or Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offers are to be issued in the name of, someone other than the person or persons whose name(s) appear(s) within this Letter of Transmittal or issued to an address different from that shown in the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes” within this Letter of Transmittal.

 

Issue:   ¨   Exchange Notes   ¨   Outstanding Notes

 (Complete as applicable)

 

Name                                                                                       

(Please Print)

 

Address                                                                                  

(Please Print)

 

                                                                                                  

(Zip Code)    

 

                                                                                                  

Tax Identification or Social Security Number

(See Substitute Form W-9 Herein)

 

Credit Outstanding Notes not tendered, but represented by certificates tendered by this Letter of Transmittal, by book-entry transfer to:

 

¨        The Depository Trust Company

 

¨                                                                                                   

 

¨        Account Number                                                        

 

Credit Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offers by book-entry transfer to:

 

¨        The Depository Trust Company

 

¨                                                                                                   

 

¨        Account Number                                                        

 

   

SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 4 through 7)

 

To be completed ONLY if certificates for Outstanding Notes in a principal amount not tendered, or Exchange Notes, are to be sent to someone other than the person or persons whose name(s) appear(s) within this Letter of Transmittal to an address different from that shown in the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes” within this Letter of Transmittal.

 

Deliver:   ¨   Exchange Notes   ¨   Outstanding Notes

  (Complete as applicable)

 

Name                                                                                       

(Please Print)

 

Address                                                                                  

(Please Print)

 

                                                                                                  

(Zip Code)  

 

                                                                                                  

 

Is this a permanent address change:

 

¨   Yes                  ¨   No (check one box)

 

8


INSTRUCTIONS TO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL Forming Part Of The Terms And Conditions Of The Exchange Offers

1. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Outstanding Notes. This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by holders of Outstanding Notes if certificates representing such Outstanding Notes are to be forwarded herewith, or, unless an agent’s message is utilized, if delivery of such certificates is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by DTC, pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under “Exchange Offers—Procedures for Tendering.” For a holder to properly tender Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile thereof), together with any signature guarantees and any other documents required by these Instructions, or a properly transmitted agent’s message in the case of a book entry transfer, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein on or prior to the expiration date, and either (1) certificates representing such Outstanding Notes must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address, or (2) such Outstanding Notes must be transferred pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described in the Prospectus under “Exchange Offers—Procedures for Tendering” and a book-entry confirmation must be received by the Exchange Agent on or prior to the expiration date. A holder who desires to tender Outstanding Notes and who cannot comply with procedures set forth herein for tender on a timely basis or whose Outstanding Notes are not immediately available must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures discussed below.

The method of delivery of this Letter of Transmittal, the Outstanding Notes and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and sole risk of the holder. Instead of delivery by mail, holders should use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, holders should allow for sufficient time to ensure delivery to the Exchange Agent prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offers. Holders may request their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee to effect these transactions for such holder. Holders should not send any Outstanding Note, Letter of Transmittal or other required document to Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.

If a holder desires to tender Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers and (1) certificates representing such Outstanding Notes are not immediately available, (2) time will not permit such holder’s Letter of Transmittal, certificates representing such Outstanding Notes or other required documents to reach the Exchange Agent on or prior to the expiration date, or (3) the procedures for book-entry transfer (including delivery of an agent’s message) cannot be completed on or prior to the expiration date, such holder may nevertheless tender such Outstanding Notes with the effect that such tender will be deemed to have been received on or prior to the expiration date if the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under “Exchange Offers—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” are followed. Pursuant to such procedures, (1) the tender must be made by or through an eligible guarantor institution (as defined in Instruction 2 below), (2) a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form provided by Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. herewith, or an agent’s message with respect to a guaranteed delivery that is accepted by Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., must be received by the Exchange Agent on or prior to the expiration date, and (3) the certificates for the tendered Outstanding Notes, in proper form for transfer (or a book-entry confirmation of the transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC as described in the Prospectus) together with a Letter of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile thereof) properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, or a properly transmitted agent’s message, must be received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the execution of the notice of guaranteed delivery.

Upon request to the Exchange Agent, a notice of guaranteed delivery will be sent to holders who wish to tender their Outstanding Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

2. Guarantee of Signatures . Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United

 

9


States or by an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (banks; brokers and dealers; credit unions; national securities exchanges; registered securities associations; learning agencies; and savings associations) unless the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby are tendered (1) by a registered holder of Outstanding Notes (or by a participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of such Outstanding Notes) who has not completed any of the boxes entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions,” on the Letter of Transmittal, or (2) for the account of an “eligible guarantor institution.” If the Outstanding Notes are registered in the name of a person other than the person who signed the Letter of Transmittal or if Outstanding Notes not tendered are to be returned to, or are to be issued to the order of, a person other than the registered holder or if Outstanding Notes not tendered are to be sent to someone other than the registered holder, then the signature on this Letter of Transmittal accompanying the tendered Outstanding Notes must be guaranteed as described above. Beneficial owners whose Outstanding Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee must contact such broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee if they desire to tender Outstanding Notes. See “Exchange Offers—Procedures for Tendering” in the Prospectus.

3. Withdrawal of Tenders . Except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus, tenders of Outstanding Notes may be withdrawn at any time on or prior to the expiration date. For a withdrawal of tendered Outstanding Notes to be effective, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange Agent on or prior to the expiration date at its address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal. Any such notice of withdrawal must (1) specify the name of the person who tendered the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn, (2) identify the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number or numbers shown on the particular certificates evidencing such Outstanding Notes (unless such Outstanding Notes were tendered by book-entry transfer) and the aggregate principal amount represented by such Outstanding Notes, and (3) be signed by the holder of such Outstanding Notes in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Outstanding Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees), or be accompanied by (i) documents of transfer sufficient to have the trustee register the transfer of the Outstanding Notes into the name of the person withdrawing such Outstanding Notes, and (ii) a properly completed irrevocable proxy authorizing such person to effect such withdrawal on behalf of such holder. If the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn have been delivered or otherwise identified to the Exchange Agent, a signed notice of withdrawal is effective immediately upon written or facsimile notice of such withdrawal even if physical release is not yet effected.

Any permitted withdrawal of Outstanding Notes may not be rescinded. Any Outstanding Notes properly withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offers. However, properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described in the Prospectus under the caption “Exchange Offers—Procedures for Tendering” at any time prior to the expiration date.

4. Partial Tenders . Tenders of Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers will be accepted only in principal amounts of at least U.S.$2,000 and in integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof. If less than the entire principal amount of any Outstanding Notes evidenced by a submitted certificate is tendered, the tendering holder must fill in the principal amount tendered in the last column of the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes” herein. The entire principal amount represented by the certificates for all Outstanding Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount of all Outstanding Notes held by the holder is not tendered, certificates for the principal amount of Outstanding Notes not tendered and Exchange Notes issued in exchange for any Outstanding Notes tendered and accepted will be sent (or, if tendered by book-entry transfer, returned by credit to the account at DTC designated herein) to the holder unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal (see Instruction 6), promptly after the expiration date.

5. Signature on this Letter of Transmittal; Bond Powers and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures . If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of certificates without alteration, enlargement

 

10


or change whatsoever. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a participant in DTC whose name is shown as the owner of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name shown on the security position listing the owner of the Outstanding Notes.

If any of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal. If any tendered Outstanding Notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many copies of this Letter of Transmittal and any necessary accompanying documents as there are different names in which certificates are held.

If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the holder, and the certificates for any principal amount of Outstanding Notes not tendered are to be issued (or if any principal amount of Outstanding Notes that is not tendered is to be reissued or returned) to or, if tendered by book-entry transfer, credited to the account of DTC of the registered holder, and Exchange Notes exchanged for Outstanding Notes in connection with the Exchange Offers are to be issued to the order of the registered holder, then the registered holder need not endorse any certificates for tendered Outstanding Notes nor provide a separate bond power. In any other case (including if this Letter of Transmittal is not signed by the registered holder), the registered holder must either properly endorse the certificates for Outstanding Notes tendered or transmit a separate properly completed bond power with this Letter of Transmittal (in either case, executed exactly as the name(s) of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on such Outstanding Notes, and, with respect to a participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of Outstanding Notes, exactly as the name(s) of the participant(s) appear(s) on such security position listing), with the signature on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed by a signature guarantor or an eligible guarantor institution, unless such certificates or bond powers are executed by an eligible guarantor institution. See Instruction 2.

Endorsements on certificates for Outstanding Notes and signatures on bond powers provided in accordance with this Instruction 5 by registered holders not executing this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an eligible institution. See Instruction 2.

If this Letter of Transmittal or any certificates representing Outstanding Notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and proper evidence satisfactory to the Exchange Agent of their authority so to act must be submitted with this Letter of Transmittal.

6. Special Issuance and Special Delivery Instructions . Tendering holders should indicate in the applicable box or boxes the name and address to which Outstanding Notes for principal amounts not tendered or Exchange Notes exchanged for Outstanding Notes in connection with the Exchange Offers are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the holder signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the taxpayer-identification number of the person named must also be indicated. If no instructions are given, Outstanding Notes not tendered will be returned to the registered holder of the Outstanding Notes tendered. For holders of Outstanding Notes tendered by book-entry transfer, Outstanding Notes not tendered will be returned by crediting the account at DTC designated above.

7. Taxpayer Identification Number and Substitute Form W-9 . Each tendering holder is required to provide the Exchange Agent with its correct taxpayer identification number, which, in the case of a holder who is an individual, is his or her social security number. If the Exchange Agent is not provided with the correct taxpayer identification number, the holder may be subject to backup withholding and a U.S.$50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. If withholding results in an over-payment of taxes, a refund may be obtained. Certain holders (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. See the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for additional instructions.

To prevent backup withholding, each holder tendering Outstanding Notes must provide such holder’s correct taxpayer identification number by completing the Substitute Form W-9, certifying that the taxpayer identification number provided is correct (or that such holder is awaiting a taxpayer identification number), and

 

11


that (i) the holder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that such holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends or (ii) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder that such holder is no longer subject to backup withholding. If the Outstanding Notes are registered in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for information on which tax payer identification number to report.

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. reserves the right in its sole discretion to take whatever steps are necessary to comply with its obligation regarding backup withholding.

8. Transfer Taxes . Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. will pay all transfer taxes, if any, required to be paid by Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. in connection with the exchange of the Outstanding Notes for the Exchange Notes. If, however, Exchange Notes, or Outstanding Notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange, are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Outstanding Notes tendered, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of the Outstanding Notes in connection with the Exchange Offers, then the amount of any transfer tax (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of the transfer taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with the Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to the tendering holder.

9. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Outstanding Notes . Any holder whose Exchange Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for further instructions.

10. Irregularities . All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of any tenders of Outstanding Notes pursuant to the procedures described in the Prospectus and the form and validity of all documents will be determined by Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. reserves the absolute right, in its sole discretion, to reject any or all tenders of any Outstanding Notes determined by it not to be in proper form or the acceptance of which may, in the opinion of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.’s counsel, be unlawful. Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. also reserves the absolute right, in its sole discretion, to waive or amend any of the conditions of the Exchange Offers or to waive any defect or irregularity in the tender of any particular Outstanding Notes, whether or not similar defects or irregularities are waived in the case of other tenders. Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.’s interpretations of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offers (including, without limitation, the instructions in this Letter of Transmittal) shall be final and binding. No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted. Unless waived, any irregularities in connection with tenders must be cured within such time as Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. shall determine. None of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., the Exchange Agent or any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities in such tenders or will incur any liability to holders for failure to give such notification. Tenders of such Outstanding Notes shall not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Outstanding Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders, unless such holders have otherwise provided herein, promptly following the expiration date.

11. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies. Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for assistance or additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and telephone number set forth above. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offers.

IMPORTANT: This Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile thereof (together with certificates for Outstanding Notes and all other required documents) or a notice of guaranteed delivery must be received by the Exchange Agent on or prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

 

12


PAYER’S NAME:    U.S. Bank National Association

 

SUBSTITUTE

 

FORM W-9

 

Department of the

Treasury Internal

Revenue Service

 

Payer’s Request For

Taxpayer Identification

Number (“TIN”)

   Part 1 — PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY OR BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW   

 

                                             

Social Security

Number(s)

OR

Employer Identification Number(s)

 

  

PART 2 CERTIFICATION Under Penalties of Perjury, I certify that

 

(1)    The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and

 

(2)    I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding.

 

  

Part 3 —

 

Awaiting TIN     ¨

CERTIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS — You must cross out item (2) above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding you receive another notification from the IRS stating that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out item (2).

 

SIGNATURE                                                                                                               DATE                                         

 

NAME (please print)                                                                                                                                                  

 

YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX IN PART 3 OF THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.

 

 

CERTIFICATION OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

 

I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (1) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration office, or (2) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of payment, 28% of all reportable cash payments made to me thereafter will be withheld until I provide a taxpayer identification number to the payer and that, if I do not provide my taxpayer identification number within sixty days, such retained amounts shall be remitted to the IRS as backup withholding.

 

SIGNATURE                                                                                                               DATE                                         

 

NAME (please print)                                                                                                                                                  

 

 

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM W-9 MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND A U.S.$50 PENALTY IMPOSED BY THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.

 

13


GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINING THE PROPER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER FOR THE PAYEE (YOU) TO GIVE THE PAYER. —

Social security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e., 000-00-0000. Employee identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer. All “Section” references are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. “IRS” is the Internal Revenue Service.

 

       

SECURITY FOR THIS
TYPE OF ACCOUNT:

  

GIVE THE SOCIAL
NUMBER OF

       

EMPLOYER FOR THIS
TYPE OF ACCOUNT:

   GIVE THE
IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER OF

1.     Individual

 

2.     Two or more individuals (joint account)

 

 

 

3.     Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)

 

 

4. a. The usual revocable savings trust account trustee(1)

 

 

    b. So-called trust account that is not a legal owner(1)

 

5.     Sole proprietorship

  

The individual

 

The actual owner of the combined account or, if individual funds, the first on the account(1)

 

The minor(2)

 

 

 

The grantor (grantor is also trustee)

 

 

The actual or valid trust under state law

 

The owner(1)

     

6.     Sole proprietorship

 

7.     A valid trust, estate or pension trust

 

8.     Corporate

 

9.     Association, club, religious, charitable, educational, or other tax-exempt organization account

 

10.   Partnership

 

11.   A broker or registered nominee

 

12.   Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a state or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments

  

The owner(1)

 

The legal entity(4)

 

 

The corporation

 

The organization

 

 

 

 

The partnership

 

The broker or nominee

 

The public entity

                   
(1) List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has a social security number, that person’s number must be furnished.
(2) Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s social security number.
(3) You must show your individual name, but you may also enter your business or “doing business as” name. You may use either your social security number or your employer identification number (if you have one).
(4) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the taxpayer identification number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.)

NOTE: If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.

 

14


Obtaining A Number

If you don’t have a taxpayer identification number or you don’t know your number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, at the local Social Administration office, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, by calling 1 (800) TAX-FORM, and apply for a number.

Payees Exempt From Backup Withholding

Payees specifically exempted from withholding include:

 

   

An organization exempt from tax under Section 501(a), an individual retirement account (IRA), or a custodial account under Section 403(b)(7), if the account satisfies the requirements of Section 401(f)(2).

 

   

The United States or a state thereof, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or a political subdivision or wholly-owned agency or instrumentality of any one or more of the foregoing.

 

   

An international organization or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

 

   

A foreign government and any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof.

Payees that may be exempt from backup withholding include:

 

   

A corporation.

 

   

A financial institution.

 

   

A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States.

 

   

A real estate investment trust.

 

   

A common trust fund operated by a bank under Section 584(a).

 

   

An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

   

A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or who is listed in the most recent publication of the American Society of Corporate Secretaries, Inc., Nominee List.

 

   

A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

 

   

A foreign central bank of issue.

Payments of dividends and patronage dividends generally exempt from backup withholding include:

 

   

Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under Section 1441.

 

   

Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the United States and that have at least one nonresident alien partner.

 

   

Payments of patronage dividends not paid in money.

 

   

Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

 

   

Section 404(k) payments made by an ESOP.

Payments of interest generally exempt from backup withholding include:

 

   

Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. Note: You may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more and you have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the payer.

 

   

Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt-interest dividends under Section 852).

 

   

Payments described in Section 6049(b)(5) to nonresident aliens.

 

   

Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under Section 1451.

 

   

Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

 

   

Mortgage interest paid to you.


 

15


Certain payments, other than payments of interest, dividends, and patronage dividends, that are exempt from information reporting are also exempt from backup withholding. For details, see the regulations under sections 6041, 6041A, 6042, 6044, 6045, 6049, 6050A and 6050N.

EXEMPT PAYEES DESCRIBED ABOVE MUST FILE FORM W-9 OR A SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 TO AVOID POSSIBLE ERRONEOUS BACKUP WITHHOLDING. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER, FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE “EXEMPT” IN PART II OF THE FORM, AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER. IF THE PAYMENTS ARE OF INTEREST, DIVIDENDS, OR PATRONAGE DIVIDENDS, ALSO SIGN AND DATE THE FORM.

PRIVACY ACT NOTICE— Section 6109 requires you to provide your correct taxpayer identification number to payers, who must report the payments to the IRS. The IRS uses the number for identification purposes and may also provide this information to various government agencies for tax enforcement or litigation purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax returns. Payers must generally withhold up to 28% of taxable interest, dividends,

and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to payer. Certain penalties may also apply.

Penalties

 

(1) FAILURE TO FURNISH TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER .— If you fail to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

 

(2) CIVIL PENALTY FOR FALSE INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO WITHHOLDING .— If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.

 

(3) CRIMINAL PENALTY FOR FALSIFYING INFORMATION. — Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.


 

16

Exhibit 99.2

Instructions To Registered Holder And/Or

Book-Entry Transfer Facility Participant

From Beneficial Owner

of

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.

9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017

Regulation S Notes (CUSIP U18294 AA3 and ISIN USU18294AA32)

144A Notes (CUSIP 18451Q AA6 and ISIN US18451QAA67)

and

9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017

Regulation S Notes (CUSIP U18294 AB1 and ISIN USU18294AB15)

144A Notes (CUSIP 18451Q AB4 and ISIN US18451QAB41)

To Registered Holders and/or Participant of the Book-Entry Transfer Facility:

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the prospectus, dated [July 2, 2010], of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. and accompanying letter of transmittal, that together constitute Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.’s offers to exchange up to $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Series A Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., for a like aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Outstanding A Notes”) of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. and up to $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Series B Exchange Notes” and, together with the Series A Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., for a like aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Outstanding B Notes” and, together with the Outstanding A Notes, the “Outstanding Notes”) of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.

This will instruct you, the registered holder and/or book-entry transfer facility participant, as to the action to be taken by you relating to the exchange offers with respect to the Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

The aggregate face amount of the Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is (fill in amount for each series) :

 

U.S. $

   of Outstanding A Notes

U.S. $

   of Outstanding B Notes

With respect to the exchange offers, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check appropriate box) :

 

  ¨ TO TENDER ALL of the Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

 

  ¨ TO TENDER the following Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned (insert principal amount of outstanding notes to be tendered (if any)) :

 

U.S. $

   of Outstanding A Notes

U.S. $

   of Outstanding B Notes

 

  ¨ NOT TO TENDER any Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.


If the undersigned instructs you to tender Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the letter of transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner, including but not limited to the representations, that (1) the Exchange Notes acquired pursuant to the applicable exchange offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned, (2) the undersigned is not engaging in and does not intend to engage in a distribution of such Exchange Notes, (3) the undersigned does not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes, (4) the undersigned is not an “affiliate” of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (5) the undersigned is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully make the foregoing representations. If any Holder or any other person, including the undersigned, is an “affiliate,” as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of us, or is engaged in or intends to engage in or has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the notes to be acquired in the applicable Exchange Offer, the Holder or any other person, including the undersigned: (i) may not rely on applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC; and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. By acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of Exchange Notes, the undersigned is not deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. If the undersigned is a person in the United Kingdom, the undersigned represents that its ordinary activities involve it in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of its business.

The undersigned acknowledges that if an executed copy of this letter of transmittal is returned, the entire principal amount of Outstanding Notes held for the undersigned’s account will be tendered unless otherwise specified above.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned (1) owns such Outstanding Notes tendered and is entitled to tender such Outstanding Notes, and (2) has full power and authority to tender, sell, exchange, assign and transfer such tendered Outstanding Notes and to acquire Exchange Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered Outstanding Notes, and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. will acquire good and marketable title to the tendered Outstanding Notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim or right or restriction of any kind.

 

 

SIGN HERE  
  Name of beneficial owner(s) (please print):        
  Signature(s):        
  Address:        
  Telephone Number:        
  Taxpayer Identification Number or Social Security Number:        
  Date:        
   

2

Exhibit 99.3

Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

To Tender for Exchange of

9.25% Series A Senior Exchange Notes due 2017

for Outstanding 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017

Regulation S Notes (CUSIP U18294 AA3 and ISIN USU18294AA32)

144A Notes (CUSIP 18451Q AA6 and ISIN US18451QAA67)

and

9.25% Series B Senior Exchange Notes due 2017

for Outstanding 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017

Regulation S Notes (CUSIP U18294 AB1 and ISIN USU18294AB15)

144A Notes (CUSIP 18451Q AB4 and ISIN US18451QAB41)

of

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFERS AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 11:59 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON [                    ], 2010 (THE “ EXPIRATION DATE ”), UNLESS EXTENDED BY CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC. IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION.

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offers is:

U.S. Bank National Association

 

By Registered Mail or Overnight Carrier:   

Facsimile Transmission:

(for eligible institutions only)

   By Hand Delivery:

U.S. Bank National Association

Corporate Trust Services

Specialized Finance Department

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107

Attention: Brandi Steward

   (651) 495-8138   

U.S. Bank National Association

Corporate Trust Services

Specialized Finance Department

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107

Attention: Brandi Steward

  

Confirm by Telephone:

(651) 495-4738

  

For any questions regarding this notice of guaranteed delivery or for any additional information, you may contact the exchange agent by telephone at (651) 495-4738, or by facsimile at (651) 495-8138.

Delivery of this notice of guaranteed delivery to an address other than as set forth above or transmission of this notice of guaranteed delivery via a facsimile transmission to a number other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

Registered holders of outstanding 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Outstanding A Notes”) who wish to tender their Outstanding A Notes in exchange for a like principal amount of 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Series A Exchange Notes”) and registered holders of outstanding 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Outstanding B Notes” and, together with the Outstanding A Notes, the “Outstanding Notes”) who wish to tender their Outstanding B Notes in exchange for a like principal amount of 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (together with the guarantees thereof, the “Series B Exchange Notes” and, together with


the Series A Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”) may use this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or one substantially equivalent hereto to tender Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers (as defined below) if: (1) their Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or (2) they cannot deliver their Outstanding Notes (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of Outstanding Notes into the account of the Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company), the Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date or (3) they cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis. This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by hand or sent by facsimile transmission or mail to the Exchange Agent. See “Exchange Offers—Procedures for Tendering” in the prospectus dated [July 2], 2010 (the “Prospectus”), which together with the related Letter of Transmittal constitutes the “Exchange Offers” of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby tenders the principal amount of Outstanding Notes indicated below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged.

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned under this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives of the undersigned.

The undersigned hereby tenders the Outstanding Notes listed below:

 

       

Certificate Number(s) (If Known) of Outstanding

Notes or if Outstanding Notes will be Delivered by

Book-Entry Transfer at the Depositary Trust

Company, Insert Account No.

   Title of Securities
(i.e., Series A Notes
or Series B Notes)
   Aggregate Principal
Amount Represented
   Aggregate Principal
Amount Tendered*
     
                
* Must be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof

 

2


PLEASE SIGN AND COMPLETE

 

     

Signature(s) of Registered Holder(s) or Authorized Signatory:

 

                                                                                                         

 

                                                                                                         

 

Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):                                      

 

                                                                                                         

 

                                                                                                         

 

      

Date:                                                                                              

 

Address:                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                        

 

Area Code and Telephone No.:                                            

 

 

This notice of guaranteed delivery must be signed by the registered holder(s) exactly as their name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) for notes or on a security position listing as the owner of notes, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this notice of guaranteed delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must provide the following information:

 

Please print name(s) and address(es):

 

Name(s):      

 

   

 

Capacity:      

 

Address(es):      

 

   
 

3


DO NOT SEND NOTES WITH THIS FORM. NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT TOGETHER WITH A PROPERLY COMPLETED AND DULY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR PROPERLY TRANSMITTED AGENT’S MESSAGE.

THE GUARANTEE BELOW MUST BE COMPLETED

 

GUARANTEE

(Not To Be Used for Signature Guarantee)

 

The undersigned, an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, hereby guarantees that the notes to be tendered hereby are in proper form for transfer (pursuant to the procedures set forth in the prospectus under “Exchange Offers—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures”), and that the exchange agent will receive (a) such notes, or a book-entry confirmation of the transfer of such notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, and (b) a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof) with any required signature guarantees and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, or a properly transmitted agent’s message, within three New York Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the date of execution hereof.

 

The eligible guarantor institution that completes this form must communicate the guarantee to the exchange agent and must deliver the letter of transmittal, or a properly transmitted agent’s message, and notes, or a book-entry confirmation in the case of a book-entry transfer, to the exchange agent within the time period described above. Failure to do so could result in a financial loss to such eligible guarantor institution.

 

Name of Firm: 

   

Authorized Signature: 

   

Title: 

   

Address: 

   
  (Zip Code)                                        

Area Code and Telephone Number: 

   

Dated: 

   

 

4